A Short Story Called Sandy

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity – 7/23/2022

Sandy woke up at 0500. It was still dark outside. The smell of sulfur lingered in the air from the fireworks show. She rolled out of bed and took a shower in 3 minutes and 56 seconds, saving 4 seconds of water usage. She poured her water savings into a cup from the bathroom sink and took her meal supplement pill with water for a change.

‘We are at war against carbon,’ she thought. The fireworks flashed across her mind. The moon was blocked out through the haze. The booms came closer and closer together. Between every boom, the speakers rang out “We are at war with CARBON!”

‘We’ve been at war with carbon for a decade,’ she thought, ‘but I guess we are at war with it again.’ She pushed the thought away because of the danger which lurked there. She threw her work clothes on absentmindedly and started down the steps from her two-hundred square-foot 18th floor concrete apartment.

“Sandy, apartment 1845, Number 345-34-4211, exiting building. State your cause,” the speaker by the door emanated.

“Work. 06:00 start. Food Sort South,” Sandy continued, “Eight hour shift. Back by 17:00.”

“Request accepted,” came from the speaker. The door clicked and Sandy slipped through it to the sidewalk. It was raining. Sandy started towards the bus stop 200 feet away hurriedly. When she reached the stop, it was so packed full of people she had to stand in the rain for 5 minutes until the bus arrived.

Soaked, she took her seat. The only speech on the bus was the simple propaganda from the prior evening. She could hear the ‘new’ mantra spreading around the bus and hoped it would not become a chant. ‘We are at war with carbon.’ It went through every ear on the bus and was expected to come out of the mouth of everyone who heard it. Sandy mumbled the phrase, barely above a whisper. The eyes of her bus-mates started looking at her because of how quiet she repeated the phrase. She mustered the ability to conform and, almost shouting, repeated the mantra.

By the time the bus got to her stop, Sandy couldn’t wait to get out it. She nearly ran. She didn’t have to yell, “We are at war with CARBON,” for the last half of the ride because the bus was so loud she couldn’t hear herself. She whispered her way through. She had to remind herself to fall in line though, there were six people in front of her and fifteen behind her, all coworkers.

The scene at her apartment building exit repeated at her work place. The speaker spoke, the door clicked, and an employee stepped in. She went to the changing room, grabbed two sets of plastic gloves, two sets of plastic booties, a plastic cover to go over her still wet work clothes, a hard hat, a face shield and a mask and put all of it on. Right on cue, the informational announcement came over the intercom system reminding employees that their personal protective gear is to be on and remain on throughout the shift.

Sandy stepped onto the production floor. It was a monstrous set of conveyor belts. On one end, garbage was fed onto the belts. On the other was an incinerator. In between there were several hundred workers picking food scraps, useful metals, and plastics out of the garbage fed down the line.

Everything was garbage, dead bodies, empty toothpaste tubes, rotten food, feces, and everything in between. The worst job was trying to pick swallowed meal capsules out of feces. Sandy seemed to get the task three times a week. Today was no exception.

A kiosk stood between Sandy and starting her work day. “Sandy, 36903, February 9. PPE acceptable. Line 6, Capsule Extraction. Have a nice day.” The kiosk’s revolving door spun 180 degrees. Sandy got off and walked to her station.

Anyone put on the task of sorting crap for capsule fragments struggled. The target reclamation rate for capsules was set at 75%. They kept track by scanning every piece of garbage upon entry and before entering the incinerator. In any one shift, a score of less than 40% ended with the worker being sent to the slaughterhouse for corrupting production. Anything less than 70% meant that no credits would be awarded for the day’s work. Sandy worked hard and avoided these fates.

Every 15 minutes, on the dot, the in vogue chant needed to be said three times as loudly as possible. At 06:15 the food plant erupted – “We are at war with Carbon! WE are at WAR with CARBON! WE ARE AT WAR WITH CARBON!” It drowned out the hum of the machinery. After it was over, the monotonous clicks and clanks of the belts and the cylinders returned. At 06:30 the spectacle repeated.

At 06:38 the intercom chimed in: “There will be an all staff meeting at 09:01. It is mandatory. You are to stay in your work area until directed to move.” While no one on the floor was able to speak to one another in the first place, Sandy felt a lump in her chest. Daring to glance up for a second, everyone else was experiencing the same lump.

At 09:01, after an especially boisterous round of propaganda recital, the lines stopped. Three government agents dressed in black suits, with black shirts and black ties, with hoods over their heads entered the production floor.

“We are here from the government. The government is placing this facility under special consideration for protections from carbon. Those whose government numbers start with a 1 will assemble with Agent 356, those starting with 2 will assemble with Agent 533, and those with 3 will assemble with 982. Go Now.”

The floor erupted into a shuffling of feet as everyone sought to arrive in their zone first. After assembling, each group was led into a different part of the plant. Sandy was led, with about 300 others, into the shipping yard. The group could see the metallic head of the agent dimly because of the sun despite the hood.

Agent 982 began speaking. “I have been sent here because the World Federation’s department of Carbon Control has deemed this facility dangerously carbon intensive. For the next three months your position will no longer involve food sorting and metal and plastic extraction, it will involve retooling the plant for robotic applications. At 09:30 today, a team of…” a sound like a saw followed by screaming began coming from one corner of the building, audible in the shipping yard.

After the agonized screams ended, Agent 982 resumed. “At 09:30 today, a team of engineers will arrive and begin the switchover. You are to do whatever they ask of you or you will go along with Agent 533, whose work you just heard. Follow me.”

The group reentered the building. While returning to the production floor, Sandy’s group was led past a sound proof pane of glass. On the other side of the massive piece of glass, the first group was lined up against a wall. Agent 356 was walking behind each person and injecting something into the neck of the first group. Some of the workers were having seizures and spraying blood from their eyes and mouth upon the floor, others lie motionless on the floor in a pool of blood, and others were staring back through the glass with a glazed look, their eyes completely blackened, their facial features even more pronouncedly gaunt and sunken.

Agent 356 placed a syringe against the neck of the woman he stood behind. Sandy had seen her, but never been cleared to speak to her. Agent 356 pressed the plunger in. The woman spun around and hit the ground, spasming wildly. As she spun around, group three saw the woman’s face. It was beat red, with black veins bulging in her forehead. There was blood seeping from the corner of her eyes. When her head hit the ground it exploded into a pool of red streaked with a blackness flowing through it.

After seeing this, Agent 982 led the group back to the production floor. Promptly at 09:30 the engineering team arrived. Their eyes matched the eyes of the survivors in the first group. They thanked Agent 982 and he dismissed himself after reminding Sandy’s group to follow their directions.

“We are WFEA unit 36,” the engineering team lead said, “In three months, there will be one line, 200 feet across. Today we will be removing line 1. My team will assign your tools for the remainder of the day. PPE requirements will remain in effect until further notice. Work hours will be increased by 4 hours daily with no recreation days until this project is completed. Any damage done to any operation part by any means will result in credit reductions. You will be put in teams of three, each responsible for removing a section of a line a day. You are not to speak to one another, only to the supervisor who is assigned to you.”

As soon as the engineer finished his commands, what was left of the first group, under a third of the crew taken away, returned. They were assigned to integrate themselves with the engineers.

Sandy was assigned a ratchet fitted with a 25mm bit. She had to unbolt the machines of the line from the floor and from the support posts to the machines. For every foot of line there were 8 bolts. She did this for the next 8 hours, only pausing at noon and at 5pm to take another meal supplement pill. And, as always, repeat the phrase, “We are at War with Carbon!” every 15 minutes.

At about 17:15, on the other side of the line, the person with Sandy’s job broke the 25mm bit handed to them. Instantly, the engineer overseeing the group shouted, “You are charged with destruction of government property and corrupting production!”

The head engineer arrived on the scene, saw the broken tool, and pronounced the worker’s fate as “GUILTY!” He reached down and placed his hand around the guilty party’s neck and picked him up off of his feet. Just as the worker turned blue, the head engineer returned the worker to his feet and marched him to the door. Agent 533 was waiting just on the other side and took custody of the worker. Sandy tried to hide the shiver that went down her spine.

At 4 pm the midshift workers arrived. At 6pm, they relieved their first shift coworkers. Sandy, her clothes still slightly damp, discarded her gloves, booties, plastic cover, hardhat, and face shield into the bin marked ‘to be disinfected.’ She put her paper mask in to the bin next to it marked ‘paper only.’ When she opened the paper bin to put her mask inside, it was much fuller than usual and the white paper was streaked with dried blood.

It was no longer raining but the sky still looked like it could reopen at anytime. Sandy got on the 18:05 pm bus to go home and it dawned on her that she stated her intended return time would be 17:00. CAIN (Centralized Artificial Intelligence Network) was a stickler for conformity. There was no chant this time upon the bus, a rarity; however, it did happen from time to time. ‘Hopefully the government changed the return times for the workers,’ was Sandy’s singular thought.

They didn’t. In a hostile voice CAIN shouted, “SANDY! Apartment 1845, Number 345-34-4211. State your cause for approach.”

“Work hours changed from 06:00 to 18:00”

“Verifying…” a pause… “Verifying…” another pause. After a few moments, CAIN interrogated Sandy. “State your position, your employee number, and your work hours effective today, and length of employment and employer name.”

Sandy responded in a calm monotone, “25mm operator. 36903. 06:00 until 18:00. 4,106 days. Food Sort South.” CAIN paused once more.

“State the propaganda.”

Knowing that her voice was going to be analyzed for sincerity, Sandy shouted “WE ARE AT WAR WITH CARBON!” with as much intensity as she could. As CAIN analyzed her vocal pattern to see if she was sufficiently propagandized, Sandy’s thoughts drifted back towards the dangerous idea – ‘we already were at war against carbon.’

CAIN interpreted her vocal sincerity for a few seconds. “Acceptable. New hours for 345-34-4211 06:00 to 18:00. Have a nice day.” Click, the door opened. Sandy sat down on her single bed and immediately fell asleep.

§§§

Sandy kept getting up, reporting to work, and falling asleep. 12 hour days with no days off for three months was rough, but at least Sundays still brought real bread and eight ounces of imitation meat. Sandy always wondered, before the refurbishing, where the meat scraps came from. The meat scraps were always kind of a white-gray with black flakes on it sometimes. Every once in a while a brownish-red chunk clung to the white part. She always wondered if it really was meat and what it tasted like because it was a meat she had never seen except in the garbage she sorted.

The thoughts of there ever having been a different kind of war against carbon dissipated in Sandy’s head. There was only this war. At Food Sort South, there were only about 130 workers left from her original group. Broken tools, broken bodies, and broken machinery saw most of the workers taken off the production floor, never to be seen again.

The project was on it’s final day. What once housed multiple lines manned by human labor now spanned 200 feet across and ran at three times the speed. All that was left to do was to finish crawling around underneath the line and making sure all the bolts were fashioned.

The new engineers, along with their engineering guides, installed all of the robotic arms over the conveyor belt. The entrance was widened but the incinerator still had the same size opening. Sandy got to work on securing the bolts she was responsible for. At 17:50, ten minutes before quitting time, the workers were done and the intercom informed them Agents 533 and 982 were in the building and to assemble in the shipping yard and to assemble immediately.

The workers went to the courtyard where the engineers, both new and old, were assembled. A portable CAIN was issued to everyone in Sandy’s group by Agent 533. Agent 982 began giving instructions. “At 18:00 each of you will be reassigned.”

§§§

The only acceptable speech started ringing through the crowd, quietly, “We are at war with carbon.” CAIN analyzed the voices.

Agent 982 hushed the crowd. “Yes, yes, We ARE at war with carbon. At 18:00 we will reassign each of you, as I stated.” Agent 533 took two of the murmurers from the crowd and separated them from the group. “First; however, there is a test for the engineers. This plant only requires 51 engineers. Reassignment needs to take place within their ranks as well. Be amused.”

The engineers looked identical to one another. All of them had sunken black eyes, sunken cheeks. Their teeth fell out. They were covered in sores and insects. Their uniforms were the same drab grey. Their boots were black. They were not issued a CAIN device because CAIN lived inside of them. There were 100 engineers in total. In front of the group was a large round cylinder with 1,000 ports. Only 49 of the ports were fitted with hoses.

“GO! NIMROD!” shouted Agent 982. (NIMROD stood for Nano-Intelligent Machine Recombinant Organics Decoupling). The clear hoses rose off the ground and plunged their sharpened ends into the necks of 49 of the engineers. Within seconds, the clear hoses turned red with black streaks. Paleness came over the faces of the 49 inflicted engineers right before they simultaneously fell to the ground. After less than a minute, the hum of the machine was silent, a gurgling sound replacing it.

Sandy’s group looked upon the spectacle stoically. The group clapped. “You were amused for all of your efforts,” said Agent 982. Meanwhile Agent 533 collected the engineer’s bodies off of the ground.

Everyone stood silent for several moments. At 18:00 the chant was recorded and analyzed by the portable CAIN systems. After the third chant concluded, Agent 982 began calling out employee numbers. “12304 to the door. 32010 to the door. 49993, to the track.” A large number of workers were lined up by the door, less than a dozen stood near the tracks. “36903 to the track.” All of the numbers were called. Everyone was separated.

Agent 533, with the two taken earlier from the crowd, walked to the door and ordered those near it, “IN.” The saw sound came again, followed by screams.

Agent 982 waited for the noise of the saw stop. Agent 533 returned to the shipping yard and stood by the door as Agent 982 began speaking. “Propaganda Now!”

Sandy and the other dozen or so of the workers with her ravenously screamed, “WE ARE AT WAR WITH CARBON.”

“Never forget that you are carbon too. We, the World Federation, must eradicate carbon wherever it exists, in any form, as we deem adequate. You are of the select few carbon forms which are palatable to the World Federation.” The few workers stood there expressionless. They knew 533 was waiting for them if they even had a facial tic. Agent 982 analyzed the group for about 3 seconds. Before continuing. “You are being reassigned to report for work in three days. Your work will be at Food Sort Central. Your tasks will be the same. Your start and end times will be the same. You will lead the workers there to complete the same conversion we have completed here.” Agent 982 again scanned their still faces. “Propaganda NOW!”

The group reiterated the mantra.

“For the next two days you will attend psychological infiltration training. This will be held remotely through your screen. It will begin promptly at 07:00 and end at 19:00. You will receive two breaks during this time and be given two meals. You are dismissed.”

‘How lucky I am to have been blessed by the state to continue their bidding,’ she thought on the way home. ‘I still have my life, my purpose is not yet complete.’

Sandy trundled up the 17 flights of stairs to her tiny apartment and fell asleep immediately, repeating “We are at WAR with CARBON” quietly to herself.

When she woke up she turned her screen on. CAIN was installed on the screen as well. “Sandy, 345-34-4211, your programming for leisure time is restricted to training. Commencing in 1 hour.” A timer appeared on the screen. Sandy showered for four full minutes, then the water was shut off. She took her meal supplement pill without water. “We are at war with carbon,” she started mumbling under her breath. She sat in her screen viewing chair as she mumbled the words, watching the statistics of government production and reaffirming the goodness of the government.

Every ten minutes there was a cutaway which showed rows of jail cells filled with state criminals who did not fall in line. During these cutaways, a prisoner was extracted from their cell who had either starved to death or was executed per court order. Almost all of these people had some wild idea that there was something bigger than the World Federation and were found guilty of ideological perversion and terrorism against the WF. They had the letters NWO branded upon their foreheads. Some of them started screaming about something called ‘J’ or ‘Ya’ but it was always silenced after that sound was made.

Sandy’s training started. She absorbed all of the information being presented as she raptly focused upon the screen. At 11:00 the screen returned to the war news and executions. A knock came at the door. Sandy opened the door and was met by an Agent. “Lunch” he said.

She took the meal and returned to her viewing chair, pulling a tray up to set the food down. She opened the lid and was immediately met with a smell she had never encountered. There was a thin slice of something white, round green things in a puddle of yellow, and a pile of some orange substance with brown flakes in it. She picked up her Sunday silverware and found the white thing to be very flaky and delicious. The orange stuff tasted like nothing she ever encountered and the green balls popped in her mouth as she chewed.

Sandy ate every single bit off of her plate. When she finished she felt a sensation of contentment for the first time in her life. She placed the plastic dishes in the to be disinfected chute and closed the door. When she returned to the viewing chair, she was presented with what she just ate. A picture of the feast was shown with labels. The word ‘Fish’ had an arrow pointing at the white flaky thing. ‘Peas’ pointed to the green balls, and ‘sweet potato’ pointed to the orange blob. It was the first real food she had ever eaten.

The training resumed. At 19:00 Sandy’s door was knocked upon again. Another meal she had never experienced was given to her. Steak, baked potato, and corn were the items she ate. She marveled at the white part of the ‘steak’ with the little red chunks still clinging to it. ‘That’s how they got that piece of garbage,’ she thought. She grinned at herself and finished the day by watching the screen for another hour before going to sleep. The same scenario repeated itself the following day.

When the second meal arrived the second day, a uniform accompanied it. This one had a number tag with instructions to memorize the number as well as to wear the number when she reported to work the following day.

Sandy rose from bed at 0500. The first thing she did was repeated the propaganda of the day. “We are at war with Carbon,” she said out loud. She stepped into the shower repeating the phrase. She repeated the phrase as she toweled off, as she got dressed, and as she walked down the 17 floors of her building to the street. She got on the bus and went to work. Her new job was to wrench and to be the communicator for her group of three. On the way back from work she started the chant on the bus. She was yelling “WE ARE AT WAR WITH CARBON” on the sidewalk even after the bus departed.

§§§

When she started falling off to sleep, still uttering “We are at war with Carbon,” she noticed that she was adulterating the saying. “We are at war with you.” She sat straight up in her bed. The room was glowing.

What appeared to be a human figure started talking to her from the corner of her room, where the glow was coming from. Softly, a male voice said, “Sandy. You are loved. This is not the way Jesus wants you to walk. This is not why God put you on the earth.” Sandy sat stupefied, staring at the corner. “When you report to work tomorrow, you are to say my name with as much conviction as you have said the propaganda. We are at war with evil. Those at war with carbon are at war with my Father.”

“How did you get in here? How did you get past CAIN?” Sandy muttered.

“Worry not, child. I will visit again. Until then, pray this prayer: Our Father, Who is in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done, on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those who trespass against us, for Thine is the Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory. Forever. Amen.” This is to be your TRUTH. It replaces the propaganda. Recite this as you go about your day.”

Sandy remembered that she had a mother when she was very young. Something about what the figure said to her reminded her of that time. She did not know her mother, but she remembered that her mother used to say the same thing to her before she went to sleep in her crib. A tear creased Sandy’s cheek as she remembered this. It cut through all of the years of institutionalized schooling, all of the propaganda. She forgot all of the wars she was not supposed to remember and the ones she was. She forgot the overthrow of the nations. She forgot the pandemics and the food shortages. She forgot everything between when she was 24 months old until this very moment. “We are at war with EVIL!” she said.

“Yes child. We are at war with evil,” the glowing man said as he reached out his hand and flicked her tear away. “Do not be afraid. God has blessed you.”

The glow disappeared and the corner returned to darkness. Sandy sat bewildered for several minutes. She tried to remember what the WF wanted her to say without success, the only slogan she could recall was “We are at war with EVIL!” She put her head on the pillow and stared at the ceiling in amazement and recited the Lord’s Prayer. After saying “Amen” Sandy drifted into a deep sleep.

When she rose she noticed the time, 05:03. ‘I overslept’ she thought. She hopped out of bed and showered in 3 minutes. The extra minute of water was used to take her meal pill and then gulped down until the water was shut off. She dressed and hurried down the stairs. On the bus the propaganda chant started. “We are at War with Ev… on,” she said. ‘Carbon, dummy, We are at war with carbon,’ she thought, ‘not evil, not right now anyway.’

She got her tools assigned to her and got to work. “44441.” the man next to her, 30001, said. “Will you inform 16052 that he needs to lift up on the count of three?”

“Yes, because Jesus wants me to,” Sandy replied.

30001 glared at her with hatred in his eyes. She turned to 16052 and said, “Jesus wants me to tell you to lift up on the count of three.” 16052 now glared at her as well as she began counting. When she got to three, 16052 lifted up his side of the machinery he was handling, 30001, was still glaring at Sandy. As he glared the pin on the drum they were removing slid out and pierced 30001’s arm through and through. The engineering supervisor was on the scene immediately.

“Incident report 44441!” He screamed in Sandy’s face. He smelled like the fireworks when war was declared on something. He stood close enough that she could see his uniform shifting from the insects crawling upon his dead flesh beneath. His eyes were dead black pools sunken into sockets which outlined the scull beneath.

“Ummm,” she started. “30001 was not paying attention after asking me for a countdown. 16052 performed as was required and the pole pierced 30001’s arm.”

“30001, you are guilty of corrupting production! Come with me.” 30001 was stuck to the ground, the pin weighed about 200 pounds. Nonetheless, he struggled to rise to his feet, unsuccessfully. Seeing this, the head engineer pulled a cutting torch out of his pocket and severed the pole, leaving about 6 inches on either side of it protruding from his arm. “Rise now, criminal.”

30001 protested his conviction. “She started talking about Jesus, head engineer! I was figuring out how to report her for her insubordination! We are at war with CARBON!”

The head engineer turned his black stare upon Sandy. Somehow it seemed even colder than usual. He did not utter a sound for several long minutes. “What 30001 says is true. It is you who are guilty, 44441. Guilty of insubordination, ideological impurity, and corrupting production.”

At just this moment, as other workers dared to glance up to witness the commotion, Sandy, in a loud strong voice began a new, non-World-Federation-approved chant. “Our Father, Who is in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done, on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those who trespass against us, for Thine is the Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory. Forever. Amen.”

By the time she finished her chant several other workers in the plant had tears coming from their faces. All of them were commanded to be rounded up. The head engineer had a firm grip on Sandy’s arm. And there was a glow again in a usually darkened corner of the plant.

“Speak these words,” the figure emanating the glow said evenly, “By the power of Christ I command the evil in you out.” All of those with tears upon their faces uttered these words at the same time. When Sandy said them, the grip on her arm was far weaker.

She repeated herself, “By the Power of Christ I command the evil in you OUT!” The head engineer’s grip was no longer upon her arm. Actually the head engineer was replaced with a pile of decaying flesh, covered in insects and the tattered rags of his uniform. A black streak continuously coursed in and around the head engineers body, searching for a way to fix him. After several minutes, the streak turned into a blob and rested upon the clothing, idle. The rest of the workers looked at the spectacle in complete shock.

13:00 propaganda time was upon the workers. While those without tears started shouting “We are at WAR WITH CARBON!” those with tears stood silent for the first time in their lives.

After the echoes resided, the group with tears boldly stated, “We are at war with EVIL.” The other workers glared at them with hatred in their eyes. The Agents came into the room. Fifteen agents, metallic heads hiding behind hoods. Their bionic eyes swept the room to assess the situation. Before they could fully comprehend the situation, those with tears gathered in a circle, got on their knees, and arm and arm, and began the Lord’s Prayer, heads bowed.

By the time those praying said “Amen” the first time, the agents had gathered all of the hateful workers together to surround them. When the praying finished the second time the group of workers had metal batons in their hands. When the group again finished praying for the third time, those batons came crashing onto their backs, and shoulders, and heads at the command of the Agents.

The Agents stepped through the crowd and took hold of the praying groups arms. “You are to be made examples of. Walk.”

§§§

The midday sun was something Sandy was not used to. The world dazzled in front of her eyes. She was loaded onto a bus that was emblazoned with the words World Federation Criminal Justice on the side. The bus was painted black. The windows were blacked out so that anyone on the street at the time could see the faces of the criminal but the criminal could not see their menacing gaze. 30 people were loaded on the bus. There was no driver, there was no greeting, there were no credit announcements for the fare. 30 people sat on a self-driving bus. Sandy started the chant, “We are at WAR with EVIL!” The howling from the bus was so loud, even with the windows up, that those few bystanders could clearly hear the chant.

When the bus stopped, the door opened. An Agent, hood down, stood at the door. “Get off the bus, criminal.” One by one they filed off the bus. As each stepped onto the concrete floor, their sentence was given to them. “Sandy. 345-34-4211. Cell 56022. One meal pill every other day. 1 minute of water a day. Execution in 2 days.” A collar was placed around her neck as she was led to her cell.

The cells looked identical to one another. Instead of just seeing the hall; however, Sandy could see inside the cells. There was a bucket in the corner, and a CAIN built into the back wall of each cell. The floors crawling with insects. Long dried blood covered the walls and the floors. Here and there were teeth and pieces of teeth strewn about the cells. In one cell, an eye sat, decaying, covered in maggots. She arrived in her cell and sat on the floor. There was no bed, no stool, nothing but CAIN and a bucket. She took the bucket and flipped it over, sat on it, and propped her bruised head up with her arms, elbows on her knees.

Before long the first prisoner was drug in front of her cell. She was already dead. Ten minutes went by and another woman was dragged out from her cell, this one alive, but not by much. A few hours later another, an older man, was taken from his cell. He could walk, and slowly made strides towards his own execution. Passing by Sandy’s cell, he stopped for a brief moment and their eyes locked. He smiled at her and she smiled back. “Peace be with you, WE ARE AT WAR WITH EVIL!” Sandy said. He was punched in the kidney from behind and forced to continue his death march. The entire prison echoed Sandy’s statement though. She wondered if that made it onto the screen for anyone watching.

As soon as the words came out of her mouth a slight tingling sensation passed over her body. Looking across the hall, the prisoner who echoed her call was writhing in pain, holding his collar. After about 3 seconds, the prisoner lay motionless. She stared at him intently and after about 30 seconds he stood up and stared at her.

His CAIN unit had a light on it. She noticed the green light change to red for the 3 seconds the man writhed in pain. After red, it turned yellow until he stood up, and then it turned to green. Her own light, being yellow, prompted her to stand up, and when she did it, too, turned green. ‘CAIN is evil, too,’ she thought, silently.

Sandy tried to sleep but the floor was uncomfortable. Every time she did start drifting off to sleep another prisoner was led to execution. Some did not go as quietly as others. Some tried to fight the Agents and were extracted by force against their will. The extracting Agent drug these men and women down the hall by the neck, most of them kicking and screaming.

Finally giving up on attempting sleep, Sandy sat upon the bucket again, this time with her back in the corner. She began saying the Lords Prayer quietly at first. When she said Amen, CAIN tried to shock her, but again, the shock was just a tingle. She stood up and the yellow light turned green. She said the prayer a little bit louder. The shock was, again, just a tingle. She stood up, yellow to green. She moved her bucket as close as she could get it to the bars of the cell. She repeated the prayer louder and louder each time. The prisoners in the cells around her began to awaken. Her hallway partner was staring at her with confusion on his face. As she continued repeating the prayer, he started lip-syncing the words.

After several hours of teaching the Lord’s Prayer to the inmates, she dozed off into sleep, her head against the bars. And she dreamed.

§§§

In her dream it was a sunny day and she was at a park. Her mother and father were drinking tea on the blanket they had spread over the grass. Sandy was running in circles around them trying to catch a butterfly which had visited the trio. “Come have a bit of food,” her long forgotten father’s voice beckoned to her.

When she stepped on the blanket, her father had disappeared. Her mother was holding her and it was smoky and grey everywhere she looked. Her mother had been crying and under her breath she could hear her mother reciting, over and over, “save Sandy. Oh, God, save Sandy.” They were in a line. The line was very long. Thousands of people were in the line and at the end was a sign that said ‘Rations.’ There were other lines of people too. One was for ‘Medical treatment,’ another was ‘Morgue,’ and the other was ‘Enlist.’

After several hours, Sandy and her mother arrived at the front of the line. “How old is your child?” the Agent asked.

“Two.” my mother said.

“Hand her to the Agent next to you to receive your ration card and enter the market,” the Agent in the booth said.

Her mother burst into tears and said “God SAVE SANDY!” followed by the Lord’s Prayer. “Let her recall that God.” The Agent next to Sandy all but snatched her from her mothers arms.

As soon as Sandy was taken from her mother, she was back in her apartment, meeting with the glowing man who had snuck in. “This is the third time we have met. This is also the final time you will see me like this.”

She bowed down to Him and prayed the prayer He had taught her just a few short days ago. At the end, she asked about her mother and father. The glowing man told her to rise and she did. “You will be reunited with your mother and father before two days pass. Until that time, you are to pray the Lord’s prayer unceasingly.” As quickly as the dream had started it was over and she was wide awake with her face pressed against the bars of her cell. She stood up and immediately began to pray in an even, audible voice. Her voice was echoing throughout the cell block.

§§§

Over the course of the next two days, every prisoner in the facility learned the Lord’s Prayer. Every ten minutes, another prisoner was taken from their cell and they immediately began reciting the prayer along with Sandy. Those who said Amen in their cells suffered the shocks, fell down, and stood up again. None of the prisoners were already dead. Even the most feeble of the prisoners were still alive and recited the prayer with her. There were tears in Sandy’s eyes as well as in the soon-to-be-executed prisoner’s eyes. Night and day she continued the prayer, despite how hoarse her voice was growing and how much her stomach was growling.

It was Sandy’s time. The gate on cell 56022 clicked open “345-34-4211, step out,” came the agent’s command. She continued the prayer as she was led down the hallway under her own power. The entire prison began repeating the prayer with her. Some of them grunted as they went down from the shocks. They all returned to their feet and reiterated the prayer again. Sandy wondered if the screen viewers were getting this. They were. The filter system was disabled at the very moment Sandy was ordered out of her cell.

After she exited the cell block, Sandy, still praying, could hear the prayer through the walls from the prisoners she was led away from. She was taken through another door. The room was small and well lit. There was a table set onto the floor with hideous looking creatures at each corner. The table was jet black and very smooth. The Agent pointed at the table. “Forever. Amen. Our Father…” Sandy said.

“You have been found guilty of crimes against the World Federation.”

“Thy Kingdom…” Sandy said.

“Those crimes include insubordination, ideological impurity, and corrupting production. Each is punishable by death”

“Give us this day our…” Sandy said.

“You may renounce your punishment.”

“As we forgive those...”

“All you must do is submit once more to the World Federation.”

“deliver us from evil, for Thine is…”

“By repeating the doctrine of the World Federation.”

“Forever. Amen!”

“Propaganda NOW!”

“WE ARE AT WAR WITH EVIL! We are at WAR with EVIL! WE ARE AT WAR WITH THE WORLD FEDERATION AND THEIR EVIL!” Sandy screamed at the agent.

The blade came down and decapitated her. She had seen this done hundreds of times, as had all of the rest of the screen viewers. This was different though. The filters had cut out. Her voice was not muted. Every screen viewer heard exactly what she had said. Almost all of them repeated the TRUTH which came with her last breath. Millions of people around the world had learned the Lord’s Prayer and the TRUTH. We are at war with EVIL.

§§§

Unbeknownst to Sandy, as the guillotine’s blade came down, the sky lightened around the globe. A cloud could be seen by all. All of the people on the earth came out of their apartments. Even the World Federation head stepped out of his palatial estate. To see the event occurring.

He was not pleased. “Stop this coup! Stop this COUP RIGHT NOW!” he shouted at the lightened sky. He could see the glimmer of a city coming forth from the heavens and knew his time was short….

Sandy was besieged by a light which both surrounded her and infused her. A being stood before her, even brighter than the light which was inside of her. “Well done good and faithful servant, Well done.” The being said. She walked up to the being and, still praying the Lord’s Prayer, she was advised to watch.

She saw the clouds of light coming upon the earth. And she saw the multitudes of people streaming to the streets around the world. “God’s light shone through you,” the being said. Those who had seen her execution were chanting their praises to God and calling out to Him for salvation. Their faces were hidden, buried into the ground. Those who were not praying were kneeling. And then suddenly a voice came from the heavens, commanding everyone to state the truth – The Messiah has come, and the Messiah is the Will of God. Everyone said it. Everyone kneeling, and not bowing, disappeared. Those bowing appeared next to Sandy in the light. The World Federation was swept away entirely. The Agents melted back into the ground where they stood and the cooling flakes of metal were distributed to the corners of the earth.

Sandy watched all of this with astonishment. “I want to be with that man. He is the one who visited me.” She was filled with understanding at that moment. That man was the Messiah. That man was sent to her by God, to do His Will upon the earth. The entire world was new.

“Yes, Sandy, that is the man who visited you in your apartment, at your work, and in your cell,” the being said. “Through your obedience to His commands, those with hearts for God were able to be spared from going along with the evil to their place.” He paused. She watched the leader of the World Federation be swallowed up by flames coming from the earth. The being stood up and commanded all of those with him, “Return to the new earth.”

They did. There was no more hatred for carbon. There was no more war, no more robots, no more strife in the land. There was the King, the Messiah and there was obeying His Laws, as set by his Father. The people strove together, provided for each other, and dwelt in the Grace and Mercy of God.

§§§

I wrote this in a fictional setting in short story format for a reason. Yes, it is very dystopic in the beginning. The idea that we are at war with carbon; however, is a reality right now. Of course, many of us see that being at war with carbon means getting rid of people in general as well as getting rid of the other carbons which support our lives including plants, animals, and energy. We must all say no to this, peacefully.

This 7,300 word piece tries to show the horrors of the world being created for us by those waging war against carbon. It is also to show how pervasive propaganda can be. Propaganda does not work on people who have any doubts. It is meant to be gobbled up and spewed out. Increasingly, this tactic is being employed against the people of the earth. For instance, are CoVID-19 shots safe? Are they effective? The answers to those two questions alone exemplify an individuals ability to ask questions or if they will just follow the propaganda from all of the official sources. It results in a group think and anyone outside of the norm is slated for permanent removal from society. We are at the precipice of that becoming reality in the United States as well as in the rest of the world.

Repeated and constant exposure to fear, torture, and death, creates a numbness to those events. When fear of torture and fear of death no longer exist, humanity can truly be free. The only way I have ever found to do that is through the blood of Christ and love God has for anyone who seeks him fully and obeys His Laws.

I tried to show how God can beat anything, robots, indoctrination, globalist world orders. Anything. He will triumph over all evil. Until He does, it is within our free will to decide whether to follow the way of the world or the way of God.

I do not want to see the transhuman AI takeover of the people upon the earth. I don’t want people hungry and thirsty. I don’t want people to suffer. The people of the earth have hardened hearts. I am no exception. Too many; however, have hardened their hearts towards God. For that they will be compensated as God deems fit, as will each and every one of us. Today we have free will to soften our hearts towards God. But that will not always be the case. We are being divided along the lines of this spiritual war right now, in my opinion. Once the birth pangs are concluded, the real tyranny will rise, crush humanity, and then fall. Only God knows the time, not me.

Yes I would like to preserve humanity. God-created, carbon based humanity is worth being preserved. Precisely because I, nor anyone else, cannot, with certainty, state the Messiah will arrive on such and such a date, I want to see intact DNA in as many people as possible. That means not willingly mutating it with gene therapies. It means not uploading a fake you into the metaverse. It means not putting chips into your head. It means using the free-will God has given us to say no and refuse the plans the Adversary, Satan of you will, has for humanity. It means saying no to the way the world is going, dragging us along with it. That takes courage. It also takes a fear of God to sustain.

I cannot tell you what to do with yourself. All I tried to do here is paint a picture of the way I see our future if people do not or cannot put a stop to it. I strongly encourage you to read the Bible while you can. I strongly encourage you to recognize the danger we are all in. At the end of everything else, I ask that God Bless you and lead you to an understanding and reliance upon Him.

The Torah and Jesus – Jews and Christians, Reconsider

The Torah and Jesus – Jews and Christians, Reconsider

Tim O’Connor – CPH President - 7/2/2022

I am not a Biblical scholar. I am not a Rabbi. I cannot read Hebrew or ancient Greek, Latin, nor Aramaic. I have never really tried to read the Talmud. But, I really do want to understand why Jewish people have rejected Yeshua. Likewise, I want to better understand why Christians, by and large, refuse to read the Torah.

So I tried to search out the requirements of the Messiah in the Jewish faith. I came across a site, titled Judaism 101, which listed some verses to go check out.

The first chapter listed is Isaiah 2.

In my opinion, the day described here is the Day of Judgment. Reading all of Isaiah 2, it is clear that the day described has yet to come. As far as pointing to a requirement to be met prior to the coming of the Messiah, it is non-existent. The chapter speaks about a great rending of the entire earth and that all will worship Adonai; however, there is no mention of a Messiah. Yeshua is still qualified as far as I can tell.

The next chapter the site mentions is Isaiah 11. This chapter speaks of a branch of Yishai (Jesse) coming in the fear of Adonai to serve Adonai’s purposes. I believe that Yeshua fulfilled the prophesy in Isaiah 11:1-5. To the best of my knowledge, there has been no fulfillment of the prophesy in Isaiah 11:6-9, meaning that the peaceful coexistence of all animals living upon the mountain of Adonai has yet to be fulfilled. I do believe that Isaiah 11:10 was fulfilled by Yeshua.

Isaiah 11:11 reads, “On that day Adonai will raise his hand again, a second time, to reclaim the remnant of his people who remain from Ashur, Egypt, Patros, Ethiopia, ‘Eilam, Shin‘ar, Hamat and the islands in the sea.” Ashur is in modern day Iraq, Egypt was far smaller than modern day Egypt, Patros is part of Egypt extending southwest of the Egypt of Isaiah’s days, Ethiopia was the land of Cush which was south of Biblical Egypt, Eilam is in present day Iran, Shin’ar is in Iraq, and Hamat is in northern Lebanon. When the Romans destroyed Jerusalem in 70 AD, they controlled these areas, and very well may have forced Jews into those locations, at least originally. This is something I will have to follow up on, however.

The really interesting part is that Adonai will raise His hand a second time. In my view, the first time was to give His Son to the world for their sins, and the second time will be to completely defeat the evil running rampant in our world. I think Isaiah 11:11 foretells of a second coming of the Messiah It is completely conceivable that Rome resettled their conquered Jewish peoples into the lands mentioned. I also find it very convincing that many of those still living in the lands mentioned have yet to come out of it.

I see the verses in Isaiah 11:12-14 as a work in progress. It could very well relate to the idea that modern Israel, and what is considered Palestine, will cease hostilities; however Adonai has not yet allowed that to occur. Israel has never, to my knowledge, smashed the Edomites nor the Moabites, nor had the Amonites obey them. All of this will occur at a future date. Isaiah 11:15-16 is also a prophesy set in the future – the Red Sea’s waters will dwindle, the Euphrates will be split into “seven streams,” and those still left in Ashur will return to the lands of Israel.

The next verse used for proof of the Messiah having not yet arrived on earth comes at Isaiah 59:20, which reads, “‘Then a Redeemer will come to Tziyon, to those in Ya‘akov who turn from rebellion.’ So says Adonai.” This is a really interesting passage. Yeshua did go to Israel, He went to Passover, and He knew He was to be betrayed. Yet, still He went to the last supper in Zion, where he previously overturned tables and chastised the temple vendors (Christians take notice – no amount of money can buy God’s grace nor salvation).

The story of Jacob (Ya’akov) is complex and involves his twin brother, Esau, who was not a man trying to connect with Adonai. As such, Jacob gained Esau’s birthright. Jacob gained this because Adonai willed it as such. God caused Esau to forgot the ‘wrong’ that Jacob had done to him, and went about his ways after they met in the wilderness later.

Jacob was also subjected to deception by his father-in-law, Laban, and Jacob payed for his wives with at least 14 years (2 terms of 7 years each) in Laban’s service. His reward was the hand of Leah the elder daughter) as well as Rachel (the younger daughter), Rachel being the woman he intended to marry in the first place. Jacob was also changed into Israel, the progenitor of all of the 12 tribes of Israel after wrestling with an angel, sent from God, who dislocated (at least) his hip (a very serious injusry in those times).

The written preservation of Ya’akov’s life really is one showing the trials God will allow, and if passed, the rewards Adonai will grant to those who follow Him, even while they dwell upon this very earth. Isaiah 59:20 reinforces the idea that faith in Adonai will lead to Him rewarding His servants with prosperity, providence, and eternal life. Jacob continuously appealed to Adonai throughout his life, followed Adonai’s Laws, and never stopped believing in Adonai’s grace nor His vengeance upon those who crossed Him. Jacob loved his brother, but his brother did not seek the face of Adonai as Jacob did.

Did Yeshua do this as well? He absolutely did. He succumbed to the abuses of Israel’s priests, which demanded He be executed by the Romans. He did not protest His death sentence until His last gasp. Christians have no reason to fault the Jews for this – Yeshua was Jewish and perfected the Torah (go read it, Christian), and Yeshua also stopped the need for the sacrifices (go read it Jews). Yeshua perfected His Father’s Laws, making Adonai applicable to everyone, Jew and Goyim, while at the same time making Jews no longer needing to sacrifice their animals nor grain to Adonai and the Goyim needing to heed to the Torah. Adam’s sin had been paid for by Adonai’s sacrifice of the lamb, His begotten, Yeshua. Adonai’s Laws were now EVERYONE’S Laws.

Jewish people, do you know what this means! It means there is no cause to build a third temple or to make sacrifices of any kind! The blood has already been paid for your sin! Christians do you understand what this means for you? It means follow the Law of God – the Torah! Each of us should be as one giant congregation! The Jew should be as the Christian in belief and the Christian should be as the Jew in practice – we are ALL meant to be HOLY to Adonai (God)….

Sadly, Jews and Christians alike, in their own way rejected this idea. Can any of us live perfectly according to the Torah? No. Only Yeshua did. All we can hope to do is to be holy in the eyes of Adonai.

The next refutation from the Jewish side of the argument comes from chapter 23 of Jeremiah. Adonai makes it crystal clear that it is no burden to worship Him. It portends the day when all of those not believing in Him will think they are just fine and not going to be judged. Why will this come about? Because of false prophets. Prophets which many believe and will believe against the word of God. It is also against the words of Yeshua, who lived perfectly according to the Torah.

Adonai tells all of us, Jew and Christian alike, to not believe in the words of the modern-day ‘prophets’ coming forth and spewing lies. Of the prophets Adonai stated: “‘13 I have seen inappropriate conduct in the prophets of Shomron — they prophesied by Ba‘al and led my people Isra’el astray. 14 But in the prophets of Yerushalayim I have seen a horrible thing — they commit adultery, live in lies, so encouraging evildoers that none returns from his sin. For me they have all become like S’dom, its inhabitants like ‘Amora.’”

To my sensibilities this describes the world we currently live in, full of soothsayers, diviners, tarot card readers, and astrology sign predictors and Satan-loving scumbags like George Soros and Bill Gates. And then there is the self-proclaiming Jew, Yuval Noah Harari and his acolytes, prophesying about the Great Reset, the human-assured promise of the ‘good’ of humanity 2.0, and the desolation of resource acquisition by the masses (food, water, shelter). Maybe God sent this ‘man’ to bring about the Anti-Christ. I am not sure of that. All I do know is that many subscribe to this ‘prophet’s’ vision of humanity without giving any thought to his embrace of exterminating the human race, i.e. God’s creation.

Especially pertinent to this discussion is Jeremiah 23:16–17, “16 Adonai-Tzva’ot says: ‘Don’t listen to the words of the prophets who are prophesying to you. They are making you act foolishly, telling you visions from their own minds and not from the mouth of Adonai. 17 They keep reassuring those who despise me, ‘Adonai says you will be safe and secure,’ and saying to all living by their own stubborn hearts, ‘Nothing bad will happen to you.’ ’”

Bad things are happening to all of us, believers and non-belivers alike (deny it as fervently as you wish God-haters). Those pretending that everything will be fine are lying to you and are receiving their ‘divine guidance’ outside of the Word of God. Namely, they receive their ‘word’ from Satan and his messengers.

Thus, test the spirits. Test those wishing to tell their dreams in the name of Adonai.

This chapter tells of a day when people will lead others astray of God’s word. I believe that time has been here for quite a while, actually. I can think of a whole lot of people, institutions, and religious centers doing this, not least of which are the Pope, mainstream Judaism, mainstream Christianity, and all other faiths denying Adonai and His Son. Call me biased if you wish – all of these people are claiming divinity in the name of Adonai while at the same time denying Adonai. To compound their infractions, many of these people claim that their god is Adonai despite their god(s) having none of the same history nor attributes of God the Creator of the universe.

As for Jews trying to refute Yeshua’s claim of Messiah, they use Jeremiah 23 as another reason to deny Yeshua. Do not believe the prophets, they will say. Their Temple has been destroyed for 1,952 years; however, they refuse to believe in the idea that Yeshua came to absolve them from sin against Adonai, yet they still live, prosper, and persist. All of this is despite a precise date as to when and how the Second Temple would be destroyed as recorded through the voice of Yeshua. Yeshua commanded His adherents to test the spirits of those prophesying in His name as well as warned that many will come in His name– just as Adonai did in this chapter of Jeremiah.

Jeremiah 30 is also used by Jewish sects as evidence that disprove the authenticity of Yeshua being the Messiah. In these passages, there is mention of a figure who leads a restored Jewish nation who is able to directly approach Adonai. This actually sounds like Yeshua to me. A lot of Jeremiah 30 is set in the future still; however, because it talks about the whole world no caring about Israel and having Israel subjugated. Adonai intends to utterly destroy those peoples while at the same time punishing Israel for it’s wickedness. The passage speaks of a future in which all of Israel is restored as it was in times past, including how the community functions as well as every building being properly restored and in the right location. I do not believe this has yet occurred as it says in the days of Ya’akov’s troubles you will understand. I do think we will see it rather soon though. After all of the punishment, Israel will live in complete peace.

So far none of these have convinced me to disbelieve in Yeshua being the Messiah who will return again.

Jeremiah 33 offers another refutation of Yeshua; however. The chapter offers another reference to David’s Branch of Righteousness. It is Adonai who stated, “17 There will never be cut off from David a man to occupy the throne of the house of Isra’el. 18 Nor will there ever be cut off from the cohanim who are L’vi’im a man before me to offer burnt offerings, burn grain offerings and offer sacrifices every day.” This occurs only after Israel is renamed Adonai our Righteousness. This is obviously to be seen at a later date as well. Obviously, with an ugly mosque sitting upon their own Temple Mount, Jews have not been able to make any sacrifices at all. But notice, there is no mention of the sin offering.

The End of Days is also referenced in Jeremiah 47:48, “Yet I will end Mo’av’s exile in the acharit-hayamim,” says Adonai.” Those days of exile for Mo’av were not, and still have not been, ended. The lands in question are the lands within the present day nation of Jordan. Obviously, the end of days has not yet passed. This, again speaks to a future time in which there is a Messiah sent by Adonai to put things right within the world.

I am starting to get an idea of where the Jewish faith gets it’s denial of Yeshua being the Messiah, but I still do not ascribe to the idea.

Jeremiah 49:39 reads, ‘But in the acharit-hayamim, I will bring back the exiles of ‘Eilam,’ says Adonai.” As mentioned before, this is within the borders of present day Iraq. I fully believe Adonai will do this. The time is not jet, but it is soon.

To put Ezekiel 39:16 in context I will include a large portion of it 14-23:

“14 “Therefore, human being, prophesy! Tell Gog that Adonai Elohim says this: ‘Won’t you be aware of it when my people Isra’el are living in security? 15 You will choose just that time to come from your place in the far reaches of the north, you and many peoples with you, all of them on horseback, a huge horde, a mighty army; 16 and you will invade my people Isra’el like a cloud covering the land. This will be in the acharit-hayamim; and I will bring you against my land, so that the Goyim will know me when, before their eyes, I am set apart as holy through you, Gog.’

“17 “Adonai Elohim says: ‘I spoke of you long ago through my servants the prophets of Isra’el. Back then, they prophesied for many years that I would have you invade them. 18 When that day comes, when Gog invades the land of Isra’el,’ says Adonai Elohim, ‘my furious anger will boil up. 19 In my jealousy, in my heated fury I speak: when that day comes there will be a great earthquake in the land of Isra’el; 20 so that the fish in the sea, the birds in the air, the wild beasts, all the reptiles creeping on the ground and every human being there in the land will tremble before me. Mountains will fall, cliffs crumble and every wall crash to the ground. 21 I will summon a sword against him throughout all my mountains,’ says Adonai Elohim; ‘every man will wield his sword against his brother. 22 I will judge him with plague and with blood. I will cause torrential rain to fall on him, his troops and the many peoples with him, along with huge hailstones, fire and sulfur. 23 I will show my greatness and holiness, making myself known in the sight of many nations; then they will know that I am Adonai.’”

Again, these physical signs have not yet manifested themselves. And there is a lot of speculation as to what or where Gog is. All we can tell today is that it is north of Israel. That includes Turkey, Lebanon, Syria, Russia, and Europe. Who leads, Gog? I have no idea. Will an invasion come from the north? I absolutely believe it will and when that invasion comes, many will begin to believe in Adonai.

“4 For the people of Isra’el are going to be in seclusion for a long time without a king, prince, sacrifice, standing-stone, ritual vest or household gods. 5 Afterwards, the people of Isra’el will repent and seek Adonai their God and David their king; they will come trembling to Adonai and his goodness in the acharit-hayamim,” Hosea 3:4-5. This has yet to come to full fruition as well, despite the passage in Hosea 3:4 being one which is ongoing. In the end days; however, the people of Israel will come back to their God, Adonai, full of repentance and fear. The prior verses in Hosea 3 describe a wife committing adultery being bought back by her husband and left to sit in seclusion with no intercourse at all. The prior verses relate directly to quoted verses. It actually equates Israel with being an adulterous wife. As such, Israel has been placed into a time of separation from Adonai, just as the wife described was cut off from her intentions of her adulterous relationships. Israel has not yet gotten to the point of repentance and fear, but they will.

Micah 4 is a very interesting and confounding chapter of the Bible. It begins describing the end days. According to Micah, the people of the world, especially gentiles, will go up to the mountain of Adonai to learn of Him and his Laws. This will be the most important mountain. The Torah will be sent to the world during this time. There will be peace in the land, yet many in the world will go on worshiping gods other than Adonai. ‘He’ will judge many peoples and nations. Nations will no longer go to war against nations. Adonai will make Israel a strong nation, will rule all of His people, and regather Israel. Israel will regain its full sovereignty. Then comes a war against Israel. Once the daughter of Israel is put out of the land until she arrives in Bavel, is decided to be desiccated, and instead begins to crush other nations, this prophesy will not be fulfilled. Then Israel will have siege laid against them.

Micah 4, again, seems to be something that has yet to occur. There is no peace in the land. We have not beaten our swords into plows. Israel has not regained its entire sovereignty. But the product of all of these events, the daughter of Zion being cast out, will crush the nations warring against Israel. The Bible here literally says to gather troops to end the siege of Israel.

This, to me, describes the run up to the battle of Armageddon. Many nations will come against Israel but be destroyed in their effort. It describes a world going to war against those believing in Adonai. The problem for the world is that Adonai has already provided for Israel. Maybe this chapter is describing those who are not Jewish but follow Adonai’s the Laws and loves His Son nonetheless.

The next Jewish refutation of Yeshua as the Messiah comes in Zephaniah 3:9. To gain context, I urge you to go read this entirely. Zephaniah 3:9 reads, “For then I will change the peoples, so that they will have pure lips, to call on the name of Adonai, all of them, and serve him with one accord.” This will not come about until the evil upon this earth is dealt with by Adonai. I’m changed; however, God woke me up because of those he will not change – those in service of the Adversary (Satan) and their plans. There are a lot of people who are actually in the service of the adversary, which is unfortunate.

“Then Adonai will be king over the whole world. On that day Adonai will be the only one, and his name will be the only name,” reads Zechariah 14:9. Zechariah 14, in full, portends an awful fate as well as a gracious redemption for Jerusalem. The city of Jerusalem will be split asunder with half of it’s inhabitants plundered, it’s women raped, and going into exile, the other half staying put. After that an earthquake comes and Adonai will fight those nations doing the raping and plundering and destroy them. Jerusalem is to flee into the valley created by this earthquake. Fresh water will come from Jerusalem going both east and west after all of these things. And Adonai will be will be king over the world.

After all of this, the city of Jerusalem will be restored and live in safety. The peoples who attacked will have their flesh diseased and fall off, their eyes, likewise afflicted, will rot out. Everyone will attack everyone else, the attackers being attacked as well. Their tongues, like their eyes, will rot away in their mouths. Animals will also suffer this plague.

“16 Finally, everyone remaining from all the nations that came to attack Yerushalayim will go up every year to worship the king, Adonai-Tzva’ot, and to keep the festival of Sukkot. 17 If any of the families of the earth does not go up to Yerushalayim to worship the king, Adonai-Tzva’ot, no rain will fall on them. 18 If the family of Egypt doesn’t go up, if they refuse to come, they will have no [annual] overflow [from the Nile]; moreover, there will be the plague with which Adonai will strike the nations that don’t go up to keep the festival of Sukkot. 19 This will be Egypt’s punishment and the punishment of all the nations that don’t go up to keep the festival of Sukkot.

“20 When that day comes, this will be written on the bells worn by the horses: “Consecrated to Adonai”; and the cooking pots in the house of Adonai will be [as holy] as the sprinkling bowls before the altar. 21 Yes, every cooking pot in Yerushalayim and Y’hudah will be consecrated to Adonai-Tzva’ot. Everyone who offers sacrifices will come, take them and use them to stew the meat. When that day comes, there will no longer be merchants in the house of Adonai-Tzva’ot.”

Well, what is Sukkot and it’s significance in Jewish culture? Sukkot, according to My Jewish Learning, is a five day festival in which people are supposed to live in makeshift dwelling to represent the Jews wandering the desert for 40 years. It is also a festival of harvest. My Jesish Learning also states:

“Many of the most popular rituals of Sukkot are practiced in the home. As soon after the conclusion of Yom Kippur as possible, often on the same evening, one is enjoined to begin building the sukkah, or hut, that is the central symbol of the holiday. The sukkah is a flimsy structure with at least three sides, whose roof is made out of thatch or branches, which provides some shade and protection from the sun, but also allows the stars to be seen at night. It is traditional to decorate the sukkah and to spend as much time in it as possible. Weather permitting, meals are eaten in the sukkah, and the hardier among us may also elect to sleep in the sukkah.”

And what was a ‘manger,’ may I ask, if it was not a three sided shelter, open to the stars on one of the sides. Sukkot goes all the way back to Leviticus 23:39-43. In those passages, God commands a festival of 8 days, the first and eighth to be a complete rest. It is to be kept that those Adonai took out of the bondage of Egypt be reminded of the way they had to live once they left Egypt.

There are three main festivals in Judaism, Pesach (Passover), Shavout (Pentacost), and Sukkot (commonly called Christmas in Christian circles). Passover is a celebration of Adonai passing over those houses of the enslaved and not killing their firstborn because of the marks above their door. Shavout marks the remembrance of Adonai giving the Torah to the Jews. It is also known as the Feast of Weeks because Moses was upon the mountain for 40 days. Sukkot, which has already been described, only lasted 8 days, and while it is also celebrated as a way for Jews to remember their Exodus from Egypt, it also holds greater significance.

Any Jew should immediately recognize the significance of day 8 in a male child’s life. That is the day they are to be circumcised, physically. Why is Sukkot to be celebrated as an 8 day fesival? IN my analysis, Yeshua was born on the first day – a day of complete rest, and was circumscribed on the eighth day, another day of complete rest. He was born of a virgin, in what can only be described as a sukkot. That Yeshua was born by a virgin represents divinity in itself. That he was born in a manger, ie, a sukkot, gives additional and very important meaning to the festival of Sukkot. Yeshua was born in this way because Adonai decided to fulfill the meaning of Sukkot. Adonai’s son was born upon the first day of the festival, and dedicated to Adoani on the eighth with His circumcision.

Anyone Jewish reading this, I encourage you to endeavor further into the birth of Yeshua. I have, for a very long time, doubted the authenticity of Yeshua’s birth being the 25th of December. In Judaism there are calendars which actually place Yeshua Hamashiach’s birth on the first day of Sukkot. In this I firmly believe.

As for the prophesy of Zechariah 14:9, I completely believe that time will come. I believe that time will come very quickly, too. All will call upon Adonai, just as His Son, Yeshua commanded all of His followers to do. When asked how to pray, Yeshua stated that prayers be directed to God, Adonai, and is known widely by Christians as the Lord’s Prayer (Matthew 6:9-13). In this prayer, there is only one, Adonai, God, HaShem, which is prayed to. Even His Son, with His divinity and perfection, ordered those who prayed to not pray to Him, but to pray to His Father – God, HaShem, Adonai.

The final Biblical citation given as to why Yeshua was not the Messiah occurs in Daniel 10:14. It reads, “So I have come to make you understand what will happen to your people in the acharit-hayamim; for there is still another vision which will relate to those days.” That vision is in Daniel 11 and 12, a violent and tumultuous time of general war, The end of this war, the end of the person who makes war through offering peace, the Antichrist, will succumb. This thing was prophesied to be set into action 1,290 ‘days’ later (maybe it is days; however, day are often years in Biblical references).

If the prophesy means years, it would be in the year 1360. There are several things which happened in 1360, interestingly. The Hundred Years War was ended by the British and French, Jews were removed from Italy, and the French Franc was created. The Founder of the House of Anjou was also born that year. All of these instances are very interesting as well as concerning.

If the prophesy speaks of literal day upon the earth, the days would equate to 3.58 years. Not a lot of lasting importance occurred in 1363 nor 1364. So my intention flows towards 1360, when the Hundred Years war ended, a peace treaty was signed, and a lasting legacy was bestowed – the French franc and the House of Anjou.

All of these times are based on the idea that the burnt offering in Jerusalem ceased in 70 AD. It may well have occurred at a later date. This prophesy may very well be referring to a third Temple being constructed as well.

If a third Temple were constructed by the Jews in Jerusalem there would likely be many powers coming against Israel. Constructing a third Temple would require the removal of the Al-Aqsa Mosque which sits upon the Temple Mount. Now, do not get me wrong, this perceived war is something I am willing to undertake on the side of Israel, but there would be war nonetheless. While Moslems claim an Abrahamic root, they are, at best, those of Ishmael, the son of Hagar and Abraham, Hagar being the maidservant of Abraham’s wife.

Sarah, an older woman who did not have faith in Adonai’s intentions and who permitted her husband to lay with Hagar, to produce the progenitor of most of Israel’s problems (Moslem’s), but who, through Adonai’s blessing, also produced a son whose progeny created all of Israel (Ya-akov- Jacob). Sarah’s son’s name was Yitz’chak (Issac), the same son Abraham was spared from sacrificing because a ram was placed in the burning bush to save all of Israel.

In Moslem (read that as not my faith – their god, Allah is a fake and one full of blasphemies which result in human atrocities) Ishmael relates them to a holy God – Adonai. In the Torah, the tribes of Israel are created as Adonai's chosen people.

Not come the Messiah – the annointed (which is all that Messiah means). This particular Messiah, was king over nothing in this world. He stated in the gospels, multiple times, that He was to be sacrificed. He also alluded to the fact that He would raise up from the dead. Indeed, He did. He was killed without a single broken bone. He died with a spear in His side. He was ordered to be killed by the same who could order a sacrifice to be offered before Adonai.

The Moslem’s say this man, Yeshua, was but a prophet while claiming their pedophilic, plunderous, murderous, psychotic, mentally unstable, and rapist prophet, Mohammad, was a legitimate servant of ‘Allah.,’ their version of god. I reject that. I will continuously refer to the Torah – which describe a false prophet and a false god and a false doctrine as written by Mohammad.

Likewise, Christians reject the Torah. Say Torah to them and their eyes will glaze over because they do not understand. They think you are talking abut the Old Testament and that is something that should be ignored entirely because it is archaic and Jesus rewrote it. This is not the case. This is the Adversary, Satan, separating those of His Son and those of Adonai.

Christians who believe that Jesus is God. You are not correct. Jesus is Yeshua, the SON of Adonai. They are both very important. One was around when the world was created (Yeshau) and the other created it (Adonai). Do not mince these words. If you decide to quote them, copy them exactly. Adonai, Hashem, YHWH, created this entire everything – He is the Creator of the Universe, it’s Laws, and EVERYTHING in it – the plants, the animals, the stars, the planets, and the people – EVERYTHING. Some Christians and most Jews will agree on that.

What I am asking Jews is why do you not believe in the Yeshua as the Messiah? He stated He would return and fulfill the rest of the prophesy. As terrible as those prophesies are – rape, murder, evil all the time by everyone, genetic mutation, giants roaming the land – the evidence presented in the Gospels, as well as the Torah and prophesies in what, most Christians deem, the Old Testament, are still relevant. What Yeshua preached was the ‘Old’ Testament.

What changed for Jews was the idea that never again was there supposed to be a sin sacrifice. Yeshua came to earth, lived perfectly by the Torah, and died because of it. He was so much more holier than those in the Temple that those of the Temple actually demanded He be sacrificed.

In an interesting and completely understandable way, Yeshua’s blood needed to fall upon an alter, my Jewish friends, did it not? And where is the Alter of Adonai? The alter of God? The Covenant? Read Matthew 27:51:

“51 At that moment the parokhet in the Temple was ripped in two from top to bottom; and there was an earthquake, with rocks splitting apart. 52 Also the graves were opened, and the bodies of many holy people who had died were raised to life; 53 and after Yeshua rose, they came out of the graves and went into the holy city, where many people saw them. 54 When the Roman officer and those with him who were keeping watch over Yeshua saw the earthquake and what was happening, they were awestruck and said, ‘He really was a son of God.’”

Jews, as far as I can tell, don’t believe any of this, because they do not believe the Messiah has already come and will return to fulfill the rest. They long for the one who will come to fulfill those prophesies which Yeshua did not yet fulfill. Yeshua is going to return, and that is the part Jews reject. It will be the lamb, transformed into a lion, which will return. Many of the passages in the Bible prophecy of the things to come in the lead up to the final days and the final day itself.

But, I’d like to ask the Jewish, as well as their Christian offshoots, this, including the rabbis, the important people, and the regular Jew, the preachers, the pastors, those in charge of the Vatican, not the Pope (that is blood drinking demon if I ever saw one), what would have happened should the blood of Yeshua fallen upon the Ark of the Covenant?

Not only has the Ark of the Covenant claimed to have been found, it has been claimed that a living blood was found upon it, with no male genes within it. If there is only an X (denoting male) yet no chromosomes marking any of the rest of the male traits, what would this mean, to you ? That evidence was claimed by Ron Wyatt. While Wyatt collected a blood sample and had it tested to find those results, modern Levites attempted to move what he found and all of them died.

Maybe Wyatt was a fraudster, and maybe he found not a thing – the fact that the passages he and his team traversed were sealed up is telling. The fact that he had the blood he collected tested and found to have only female chromosomes and a single X is telling. The entire idea that the whole thing was kept very quiet is telling. The revelation of Adonai (the actual Covenant) and the blood upon it (Yeshua’s) is very telling because THAT is what would be required of a sin sacrifice, ultimately. It wasnt the temple altar, it was the altar of Adonai, and if Yeshua was sent as the ultimate sacrifice, as I believe, His blood would have had to be shed upon His Father’s alter.

For any faith, consider this. Consider all of this writing. I pray that we come together as peoples, Jews, gentiles (like me – I have not a Jewish drop of blood in my whole body), and heathens as well, and let ALL of us understand.

The Torah is God’s Law.

Yeshua was His sin sacrifice.

Those together make it so the whole WORLD can be saved through the blood of Yeshua (Jesus Christ), and the following of Adonai’s Laws.

That doesn’t make the Jew any less powerful – if anything it should make them MORE powerful as their congregations grow and more people seek the Word of Adonai, the Word of God.

None of us are here to be perfect – we are here to be holy – set apart. Do that. Be set apart by Adonai’s Word, by His Law, and by the idea that he sent His Son here to die for our sins.

The entire point of this piece is to tell CHRISTIANS – go read your TORAH and OLD TESTAMENT. JEWS – go read your GOSPELS and NEW TESTAMENT! You should not be two Houses divided. You should be ONE. ONE in the belief that TORAH is relevant AND in the belief that Adonai has ALREADY sent His only Son to rectify our sins and will return as your Messiah – just as He left off.

There is a lot of prophesy yet to be fulfilled before the End Day. That cloud that all of us see forming – from Jerusalem, to Berlin, to Paris, to London, to New York City, to Washington DC, to Chicago, to Dallas, to Denver, to Los Angeles, to Vancouver, to Sydney, to Jakarta, to Shanghai, to New Delhi, to Moscow, to Nairobi, to Cape Town, to Lagos, to Rio de Janeiro, to Buenos Aries, to Lima, to Mexico City, to Hong Kong, to Bangkok, to Addis Ababa, to Riyadh, and everywhere in between – is not a cloud of invitation nor welcoming nor prospering the idea of go along to get along. Those of us seeing this cloud understand it, whether or not being able to articulate it, and all it represents – the destruction of humanity, the earth, and all of the possessions of those people.

This is not what Adonai wants. It is not what Yeshua wants. It is all because we (even you) have been entered into a spiritual war – good versus evil – and now we actually have to pick a side. Hot or cold? Light or dark? We should all be dwelling within the Word of Adonai and loving Yeshua and awaiting His return to finish off the evil running rampant upon the earth.

I asked a rabbi the question I am trying to answer, why Jews do not believe in Yeshua. It is tradition he said. He mentioned the book of Isaiah at Chapter 53 and mentioned it is pretty much forbidden to be read. He also cautioned me about something which had not crossed my mind – that the endeavor of uniting the churches and synagogues in belief will only occur through the returning of Yeshua and that will be the only true One-World order. And I got to thinking about those words and there will still be Moslems, and there will still be Jews, and there will still be Christians, Hindus, so-called atheists, humanists, Taoist, etc… because they will continue to reject the ideas I am wrestling with here. But still I understand the rabbis point.

There are 68 passages in the Old Testament which Yeshua fulfilled. Obviously, as I wrote above, because the Day of Judgment has not yet come about and Yeshua has not yet returned, some of the prophesies have yet to be fulfilled. This is what most of Christianity focuses on.; however at the expense of understanding the Torah.

The Torah is the Law Adonai gave to Moses. The Ten Commandments are a good summary of the complete set of the Law as related to Moses, but it is by no means a completed list, nor explanation of the Laws of God. There are 613 Laws which have been written that we are to follow as believers in Adonai, the Father of Yeshua. The really neat part is that those are all of the Bible’s we already have in our homes. But, mind you, the Bible is not to be cherry picked, it is either relevant or it is not included in the Bible, meaning all of it is relevant.

When I read my Bible, this extra huge Defender version of King James with 614 extra pages of Books of Apocrypha added to the end of the Old Testament and New Testament, I arrived at a passage in Matthew 5 that made my mouth literally hang open. The verse was one which I had never encountered in any Christian church service I had ever attended, never heard a Christian speak about, and this pimple passage shocked me. In bright red letters in my KJV Bible I read Matthew 5:17, “Don’t think that I have come to abolish the Torah or the Prophets. I have come not to abolish but to complete.” This passage really got me thinking.

Christianity would not work if this was taught, especially when I started to think about the way a lot of modern churches have openly embraced issues which the Torah (God’s Law) absolutely condemns. These topics include bestiality, homosexuality, abortion, divorce, marriage, and a lot about how to properly worship God our Creator.

What is Jesus saying? Jesus was saying that He followed every bit of the Torah to the letter from the moment He was conceived until the moment He succumbed upon the stake. While He also did this before He came to earth and also after He left, He made it clear to mankind that He was not only holy in the eyes of God, but perfect. No other human has ever been perfect, not ever will be in the form that humanity is currently in. We all sin, Jesus did not. The best that we can do is to be holy. The way to be holy is to follow the Torah. Everything Yeshua taught was how to live the Torah while upon this earth – in other words how to be holy in the eyes of Adonai, our God.

A lot of Christians, and I have witnessed this on multiple occasions, seem to want to avoid all of the places in the Old Testament where the wrath of God was poured out upon either the Jews or the people trying to oppress the Jews. They especially avoid any passages reading like Leviticus 20:13, “If a man goes to bed with a man as with a woman, both of them have committed an abomination; they must be put to death; their blood is on them.” And Oh MY! will they start flipping out when they are asked to recall Genesis 19 and relate that to homosexuality.

I will use two more examples, in Leviticus 11 God tells us what we are permitted to eat – Christians take note, pork is unclean to a person of God – because pigs do not chew cud and because pigs have a propensity to cannibalize their young.

Another example is far more complex of an issue which appears in the Bible, slavery. The issue pops up several times within the Torah, in Exodus 21:2-11, 20-21; Leviticus 25:39-55; and Deuteronomy 15:12-18. The saddest part of all of this is that modern slavery is very rarely not the slavery of Biblical times, modern slavery tends to be for life with no chance of redemption. There are no six-year bondage contracts and in the seventh year the slave is to be set free. There is also no Jubilee year because, to the best of my knowledge, the keeping of the Jubilee has been lost. Many have; however, used the Bible to justify the practice of slavery, sadly.

Consider, for a moment; however, that Israelis cannot be enslaved. Consider further that since the time of the resurrection all believers are now Israelis – we were all grafted into the Covenant, meaning neither can we be enslaved. Since every single person is able to use their free will to accept or to deny Adonai, Yeshua, and the Ruach HaKodech (Holy Spirit), really, no one is capable of being enslaved. A case could be made that those rejecting God, Jesus, and the Holy Spirit are capable of being enslaved; however, unless the Holy Spirit is blasphemed against, there is a chance for redemption, these people may have their hearts and their faces turn towards God. In a very real way, those who reject God have already doomed themselves into the slavery of Satan. Go read almost any news story. That is the trick of Satan, to get people to think they are free by getting them to go against God’s Laws; however, the reality is eternal death along with Satan – such a sad outcome.

Basically, Christians, by and large, have had the Word of God, His Laws, taken out of their purview. This is why I am constantly suggesting to people to read their Bible, they are not going to be introduced to the Law by sitting in a pew at church. A lot of ‘preachers’ will not even mention Jesus anymore. Too many ‘churches’ have turned themselves into social clubs aligned with the world. Satan controls the world. Satan’s power is manifesting and consolidating within this world at the current time. Everything is about how human science is greater than God. The main areas we can all recognize this is in what our ‘leaders’ are doing with transhumanist efforts, energy policies, and abortion. All of it goes against God and all of it is because of the idea that ‘science,’ whether in the area of climate, medicine, or biology. The world, being increasingly, in Satan’s hands, is being catered to by the frauds in the pulpits and leading their flocks astray.

Take the first issue I mentioned above, homosexuality. Leviticus 20:13 is incredibly straight forward. Earlier, in Leviticus 18:22, homosexuality was called an abomination. And the world tries to justify their positions, as always by disregarding those two Leviticus passages. The ignorant, Godless, cherry-picking, collective, satanically-hive-minded Human Right’s Campaign has a resource article titled What Does the Bible Say About Homosexuality? While the Satanic piece mentions Leviticus 18:22 and 20:13 it distorts and attempts to wash away Gods Law, “The injunction that ‘man must not lie with man’ (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13) coheres with the context of a society anxious about their health, continuing family lineages, and retaining the distinctiveness of Israel as a nation.” No, Human Right’s Campaign (HRC), it is an abomination against God, and is punishable by death. Likewise HRC tries to write off Genesis 19 as sexual violence and a violation of male honor. They perverted the Bible so they could write their Satan-inspired conclusion which is completely in-line with a whole bunch of churches, Christians, and even some Jews:

“All things considered, it is important to remember that throughout church history, new information about people and the world have frequently led Christians to reconsider their beliefs. This need not be a reason to distrust Scripture, but rather should serve as an invitation to wrestle with the contexts of the biblical writers and our own lived experiences. As it stands today, there are millions of faithful Christians around the world who have come to recognize the work of God in and through the relationships of LGBTQ+ people (click here to see a list of denominational positions on LGBTQ+ people within Christianity). As New Testament Scholar Daniel Kirk has pointed out, Christians today would do well by the tradition of the apostles and our current witness in the world to recognize that theological abstractions aside, God has already clearly embraced LGBTQ+ people into full communion, and it is now the church’s responsibility to simply honor that reality and rejoice (Luke 15).” [emphasis theirs]

These people are heretics. And so are those preaching the same message as the conclusion of Human Right’s Campaign. Not only do these types of scumbags think that Christianity needs to embrace people who openly act in contradiction to God’s Law by accepting homosexuals, they quadruple down on their demands by advocating for gender dysphoria, transsexualism, and by placing an emphasis on ‘lived experiences.’ But here is the problem – Christians won’t go and read Genesis 19, Leviticus 18 and 20 and will rely on what their God-hating pastors tell them. Those beliefs are reinforced by Law destroying institutions, governments, and non-governmental institutions around the world, all of them dedicated to Satan. The Christian, unaware of this because they refuse to read the Bible on their own, blindly want to follow their church’s doctrine (Biblical or not), and want to feel good about themselves, refuse to understand that God is not only merciful but also wrathful, and that one of the things God calls abhorrent is homosexuality and actually calls for killing those engaging in it.

I don’t advocate for killing homosexuals. I think they should be told about what the Bible really says about their actions. Many of them; however, have already decided the Bible, God’s Law, and Yeshua is not their cup of tea. Their demands are not legitimate unless the agenda of those giving ‘human rights’ hinges on depopulation. Homosexuals cannot reproduce. There is no homosexual marriage in the Bible. All human rights stem from the Bible, thus, LGBTQI+ ‘rights’ are not human rights. We have the right to speak, to defensively arm ourselves, and to be free from interference in our communications, undue punishment, and a right to an impartial trial carried out speedily. The LGBTQI+ freaks already have those rights, they need no other ‘rights.’ Let them do their debauchery away from the rest of humanity, in silence, where only God can see and, thus, judge them.

‘Leaders’ though want to put this front and center in everything. Gay Spiderman, gay scenes in Disney movies tailored to children, transgenderism and gay lessons in grammar school, all of it is wrong because it sexualizes children but, more, it promotes an anti-God lifestyle. Any dissent is labeled as hate speech, which is, in and of itself, anti-God. What makes the whole thing completely Luciferic is that hate speech is anyone saying God’s Law out loud. ‘Leaders’ are actually promoting the ideas of anti-God sentiment by engaging in any of this. Anti-God activities end up being Satanic and these same entities are trying to say they are greater than God while at the same time getting most to never start believing in God in the first place.

Christian churches are following this idea. They are of the world, not of God. They have completely bought into the idea that Jesus will not save them, God’s Laws are mutable, and they can do whatever makes them feel good…. So sad. If you are reading this and your church is telling you this – leave it, it is trying to get you into Hell and; more, these same people will send you to Hell as quickly as they can. They hate anyone with a belief in Jesus. They hate Jews too. Those truly believing do not ascribe to this world, they ascribe to the Torah and to the promise of Jesus and His return….

If Christians started actually reading the Bible none of this would be possible. If those professing a belief in Jesus understood the importance of the Torah, this couldn’t happen. Satan helped fracture what should have been a single religion – Torah and Yeshua. He split the churches. He has already given those churches delusion and worldliness.

Jews, Christian, look into what is going on in the other’s faith. Each of you should know the Torah and know the Messiah.

I beg anyone reading this to read the Bible in full. Jew and Christian alike. Please.

May God Bless you. Adonai Bless you. God Bless you.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 17 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

6/2/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 17th SDG:

Revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development

Goal 17 wraps up all of the loose ends of the 16 prior goals. It seeks to garner more money for UN Programmes and national adherence towards funding commitments. Goal 17 also makes a lot of demands upon the sovereign nations of the world in regards to national policy alignment with UN goals. The 19 targets of goal 17 are:

“17.1 Strengthen domestic resource mobilization, including through international support to developing countries, to improve domestic capacity for tax and other revenue collection

“17.2 Developed countries to implement fully their official development assistance commitments, including the commitment by many developed countries to achieve the target of 0.7 per cent of ODA/GNI to developing countries and 0.15 to 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least developed countries; ODA providers are encouraged to consider setting a target to provide at least 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least developed countries

“17.3 Mobilize additional financial resources for developing countries from multiple sources

“17.4 Assist developing countries in attaining long-term debt sustainability through coordinated policies aimed at fostering debt financing, debt relief and debt restructuring, as appropriate, and address the external debt of highly indebted poor countries to reduce debt distress

“17.5 Adopt and implement investment promotion regimes for least developed countries

“17.6 Enhance North-South, South-South and triangular regional and international cooperation on and access to science, technology and innovation and enhance knowledge sharing on mutually agreed terms, including through improved coordination among existing mechanisms, in particular at the United Nations level, and through a global technology facilitation mechanism

“17.7 Promote the development, transfer, dissemination and diffusion of environmentally sound technologies to developing countries on favourable terms, including on concessional and preferential terms, as mutually agreed

“17.8 Fully operationalize the technology bank and science, technology and innovation capacity-building mechanism for least developed countries by 2017 and enhance the use of enabling technology, in particular information and communications technology

“17.9 Enhance international support for implementing effective and targeted capacity-building in developing countries to support national plans to implement all the sustainable development goals, including through North-South, South-South and triangular cooperation

“17.10 Promote a universal, rules-based, open, non-discriminatory and equitable multilateral trading system under the World Trade Organization, including through the conclusion of negotiations under its Doha Development Agenda

“17.11 Significantly increase the exports of developing countries, in particular with a view to doubling the least developed countries’ share of global exports by 2020

“17.12 Realize timely implementation of duty-free and quota-free market access on a lasting basis for all least developed countries, consistent with World Trade Organization decisions, including by ensuring that preferential rules of origin applicable to imports from least developed countries are transparent and simple, and contribute to facilitating market access

“17.13 Enhance global macroeconomic stability, including through policy coordination and policy coherence

“17.14 Enhance policy coherence for sustainable development

“17.15 Respect each country’s policy space and leadership to establish and implement policies for poverty eradication and sustainable development Multi-stakeholder partnerships

“17.16 Enhance the global partnership for sustainable development, complemented by multi-stakeholder partnerships that mobilize and share knowledge, expertise, technology and financial resources, to support the achievement of the sustainable development goals in all countries, in particular developing countries

“17.17 Encourage and promote effective public, public-private and civil society partnerships, building on the experience and resourcing strategies of partnerships Data, monitoring and accountability

“17.18 By 2020, enhance capacity-building support to developing countries, including for least developed countries and small island developing States, to increase significantly the availability of high-quality, timely and reliable data disaggregated by income, gender, age, race, ethnicity, migratory status, disability, geographic location and other characteristics relevant in national contexts

“17.19 By 2030, build on existing initiatives to develop measurements of progress on sustainable development that complement gross domestic product, and support statistical capacity-building in developing countries”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“17.1 Strengthen domestic resource mobilization, including through international support to developing countries, to improve domestic capacity for tax and other revenue collection[.]”

The UN wants every nation to have higher revenues in order for the national governments of the world to have more control over their citizenry. Several objectives are completed by raising government revenues, the most important one being the fact that most, in not all, of the governments on earth are ideologically tethered to, and/or financially dependent upon, the UN. The citizens in the nations, the ones who get up and go to work everyday – around the world – will have less disposable income and less say over their own lives. Universal healthcare means no healthcare outside of what the government approves. The Department of Education in the United States, in tandem with teachers unions, have destroyed education in the nation. Universal background checks would end up being just another surveillance tool the US government would direct against random citizens. In order for all of this to happen, the United States would need to fund the programs.

Compared to GDP, the revenue governments collected from taxes, social contributions, fines, fees, rent and income from property or sales in the world was 26.51% in 2019. Grants, of course, are revenue but are not shown here because a lot of nations are getting billions in grants and spending them wildly inappropriately. Certain taxes like Social Security are not included here either. In 2019, Kiribati was collecting 114.8% revenue compared to GDP while Somalia was collecting zero. In 2015 Kiribati was collecting 120.49%. In 2012, Timor was taking in revenue at a rate of 341.52% of their GDP. Since 1972, the US had a low of 15.7% in 2009, a high of 20.57% in 2000, and in 2020 it was 17.64%. China collected even less, percentage wise, than the United States did in 2018 – 16.54%. Many nations, especially those in western and central Europe, collected much higher revenues compared to GDP than the United States or China did.

If all of these nations have all of this money coming in – the US had about $3.7 trillion in in revenue in 2020; China had about $2.4 trillion in revenues in 2018 – it shouldn’t be all that difficult to balance a budget. Under the graph tracking the percentage of domestic taxes compared to domestic budgets; however, only taxes are included, everything from the previous graph is excluded. The amounts will be smaller for the US and China as I calculated them. If the taxed amount was only half of what was calculated – $1.85 trillion in the US and $1.2 trillion in China – it’s still an absolute ton of money. No nation on earth managed to pay for more than 34.12% (Seychelles) of their budget with taxes as of each nation’s last reporting date. Two nations breached the 35% mark between 2015 and 2020 – Timor in 2015, and Iceland in 2016. The US managed 9.97% in 2020 and China managed 9.05% in 2018.

The money has to come from somewhere. One way governments can get money is to just print it and go further into debt. That’s what fiat currency is – backed by nothing except the good faith and credit of the nation printing it – payable by the citizens of the nations which do this. There is a reason that the United States has a deficit of over $30 trillion.

“17.2 Developed countries to implement fully their official development assistance commitments, including the commitment by many developed countries to achieve the target of 0.7 per cent of ODA/GNI to developing countries and 0.15 to 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least developed countries; ODA providers are encouraged to consider setting a target to provide at least 0.20 per cent of ODA/GNI to least developed countries[.]”

ODA means official development assistance and GNI means gross domestic income. To the US, by these metrics, it represents a yearly expenditure of hundreds of billions of dollars. In 2020, $146.55 billion would have been required to go to developing nations with an additional $31.4 to $41.9 billion earmarked to be sent to least developed nations. In 2021 the developed nations making up the G7, (US, Japan, UK, France, Germany, Italy, and Canada) had a combined GDP over $38.645 trillion with 28 developed nations unaccounted for in this measure. The totals the G7 was supposed to pay under this target comes to $270.5 billion to developing nations in addition to between $58 billion and $77.3 billion.

This is welfare paid for with debt which the developed nations of the world have promised to have their working-classes pay off over time, largely in the form of income taxes. Also, this is only one form of welfare which is ordered to be paid by the developed nations to the developing nations. Other gimmicks which the UN expects developed nations to pay for are included in documents like the Paris Climate Accord which would require at least $1 trillion a year from just the United States for mitigating the made-up man-made climate change ‘disaster.’

Sweden, Luxembourg, and Norway exceeded their commitments under this ruse (0.7% and 0.2%) in 2017. The United Kingdom and Denmark approached their obligations with 0.7% and 0.74%, respectively. Germany and the Netherlands registered in the 0.6% to 0.67% range. All of the rest of the developed nations came in under 0.5% or lower. Only Sweden and the United Kingdom met their obligations to the least developed countries.

“17.3 Mobilize additional financial resources for developing countries from multiple sources[.]”

The first indicator for this target has a graph which displays, “Foreign direct investment refers to direct investment equity flows in an economy. It is the sum of equity capital, reinvestment of earnings, and other capital. This series shows net outflows of investment from the reporting economy to the rest of the world, and is divided by GDP.” Overall, in the world of 2020, 0.76% of global GDP was invested in this way. Hungary is listed as having foreign direct investments of 97.35% of its 2020 GDP, and Hong Kong 25.38%. In 2016, China invested over 1% of its GDP in foreign investments and in 2020 it stood at 0.75%. The United States in 2007 had over 3% of GDP directly invested in foreign enterprises and in 2020 it was 0.73%. Any nation with a negative value is being bought up more than they are doing the buying. The nations which were being bought-up the most as of 2019 were Malta, Timor, Ireland, Netherlands, Cayman Islands, and Switzerland.

The second graph shows remittances to and from nations from migrants in a foreign country. It shows money which is leeched from a nation due to illegal immigration as well as money sent home by legal migrants. In 1979 the rate of remittances in the world, as a share of GDP, was 0.36% and in 2018 it was 0.75%. World GDP in 1979 was $34.04 trillion and in 2018 it was $85.883 trillion thus the actual amounts of remittances were $122.544 billion in 1979 and $644 billion in 2018. Using GDP as part of the metric makes it really easy to hide what is really going on here.

What is going on here with both of these goals is increased globalization and international interdependence. The target here is promoting national entanglements which are great during times of peace and completely disastrous during even minor times of disagreement. The result of wars between major players interconnected through globalization is on full display in the Russian/ Ukraine war. The result of global shutdowns on globalization is also on complete display as hundreds of millions of people are now on the brink of starvation and the number is growing. The UN hasn’t, nor has any other global institution or globally-aligned think tank, apparently, ever thought of ways to actually make the world less globalized, less ‘just in time’, and more resilient and self-sustaining in the face of economic and social shocks. Instead the UN is doubling down on erasing borders, weakening national sovereignty, and pushing for global austerity measures.

“17.4 Assist developing countries in attaining long-term debt sustainability through coordinated policies aimed at fostering debt financing, debt relief and debt restructuring, as appropriate, and address the external debt of highly indebted poor countries to reduce debt distress[.]”

Target 17.4 is measured by the UN as “Debt service as a proportion of exports of goods and services.” By this metric, the nations of Guyana (43.48%), Timor (10.37%), Guinea (6.99%), Ethiopia (6.06%), and Ireland (5.87%) had the highest rates of debt service in 2020.

COVID-19 mitigation efforts helped to shut the world’s economies down, resulting in trillions of dollars in losses and increased debt around the globe. The IMF’s response to the issues resulting from their forced shutdowns in response to mitigating COVID-19 impacts reads:

“The IMF has responded to the coronavirus crisis with unprecedented speed and magnitude of financial assistance to member countries, especially to protect the most vulnerable and set the stage for inclusive and sustainable recovery. As IMF Managing Director Kristalina Georgieva noted ahead of the April 2021 IMF/World Bank Annual Meetings: ‘The global economy is on firmer footing as millions of people benefit from vaccines. But while the recovery is underway, too many countries are falling behind and economic inequality is worsening. Strong policy action is needed to give everyone a fair shot—a shot in the arm to end the pandemic everywhere, and a shot at a better future for vulnerable people and countries.’ (speech). In this trying time, the IMF continues to support countries on the path to recovery by providing policy advice, financial support, capacity development, and debt relief for the poorest.”

The IMF appears to have meted out more loans while, at the same time, giving debt relief to some of the same nations. I’d like a free loan too and I won’t ever get one. Future lock-downs will sound like a windfall to the nations of the world who reaped economic benefits while the world was directed to be shut down.

“17.5 Adopt and implement investment promotion regimes for least developed countries[.]”

The indicator for this target includes two graphs which track bilateral investment treaties with developing and least developed nations. In 2021 there were 183 of signed bilateral investment treaties made with developing nations and 120 signed bilateral investment treaties with least developed countries. Bilateral development treaties which were in-force in 2021 with developing nations totaled 176 and with least developed nations totaled 102.

In 2021 usnews.com ranked the 10 most corrupt nations on earth from lowest to highest and the rankings reads; Azerbaijan, El Salvador, Lebanon, Kazakhstan, Guatemala, Russia, Brazil, Mexico, Columbia, and Iraq. Another site, worldpopulationreview.com, has a more expansive list of the most corrupt countries in the world and the top 11 (some of the nations are tied with one another) most corrupt to less corrupt (of nations which reported) read; Somalia, South Sudan, Syria, Yemen, Venezuela, Sudan, Equatorial Guinea, Libya, Haiti, Democratic Republic of Congo, and North Korea. Transparency International also reported corruption statistics from 2021 and their list has most of the same nations as worldpopulationreview.com does; however, Afghanistan and Turkmenistan made appearances in this list, and, while Haiti is absent, another tie adds Burundi to the list as well (for a total of 12).

All of these nations are some of the places developed and wealthier developing nations are supposed to give their money to for investment. Where does the money go? It goes into a black hole. The money is in Swiss and Cayman Island bank accounts, or was laundered. The billions of dollars for investment projects the UN is championing under this target are not assisting the plight of the poorest and most in need people in the world because it is being stolen. It’s not hard to get clean drinking water to people – the political will to make it happen is lacking, the politicians are black-holing the vast majority of the funds they are receiving, and the UN does no follow up and have no accountability because they lack any transparency. Government officials and politicians are not the only corrupt ones; however, the NGO’s working in those areas are just as corrupt. The idea is ‘I’ll get mine and be good, and it doesn’t matter how many suffer in order for me to get mine.’ This should be the UN motto, unless it’s ‘we want to kill everybody through war, murder, famine, and death because we are the global government which thinks we are riding each of the four horses.’

Revelation 6 reads, in full (Complete Jewish Bible):

“1 Next I watched as the Lamb broke the first of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living beings say in a thundering voice, ‘Go!’ 2 I looked, and there in front of me was a white horse; its rider had a bow and was given a crown; and he rode off as a conqueror to conquer. 3 When he broke the second seal, I heard the second living being say, ‘Go!’ 4 Another horse went out, a red one; and its rider was given the power to take peace away from the earth and make people slaughter each other. He was given a great sword. 5 When he broke the third seal, I heard the third living being say, ‘Go!’ I looked, and there in front of me was a black horse, and its rider held in his hand a pair of scales. 6 Then I heard what sounded like a voice from among the four living beings say, ‘Two pounds of wheat for a day's wages! Six pounds of barley for the same price! But don't damage the oil or the wine!’ 7 When he broke the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living being say, ‘Go!’ 8 I looked, and there in front of me was a pallid, sickly-looking horse. Its rider's name was Death, and Sh'ol followed behind him. They were given authority to kill one-quarter of the world by war, by famine, by plagues and with the wild animals of the earth. 9 When the Lamb broke the fifth seal, I saw underneath the altar the souls of those who had been put to death for proclaiming the Word of God, that is, for bearing witness. 10 They cried out in a loud voice, ‘Sovereign Ruler, HaKadosh, the True One, how long will it be before you judge the people living on earth and avenge our blood?’ 11 Each of them was given a white robe; and they were told to wait a little longer, until the full number of their fellow-servants should be reached, of their brothers who would be killed, just as they had been. 12 Then I watched as he broke the sixth seal, and there was a great earthquake, the sun turned black as sackcloth worn in mourning, and the full moon became blood-red. 13 The stars fell from heaven to earth just as a fig tree drops its figs when shaken by a strong wind. 14 The sky receded like a scroll being rolled up, and every mountain and island was moved from its place. 15 Then the earth's kings, the rulers, the generals, the rich and the mighty - indeed, everyone, slave and free - hid himself in caves and among the rocks in the mountains, 16 and said to the mountains and rocks, “Fall on us, and hide usk from the face of the One sitting on the throne and from the fury of the Lamb! 17 For the Great Day of their fury has come, and who can stand?’”

Now, make no mistake, I am well aware that there have been many people who have come out and stated the seals have been opened because of certain global events which have occurred. In my OPINION, these can easily relate to long time spans and could constitute the following.

John the Revelator, the author of Revelations, would have easily identified the bow and arrow seen in the first seal which was opened, and this very well may have been Rome which set out to conquer all of the time until it collapsed. The fall of the Roman Empire is generally accepted as having occurred in 476 AD.

The second seal, the red horse, could be the rise of humanity’s reliance upon science which has eroded faith in God around the world. The main political outcropping of this science is wrapped up in Marxism which rests firmly on the sandstone created by Darwin. Darwin, and by-and-large all science in this day and age seeks to replace God with humanism in order to support it’s claims that God made man incorrectly and they can fix the shortcomings. Darwin published his still unproven theory, the Origin of the Species in 1859 and Marx published the murderous Communist Manifesto in 1848 with his equally useless co-author Engels. These two books have wrecked billion of lives. Combined, Darwin basically concluded there is no God because of evolution which has enchanted scientists since it’s publication, and Marx’s writings have been used to implement political outcroppings based on the evolutionary theory. In my opinion both are equally evil, incorrect, and directly attempt to destroy the morality of the teachings of the Bible.

The third beast loosed upon the world could very well have been the COVID-19 mitigation efforts and everything which has followed. Food costs are multiples of what they once were two years ago. Likewise, fuel and engine additives have been multiplied. Various nations have started implementing food voucher systems through technological discoveries, namely, biometric identification, which absolutely represents the mark of the beast. This started, globally in 2020.

The earth is stated to have been created by God in 4044 BC. Between 4044 BC and the fall of Rome there were 4,520 years. There were 1,383 years between the fall of the Roman empire and Darwin publishing his trash theory which has been given a status in law. Between Darwin and COVID-19’s global mitigation effort there were 161 years. By this calculation, sometime in 2027 the fourth seal will be broken. In my opinion this seems an applicable date. As the UN demands their goals be accomplished by 2030, and the completion of any of their goals dictates mass austerity, enslavement, and outright death of those non-compliant to their demonic ends, this seems, if the UN’s plans are based on Biblical timelines, apt. If my calculations are not correct, I thank God almighty for allowing humanity to continue existing. I am still sounding a battle cry to fight against the insidious evil represented at the UN, the governments of the nations of the world in line with UN plans such as the SDG’s, and the NGO’s and multinational businesses which have come to dominate the policy directives of the nations of the world.

“17.6 Enhance North-South, South-South and triangular regional and international cooperation on and access to science, technology and innovation and enhance knowledge sharing on mutually agreed terms, including through improved coordination among existing mechanisms, in particular at the United Nations level, and through a global technology facilitation mechanism[.]”

The UN has chosen to only track the last passage of this gigantic sentence, namely, the global technology facilitation mechanism – broadband access. According to this graph, out of every 100 people on the planet, 15.68 of those people have a broadband subscription in 2019. At each nation’s last reported date, Gibraltar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, and Monaco had rates over 50 people per 100 with broadband. Chad and South Sudan reported no one with broadband subscriptions in 2019, while Guinea and Democratic Republic of Congo reported 0.01 per 100 people. Almost half the list is nations with under 10 people per 100 having a broadband subscription.

There are several issues with the way this is measured. Typically only one broadband connection will suffice for all of a families internet access. That means that in a house of 5, only one will actually have the subscription – larger households will skew the numbers downward. Also, one broadband connection point in a remote town would enable hundreds to access the internet, but, again only one person would hold the subscription. If a tribal leader of 200 villagers set up a broadband access point to service the entire village, there would only be on subscription with 200 users. Another issue I take with this graph is that there are other technologies which allow for internet access.

Digging a little bit deeper into this, Chad and South Sudan, despite these nations complete lack of broadband subscriptions in 2019, were recorded in 2017 as having 6.5% and 7.98% of their populations with internet access, respectively. Eritrea and Somalia, according to the same chart, had 1.31% and 2% of their population with access to the internet in 2017, respectively.

When saturation of internet accessibility occurs, people become dependent upon it. The more people who are dependent upon high-speed internet access, the more people who can be controlled by threats of censorship and actual instances of censorship. Disruptions in service, whether due to weather events or service provider issues, can, and will, have negative impacts upon the ability of individuals and businesses to communicate with others dependent upon internet communications. Outages are common enough; however, when the added layer of government and business censorship is added (usually accomplished through artificial intelligence) to keep thinking people from asking poignant questions of their leaders, their government officials, or even of those with different opinions – that individuals digital presence is deleted. The ability for big tech (in collusion with the governments which they serve, including international bodies and NGO’s) to turn a person’s online reach way down or to even delete their entire account for ‘repeatedly’ violating their idiotic community standards is, in and of itself, a crime against humanity.

The UN did not track broadband access of the world for no reason – they are gauging their own online reach. During COVID-19, criticizing government lock-downs got accounts deleted. Demanding business stay open got people arrested in 3D space as well as their online accounts deleted. Stating the obvious fact that wearing masks cannot and will NEVER work to reduce the spread of viral particles got an individual’s online account banned. These demons which mandated all of this later came out and admitted to all of these claims being accurate, but the people who violated their controls still have to pay fines, still sit in jail, and still have their online accounts restricted. The UN wants to restrict the access of real information based on real life experiences because if we cannot communicate, we cannot tell the online world about the atrocities the UN, or anyone else (Pfizer and Moderna come to mind) aligned with the UN, is committing.

There are three things a military will try to stop their enemy from doing – shooting back, communicating, and traveling. The monsters at the UN (there are many more lurking in the shadows) have pushed every nation to disarm (many have), are trying to destroy any ability for anyone with rational sense to communicate (this SDG target), and have done everything they can to make mobility as difficult as possible until they end mobility for the masses of us altogether.

The other parts of this target which I did not just rant about, are stating that the science (thus, the technology) of developed nations needs to be shared. Cutting edge science, the world around, is masked in national security. Autonomous robots, for example, can be used to increase productivity at factories while lowering costs. At the same time, the absolute cutting-edge autonomous robots, including drones, infused with AI, are reserved for military applications and include such abilities as collision avoidance even while in a swarm, autonomous identification of human targets to eliminate, and facial recognition systems. What would a nation like DRC or PRNK do with this kind of ability? The nation of China offers some guidance – imprison and/or eliminate (quietly) anyone not following what the government wants the people there to do. What would a tribal-warlord do? Exterminate his enemies. This is the world the UN is promising for us. The UN is using nations transferring scientific knowledge to other nations as pawns so their mass-murdering intentions will not be blamed.

A clear example of this is Bill Clinton’s transfer of technology to China which allowed China to enhance their nuclear capabilities. Today, the US and China are throwing threats at one another with China making all kinds of threats against numerous nations and the US offering an anemic, yet calculated, response to oppose China’s ambitions. In a 2019 piece which aired on Fox News, a piece which, apparently, zero people in Biden’s administration took heed of goes as follows:

“China analyst Gordon Chang warned in an interview with Fox News on Monday that China is ‘configuring its military to kill Americans.’

Speaking with Fox’s ‘Bill Hemmer Reports,’ Chang warned that Chinese leader Xi Jinping has increasingly referenced a ‘mandate of heaven to rule the entire world.’ Chang said Xi and other Chinese officials have invoked the idea of global domination and said they believe ‘they not only have the right to do it, they have the obligation to do it.’”

If you really feel that I, and Gordon, are incorrect here, take a look at the way China operated for millennia until Mao took over and Kai-Shek was forced the flee to Taiwan, all because of Western-backed funding. China has always, and always will, see themselves as the center of the entire universe and demand remunerations from any other society in acknowledgment of their alleged fact. They will also always hate Japan which has also seen themselves as the center of the universe.

I will not mince words here – modern China, with their inherent racism, fascist government, hatred of religious belief, and their cultural predilections, was chosen as the model society by the UN because ‘China’ is what the UN wants to see around the entire world. Of course, the UN wants to usurp China’s boundaries and instill the cultivated values of the Politburo across the entire globe with their own twist on China – namely the denizens of the world are subservient to UN whims and dictates. China has recognized this and, having recognized that their own nation is stronger that UN words, has began to set it’s own course, apart from international standards, and do whatever it’s dark heart desires.

Relating to the target at hand, the UN would like nothing more than for China’s censorship regime to be the way of the globe, with the UN in charge of it. That includes scientific ‘knowledge’ being transferred around the globe. Any dissent to the UN-approved narrative will be detected, silenced, discriminated against, and ultimately squashed. The ‘offender’ asking a common-sense scientific question will be placed in a digital gulag. The real goal is to place the ‘science-deniers’ into a real-life gulag. These ‘science-deniers,’ me included, and their questions will be discarded, silenced, imprisoned, and ultimately murdered in the name of building and maintaining the UN-backed global hive mind.

“17.7 Promote the development, transfer, dissemination and diffusion of environmentally sound technologies to developing countries on favourable terms, including on concessional and preferential terms, as mutually agreed[.]”

According to the UN, in 2020 China exported $258.66 billion in ‘environmentally sound technologies.’ Germany exported $162.94 billion while the United States exported $113.83 billion in 2020. These three nations account for almost 46% of the 1.165 trillion of exported ‘environmentally sound technologies’ worldwide.

To the UN, it’s not good enough for the starving to grow food for themselves because it won’t be done sustainably, getting water to the thirsty won’t be done because the projects aren’t environmentally friendly enough, ridding disease-riddled areas of the vectors of certain diseases through practical and effective means can’t be done because the potential environmental impact statements indicate potential hazards to the ecosystem. If you still think the UN is benevolent, Greenpeace cares about people, or that multinational corporations like Walmart, Shell, or Black Rock are responsibly using the billions (or trillions) of dollars given to them by those of us targeted for extermination, then go read the first sentence in this paragraph again.

The UN adds in that when these types of investments are made in developing countries, the investment will not be profitable. The UN is actually telling investors to expect to just have to write these investments off or take losses on them. That’s Marxism. It’s not benevolence, it’s not charity, its Marxism fused with virtue signaling.

“17.8 Fully operationalize the technology bank and science, technology and innovation capacity-building mechanism for least developed countries by 2017 and enhance the use of enabling technology, in particular information and communications technology[.]”

Charting the number of people who have used the internet in the last 3 months is how the UN has chosen to track this goal. I wrote about this exact graph in target 17.6. In 2017 UN designated Least Developed Countries had an internet access rate of 17.46%.

What the UN is really referring to in this target is a United Nations document titled A/71/363 or Charter of the Technology Bank for Least Developed Countries and the entities like the UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs (DESA). The first document creates a bureau within the United Nations, located in Turkey, designed to allow ‘sustainable’ technology to flow into the least developed nations. It creates a council which grants permanent observer status to UN Council on Trade and Development, the UNDP Administrator, UNSECO Director-General, The World Bank’s President, and the Director-General World Intellectual Property Organization. With the manager’s approval, the council can also invite anyone else it wishes, including NGO’s. Pretty much anyone can donate to this UN bureaucracy. And the members of this bureaucracy are given diplomatic immunity’s per UN Articles 104 and 105. The Technology Bank is one of the scientific-inequality-drum-pounding entities seeking to stab as many people as possible in LDCs in an effort to murder and mangle those populations with mRNA ‘technology’ as well.

DESA, meanwhile, writes reports which suggest how to better implement Agenda 21 and the SDG’s faster through financing and policy implementation in regard to science, technology, and innovation. Their 2019 report mentions LDC’s eight times and the efforts the likes of UNESCO have made to increase internet and broadband access in order to access research papers, scientific data, and their push to increase the number of people, especially researchers and scientists, in least developed countries which have been exposed to the ideas of artificial intelligence. This will not help their people eat, not get access to clean water, but it will allow the building of algorithms which may help. Or, the AI developed in LDCs may be used to figure out how to best murder their rivals. Time will tell, but my bet would be on the latter being as though the UN isn’t interested in helping those most in need meet those needs. The UN is interested in transcending the limitations of humanity for their own benefit, destroying any notion of objective truth, and murdering people and blaming all of it on, primarily, the United States.

“17.9 Enhance international support for implementing effective and targeted capacity-building in developing countries to support national plans to implement all the sustainable development goals, including through North-South, South-South and triangular cooperation[.]”

$170.97 billion was meted out in concessional loans and grants in 2019 to implement sustainable development goals around the globe. Nations in Africa, Asia Minor, and Southeast Asia received most of these funds, while several nations in South America received a substantial portion as well. Syria topped the list with $10.4 billion, followed by Ethiopia with $4.89 billion, and Bangladesh with $4.5 billion. 12 other nations received over $2 billion in 2019. The poorest nation on earth, Burundi, received $650 million in 2019.

Every country on earth should be rejecting this; however, hundreds of millions, if not tens of billions, of dollars a year to implement this UN garbage is like a moth drawing near to a flame. Sure the wings of these moth-nations will get burn up, but until their wings actually burn off, that money sure will make their UN-pledged governments feel financially safe. I wonder how much these UN-backed regimes spend each year on security for themselves creating legislation and policy dictating their subjects to adhere to UN directives.

“17.10 Promote a universal, rules-based, open, non-discriminatory and equitable multilateral trading system under the World Trade Organization, including through the conclusion of negotiations under its Doha Development Agenda[.]”

The UN measures tariff rates to see if they are achieving their target. In 1988 the global average on tariffs was 4.79% and in 2017 the rate was 2.59%. Overall, the UN is getting closer to its utopia of free-trade by these statistics. Of course, there are outliers which are distorting the UN’s utopian aims such as Palau and Bermuda with 2019 tariff rates of over 100% (118.21% and 103.17%, respectively). Three other nations have tariff rates of over 20%. 39 nations had rates over 10% or higher, including the United States. In 2015 China had a 4.52% tariff and the US measured 1.69%. In 2018 China registered 3.39% and the US 1.59%. In 2019, after about 50 years of China, and other nations, destroying US domestic production capacity, the US jumped to 13.78% while China measured 2.53%.

Tariffs are used by nations to protect the businesses in their nations. Tariffs should be used to remove the differences in labor costs between nations. There are few textile mills in the United States because those jobs come with a minimum wage and benefits but sweatshop owners in Southeast Asia have no problem paying their workers $3 a day, and I am being generous with that amount. There should be no trade between a capitalist nation and a Marxist nation because those systems are incompatible with one another. Finally, all nations need to be as close to self-sustaining as possible in order to provide for their citizen’s well-being and the national defense in times of trouble and/or war. In a world without tariffs, all of this disappears and it is truly a race to the lowest prices, and the lowest wages possible. Of course the UN promotes this, it means austerity in developed nations, mediocrity in most developed nations, and a boom for those worst off.

But let’s break down what the UN is really saying in this target, because it is important. Universal means everything within the system, that means ever single nation and every single person within that nation. Rules-based systems rely on the benevolence of the rulers who lay down the rules and upon the rule-makers henchmen who enforce those rules. Open means can mean there are no rules, or it could mean there are no rules which are hidden, or it could mean that trade routes are accessible. Non-discriminatory means that workers in sweatshops making $3 a day are able to freely transport their goods to a nation with a minimum wage of $7.50 an hour. And equitable always means that the results of outcomes are the same.

The rule makers are the World Trade Organization, which the US, and every other nation on earth, should immediately withdraw from. Their explanation of what they do is to seek is:

“The WTO's founding and guiding principles remain the pursuit of open borders, the guarantee of most-favoured-nation principle and non-discriminatory treatment by and among members, and a commitment to transparency in the conduct of its activities. The opening of national markets to international trade, with justifiable exceptions or with adequate flexibilities, will encourage and contribute to sustainable development, raise people's welfare, reduce poverty, and foster peace and stability. At the same time, such market opening must be accompanied by sound domestic and international policies that contribute to economic growth and development according to each member's needs and aspirations.”

The WTO is seeking, and always has sought, a world that looks very similar to the Hunger Games movies. Of course, the Hunger Games could never actually occur under this regime because one of the winners may just decide to start feeding the people, violating the WTO’s mandate of inflicting trade demands upon every person in every sector (nation), and mass-murdering those who disobey their decrees.

The Doha Development Agenda is an ongoing negotiation which started in 2001. The main issues were, and still are, able to be summed up as:

“The negotiations have been characterized by persistent differences among the United States, the European Union, and developing countries on major issues, such as agriculture, industrial tariffs and non-tariff barriers, services, and trade remedies. Partly as a result of being labeled a development round to entice developing countries to participate in the first place, developing countries (including emerging economic powerhouses such as China, Brazil, and India) have sought the reduction of agriculture tariffs and subsidies among developed countries, non-reciprocal market access for manufacturing sectors, and protection for their services industries. The United States, the European Union, and other developed countries have sought increased access to developing countries' industrial and services sectors while attempting to retain some measure of protection for their agricultural sectors. Given the differences, there is frustration over the ability of WTO member states to reach a comprehensive agreement.”

Developing nations demanded that the developed nations suffer under a tyranny of the developing nation’s majority. Developed nations at least had the common sense to demand they retain their economic viability in growing food, despite their inability to demand any retention of their manufacturing and service sectors. Until the WTO meets all of the goals it has set out to accomplish, including free-trade, these negotiations will not cease.

The next round of these ongoing negotiations will take place in June 2022. The only thing that would happen in a rational world is a complete defunding and withdraw by every member of the WTO. What will happen, in the world in which we actually live, is more nations capitulating to the developing nations’ tyrannical demands.

“17.11 Significantly increase the exports of developing countries, in particular with a view to doubling the least developed countries’ share of global exports by 2020[.]”

The UN desires a world flooded by goods made by workers starving to death. According to the data in the table the UN uses to track this, the worldwide increase in exports was 4% between 2015 and 2020. Between 2000 and 2015 those same nations increased their exports by 84%. Between 1960 and 2000 exports increased 414% from those nations. Least Developed Countries, of those which reported, increased their exports by 12% between 2015 and 2020 and 289% between 2000 and 2015. Between 2000 and 2020, the rate rose 348%. The UN failed in their desire to destroy developed nations through trade by 2020. They also failed to raise trade exports between 2015 and 2020 in any significant way from least developed nations.

“17.12 Realize timely implementation of duty-free and quota-free market access on a lasting basis for all least developed countries, consistent with World Trade Organization decisions, including by ensuring that preferential rules of origin applicable to imports from least developed countries are transparent and simple, and contribute to facilitating market access[.]”

In 2017, all products entering a low-income country had an average tariff of 9.69%. The 2017 number is actually a reduction of 34% from 1988. The chart used by the UN; however, is not responsive to the target, and individual countries are primarily listed. Some countries did better than others over time. The poorest nation on earth reduced tariffs on imported products to 8.52% in 2019, while manufactured goods were still at 6.09% (a 64% reduction from 2002), tariffs on imported primary products rose 129% to 17.28%. Hong Kong and Macao registered 0.0% tariffs for imported goods.

Earlier I mentioned Palau and Bermuda with tariff rates over 100%. The primary products imported into these nations carried tariffs of 350.15% and 312.08%, respectively, and imported manufactured goods had tariffs of 4.4% and 19.35%, respectively. In 2018 Palau’s primary export accounted for 85% of all of their export, which was “[f]ish, fresh or chilled, excluding fish fillets and other fish meat of heading 03.04,” followed by “[o]ther aircraft (for example, helicopters, aeroplanes); spacecraft (including satellites) and suborbital and spacecraft launch vehicles,” which accounted for 4.63% of exports. Palau has a $3.00 an hour minimum wage, and, according to salary explorer, the average salary (in USD) for an aquaculture and seafood farmer (fisherman) is $1,290. Palau seems to want to protect their primary export from competition with other nations. Nations such as China (average fishing salary of $2,308), Japan ($2,079 average for a fisherman), and Australia (average salary of $34,687) will find their products far more expensive and less competitive in Palau fish markets than in their own. They imported oil, cars, malt beer, water, frozen meat, wood products, medicaments, and rice, a total of of 35.22% of all imports, in 2018. But all of that is okay, because that’s the way UN wants it – they want richer countries to face stiff tariffs in places like Palau while accepting anything Palau throws at them, tariff-free.

Bermuda’s primary exports, together accounting for 77.8% of all exports, were musical instruments (48.3%), beverages, spirits, and vinegar (15%), vehicles (8.3%), and optical, technical, and medical apparatuses (6.2%). 94.6% of Bermuda’s trade was destined for one of four countries; the US 78.3% of the time, Denmark 7%, Canada 5.3%, and the UK 4%. 47% of Bermuda’s imports were of passenger and cargo ships in 2018. So, while these four nations, all of them developed nations, are supposed to accept Bermuda’s instruments and liquor free of tariffs, Bermuda is just fine imposing massive tariffs on these nations for primary imports.

It’s not about free trade, it is about making one nation more equal than any other nation. It is about replacing domestic jobs and goods in developed nations with goods imported from other, more deserving nations. The WTO has decided more jobs are needed and more goods need to be exported out of poorer nations; however, there is only so much nations can consume and it is indeed a zero-sum game. The products which poor nations produce cannot compete in the open market unless those products are produced for a multinational corporation with already established products. I’m certainly never going to start buying Mexican water, nor baby formula made in Burundi, not am I going on the hunt for any steel product created in Niger, Chad, or China. Again, the UN wants at least 90% of humanity to cease to exist, so, economically, they are using trade, along with their buddies at the WTO, to make everyone in the world race to the bottom.

“17.13 Enhance global macroeconomic stability, including through policy coordination and policy coherence[.]”

I am not an economics master, however, even I can state some facts about macroeconomic stability. One way to destroy global macroeconomic stability is to repeat the 2008-2009 housing bubble crisis on a global scale by inflating a balloon of derivatives at the international level well into the quadrillions of dollars and have entire nations signed on as the backing. Another way to do this is to tell all businesses whether or not they qualify as essential and shut down the ones which don’t qualify. Another way to do this would be to have China’s remimbi, or the Euro, or a World Bank basket of currencies, or, if the monsters that control this earth really want to wreck stability beyond all repair, the IMF could offer a Special Drawing Right (SDR) as a replacement of the US dollar as the global reserve currency. Runaway inflation around the world is not an oops moment, it is a sign that things are collapsing, globally. This collapse was orchestrated and planned – it is not a symptom, it is a feature of the world being created by utopian monsters, including those at the UN, who see no reason to have 90% of the world’s population remain upon the planet.

One table the UN uses to track this target shows inflation rates up to 2020. Zimbabwe enjoyed an inflation rate of 557.2% in 2020, and runner-up Sudan achieved a 150.32% rate. Eight other countries tallied inflation rates over 10% in 2020. Those numbers today are severely worse across the world.

Consumer price index – how much the same goods cost over time – show that in the US, energy costs have risen 30.3%, food has risen by 9.4%, and in particular meat has risen 14.8%, fuel oils have risen 80.5%, gasoline has risen 43.6%, electricity 11%, natural gas 22.7%, and cereals 10.3% over the course of the last 12 months. All items rose by 8.3%. In the last 30 days, all items increase 0.3%. This is another indicator of global macroeconomic stability being destroyed by monsters, on purpose.

Another UN graph shows public debt as a share of GDP. Greece is at 212%, while, in descending order, Italy, Cyprus, Portugal, United States, Spain, and United Kingdom fall between 150.9% and 108.85%. If our business or household looked like these budgetary nightmares, we would declare bankruptcy and figure out how to do things better. These nations aren’t going to stop spending money on nonsense like $40 billion to Ukraine so I guess we will watch them embrace a policy called MMT where it doesn’t matter what the debt is – the taxpayers can pay the debts being incurred now at a later time. Nevermind the austerity and subjugation which awaits you in your old age, and your children’s middle age, and your grandchildren’s youth. Huge public debts will eventually lead to something called a default and force majure will come into play.

Finally the UN looks at merchandise trade as a share of GDP to track the target. The trade referenced here is total merchandise imports added to merchandise exports and divided by GDP. Hong Kong, Singapore, Vietnam, Djibouti, Slovenia, Slovakia, Belgium, American Samoa, UAE, and Hungary all had over 150% in 2020. Cuba, Guam, Bermuda, Ethiopia, and United States all had under 20%. Those nations with higher numbers are more open to trade according to the economists who devised this metric.

These guys had their policies in lockstep over COVID-19 mitigation efforts. While some nations did not virtue signal their subservience to the international community as much as the monsters at the WHO, NIAID, CDC, and Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation would have liked (they are working on better adherence), most did. The world got to see, especially in ‘free’ societies like Canada, Australia, and the UK, people being arrested for speaking out, going to the beach alone, or trying to work out. People were isolated from loved ones. It became a criminal act to give a hug or refusing to wear a mask. Businesses shut down, curtailed their hours, and turned their employees into mask Nazi’s. Experts are still demanding we all go get experimental shots which sterilize, maim, and murder the recipients. These same experts encouraged us to kill our dogs and cats.

If you thought COVID-19 mitigation efforts were problematic, wait until we all witness a global economic policy coherence and coordination effort with the goal being global macroeconomic stability. They will have every human living in a global technocratic dictatorship. Then essential and non-essential designations won’t mean you can work, you stay home, it will mean you live or die. The guillotines are armed and the baskets ready – the incinerators are blazing – it’s only a matter of time before the beast system realizes a global currency. This target, and all it actually portends, is how the world gets to a one world government.

“17.14 Enhance policy coherence for sustainable development[.]”

Not a whole lot of nations have reported about this target. Of the nations which did report, Qatar has a 100% compliance rate with the eight compiled metrics for this target: “1) Institutionalisation of political commitment 2) Long-term considerations in decision-making 3) Inter-ministerial and cross-sectoral coordination 4) Participatory processes 5) Policy linkages 6) Alignment across
government levels 7) Monitoring and reporting for policy coherence 8) Financing for policy
coherence.” In other words, Qatar is completely captured by the UN’s version of sustainable development. Other nations which score well on this target are Lithuania, Palestine (which is not a nation and never should be), Pakistan, Costa Rica, and Poland, all of which have 90% or greater compliance.

The end goal of this target is the same as the end goal of the prior target. Instead of trying to initiate a global currency, however, this is seeking to mass-murder humanity through brainwashing efforts. It is far easier to get people to accept their devalued and precarious situation if they are led to believe it is for the greater good. Those people will be murdered; however, those on the front lines of this will be silenced through gulag or murder first. For instance, I reject the United Nations, everything they do, and their desires of sustainable development wholeheartedly. For that, an unrepentable sin, I will be silenced completely, sooner or later, through imprisonment or death.

“17.15 Respect each country’s policy space and leadership to establish and implement policies for poverty eradication and sustainable development Multi-stakeholder partnerships[.]”

“The indicator assesses the degree to which providers of development cooperation (i.e.
development partners) design their interventions by relying on objectives and results indicators that are drawn from developing country government-led results frameworks reflecting the country’s development priorities and goals.”

The language is pretty dense; however, to my understanding this is saying that the development partners (providers) use what the country’s goals are as their guide while doing their work. In the world, providers followed country owned frameworks 57.09% of the time, providers followed country-led frameworks 51.5% of the time, and providers followed government sources 43.76% of the time. I’d say that isn’t very respectful of the providers running around and basically doing whatever they want as long as it is UN-approved. Providers were much more ‘respectful’ in nations that would just as soon prosecute or butcher the providers if they strayed from the government’s direction. Providers in China, for instance, followed their directions 100% of the time when it came to county-led frameworks and government sources and 83.33% of the time when it came to government owned frameworks. In the US, providers followed government owned frameworks 43.95% of the time, country-led frameworks 29.57% of the time, and followed government sources 24.36% of the time.

There is a real hatred of the United States’ Constitution and Declaration of Independence around the world, especially by the ‘elites’ of the world as well as international organizations. If nothing else, the sentiment comes through in the UN’s tracking statistics very clearly. We came in 7th, 5th, and 5th from the bottom. We give the UN tens of billions of dollars annually while they crap all over US laws – what are we paying for and why do we keep doing it?

“17.16 Enhance the global partnership for sustainable development, complemented by multi-stakeholder partnerships that mobilize and share knowledge, expertise, technology and financial resources, to support the achievement of the sustainable development goals in all countries, in particular developing countries[.]”

Progress in multistakeholder development is measured by two graphs. It’s important to note that stakeholders are not shareholders. Investopedia.com provides a definition of stakeholder:

“A stakeholder is a party that has an interest in a company and can either affect or be affected by the business. The primary stakeholders in a typical corporation are its investors, employees, customers, and suppliers.

“However, with the increasing attention on corporate social responsibility, the concept has been extended to include communities, governments, and trade associations.”

Do you have individual power when pitted against your entire community, your government, or a trade association? Not a whole lot of power in comparison, which is why the UN is constantly seeking stakeholders. Even better for the UN agenda is to get a bunch of woke UN-loving NGO’s, businesses, and government agencies together to drown out the half-dozen dissenting voices against their plans. All the UN is doing by using stakeholders, especially when they create multistakeholder situations is to destroy individual rights. The UN wants collective rights, ie., they want Marxism except they see only themselves as the proletariat and actually are the bourgeoisie.

20 nations, Australia, Austria, Canada, China, Finland, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Japan, Kuwait, Mexico, Norway, Poland, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, and United Arab Emirates have reported, “progress in multi-stakeholder development effectiveness monitoring frameworks that support the achievement of the sustainable development goals.” Every single one of these nations have failed their citizens by giving their sovereignty – ALL of their sovereignty – to the UN. 36 nations report having received development coordination from the 20 nations listed above. These 36 nations have allowed their own sovereign claims to be weakened, if not erased; however, the receiving nations are mostly European borders drawn around areas they deemed fit when the decolonized Africa. Those nations in particular have, and always will have, problems maintaining their borders and their sovereignty because of the demography of their nation. Receiving nations, both inside and outside of Africa, have succumbed to the UN’s sustainable development agenda because of money and investment. None of these 56 nations seem to be able to grasp what sovereignty actually is, nor that the UN, WTO, WHO, WEF and several other international monsters are actually going to dictate their nation’s direction from now on.

“17.17 Encourage and promote effective public, public-private and civil society partnerships, building on the experience and resourcing strategies of partnerships Data, monitoring and accountability[.]”

Under Marxism, there is the Communist and the Fascist. They are both Marxist. This target is telling the world the UN’s desire to empower their favorite multinational businesses through public-private partnerships. That is fascism. In addition to multinational businesses in-line with UN objectives are the governments who are likewise directed and the civil society collectives which have been deluded into believing the UN’s Satanically-inspired grand delusion. The more individuals they can get to buy into the lie, the easier it will be to peer pressure those not in line with the lie. Of course, peer pressure can only occur if peers of different beliefs get together. Many of us live in echo chambers without hearing the other side, however, this is dangerous as well because no one will ever change their minds, nor learn anything, without encountering new ideas. Basically, the UN has created a massive echo chamber comprised of public, public-private, and civil society partnerships. The UN then deemed themselves and any entity emanating from any of these three types of conglomerations as experts in order to demand compliance from each and every individual on the planet. And then they call upon ‘science’ to stifle dissent, despite the fact that all of science is asking disagreeable questions.

The UN has chosen to track the amount of money spent by public-private partnerships on infrastructure. Keep in mind that all of these ‘partnerships’ are fascist – so if you claim to be one of those idiotic anti-fascist you should be concerned (and also be aware that you are most likely a Communist). Between 2000 and 2020 China dropped over $221 billion into fascist projects. Over the same time period Brazil dumped over $326 billion into these types of fascist partnerships. In 2020 alone, Brazil spent over $7.7 billion, China spent over $62 billion, India spent over $5.2 billion, Mexico spent over $4.2 billion, and Bangladesh spent over 2.9 billion. Between 2015 and 2020 Romania increased their fascist expenditures 825%, Bangladesh by 811%, Nigeria by 165%, and Pakistan by 105%.

The UN must be very pleased because their favored businesses are the entities receiving the revenues from these government expenditures. There will be even less businesses than there are countries at the end of all of the consolidation which will rapidly occur under a global financial collapse. Human control mechanisms will be off the chart through UN policies and the surveillance and enforcement powers of their favored businesses.

“17.18 By 2020, enhance capacity-building support to developing countries, including for least developed countries and small island developing States, to increase significantly the availability of high-quality, timely and reliable data disaggregated by income, gender, age, race, ethnicity, migratory status, disability, geographic location and other characteristics relevant in national contexts[.]”

How relevant is this target in a nation like Tuvalu with 96% of their nation made up of Polynesian ethnicity, and a population under 15,000 people. Maybe the population of Tuvalu can demand climate reparations because they have access to this data – outside of that, I cannot think of any other reasons why this type of data would be relevant to the nation. Well I can think of one reason. Maybe Tuvalu will build a 300-foot-high sea wall around all ten square miles the islands which make up its land mass and demand development assistance for the construction.

There are three indicators for this target. The first indicator is described as: “[t]his indicator is measured using the Statistical Capacity Indicator which provides an overview of the capacity of a country's national statistical system based on a diagnostic framework thereby assessing three dimensions: Methodology, Source Data, and Periodicity and Timeliness.” This represents a standardization of the data countries report to the relevant international bodies. The UN should probably take a cue from this and become much more regular and timely in their own reporting.

The second indicator measures whether or not a country has statistical legislation in line with Fundamental Principles of Official Statistics. FPOS is something the UN actually adopted in order to compel their members to report relevant statistics about their nation. This, as trivial as it seems, creates a breach of sovereignty. 136 countries have agreed to and follow the UN’s statistical guidelines by law, including the United States, Japan, China, Russia, France, Germany, and the UK.

The third indicator measures national statistical plans which are fully funded and under implementation. 132 nations have plans under implementation, 103 nations have their governments funding them at least partially, 84 nations are fully funded, 23 nations received donations from donors, and 15 nations received other funding. It’s not enough to do an end around laws the UN disagrees with, here they state their intentions to make sure that the UN is adhered to whether or not laws which support UN goals are in place.

“17.19 By 2030, build on existing initiatives to develop measurements of progress on sustainable development that complement gross domestic product, and support statistical capacity-building in developing countries[.]”

While tracking this goal, the UN seems to have forgotten that they included GDP complimenting measurements because they do nothing to track that portion of this target at all. What they do track is the resources made available for developing statistical capacity in developing countries. In 2018 $421,009,487 was given out under this metric. Argentina grabbed $50 million, Nigeria got $40 million and Pakistan netted $35 million. The UN is nothing without welfare.

The other thing the UN tracks to see if this target is living up to UN standards is the “proportion of countries that (a) have conducted at least one population and housing census in the last 10 years; and (b) have achieved 100 per cent birth registration and 80 per cent death registration.” There had been no census conducted in 15 nations between 2007 and 2017. 49 nations had 100% of their population registered with birth certificates as of 2019. 55 nations had less than 80% of the deaths in their lands recorded by death certificates.

Most of the nations which did not report satisfactorily to these three metrics are developing nations. But keep in mind that in order for the UN to destroy groups of people either through enslavement or through extermination, it is important for them to know how many people there are, how many have already been eliminated, and how best to get rid of the remainder. In order to do that, the UN would have to start demanding more complete and accurate records about such matters from the areas not providing reliable data which is exactly what they are doing here.

Summary

The partnerships the UN is seeking to build creates a global fascist technocratic system of world governance which will result in open air prisons being built through a variety of surveillance sources which will leave no one behind. Everyone is apt to be forced to succumb to this tyranny labeled sustainable development. This goal manifests the UN’s Marxist intentions, their outlook on facilitating and maintaining a perpetual global welfare system, their intention to create a world government through regulatory capture, and throughout their rambling show a clear pattern of not really caring who’s toes they need to step on to get their way.

The way to fight back is to say no to sustainable development. Explain why you are saying no to it. Stop allowing the UN to infiltrate local governments getting advice from UN-sponsored NGO’s and partnering companies which are drafted as legislation. We don’t need 5-year plans. We need responsible and accountable leadership. And we need to return our focus on the Word and fight against those who reject objective truth.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal17 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 16 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/26/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 16th SDG:

Promote just, peaceful and inclusive societies

The UN has really bizarre definitions of justice, peace, and inclusive. While the definitions of these terms themselves are somewhat in line with their traditional meanings, their application and intended outcomes is to enhance their control. They seek to enhance this control by creating divisions within societies casting one group as a victim class and the other as the oppressor class. Rights, protections, and monetary awards go to the prior group while the latter group is demonized, threatened with prison, and monetarily sanctioned. It’s a great way to fracture societies from within and can (and has) lead to brutal civil wars. The 12 targets of goal 16 are:

“16.1 Significantly reduce all forms of violence and related death rates everywhere

“16.2 End abuse, exploitation, trafficking and all forms of violence against and torture of children

“16.3 Promote the rule of law at the national and international levels and ensure equal access to justice for all

“16.4 By 2030, significantly reduce illicit financial and arms flows, strengthen the recovery and return of stolen assets and combat all forms of organized crime

“16.5 Substantially reduce corruption and bribery in all their forms

16.6 Develop effective, accountable and transparent institutions at all levels

“16.7 Ensure responsive, inclusive, participatory and representative decision-making at all levels

“16.8 Broaden and strengthen the participation of developing countries in the institutions of global governance

“16.9 By 2030, provide legal identity for all, including birth registration

“16.10 Ensure public access to information and protect fundamental freedoms, in accordance with national legislation and international agreements

“16.a Strengthen relevant national institutions, including through international cooperation, for building capacity at all levels, in particular in developing countries, to prevent violence and combat terrorism and crime

“16.b Promote and enforce non-discriminatory laws and policies for sustainable development”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“16.1 Significantly reduce all forms of violence and related death rates everywhere[.]”

COVID-19 mitigation efforts proved the UN ineffective at reducing violence in the traditional sense. The UN’s endorsement-by-silence of bioweapons labs in Ukraine and their failure to effectively uphold treaties signed by Russia and the West to provide a buffer zone between Russia and NATO is another major failure which has resulted in actual war. The Ukraine/Russia conflict has a good possibility to escalate into a full scale world war featuring nuclear capabilities.

There are four different indicators for this target. The first one tracks intentional homicides up to 2018. Before the SDG’s were adopted (2015), the global intentional homicide rate went down between 2012 and 2015, from 6.2 to 5.3 people per 100,000 people. In 2018 the nation titled murder capital of the world was in El Salvador with 52.02 per 100,000 which is better than in 2015 when it was at 105.23. Jamaican’s suffered 43.85 intentional homicides per 100,000 people in 2018, which is an increase from 2015. Glancing at the map based off of the data, Central America, South America, and the several African nations which reported were a mess in 2018.

Human Rights Watch describes El Salvador as:

“Since taking office, President Nayib Bukele has undermined basic democratic checks and balances. In February 2020, he entered the Legislative Assembly with armed soldiers in an apparent effort to intimidate legislators into approving a loan for security forces. He has publicly defied three rulings by the Constitutional Chamber of the Supreme Court prohibiting arrests for violations of a Covid-19-related lockdown Bukele had decreed.

“In March, Bukele decreed a nationwide, mandatory lockdown in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, and ordered security forces to detain people breaking it. Thousands have since been detained in overcrowded and unsanitary centers called “containment centers.”

“Gangs exercise territorial control over neighborhoods and extort residents throughout the country. They forcibly recruit children and sexually abuse women, girls, and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people. Gangs kill, disappear, rape, or displace those who resist.

“Historically, security forces have committed extrajudicial executions, sexual assaults, enforced disappearances, and torture. They remain largely ineffective in protecting the population from gang violence.”

El Salvador’s murder rate was reduced due to the COVID-19 lock downs which were imposed upon the nation. The WHO celebrated the illegal medical martial law measures imposed in El Salvador. While the Bukele is credited with reducing gang violence, he did this, according to Human Rights Watch by making deals with MS-13 to give their imprisoned members privileges within the prisons while those who remain free reduce their violent actions and vote for him. Can you say corruption? I highlighted El Salvador because of MS-13 and because they have had such a persistently high rate of murder within their country. The problem is that MS-13 likes to export it’s gang members, illegally of course, and now the US is plagued by these animals hunting people down within our borders.

Statistia.com has not lost their ability to gather data and calculate national homicide rates since 2018 and reported that in 2020 and 2021 the homicide rate in Jamaica was at 46.5 and 49.4 per 100,000 people, respectively. Jamaica declared itself a disaster area in March 2020, when they had eight COVID-19 cases, and gave themselves the ability, according to a twitter post: “Attorney General @MalahooForteQC says with the declaration of Jamaica as a disaster area, officials can enter premises without warrants. Says it is important for compliance with orders. Warns against generating fake news as there will be prosecution for public mischief. #COVID-19” In Jamaica, a person speaking their mind will get them locked up in prison and no warrants were needed for authorities to do whatever they wanted to do. I’m disgusted by the scamdemic response in Jamaica, and, more in line with the topic at hand; homicide rates actually rose despite the Jamaican governments disgusting decrees to mitigate COVID-19 infections, which included a nationwide curfew of 9pm until 5am and a once-per-day permission for those over 65 to leave their homes to carry out “essential” tasks.

Homicide is driven by evil. A lot of it is driven by greed, jealousy, a perceived retribution for wrongs, and lust. Read the Bible and stop being evil. Those who are evil and refuse this should be in prison forever, or dealt with according to God’s law. El Salvador is creating an absolute monster with MS-13 which will blow up in their face with an gigantic explosion of homicides, and Jamaica has done nothing to address their homicide issues. At the core of these two nations, there is a definite evil and that evil is not being addressed in either one. And the UN will not address it either because at their own core, they are evil as well.

The second indicator addresses conflict-related deaths, which includes war, conflicts, and terrorism. Afghanistan, Yemen, and Syria all suffered over 42 dead per 100,000 people from these causes in 2019. Libya, in 2016, was ‘liberated’ by a State Department run by an absolutely disgusting monster named Hillary Clinton and in 2019 recorded 15.42 conflict-related deaths per 100,000 people. Afghanistan was still occupied by the United States in 2019. Yemen has been in a civil war for over a decade between Sunni and Shi’ite Moslems which are backed by outside states, notably, Saudi Arabia and Iran, respectively. Syria has also been engaged in a civil war for over a decade, as well as having been a base for rebel groups fighting against US-forces in Iraq, and having ISIS take positions within the nation.

Between 2015 and 2020, civilians who were killed because of conflict decreased from 32,428 to 11,009, respectively. This decrease is not attributable to a lack of conflict zones, it is a reflection of better targeting systems and less shelling of residential areas to get rid of the terrorists hiding within those buildings.

The third indicator tracks the prevalence of all violence. The first of these tracking mechanisms shows the gender bias inherent in the UN’s claims of being inclusive in that they only wish to track assaults on women perpetrated by men. Not only is their metric sexist, it includes physical, psychological, and sexual violence which makes these metrics extremely unreliable because psychological violence is highly subjective, but I digress. Afghanistan, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Uganda all reported over 30% of women aged 15 and older who have experienced violence. There are 33 nations which reported between 20% and 30% of their 15 years-old and over females who have reported violence.

Another graph shows statistics broken down by sex in seven nations – El Salvador, Finland, Sweden, Australia, England and Wales, France, Colombia, and Chile. Overall, those nations reporting had a far higher rate of males being the victims of violence. Two nations, Finland and Australia, had slightly higher rates of females being victims of violence.

As far as sexual violence goes between males and females, only five nations reported both sexes in 2018. Sweden, New Zealand, England and Wales, Finland, and Australia reported that women are overwhelmingly the victims of sexual assault; however, men experiencing sexual abuse also represent about 1% of the populations in those nations. Sweden reported that in 2018 over 10% of their females had been victims of sexual assault. In 2015 it was 3.4%. The reason for this is 100% attributable to the imported rape gangs the EU demanded Sweden take within its borders from among the ‘refugees’ which illegally entered into Europe. If Sweden had anyone with a set of testicles, they would remove the criminal elements from the refugee areas, offer death as the result of rape convictions, and immediately cease taking any of these people into their nation. Instead they pan on illegally joining NATO. Hey, Sweden, enjoy being the rape capital of Europe forever!

The final indicator of the first target looks at public safety. Sweden reported 72% of the people feeling safe walking alone near where they live. The United States reported 69% in 2017, 79% in Germany in 2017, 84% in Israel in 2018, and 17% in Bolivia in 2015. In 2018 South Africa reported 35%, while Qatar reported 100%.

It is important to note that the UN has its own security forces. Their mission is, “Security for the UN, for a better world.” Public safety to the UN only extends to the UN according to this mission statement. The UN really does not care about the public, only themselves, but will jump at any chance to install themselves anywhere they are able to in order to make a claim to promote public safety.

“16.2 End abuse, exploitation, trafficking and all forms of violence against and torture of children[.]”

The United Nations is playing fast and loose with the facts here. There is a border in the United States which sees million cross it, including children, illegally. The UN won’t talk about it and actually encourages people to undergo the trek. The same is true for so-called refugees coming out of northern Africa destined for Europe. When the coyotes have mom and dad murdered or kidnap a child they take the child and use them as their easy ticket into the destination. If something happens to one of these orphaned or abducted children, the complete scum-bag demons like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez climb up on their soap boxes and demand more for the criminals committing felonies – never to shut the border down or even to enforce the law. The EU operates the same way.

But here’s the UN, talking about preventing violence against children in the first indicator for this target. The graph tracks the statistics of the “[p]roportion of children aged 1-14 years who experienced physical punishment and/or psychological aggression by caregivers in last month (% of children aged 1-14 years)[.]” It seems as though giving a spanking would qualify as an event which would be picked up by this metric. A sharp retort promising that spanking from caregiver to child could conceivably be picked-up by this graph. Basically the UN is telling parents that they can no longer discipline their children.

I absolutely abhor child abuse in all of it’s forms; however, giving a spanking with a bare open hand several times or forcefully demanding a child go into timeout isn’t abuse. There is a line when discipline turns into abuse. In those cases, the parents need to be monitored. But where that line is, is very blurry. But the UN has set the bar at discipline in physical punishment of any sort or making a child feel bad about themselves to get them to stop certain behaviors.

The latest reported data for this indicator (ranging from 2014 – 2020) show Ghana, Egypt, Kiribati, Togo, Benin, Samoa, Palestine, and Central African Republic in descending order, ranging from 94% to 90%. Apparently it is still culturally acceptable to discipline a child in these, and many other nations which dis not rate in 90% or higher and ranged from 60% and higher.

Here the UN is, in the second indicator, with a graph which shows the US as the nation with the largest problem with trafficked people 18 years old and younger. Cote d’Ivoire actually had the largest problem with this per 100,000 in 2018 in the male category with 110, followed by the US with 73, followed by Nepal with 42 per 100,000. In the female category, France had 262 females per 100,000, Cote d’Ivoire had 54, and the US had 41.

For those trafficked who are over 18, the graph the UN uses shows the US as the nation of the biggest problem (it’s the population of the US). But, of reporting nations, the US does have the largest share of trafficked 18 years old and older per 100,000 in both males and females, 868 and 765, respectively. Other nations which have large proportions of males over 18 who were trafficked were Moldova (192), Italy (188), Thailand (177). Nations with high rates of trafficked females over 18 were France (635), Tunisia (156), and Nepal (115).

And in the third indicator the UN has four different graphs, all of them very incomplete, which are designed to display the prevalence of sexual assaults which occurred to those under 18. There have been 60 countries which have ever reported the incident of females between 18-29 years old who reported having been sexually assaulted prior to the age of 18. In 2017, Trinidad and Tobago that nearly a quarter of their females had been raped before turning 18. Grenada reported 13.7% in 2018, the Democratic Republic of Congo reported 13.4% in 2014, Rwanda reported 11.6% in 2020, and Ghana reported 10.3% in 2008. These are the latest numbers with values over 10% for the nations which reported. The UN is doing a piss-poor job of data-collection which, to me, shows that this issue really is a back-burner issue for the UN and really not all that important for them to monitor and try to convince legislatures and law enforcement to try to stop.

There have been 11 nations which have ever reported their male sexual assault victims who were raped before they turned 18. The highest rate reported was 3.5% in 2019 by Palestine.

40 nations have ever reported the number of women who were forced to have sex prior to their 18th birthday. From here on out I will use the term raped. The UN surveyed different nations from 2005-2016 to gain these statistics. What they found was Cameroon reported 16%, the Democratic Republic of Congo reported 13%, and Rwanda and Ghana each reported 10%.

7 countries reported male rapes occurring before the boy’s 18th birthday. Cameroon reported 4%, and Uganda and Kenya each reported 2%.

“16.3 Promote the rule of law at the national and international levels and ensure equal access to justice for all[.]”

Let’s define rule of law. Britannica writes:

“rule of law, the mechanism, process, institution, practice, or norm that supports the equality of all citizens before the law, secures a nonarbitrary form of government, and more generally prevents the arbitrary use of power. Arbitrariness is typical of various forms of despotism, absolutism, authoritarianism, and totalitarianism. Despotic governments include even highly institutionalized forms of rule in which the entity at the apex of the power structure (such as a king, a junta, or a party committee) is capable of acting without the constraint of law when it wishes to do so.”

There is no rule of law anywhere in the post 9-11 era. I would even go so far as to state there has been no rule of law in the US since 1913. I could make a case that the rule of law ceased to function even earlier than that in the United States, namely with Alexander Hamilton’s First Central Bank in 1791 and a Supreme Court ruling titled Marbury v. Madison (1803).

In the United States, in order to walk to an airline terminal, I must undergo a frisking or a millimeter wave body scan reminiscent of Total Recall. The TSA has been directed to arbitrarily confiscate whatever they want. The tracking of library books which were checked out and which books were bought by who was tracked by the FBI. The NSA began taking in all metadata from all communications (foreign and domestic) with options to record the entire content of the communication. What is the 4th Amendment if not one of the rules of law? Each of these operations seriously infringes upon the 4th Amendment.

The FBI ran a surveillance operation called COINTELPRO. After WWII there was Operation Paperclip. Edward Snowden came out against the PRISM program being ran by the NSA. All of these violate the rule of law.

The elephant in the room is COVID-19 and the mitigation efforts which came with it. Humanity was deemed non-essential whether you were able to keep working or not – you were deemed non-essential as well. We watched governors across the US tell businesses and churches to cease operations. National leaders in various countries ordered their entire country to stay home. Some welded apartment doors shut. The entire supply chain was disrupted, and, because the globalized world operated (and still does) on a just-in-time system, it is still disrupted and getting worse because of ludicrous actions by all world leaders. 30 million people starved to death because of the disruptions. Domestic violence rates soared around the world. Suicides, depression, and hopelessness gripped larger and larger segments of a variety of the segments of societies. Then the vaxxxsassination (thank you Steve Quayle for that term) came out as the savior. The jab alters DNA or outright kills people and does not protect against disease making it not a vaccine nor safe to take. Where was the rule of law when all of this arbitrary dictate was occurring? The rule of law disappeared and was replaced with edicts from US governors, the WHO, the CDC, the UN, certain US administrations, and various national leaders around the globe, all in the name of public health. God-given rights cannot be usurped by public health administrators and anyone that thinks they can be, I invite you to come and try to force Biden’s OSHA mandate upon me.

The UN doesn’t want to look at what the rule of law actually is. They have decided to track  “proportion of victims of violence in the previous 12 months who reported their victimization to competent authorities”, “unsentenced detainees as a proportion of overall prison population”, and “proportion of the population who have experienced a dispute in the past two years and who accessed a formal or informal dispute resolution mechanism, by type of mechanism.”

The first indicator of the rule of law the UN tracks, from reporting nations, shows a big increase in robberies, a moderate decrease in sexual assaults, and a steady rate of physical assault.

The second indicator of the rule of law is dedicated to looking at unsentenced detainees and has worldwide data from 2005 to 2018. The worldwide rate rose from 30.7% to 30.8% between 2005 and 2018. Between 2015 and 2018 the rate jumped from 29.6% to 30.8%, which is even worse because 2015 is when these demonic SDG’s began.

The third indicator for the rule of law has no tracking but deals with dispute resolution. If I had to guess, I’d put the number at about a billion people who have sued other people or companies for harm. The UN’s goal; however, only cares about national governments and international levels. Why this is even an indicator is beyond me. Tracking every lawsuit in every nation may be possible, but the UN has, as of yet, not even tried. Tracking all lawsuits AND non-litigated (not even filed) grievances is impossible, but, if the UN really wanted to work miracles, they would just surveil the entire population of the earth to determine the rates of dispute resolutions (keep in mind, some disputes are thrown out, and some resolutions are not adequate to redress the loss). There is no way to track this indicator and even trying represents a serious breech of the rule of law, as defined by Britanica.com in the first place. What the UN is really doing with this SDG is attempting to create a rule of law which itself is tyrannical. There is no forgiveness of these type of attacks against humanity – they understand exaclty what they are attempting to do – do you understand it – the UN and their friends are counting on you not understanding their end run around the rule of law.

“16.4 By 2030, significantly reduce illicit financial and arms flows, strengthen the recovery and return of stolen assets and combat all forms of organized crime[.]”

The UN claims they cannot find a way to measure illicit financial flows. The reasons they cannot track them is a mixed bag of good and bad. The ‘good’ news is that all financial transactions are not able to be tracked, especially cash transfers. As long as cash exists (which I fear will be extinct in the very near future) a complete tracking of financial exchange will be impossible to complete. Even after cash, a barter system of items deemed rare and/or essential will be able to be traded for other goods deemed desirable. Gold, silver, diamonds, bullets, coffee, food, water will be traded for gas, food, bullets, gold, and silver. The black market cannot be gotten rid of unless all items of value to others are confiscated entirely from civilization. At that point, there will be chips in every right hand or every forehead and they will have bowed down to the Antichrist’s beast system by this time – otherwise they wouldn’t have the mark. Those not bowing down to the beast system will be hunted by it. Thus, those not bowing will need to hide and find a way to sustain themselves undetected, surrounded by those wishing nothing more than to gain notoriety by murdering those they found outside of the system. The movie the New World Order shows this very well.

The bad news is that cash is going to be banned and the only way ‘legitimate’ buying and selling will take place is through the beast’s mark. Look at all of the people who fell for the lies of the COVID-19 jabberscam. They just wanted to be able to go to the grocery store, back to work, and get back to normal, routine, hum-drum, life. They will be the first ones to take the mark when it does actually come out. Those who have locked-down have already been trained. The successive waves of pandemic responses including lock-downs (martial law, psychological warfare tactic), curfews (martial law, psychological warfare tactic), masks (medical tyranny, psychological warfare tactic), social distancing (medical tyranny, psychological warfare tactic), and dividing citizens between essential and non-essential (critical theory which is a Marxist derivation and also a psychological warfare tactic) and other efforts such as food rationing (psychological warfare tactic), and travel restrictions (psychological warfare tactic) will all be employed and obeyed completely by those who did it the first time around. The planner’s goals are to ensnare a larger and larger amount of the population into compliance and, ultimately into subservience, which is death in the end.

The other indicator looks at arms flows. I would like to make a point of noting that the United States, under Davos/ Bilderberg/UN control (Joe Biden’s regime which represents a coup as well as Obama’s third term), left billions of dollars worth of small and larger arms in Afghanistan and has sent billions of dollars worth of military hardware and even personnel into Ukraine – the UN said nothing about any of these transfers.

14 nations responded to the United Nations request for information which supported the UN’s desired metric, the “[p]roportion of seized, found or surrendered arms whose illicit origin or context has been traced or established by a competent authority in line with international instruments[.]” If I created an unregistered weapon that would be a form of an illicit source of weapons. As far as the context of small arms, that can mean absolutely anything the UN wants it to. Thus they have created a completely illegitimate instrument entitled the Arms Trade Treaty.

The Arms Trade Treaty (ATT) seeks to database every gun and every gun owner in every nation. It restricts small arms being traded across borders. If you own a legitimate firearm, where do you think the entire NIC’s system was sent to – maybe the UN? Antiques are only relevant in this treaty if they were manufactured prior to 1900. Meanwhile Biden gave the Taliban billions in modern military weapons, and Ukraine billions in suicide drones as well as other modern weapons systems, including small arms. But if I drive into Canada, from the United States, with a firearm, holy cow, watch out…. The US signed this pile of garbage in an effort to circumvent the Constitution’s 2nd Amendment but it has never been ratified by Congress. Again, where is the rule of law?

Despite the US never having ratified this turd, the UN provisions in ATT are being carried out in the US with Biden going after ‘assault rifles’ against the 2nd Amendment of the US Constitution. The UN is seeking the desirable position of themselves, and their government shills, owning the only effective means of self-defense. Once they achieve this the UN and the governments of those nations will bowl their people over with whatever edict they see fit. Speak ill of the ‘doctors’ who demand adherence to the idea of ‘take the shot and you’ll be okay and so will others’ – arrested. Sneak out of your house for a late night rendezvous with your significant other – arrested. Walk the beach by yourself without a mask – arrested. All of these things happened in relatively recently disarmed Australia.

DO NOT GIVE UP YOUR GUNS. If it is time to lose them in a lake, it is time to use them for their intended purpose. By no means, ABSOLUTELY NO MEANS, are you to seek this out. Let it come to you. Defend yourself against this kind of garbage, but by no means are you to go out and seek a fight. Your God-given rights to self defense are inviolable, the people in England and Australia forgot that fact and lined up to turn in their firearms which were deemed ‘illegal.’ Do not fall for it in the US when that same garbage rolls around here, but, also, take no offensive position against it – defend the Amendment by using the 1st Amendment while you can. If ‘authorities’ come to disarm you – respond effectively and with force if necessary because if they take away your self-defense they will come back and enslave (at best) or rape, torture, and murder (at worst) you and your family.

“16.5 Substantially reduce corruption and bribery in all their forms[.]”

The UN’s entire system of finance is based of corruption and bribery. What nation’s leaders honestly believe they cannot tackle all of the SDG’s within their own nation all on their own? Probably close to none of them. The UN; however, is offering huge sums of money to align with them and their ideas of how to solve these issues, both the real ones (human trafficking), and the made up ones (man-made climate change). Wouldn’t that be bribery if the money were accepted and corruption being bred to protect that money source? The UN wrote a target which actually rejects the way the UN operates. But the UN doesn’t mind that, it’s only their plans and desires that are pure, bribe free and corruption-less.

As of 2018, the percentage of bribes demanded by officials over the previous 12 months, whether or not it was paid, was highest in Mexico with 14.6% of interactions being recorded in such a manner in 2018.

Of businesses being bribed, 148 nations have ever reported these statistics, but only five actual nations reported data in 2020, the latest year captured by the UN, which was reflected in the graph’s table. Tunisia, with 11.9% of it’s businesses being bribed, reported the highest in 2020.

The UN reported a 2020 global rate of business bribery of 16.98% which is absolutely mathematically impossible. The UN graph estimates multiple areas, like Pacific Island Small States, which, the UN reflects, had their businesses bribed 43.8% of the time. This feeds into their 2020 world rate; however, it should not, In order for the UN to create their world rate they had to manipulate numbers from other years. There were absolutely zero small island nation states which have a record for this statistic in 2020.

Does bribery occur? Absolutely. Does it occur between government officials (police, clerks, politicians, etc…)? Absolutely. Do businesses get bribed? Absolutely. How often do these bribes occur? No one knows, not even the UN. Their graphs are beyond repair and their measurements do not reflect any form of the prevalence of bribery and corruption. My best guess is that the UN-approved statistics displayed on these graphs are, in real life, far higher than the rates they reported.

“16.6 Develop effective, accountable and transparent institutions at all levels[.]”

Raise your hand if you think the CDC is transparent. The WHO? The UN? The US federal government? The government you are under, reader? I haven’t raised my hand yet – none of these bodies are transparent according to me. To define transparency, Merriam-Webster states transparency means, in part 2, “a: free from pretense or deceit; b: easily detected or seen through; c: readily understood; d: characterized by visibility or accessibility of information especially concerning business practices.” I contend that none of these metrics are met by any institution at any level.

The UN’s attempt at figuring this out involves how much money governments wasted on institutions within budgets and their inability to track satisfaction with institutions. Of the UN-tracked indicator of how much money nations spend to fund their institutions, compared to the first expenditure that nation made for said institution, several nations have never reported, including the United States, France, Canada, Australia, South Africa, Japan, New Zealand, and China. All of these nations took the correct approach and gave the UN nothing. Much of the rest of the world; however, missed this point and did report to the UN. Chile, for instance, increased the amount they spent on their institutions between 2007 to 2021, from 87.88% of the approved budget to 132.22% of the approved budget. Many nations have reported over 100% of their approved budget to this (which means they are spending money they do not have and must take money from somewhere else or secure loans).

The UN cannot, and has apparently not really tried, to assess how satisfied people are with the institutions in their nations. I’m assured that the UN won’t track this because people are pretty sick of the institutions of their nations. I know I am sick of them. If anyone from the UN reads this, you can record these results. I am satisfied with 3% of the institutions in my state, 1% of the institutions in my country, and 0% of global institutions to the point that I want every international and just about every federal institution in the US defunded and legislated into oblivion. No more UN, no more WHO, no more IMF or World Bank, no more WTO, and, nationally, no more Department of Education, Department of Energy, EPA, Department of Transportation, no more NSA, no more FBI, no more CIA – and, while I’m at it, no more NIAID, no more CDC, and no more DARPA or BARDA. There are many others I could mention and have either forgotten or have neglected to name.

The UN will refuse to report anything of the like because people, in general, are not aware of the world in which they live and the entities which control them. Even if these people have heard of the institutions within the local, national, and/or international systems – all of those institutionalized systems seeking to enslave them from every level – it is just as likely for that person to condemn the institution as it is to endorse them. I’m sure once the UN has a multitude of nations institute full-scale ‘free’ everything (medical care, tuition, housing, transportation, and income; i.e. UBI) a survey will be taken by the UN while the euphoria and hope within populations is high (because the populace has embraced the Marxism the UN pushes and, hence, are economically retarded) and will be cited for centuries in order to justify their positions. Of course, under this scenario, anyone suggesting a capitalist economy and a representative form of government will be immediately removed from society either through imprisonment and/or execution for blasphemy against the state headed by the UN.

“16.7 Ensure responsive, inclusive, participatory and representative decision-making at all levels[.]”

The United Nations has never represented anything but the destruction of my God-given rights and a perversion of the norms and traditions which hold society together. In other words they do not, and have never represented a single interest I have. The UN is useless to me, harmful to my survival, and hostile towards humanity.

The UN has a proven track record of failing to appropriately respond to situations, include groups in which they have no interest in hearing from, allow all groups equal participation in decision making processes, and has no elected member within its body, thus these UN monsters cannot represent the interests of the people, only the interests of the government which sent them to the UN.

At the national level, at least in the United States, the UN has kept its mouth shut because they have a rubber-stamping puppet in the White House who will do the UN’s bidding in order to achieve the UN’s version of the world. The administration occupying the White House does not care what they do to the citizenry of the country, as long as the UN-approved agenda is rammed down all of our throats. Like the UN, the US government is unresponsive to concerns which are raised and routinely lie outright or perform verbal gymnastics to obfuscate issues because they do not fear any negative consequences of their actions nor being held to account for purposely lying to US citizens or their representatives. The representatives which refuse to go along with the administration’s goals have been censored, removed from committee seats, and have even been taken to court in attempts to disallow them from running for future offices. These types of attempts to cancel elected leaders who do stand with the people are chilling in participating in anything the administration disfavors. The US is not representative of the people living within it, but they are highly compliant with anyone who stuffs cash into their bank accounts and the UN with they use as a money-laundering operation.

Of the 50 states, over the last 5 years I have resided in two of them – South Dakota and Minnesota. Before August 2020, when I left Minnesota for South Dakota, I was routinely kicked out of stores for not wearing the face diaper. I was suspended from my job for a day for not wearing a face diaper. Housing costs were about 80% higher in Minnesota than in South Dakota. Gas prices were higher. There were random curfews and massive riots because of George Floyd. Governor Tim Walz sat there and demanded compliance to the CDC, WHO, NIH, NIAID, and the UN goals behind the executive orders which he decreed. He shut down churches, small businesses, and overtaxed Minnesotan’s for years. Much Walz’s problem stemmed from illegally issued executive orders which he decreed. He shut the government down too and refused, on multiple occasions, to reconvene the legislator to get rid of the emergency declaration Walz ordered. Protests went unheard. Complaints went unmet. People lost their jobs, their businesses, and their livelihoods while riots, antifa, and general violence went unchecked. Walz didn’t care. The UN didn’t want Walz to care. And Walz was one of the bastards who directed COVID-19 positive people to be placed inside of nursing homes which exacerbated the medical problems in the facilities while at the same time restricting loved ones from seeing their grandparents.

In South Dakota, I was not harassed about a mask. I went to the grocery store and didn’t get kicked out and I did it without a mask. I went to Walmart and told the security guard that I didn’t want a mask and walked by him and he didn’t do anything. I wasn’t harried by overzealous Target employees demanding me I stick a dirty rag over my mouth and nose like I was in Minnesota. I walked into Kohl’s and bought towels, in person, without a mask on. Kohl’s was closed in Minnesota. The costs for goods were cheaper including for gas, food, and housing. The wages for labor; however, were comparable, although slightly less in South Dakota. Kristi Noem, the governor of South Dakota allowed people and businesses to make their own decisions, did not shut down thousands of businesses, and was globally demonized for rejecting the protocols demanded by the UN and national governmental public health agencies, institutions, and various non-governmental organizations. She is not perfect, but South Dakota did the pandemic correctly – Minnesota failed miserably.

The UN doesn’t care about the well-being of the people living in South Dakota and they make this very clear through their indicators under this target. Monitoring the prevalence of women in politics does not matter because politics is about ideas. But that’s what counts to the UN – identity politics. Women in lower houses of parliament are under-represented by about half around the world according to the UN. Four nations are over-represented by women – UAE, Guinea, Rwanda, and Cuba. Three nations recorded no women being in their lower parliaments – Yemen, Papua New Guinea, and Vanuatu.

In upper chambers of parliaments around the world, three nations and two geographical areas are adequately represented by women or over-represented by women – Bolivia, Australia, Oceania, Australia and New Zealand, and Antigua and Barbados. Haiti is the only nation which has no women in an upper parliament seat. Some nations don’t have upper and lower parliaments; however, and, obviously no one can be represented if the body does not exist. Globally, women are under-represented in upper parliamentary houses by about half according to the UN.

The UN’s identity-politics is only helping nations to disintegrate faster because when identity is the merit of an elected official, intellect and practical solutions are not necessary. It makes the issues which impact everyday lives unimportant because it all of a sudden matter more what color the representatives skin color is, what gender they identify as, and what country they came from when they declared themselves a refugee. Give me issues and solutions, I will make my decision from there, without caring whether or not the candidate identifies as a black-Asian trans-gendered non-binary monarch butterfly.

Another metric the UN uses to evaluate their target is whether or not people believe their governments are inclusive and responsive. The UN has not bothered to ask normal people any of these questions., but there are ways to get a general feel of how this indicator is going. It’s not going well for the UN which is likely why they have no tracking data. Joe Biden, the installed UN-puppet, the president of the United States of America has an approval rating of 40.7 as of May 20, 2022. If I had to guess how this statistic was derived I would guess an over-representation of democrat to republican of about 70-30. On May 19, 2022 Kamala Harris, an illegitimate vice-president who is not Constitutionally able to sit in the seat of vice-president of the USA, has a disapproval rating of 51.8% with only 39.4% approving of her service. I would guess that the same democrat – republican split was employed.

There are food riots breaking out around the world, some of which have turned deadly. In Sri Lanka rioters murdered several government officials. In Iran the government murdered an unknown number of rioters. There are slightly less violent riots taking place in Iraq and Peru. Multiple other nations are facing their own food riots. This does not portend well for the UN’s indicator.

There is a meeting at Davos taking place right now. It’s been reported that there are thousands of armed military members protecting the Davos meeting in the remote Switzerland town. Reporters are being harassed and arrested for trying to report on the events taking place. Mainstream media outlets, if they mention Davos at all, are cheeerleading the events taking place within. Davos always deals with setting global directions and suggesting policies which the nations of the world and the people in those nations will have to adopt and implement or those places and people will get ‘left behind.’ More and more, people have grown wise to the idea that those ‘left behind’ is really used as a compliance tool based on phsychological warfare tactics. Those that really are ‘left behind’, especially those who actively reject and fight back against the secret meetings and agreements conducted at places such as Davos, are the primary targets of their cancel-culture, silencing, and extermination campaigns. None of this fosters an inclusive or responsive belief in any government, especially the one really calling the shots – the globalists meeting in Davos.

Ronald Reagan has several quotes which are prescient and have been given renewed potency in the last decade or so. The first quote, “Government is not the solution to our problem; government is the problem,” and the second quote, “the nine most terrifying words in the English language are: I'm from the government and I'm here to help," is becoming very apparent to a vast majority of the world. Governments of the world have taken every opportunity to separate themselves from the people whom they are supposed to represent and when the government does ‘act on the behalf of the people’ they continuously find way to injure, both financially and physically, those very people. Think about Katrina. The government was responsible for the disaster-risk management of Lake Pontchartrain, other parts of the government prevented that management from taking place, the lake flooded New Orleans, and the government then came in to act as a savior by setting up a rape camp (called the Astrodome) and distributing trailers unfit for human occupation. Reagan was complete correct in these two quotes, and Kartrina is by far not the only example.

“16.8 Broaden and strengthen the participation of developing countries in the institutions of global governance[.]”

The United Nations is making something really bad sound really positive. They are trying to bring in, and give bigger roles in decision-making, to nations which are receiving handouts from other countries. If there are 193 countries on earth, and 137 of those nations are considered developing or least developing countries. If anyone believes nearly 71% of the nations on earth are expected to vote in a global body to help the whole globe when there are billions of dollars up for grab for those same nations, I have a bridge to sell you. That contingent of 71% is going to vote for monies extorted from the other 39% of the nations of the planet. They are going to do it consistently and gradually demand more and more. The UN is really stating their intention to continue their global welfare scheme by having the welfare recipients vote on whether or not they should get the welfare.

The compositions of several global governance bodies (the UN’s description – not mine) are represented in the following percentages by developing nations: International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, 75.13%; International Monetary Fund, 75.13%; International Finance Corporation, 75%; UN General Assembly, 74.09%; World Trade Organization, 72.56%; UN Economic and Social Council, 64.81%; UN Security Council, 53.33%; and Financial Stability Board, 50%.

“16.9 By 2030, provide legal identity for all, including birth registration[.]”

If you were in charge of eliminating people, the first thing to do would be to know what people need to be eliminated. IBM revolutionized the idea in the 1930’s for their client: the Third Reich. IBM developed punch cards which enabled Hitler’s SS to easily identify and count the numbers of Jews in any particular area. IBM gave the Nazi’s the technological ability to identify, locate, and round up the Jews of not only Germany but of the nations the Germans captured as well as allowed the Nazi’s to identify other unwanted elements of humanity within their territories. At least 12 million people died because of the system IBM developed.

These legal identity decrees are nothing more than a repeat of IBM’s efforts to assist Nazi Germany in it’s Final Solution. As of 2017, 70.62% of all of the children 5 and under of the world were legally registered through birth certificates. In certain places, like Ethiopia and Somalia, less than 5% of that population has a birth certificate. Identifying those from either of those nations will be particularly difficult for anyone trying to take an inventory, let alone to identify individuals. Meanwhile, there are many nations which have over 90% rates of births documented by birth certificates, which make inventorying and identifying individuals a much easier task.

I will not delve into this issue too deeply, but it is important to note here. Under Admiralty law, there is a school of thought which suggests that the birth certificate is owned by the civil authority which possess it. This basically relates to the idea that everyone with a birth certificate, stored by civil authorities, is owned by the civil authority and is subject to Admiralty laws – not the particular laws fo the nations in which they live. I have not been convinced of this idea; however, it is interesting to research.

The bottom line here is that the UN is stating its real end goal – massive depopulation of the humanity on earth. The first step necessary to complete that plan is to have the ability to know how many set for extermination there are followed by identifying those who are most undesirable. The gauge of undesirability could be those who present the biggest obstacles to such goals, groups which will likely physically resist, those who understand such plans and expose the plan. We are watching that happen now. Certain demographic groups, racial groups, and genetic groups will then be scored in the order of their extermination. We have all been living in a world where the elderly and the young, the two most vulnerable groups in any society, have been directly targeted for extinction – the elderly with COVID-19 and the young through abortion and proposals for infanticide. Russia invaded Ukraine, in part, due to intelligence which led the Russians to conclude that race specific bioweapons were being developed by NATO and NATO-members in Ukraine which would target Slavic genotypes. The first steps of these types of programs is to inventory and identify, birth certificates are a wonderful way to achieve that.

“16.10 Ensure public access to information and protect fundamental freedoms, in accordance with national legislation and international agreements[.]”

The UN has a document called The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Any time the UN speaks to rights, it is speaking to this meaningless document. There are positive rights and negative rights. While positive always sounds better, in this case negative right grant more robust protections against the abuse of rights.

For instance, in the United States, the federal, and many individual State constitutions, include a passage about speech. The First Amendment is where this is located within the US Constitution and it reads, “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.” This is a negative right because it prevents the US Government from conducting itself in certain ways, despite early and continuing attacks upon the statement.

Conversely, in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the UN codified a positive right for the press. The closest passage protecting the press in the UNDHR reads, “Article 19: Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers.” The catch to this, and all of the rest of the articles of the UNDHR, comes in Article 29, Paragraph 3, “These rights and freedoms may in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.” The United Nations has decided that these rights can only exist if the UN wants them to exist. In UNESCO meets to discuss how best to release Ebola in a population to create a 12 Monkeys scenario, and they don’t want that information leaked out, Article 19 will be suspended because it will be going against the UN’s purpose and principles. These are examples of positive rights because they only exist based upon the whims of the body granting them.

According to the UN, in 2015 there were 349 homicides of journalists in the world. In 2020 there were 393 murders of journalists worldwide. It seems that the sources of news stories are being increasingly dispatched with.

In late May 2022, the journalists attending the Davos meeting were greeted by WEF Security Guards armed with compact machine guns. These gestapo demanded that the journalists attending the meeting stop filming. The meeting features promises of starvation, famine, bankruptcy, economic collapse, arrests, new lock-downs, the end of free speech, and gun confiscation, in order to implement the Davos plan for medical tyranny, biometric ID’s, nanotechnology coursing our veins, 3D printed and GMO food, the social credit score, and biometric payment systems. The promise is that speaking out against these ideas will get anyone doing so censored with the intent to arrest or murder the speaker. This includes journalists. Toe the line or be silenced.

The other UN indicator for this target is in a graph defined as measuring, “Countries that have adopted and implemented constitutional, statutory and/or policy guarantees for public access to information. The focus of this indicator is thus on the status of adoption and implementation of constitutional, statutory and/or policy guarantees for public access to information.” 127 nations have this public access to information.

This sounds good unless any rational thought is applied to it. Go back up to Article 19 and Article 29 of the UN Declaration of Human Rights. Then ask, what information is going to be deemed safe for public consumption? What I am writing right now is not deemed safe. It makes no difference that all of it is true. What matters is the narratives these monsters want to weave around any issue, event, story, or person and the media’s compliance with that narrative. Already, the public has access to what these demonic things and that access will not disappear – what will disappear is access to Doug Hagmann, Alex Jones, Joe Rogan, Steve Quayle, Tucker Carlson, Dinesh D-Sousa, and the likes.

Make no mistake about this, the UN, WEF, World Bank, Bilderberg Group, Open Society Foundation, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the governments of the earth, and many businesses (especially the ones which are multinational) want people to shut up, go to sleep, and passively accept this Great Reset. While speaking out about the truth of the plans of these monsters is dangerous, even knowing what is going on is becoming increasingly dangerous. Either we all speak up and say no, or we will all suffer the same fate. That fate is enslavement, imprisonment, and death at the hands of a global government securely rooted in Satanism, eugenics, and totalitarian technocracy. As George Orwell put it – “If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face—for ever.” The future he spoke of is today.

“16.a Strengthen relevant national institutions, including through international cooperation, for building capacity at all levels, in particular in developing countries, to prevent violence and combat terrorism and crime[.]”

The UN tracks this through measuring compliance with something called the Paris Principles. The full title is Principles relating to the Status of National Institutions. Under the guise of human rights, the UN is seeking to set up global compliance standards which establishes governmental bodies in order to allow NGO’s to have a voice within the government as well as give NGO demands the same status as official governmental information releases. The UN never defines human rights in the document, which is problematic. I would imagine the UN wants all of these bodies to adhere to whatever the UN has deemed a right at the current time according to their UNDHR document.

The point of the Paris Principles is to subvert governments of the nations of the world by getting rabid globalist-aligned Communists and technocrats to come together under the guise of human rights. These groups include:

“(a) Non-governmental organizations responsible for human rights and efforts to combat racial discrimination, trade unions, concerned social and professional organizations, for example, associations of lawyers, doctors, journalists and eminent scientists; (b) Trends in philosophical or religious thought; (c) Universities and qualified experts; (d) Parliament; (e) Government departments (if these are included, their representatives should participate in the deliberations only in an advisory capacity).”

The UN has, and continues to, attempt to get every single individual and institution, both private and public, on the UN ideology which represents death and enslavement for billions of people. Any nation which even begins to undertake the Paris Principles is only accomplishing one thing for its people – the destruction of the national government and the sovereignty it holds. It is completely plausible the UN has infiltrated Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch; Black Lives Matter and NAACP; Teamsters and AFL-CIO; ABA; AMA; SPJ; American Public Health Association and American Society of State Climatologists; any church listed on the World Council of Churches website; Harvard, Yale, and just about all of the rest of the university systems in the United States as well as the ‘experts’ those indoctrination centers release into the world; members of Congress; EPA, DoD, DoEd. Where are the treason charges for those swearing oaths to the US Constitution but in reality carrying on the bidding of the UN and their goal of one-world government through the stealth of supporting the Paris Principles?

The body which is established under the Paris Principles is supposedly completely independent of governmental intervention. These NGO’s are supposed to be well-funded by sources other than the government in order to maintain their independence. When broadly following the money, the government of a nation taxes its citizens, the government determines how much of those tax revenues to give to the UN for whatever program they have going on (money is fungible), and, once the UN receives the monies, they can give whatever amount they deem applicable to any NGO they deem appropriately represents the UN’s goals.

There is also a judicial aspect to the independent National Human Rights Institutions established under the Paris Principles. There is no due process in these judicial proceedings, save for the petitioner to know their rights and for the court to promote those rights.

Almost half the world have signed up for the Paris Principles by establishing a National Human Rights Institution. 61.42% of the nations of the world has applied for accreditation to have independent National Human Rights Institutions recognized as complying with the Paris Principles.

“16.b Promote and enforce non-discriminatory laws and policies for sustainable development[.]”

The tracking mechanism for this target relies completely upon feelings. How many people felt discriminated against? 48% of Swedes reported having felt discriminated against in 2018 (I don’t know if that number came from the rape-culture the EU demanded Sweden take into their borders or if it was actual Swedes). In 2015 Swedes reported a discrimination rate of 40%. To be fair, only 35 countries reported this to the UN. Almost all of these nations only reported the statistic once, making it impossible to track over time. Of the 9 nations which reported in two different years, Denmark, Ireland, Sweden, Switzerland, and New Zealand reported increased rates (Denmark came in 359% higher between 2014 and 2016). Of the four nations which decreased – Peru, Estonia, Chile, and the Netherlands, with the highest decrease occurring in Peru from 2015 to 2019; 17.3% to 12.6% (-4.7%).

I don’t need to feel anything to know that I have been discriminated against legally, professionally, and personally. I’m not a victim, I am a learner, and have learned to rise against and above this discrimination. I’ve been discriminated because I am white, because I am a male, and because of who I know and my relationship to them. I’ve been discriminated against because of my political and religious affiliations as well.

Summary

This goal, on it’s face, seeks to define the meaning of a just, peaceful, and inclusive society. The goal doesn't manage to even approach any of those definitions. There are multiple definitions of what just (justice) is depending on the predilections of the society involved. In some nations stoning to death adulterers is the practice. In other nations adultery is merely a cause for divorce. In one nation convicted murderers are locked into prison for a term, in another there is the promise of retribution killing, and in others there is a light sentence meted out which allows for a murderers release from detention.

What is just to me is defined in the Bible. What happens to adulterers and murderers in the Bible? They cease to exist because of the corruption and chaos which their actions have caused.

There is, quite obviously, no peace in this world. At least 21 nations are currently at war either internally or externally. The UN has an admitted ‘Peacekeeping Force’ in 12 nations. These UN peacekeeping forces are notorious for their own war crimes in the areas in which they operate including allegations of murder, rape, and torture. Nothing is ever done to rectify these issues. One of the earliest missions of the UN Peacekeeping Forces crushed an independence movement led by Moshe Tshombe, a capitalist who rejected the Democratic Republic of Congo’s Communist prime minister Lumumba’s decrees, after their liberation. The UN celebrated this. The Democratic Republic of Congo is one of the poorest, most corrupt, and inept nations on earth to this day. The UN aided in the DRC’s destitution by erasing anything which even looks like it may be Capitalist. Any peace or prosperity which arises outside of UN desires will be militarily fought against.

I’m not included under the UN’s idea of inclusive. I loathe any notions of a global government and I detest the very idea of their existence, their desires, and their exploits. I am not a female, not considered indigenous, not a child, not a racial minority, not a religious minority and not a stakeholder in the UN’s plans. I don’t fit into a protected group – I’m not disabled, I don’t have a mental issue, I don’t identify myself with a gender identity. I have been very misguided in my past and have repented of those transgressions, and today completely believe in God (Adonai) and His son Jesus Christ (Yeshua). Thus, I, and millions of others with similar beliefs, have absolutely no place under the UN system. As, such the UN will not think twice when it comes to liquidating our speech or our lives.

The UN is dictating what people should think about justice, peace, and what being included means. Those which receive no justice, have no peace, and are not included in decision making are slated for extinction. Resisting UN targets or the UN in general isn’t the only qualification for being targeted for extermination, but it will move one up the list.

Apart from extermination plans, the UN is attempting to dictate what justice, peace, and inclusiveness is to all of the nations of the world. In certain targets the UN actively states their efforts to subvert the sovereign government of a nation. A globalized idea of justice will result in a globalized SYSTEM of ‘justice.’ A globalized meaning of peace, will only make UN ‘Peacekeeping Missions’ look like law enforcement operations instead of what they actually are – war. Inclusiveness will only extend to the groups and individuals the UN decides to include. At the end of all of this is a perversion of justice, a warlike stance towards peace, and a rigid system of designating those who are included and declaring war upon those who are not so aligned.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal16 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 15 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/22/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 15th SDG:

Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss

After covering the spectacle of the seas, where no humans actually live but the UN and many governments, in conjunction with NGO’s, have curtailed human activities, we will turn to United Nations efforts to do the same with land. The result is the same – gigadeath (a term I learned from Steve Quayle). Goal 15 contains 12 targets:

“15.1 By 2020, ensure the conservation, restoration and sustainable use of terrestrial and inland freshwater ecosystems and their services, in particular forests, wetlands, mountains and drylands, in line with obligations under international agreements

“15.2 By 2020, promote the implementation of sustainable management of all types of forests, halt deforestation, restore degraded forests and substantially increase afforestation and reforestation globally

“15.3 By 2030, combat desertification, restore degraded land and soil, including land affected by desertification, drought and floods, and strive to achieve a land degradation-neutral world

“15.4 By 2030, ensure the conservation of mountain ecosystems, including their biodiversity, in order to enhance their capacity to provide benefits that are essential for sustainable development

“15.5 Take urgent and significant action to reduce the degradation of natural habitats, halt the loss of biodiversity and, by 2020, protect and prevent the extinction of threatened species

“15.6 Promote fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources and promote appropriate access to such resources, as internationally agreed

“15.7 Take urgent action to end poaching and trafficking of protected species of flora and fauna and address both demand and supply of illegal wildlife products

“15.8 By 2020, introduce measures to prevent the introduction and significantly reduce the impact of invasive alien species on land and water ecosystems and control or eradicate the priority species

“15.9 By 2020, integrate ecosystem and biodiversity values into national and local planning, development processes, poverty reduction strategies and accounts

“15.a Mobilize and significantly increase financial resources from all sources to conserve and sustainably use biodiversity and ecosystems

“15.b Mobilize significant resources from all sources and at all levels to finance sustainable forest management and provide adequate incentives to developing countries to advance such management, including for conservation and reforestation

“15.c Enhance global support for efforts to combat poaching and trafficking of protected species, including by increasing the capacity of local communities to pursue sustainable livelihood opportunities”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“15.1 By 2020, ensure the conservation, restoration and sustainable use of terrestrial and inland freshwater ecosystems and their services, in particular forests, wetlands, mountains and drylands, in line with obligations under international agreements[.]”

The first indicator for target 1 is a measure of the area of forests in the world. The charting starts at 1990 and runs to 2020, although the range can be expanded to 1000. In 1990, 32.5% of the earth was forested and in 2020 the are was 31.2%. Since 2014 (the closest year available to the SDG implementation date of 2015) the world went from 31.4% of the land covered by forest to 31.2% of the land covered in forest. Whatever the UN is trying to do here is having the opposite effect.

Part of that reason is so that the UN can demand more money for efforts to increase forest areas. Forests are able to support life, but not civilization as we understand it. Green things create oxygen from CO2 in a process called photosynthesis. We need forests to create oxygen so oxygen-dependent organisms can survive.

The way the UN has defined forests; however, is problematic:

“Forest area is land under natural or planted stands of trees of at least 5 meters in situ, whether productive or not, and excludes tree stands in agricultural production systems (for example, in fruit plantations and agroforestry systems) and trees in urban parks and gardens.”

Is the 5 meters referring to height or is it referring to width? I’m going to assume height (5 meters is 16.4042 feet). Any agricultural holdings are immediately thrown out of the statistics, despite there being many square miles of what should qualify as a forest standing within agricultural lands. There are many trees within city parks and gardens which meet the 5 foot criteria as well. The result of the definition is what we see in the UN graph.

If a section of a forest is taken down for production into wood products like lumber, mulch, paper, or anything else, then trees are usually ordered by law to be replanted in that area. The newly planted trees are obviously not going to be 17 feet tall. The ‘old growth’ trees – those which have been there for 100 years, which are being used for production purposes, are well over this height. And that is another issue I have with the way the UN reports upon forestry in this indicator. The fastest growing trees grow at about 5 feet a year – about 3 years to reach a UN defined forest height.

The second indicator is a collection of 3 graphs which show the way which biodiversity sites are protected around the world. Worldwide, 14.57% of the land is a declared protected per the first graph (total percentage of land in the nation or geographical area under UN-approved methods of protection). New Caledonia, Venezuela, and Slovenia all have over 50% of their land in protected status.

The percentage of identified biological diversity sites which are protected on land, worldwide, between 2015 to 2021 went from 42.13% to 43.99%, respectively. Several nations or areas have 100% of all of their biological diversity sites protected – The Cocos Islands, Heard Island and McDonald Islands, and Equatorial Guinea. Europe has the most nations with 80% or more UN-approved protection measures of their identified biodiversity sites, followed by Africa, and South America.

Freshwater biodiversity sites are represented in the third chart. Comoros, Mayotte (go do a search on this especially goofy French ‘state’ located of the eastern coast of Africa), and Seychelles all have 100% of their identified freshwater resources protected by UN-approved methods.

All of these graphs indicate the UN’s desire to determine, in conjunction with the International Criminal Court (ICC), the ability of human beings to use land as they see fit. If Seychelles wanted to build a dam, good luck, the UN-approved protection measures will prevent that one. If a protected site is found to contain a trillion cubic meters of easy to extract natural gas or oil that resource is going to stay in the ground. The UN will demand that the wildlife be undisturbed. The ICC will rule in favor of the UN’s desires. The media will, in lockstep, demonize the entity (whether a government, elements within that government, multinational corporation, small business, or individual) attempting to extract any resource from a protected site. The UN would like nothing more than to protect every square millimeter of earth through this target in order to restrict all human activity in favor of the flora and fauna upon the earth. The effort represents the UN’s deeply held Gaia-theory beliefs.

“15.2 By 2020, promote the implementation of sustainable management of all types of forests, halt deforestation, restore degraded forests and substantially increase afforestation and reforestation globally.”

Five graphs represent this target – annual change in forest area (to 2020), above-ground biomass in forests per hectare (tonnes of forest to hectares [forest density], to 2020), how much forest is in a UN-approved protected area (in 2020), the percentage of forests with long-term management plans (in 2020), and forest areas certified by an independently certified verification scheme (as of 2021).

The changes in forest area worldwide between 2010 and 2020 went from -0.13% to -0.12%. The deforestation rate went down over this period of time by a small amount (0.01%). Nations like Burundi and Malta increased their forested areas by 3.73% and 2.77%, respectively, but both of these nations recorded 0% changes in 2010. Guernsey (an island protectorate of the UK located just off the coast of France in the English Channel), reported a -6.21% decrease in forests. Guernsey went from reporting 6.21% gains in forested area in 2010 to 0% in 2020, thus the decrease. Egypt, the second biggest ‘loser’ in forested areas, went from a 1.04% gain in 2010 to a -3.71% loss in 2020. Nicaragua had a -2.51% in 2010 and only a -2.04% in 2020, so the graph represents the nation as a net gainer (+0.47%; 19% overall). I bring that up because it is important to understand the way the statistics are reported by the UN – Nicaragua was still losing over 2% of it’s forested area in 2020.

Forest density grew from 117.72 tonnes per hectare in 2015 to 118.28 in 2020. The UN default measurement; however, starts at 2010 which shows even more forest density increase because in 2000 it was measure as 115.88 tonnes by hectare. There must be something about the air making this biomass denser in forests. Maybe it’s increased CO2 as measured on the side of a volcano which is making the earth greener and more lush?

The proportion of forests which are located within a legally protected areas in the world was 14.12% in 2000, 17.48% in 2015, and 17.81% in 2020. Before the SDG’s (2000-2015), the rate actually rose 3.36 percentage points (24% overall) while after the SDG’s were implemented (2015-2020) it increased by 0.33 percentage points (2%). According to this data, several things could have happened. Nations could have legally adopted UN-approved measures to protect additional lands at a higher rate from 2000 to 2015 than they did between 2015 to 2020. Or, perhaps, the areas needing ‘UN-approved’ protection which lacked that protection expanded between 2015 and 2020. Maybe nations are just saying no to SDG 15, target 2 and deciding to exercise their sovereign control over their own resources. Any way this slow-down is viewed it represents the UN losing ground over control of the forests of the earth, which is a good thing.

The fourth graph shows long term management plans which operate in various nations. 14 nations in 2020 had 100% of their forests planned for long-term management. 15 nations were listed as having 100% of their forests managed for the long-term and in 2015, and in 2000 there were 3. The UN is moving towards their goal of UN-approved forests being managed for the long term. For the UN, this movement is too slow. They will demand new monies from developed nations and demand that cutting or burning any section of forest needs to be immediately and absolutely ceased immediately.

The last graph deals with forests which have been independently certified. The UN has mobilized hundreds, if not thousands, of individuals to track the growth or reduction in the area of forests. Basically the governments of nations invite any one of a number of non-governmental organizations (NGOs) into the forests of their nation to verify the forest’s size, density, biological diversity, etc…. These NGOs are highly manipulated by the likes of global institutions like the UN and the individuals working for them are usually not aligned with a nation’s sovereign rights – seeing themselves as someone acting locally but thinking globally, or, in other words, global citizens. At times these very same NGOs are getting their funding from the UN itself. As far as the graph goes, it shows that worldwide, an additional 65.44 million hectares (over 252,000 square miles) of forest were added to outside parties’ verification schemes between 2015 and 2021.

“15.3 By 2030, combat desertification, restore degraded land and soil, including land affected by desertification, drought and floods, and strive to achieve a land degradation-neutral world[.]”

The claims made by eco-terrorists like the UN Environmental Programme, livescience.com, nationalgeographic.com, and the World Health Organization. There are many more psychotic eco-terrorists and they all have something in common: the need to blame human activity for most or all desertification.

The chart to indicate this goal measures any degraded land. It only has measurements for the year 2015; however. The countries with the most area of degraded land compared to total are of their country were Tajikistan with 97%, Belize with 81%, and South Africa with 78%. Another six nations had over 50% of their land considered degraded. This indicator is not able to be tracked by the UN-provided tools as it only holds data for 2015. The articles mentioned above state that all around the world, deserts are growing, indicating the UN is not living up to this target.

The end goal of this target can be found in a document titled Land Restoration for Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals written by the UNEP in 2019. Keeping in line with every thing the UN does and how they go about it, this document lays out controlling human activity above all else, predatory lending practices which are dependent upon a willingness on the loan-receiver to obey UN-decrees, and to disallow land usage in areas which are too costly to restore.

The UN is using land degradation to demand that degradation no longer occurs. In order to achieve this, the UN will establish multiple multi-year plans each with their own targets and their own goals for each region they are concerned about. If these plans are accepted by the locality responsible for the administration of that land, the UN will continuously and relentlessly demand that human activity be reduced or completely eliminated on these ‘degraded’ lands.

“15.4 By 2030, ensure the conservation of mountain ecosystems, including their biodiversity, in order to enhance their capacity to provide benefits that are essential for sustainable development[.]”

If flat land is in danger of falling to the whims of the UN, mountains are even more at risk to be given over to the UN. Mountain areas, like everywhere else on earth, has its own set of biological diversity attributes and the UN is determined to protect the biodiversity from human interference. There is a list of mountains which have been identified by the UN as key biological diversity sites and need protected. Between 2015 and 2021 the United States increased protected mountain areas from 31.64% to 31.94%. During the same time period, China increased protected mountains from 11.03% to 11.85%; 5 nations had no change and remained at 100%; while the UAE had the highest change 0% to 87.17%. Worldwide, the percentage grew from 38.43% to 40.49%.

While I spent a good deal of time searching for, and not finding, a map of the mountains designated as Key Biological Areas (KBA’s) I did find the way that this target ends up working out. On March 31, 2021, in Colorado:

“The U.S. District Court of Colorado has ruled that the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service violated the law by funding a Colorado Parks and Wildlife plan to kill hundreds of mountain lions and dozens of black bears without properly analyzing the risks to those animals’ populations and the rest of the environment.”

This article goes on to explain that mountain lions and bears are important to the environment. It continues on to nonsensically claim that reducing predators will not increase the numbers of the things they eat, in this case mule deer. The law the judge ruled upon as being violated is the Environmental Protection Act which has provisions which legally bind federal agencies to complete their own environmental impact statements prior to doing anything else, regardless of whether or not the State of Colorado’s Parks and Wildlife completed one. The two areas in which these neo-Nazi, UN-loving, Gaia-beliving troglodytes targeted to cease the CO Park and Wildlife plan were in the Piceance Basin and the Upper Arkansas River in Colorado runs through a large portion of Colorado including the towns of Leadville, Granite, Buena Vista, Salinas, Texas Creek, Canon City, Lincoln Park, Florence, Pueblo, Avondale, Fowler, Manzanola, Rocky Ford, La Junta, Las Animas, Lamar, Granada, and Holly.

The ruling directly affects well over 102,000 Colorado residents in the Piceance Basin including the towns and cities of Grand Junction, Delta, Montrose, Gunnison, and Rifle and many other smaller population centers, despite the plan having been completed to thin the populations of bears and mountain lions. To the east and northeast of the Piceance Basin lies the Upper Arkansas River Basin, where the Colorado plan to thin the populations of bears and mountain lions was actually stopped. The main cities directly affected by this ruling are Leadville, Granite, Buena Vista, and Salinas, a population of 11,239.

Any Colorado resident living in any of the areas directly or indirectly affected by this should probably make sure they are armed with at least a 30.06 with adequate ammunition to take down a bear or mountain lion. Should either of those creatures show up in a backyard to eat a pet or child, an ounce of prevention will save a lifetime of agony, especially in the case of a child.

In 2020, the UN did a survey of the green cover of mountainsides around the world. The graph tracking this outright states that any increase in green areas of mountains could be because of conservation efforts or because of disappearing glacial mass atop mountains (which, according to the UN, is completely attributable to climate change, which also according to the UN, is entirely man-made). Not included in this graph is the mountain’s elevation, the temperate zones those elevations pass through, nor the glacial mass of those mountains in previous times.

For instance, Doyle’s Delight is the highest point in Belize (100% green coverage of mountains) at 3,688 feet. Other nations with 100% green coverage include Brunei (with a highest point of 6,070 ft), Trinidad and Tobago (3,080 feet), Senegal (2,126 ft), Paraguay (2,762 ft), Grenada (2,760 ft), Sao Tome and Principe (6,640 ft), and Seychelles (2,696 ft). Multiple other nations are in the 99% bracket and most of them have at least one peak over with an altitude greater than the timberline.

This indicator is basically a backdoor entry for the UN to step in and demand that all human activity cease to preserve mountain glaciers because there is too much greening on the tops of the mountains. Greening is good unless the UN can exploit it somehow. Greening on mountains can be because of glacial loss but it can also be caused by increasing CO2 levels which cause more green things to grow bigger and in more areas. Either way, the UN will exploit mountain greening to wrest as much money and control of human activities as they can muster.

“15.5 Take urgent and significant action to reduce the degradation of natural habitats, halt the loss of biodiversity and, by 2020, protect and prevent the extinction of threatened species[.]”

The UN has a chart for this which measures red list species. The closer to 1.0 the less species which are on the red list and the closer to 0.0 the closer all species are to extinction. Globally, from 2015 to 2022 the metric went from 0.75 to 0.72, indicating that whatever the UN is doing is not working for them to achieve their goal. In 2020, the metric stood at 0.73, slightly better than it the year 2022.

Despite the fact that the efforts of the United Nations’ and their friends to protect species being a failure as far as their approach to it, they will double down. The UN has never stopped pushing to re-wild the nations of the world and they won’t. The UN continuously looks for new species to place on the red list because each time one of those species is placed there, the UN, or a UN-friendly government will start doing all kinds of bizarre and evil things to human beings to protect the environment.

And the UN will not stop at protecting endangered species. This target includes language which allows them to target ANY activity performed by humans they deem harmful to any natural habitat or species. Since they have determined CO2 and H2O are pollutants, the UN wouldn’t have a problem with helping to exterminate 90% of the planet. Until they get to their goal of 500 million people left on earth there are some things which everyday people do which the UN wishes to curtail – eating, drinking water, using gasoline engines, and weeding out overgrown forests, suffice for examples.

In order to effect the global austerity measures they want everyone on earth on some form of government assistance, notably UBI and rent subsidies. Welfare breeds dependence, and that dependence comes with the giver having control over the actions of the receiver. At the end of the day, it is this control over mankind which the UN is seeking, whether you die because of non-compliance to UN edicts or live in slavery to the UN and their minions is irrelevant to the UN.

“15.6 Promote fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources and promote appropriate access to such resources, as internationally agreed[.]”

There are three graphs used to indicate this target. The first graph shows the number of countries in world which have adopted legislative measures which were then reported to the Access and Benefit-Sharing Clearing-House. The US, China, Russia, nor Australia were party to the Access and Benefit-Sharing Clearing-House in 2021; however, India was. In total there are 68 nations, predominantly in Europe and Africa, which have signed onto this.

The Access and Benefit-Sharing Clearing-House comes from the Access and Benefit-Sharing Clearing-House Protocol which, itself, is found within the Nagoya Protocol. It lays out the need for the sharing of genetic information as well as the idea of informed consent; however, not individual informed consent. The authors of the Nagoya Protocol seem to have forgotten that human beings themselves are comprised of genetic material. Thus, nowhere in this document is the idea of individual informed-consent mentioned. The informed consent the Nagoya Protocol references is the consent given to the party receiving the genetic information by the party giving the genetic information. Although no specific types of genetic materials are covered under the protocol itself, anthrax, Ebola, smallpox, human stem cells, and every other form of life, including some non-life forms such as prions, all constitute genetic material.

Does anyone remember 23andMe? How about Ancestry? I remember them. Who took a Covid test? Your genetics have already been sold to foreign nations. I hope that makes you angry. The Chinese Super Soldier program is moving steadily ahead because of your genetic contribution. Of course, with your genetic material, individual-specific bioweapons can be developed. A better understanding of an individual genotype gives a better understanding of how to target specific genes within sertain races of people. That, too, allows for the development of biological weapons against specific genotypes. Put two and two together while you can.

The second graph shows which nations are party to the International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture. The US, Russia, Australia, and India are all parties to this treaty while China is not. In 2012 there were 126 parties to this treaty and in 2022 there are 148.

The treaty establishes two objectives. Each objective invites the UN into nations to help foul the food crops in those nations. The objectives read:

“The objectives of this Treaty are the conservation and sustainable use of plant genetic resources for food and agriculture and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of their use, in harmony with the Convention on Biological Diversity, for sustainable agriculture and food security.

“These objectives will be attained by closely linking this Treaty to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and to the Convention on Biological Diversity.”

While the treaty has a section giving farmer’s rights involving participation of decisions made at the national level, the ability to retain their traditional knowledge, and to “equitably participate in sharing benefits arising from the utilization of plant genetic resources for food and agriculture,” the treaty obliterates those rights, declaring:

“In their relationships with other States, the Contracting Parties recognize the sovereign rights of States over their own plant genetic resources for food and agriculture, including that the authority to determine access to those resources rests with national governments and is subject to national legislation.

“In the exercise of their sovereign rights, the Contracting Parties agree to establish a multilateral system, which is efficient, effective, and transparent, both to facilitate access to plant genetic resources for food and agriculture, and to share, in a fair and equitable way, the benefits arising from the utilization of these resources, on a complementary and mutually reinforcing basis.”

Individual farmers don’t have the rights under this treaty, the government has ALL of the rights under this treaty. Woe to the farmer who wishes not to share. The government will be knocking on their door demanding to know the information they seek about the way that farmer has produced food. Not giving that information up would seem to be a breach of international law. It is highly unlikely that many individual farmers know of this treaty, and if they do, they have the wherewithal to absolutely refuse to comply with it or their national government’s demands in order to comply with it.

The third graph is a display of the nations which are party to the Nagoya Protocol. The United States, Russia, and Australia are not parties; however China and India are as of 2021. There were 132 parties to the Nagoya protocol in 2021.

The UN has no business intervening in any way, shape, or form in the food production of any nation. Today, as I write this, half of the world is in food riots as their food costs have exorbitantly risen. Nigeria, Pakistan, Egypt, Sri Lanka, India, Colombia, Philippines, Turkey, Russia, Peru, Argentina, Mexico, Indonesia, South Africa, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Brazil, and Chile are all spots ripe for food riots. The people of Sri Lanka and Peru are currently rioting because of food costs and shortages. Iran, having announced price increases for basic foods, also announced they will be “the first country to roll out a food rationing scheme based on new biometric IDs. Where vaccine passports failed, food passports will now be eagerly accepted by hungry people who can’t afford rapidly inflating food prices.”

The people of Iran are rioting over food, as are the people of Iraq. And, as discontent grows and more and more food riots affect more and more places, the blithering idiots in the governments, central banks, international institutions and the media will continue to blame Russia, and Russia only. Millions of chickens and turkeys are being culled because of ‘bird flu’ – not Russia. The baby formula issue in the US is largely being caused by completely psychopathic blood-drinking-Satanists at the FDA refusing manufacturers to reopen after having voluntarily and temporarily halting production due to safety concerns, whether those safety concerns have been remedied or not.

The UN is completely to blame for this. Their stupid ideas of, and meddling in, global food production and their version of sustainability have driven the world to rioting over the cost and availability of food. Again, their end plan is control – go read that quote about Iran again. The UN wants control over every single human mind or they want to exterminate you. If they have to starve the people of the earth they will. They will also divert the blame to any convenient source they can to keep the blame away from themselves. And the mass-media will oblige in the UN’s desire to mask the true culprits of such man-made calamities, as the UN is highly implicated in mass-starvation, mass-genocide, crimes against humanity, and human-trafficking schemes. This is a war between good versus evil. The time to pick a side is just about over. Either the reader will recognize the evil intent of the UN and it’s potential seat of power for the Anti-Christ, or the reader will not and be condemned by God, the Creator of the Universe for eternity. The choice was easy for me, and I pray for your soul to go to the Father of Jesus.

“15.7 Take urgent action to end poaching and trafficking of protected species of flora and fauna and address both demand and supply of illegal wildlife products[.]”

The UN has developed no way to track this. The big one that pops into people’s minds is turning elephant tusks into usable ivory. I’m 100% positive the practice still continues; however, the poachers life is on the line while they attempt to conduct their activity. But that does not seem to have had the effect which was intended. Poachers are still killing elephants for their tusks according to National Geographic.

Obviously, there is a desire to possess rare and hard to get items. That is burnt into the human psyche. The UN wants to destroy that. I’d personally love to possess a Gutenberg Bible, a rare and hard to get item. A Honus Wagner error baseball card, a huge diamond, the skull of a giant with two rows of teeth, or a Magic the Gathering Black Lotus card, a Spanish Doubloon, or even a Tengen version of Tetris all represent rare items. I’ve written about my dream car – a 454 Chevy Chevelle painted black with silver racing stripes – another rarity. All of these items would cost an impressive sum of money to acquire and all represent status. The status achieved by obtaining such an item feeds into the ego of the individual possessing the item. It also feeds into the perception of the individual by others. The UN seeks to erase this in all of it’s forms, and it cannot – at least not as humanity currently exists. This is why men obtain ivory, and it is also why the UN is onboard with transhumanism.

The UN has defined this much more broadly than elephant tusks. The UN wrote this to include thousands of species they, and others, have deemed necessary to place on their red list and, thus, protect those species. I wrote about my desire to eat an Orange Roughy again. If there was someone selling that tasty fish out of the back of their car I just might go for it. Of course, that would be a black market sale and illegal according to multiple domestic laws and international treaties. Would selling that one Orange Roughy to me be worth it to the trafficker? Would ivory be worth it to the poacher, trafficker, and vendor? Diamonds, hashish, opium, cocaine, hashish, opium, and cocaine analogues, weapons, small arms, and many other items are illegally produced, smuggled, transported, and sold to end users outside of the types of enforcement actions endorsed by the UN.

It is beyond me why the UN would think that people should be concerned about flora and fauna being illegally trafficked when that same corrupt international organization allows for tens of millions of human beings to be trafficked and actually helps promote that human trafficking. Shutting human trafficking down would infringe on the rights of the traffickers and the rights of the ‘immigrants’ and ‘refugees’ arriving in foreign destinations. The mass-migration of cultures coming into Western nations are not compatible with the cultures of those Western nations. And the UN, indeed, most of the world, will call me a racist for even mentioning this, and they can all go straight to Hell for that act.

Okay, maybe I got a bit off target here. My points are still salient. There is still Elephant poaching going on. According to thespruce.com the three most poached plants in the US are the Saguaro Cactus (because of it’s slow growth), the Dudleya Farinosa (people can make big bucks off of these), and the Venus Flytrap (no reason for poaching is given). It is interesting to note that, according to this article, a man with hundreds of poached (meaning without license) Venus Flytraps, which is a felony, was given “a couple of months in jail” and ordered to replant all of the illegally gained plants. The entire reason the Venus Flytrap is valuable at all is because of the sanctions against it, which proves that the UN goal is not only not going to work, but will actually increase the desirability of the organism.

If anyone wants to convince anyone else of something, first they have to identify the problem. After the problem is identified, they have to suggest a solution. Without changing the hearts and/or the minds of those being suggest a solution, the problem will not be resolved. This is the basic tenet of psychological warfare, which the UN, the WHO, the Bilderberg Group, the WEF, and even the IMF participates in. Problem, reaction, solution – over and over and over again. It’s the incremental development of bigger and bigger problems which result in the slavery of everyone the UN and their friends allow to continue living – the rest will be murdered.

“15.8 By 2020, introduce measures to prevent the introduction and significantly reduce the impact of invasive alien species on land and water ecosystems and control or eradicate the priority species[.]”

There are two graphs associated with this target. The first tracks monetary allocation from national governments to combat invasive alien species. By 2020, about 70 nations had decided to combat invasive alien species with national monies. The US, Russia, Australia, and India are all part of this endeavor.

The second graph measures, “Aichi Target 9: By 2020, invasive alien species and pathways are identified and prioritized, priority species are controlled or eradicated and measures are in place to manage pathways to prevent their introduction and establishment.” Almost the entire globe is onboard with this target.

The Aichi Biodiversity Targets stem from the Convention on Biological Diversity. There are 20 targets broken down into five categories. The first category is an effort to get biodiversity framed in the way the UN wants it framed which makes manipulating the masses into compliance easier. The second section focuses on the specific areas the UN wants to protect (the whole planet) and suggests that human activities be curtailed to achieve those targets. The third strategic goal of Aichi entails placing huge areas of land and water under protected statuses, maintaining biological diversity, and reversing the near extinction status of low-population species. Strategic goal D ends a lot of development and usages for certain economic purposes and by certain groups (notably men). The last goal of Aichi is about getting as many people involved as possible, as long as the involved party has the exact same intentions as the UN does – this especially includes banks and financial institutions which will bankroll the activities of those in the protected areas.

All this target really serves to do is to increase the regulatory burdens, and associated fees, of anyone trying to take a boat into a body of water, or to burn firewood, or to take plants across borders. The first time I drove across the California state line was well over 20 years ago and I was very confused as to why I had to pull over at a checkpoint to have authorities search my car for any plants which were themselves invasive or may possibly be carrying invasive species harmful to other plants within them. And here I was thinking that I had the right to travel freely through the 50 united states of America and that the 4th Amendment applied to all of those states. I guess not, not even then. How broken is this place?

“15.9 By 2020, integrate ecosystem and biodiversity values into national and local planning, development processes, poverty reduction strategies and accounts[.]”

The SDG’s again call for the implementation of Aichi Biodiversity Targets, specifically in this case, Goal 2, which reads, “By 2020, at the latest, biodiversity values have been integrated into national and local development and poverty reduction strategies and planning processes and are being incorporated into national accounting, as appropriate, and reporting systems.” The UN graph tracking this shows seven different categories into which a nation can be in. The categories are no data, no national target exists for Aichi Goal 2, national target exists; but moving away from it, but no progress, insufficient progress, on track to achieve, and on track to exceed.

There is no table for this goal; however, according to the map, slightly less than half of all nations were making no progress or insufficient progress towards implementing Aichi Goal 2 as of 2021. Russia and Australia did not even bother to set a national goal, along with slight less than about a fourth of the nations on earth. The United States reported no data as did several other nations. China and India were on track to achieve the realization of Goal 2 in 2021, which is a little bit suspect because the deadline was 2020. Venezuela and Somalia were the two nations on track to exceed Goal 2, while Paupa New Guinea was the sole nation moving away from the target.

Instead of building something for economic gain, manufacturing, commerce or residential use, agricultural use, biodiversity needs to be addressed first. Under Aichi Goal 2, biodiversity also needs to be considered along with plans to reduce poverty (which is dependent on access to capital and/or resources by those in poverty). It also needs to be addressed when developing economic, social, or city planning. Large scale infrastructure projects are great targets for the adherents of this form of eco-terrorism who are, unfortunately, often times able to stop projects before they can even begin. Building a pond on a farm; however, could also be subjected to such measures. A farmer putting in a fence could even be an issue for these types of eco-terrorists.

The most concerning portion of this Aichi goal lies in the idea of developing a national accounting method to incorporate biodiversity. It is like an underhanded slap in the groin while a bat, called man-made climate change, is swinging down on our heads. One of the ‘genius’ ideas to mitigate ‘man-made’ climate change is carbon markets. Likewise, an accounting system which develops a way to account for biodiversity could, and will, be used as a biodiversity market with no offsets to act as buffers. The UN will have to police it through their proxies, who will end up being as effective as their Peacekeepers which keep no peace, prolong wars, and actually have been found to have committed wide-scale rape, human trafficking, and arms trafficking offenses as well as breeding corruption within their own ranks as well as within the host countries in which they serve. The Biokeepers will be no different, save for the fact that the lure of corruption will become commonplace.

“15.a Mobilize and significantly increase financial resources from all sources to conserve and sustainably use biodiversity and ecosystems[.]”

There are two graphs the UN uses to see how well they are doing with this target. The first graph shows economic assistance given to nations for biodiversity projects from 2002 through 2018. The totals are in the billions of dollars per year. In 2015, Ukraine, all by itself, laundered $1.01 billion through its nation for such projects. Colombia snagged $541.2 million that year. Between 2015 and 2018, China, the world’s second-largest economy, got $518.36 million. Actually, between 2002 and 2018, China received $4,365,240,000. That’s $4.365 billion over 17 periods, averaging $256.8 million a year.

China receiving welfare for anything, especially on the scale the UN is indicating, is sickening. China routinely violates human rights with impunity, routinely flaunts international law in favor of their own imperialist goals, and is a Communist dictatorship. Giving China global welfare is repugnant because by doing so, the UN is displaying its acceptance of the way China operates, despite any rhetoric which they use when they, on occasion, try to stop the Chinese government from committing atrocities.

The donors between 2002 and 2018 are the feature of the second graph. The US gave a tad under 4 billion dollars between 2015 and 2018. Over the same period, France gave $7.87 billion, Germany gave $6.02 billion, and Japan donated almost $3.36 billion. Those 4 countries, France, Germany, the US, and Japan, total over $20 billion in donations to biodiversity projects between 2015 to 2018.

This is what global welfare looks like. All it is in reality is theft of the tax dollars of the developed nations being transferred to the developing and least developed nations. I’m glad the United States was not 1st over this time span but I am still absolutely disgusted that we are 3rd, only because the nations of France and Germany are even more insane than the United States. Billions of dollars with even a possibility of a single one of them ending up in Iran, China, North Korea, or Ukraine is absolutely disgusting to me. We have our own problems in the US which continue to be underfunded and, often, go unaddressed. The same is true in France, Germany, and Japan.

On the USAID website the global biodiversity projects they have helped fund include Advancing Gender in the Environment, Wildlife Tracking Response Assessment and Priority Setting, and Combating Wildlife Trafficking Case Study Compilation. Hey, US citizen, pay attention here – this is where some of the taxes you pay to the creeps in Washington DC are going! There is another one here too, called TASKUP.

While USAID does not directly fund TASKUP (there are other organs within the US government which fund these types of efforts), they are still attempting to engage scientists, researchers, and college students. And that, itself, requires some type of USAID expenditure. USAID puts their TASKUP program like this:

“Tapping Academic Skills for Knowledge Underpinning Policy (TASKUP) is an opportunity to engage diverse academic communities--particularly graduate students--in research topics relevant to biodiversity conservation and international development. TASKUP shares emerging thematic questions that, if answered, could help fill knowledge gaps and assist USAID’s biodiversity programming. The first theme that TASKUP delves into is One Health and the critical role of healthy ecosystems.”

Young adults, usually about 25 years old, indoctrinated in UN theology since the beginning of their education, having gone through four years of Communist indoctrination, and having gone through several years of putting their indoctrination into practice while receiving even more UN propaganda are being recruited, in the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, to figure out how to make One Health ideas work for the benefit of the psychopaths at the UN and their friends.

What is One Health you may ask? If you do not know, you will figure it out rather quickly when one of these freaks shows up and demands you accept your murder. It basically states that humanity is a parasite upon the earth. Kill the parasites and the earth will heal itself. One Health is the UN’s way, as well as others ways, to state and effect their Gaia theories without alarming the public as to what Gaia theory actually is. I just informed the reader about the main tenet of Gaia theory – in the end it justifies the extermination of massive amounts of the human population in favor of the earth, the wildlife on it, and the atmosphere around it. According to Gaia theory, humans are a parasite on earth that does not belong here in the numbers in which we ARE here. In a sick way, Gaia theory understands God’s creation while rejecting God’s greatest creation upon this earth – human beings. USAID is helping to recruit people into UN projects which rest upon Gaia theory, under the guise of a One Health model.

Just to exemplify how the UN and their friends go about failures to meet goals, in February of 2021, 33 days after Goal 2 of the Aichi Biodiversity Target was not met (along with the other goals), mongbay.com published an article titled New approaches needed to protect biodiversity as Aichi Targets go unmet. The causes of the failure to reach the Aichi Goals, according to the article were, “an overall lack of investments, resources, knowledge, and accountability toward biodiversity conservation.”

To achieve the Aichi Targets, the mongbay.com article floats the idea that the Convention on Biological Diversity (where Aichi come from) be stripped of its provisions to protect sovereign nations of their sovereign rights over their biological resources in order to make the Convention on Biological Diversity legally binding. They continue on:

“The paper points to several ways in which the Paris Agreement could be used as a guidepost for the Aichi targets. In her statement to the WEF, von der Leyen also called for ‘a Paris-style agreement for biodiversity.’ The issue with this, Ash [U.N. Environment Programme’s World Conservation Monitoring Centre] says, is that under the Paris Agreement it is much easier to measure countries’ relative contributions to the problem of greenhouse gas emissions, whereas the discussion under the biodiversity convention about the relative contribution of different parties to achieving that end goal is more difficult. For instance, it may matter more for global biodiversity what happens in a biodiversity hotspot than in an already heavily developed country.”

The UN will double down on their Aichi Biological Targets. Despite their planned implementation by 2020, and the abject failure of that global goal, the UN will redesign the original plan, give the new plan a new name (a different city name), come up with a slightly modified version which demands even more from developed nations to give, primarily, to ‘developing’ nations and least-developed nations to enhance those nations’ biological diversity programs. The Paris Climate Accord demanded a trillion dollars a year from the United States – who knows what amount is enough for the US to pay to other nations for the preservation of biological diversity according to these ‘people’.

“15.b Mobilize significant resources from all sources and at all levels to finance sustainable forest management and provide adequate incentives to developing countries to advance such management, including for conservation and reforestation[.]”

The graphs used to track this are the same graphs used in target 15.a. In the United States, the USDA received $8.15 billion in 2020, $8.308 billion in 2021, was appropriated $11.472 billion in 2022, and requested $10.89 billion for 2023 for forestry management. Nearly 81% of these funds are listed as discretionary. I mention this because their agency-wide mission statement reads, “The USDA Forest Service’s mission is to sustain the health, diversity, and productivity of the nation's forests and grasslands to meet the needs of present and future generations.” The mission statement might as well have been written by the UN. In the same document, which serves to justify the Forestry Service’s budget, the term ‘carbon’ occurs 93 times, ‘climate change’ appears 66 times, ‘sustainable’ 42 times, ‘carbon sequestration’ 12 times, ‘sustainability’ is in the document 9 times, and they manage to mention the ‘United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change’ once as well.

Where is the USDA and Joe Biden’s administration? They are in the United Nation’s pocket. Neither one gives two craps about the Constitution, they want to play by UN rules, to the detriment of every citizen of the United States.

“15.c Enhance global support for efforts to combat poaching and trafficking of protected species, including by increasing the capacity of local communities to pursue sustainable livelihood opportunities[.]”

The UN with their billions of dollars have not figured out how to track this target. Enhancing support entails at least two things – increasing enforcement actions and greater funding to expand those enforcement actions. All this will do is get law enforcement to harass even more people.

The UN’s desire of increasing the sustainable livelihoods of those engaged in poaching animals is nonsense. Poachers are going to poach whether they are locals, from nearby nations, or the rich going on safari to trophy hunt. Individual nations need to take actions against actual poachers and shut them down. The UN should have absolutely nothing to do with animal poaching.

Summary

The UN fails to mention their actual desination in their statement of this goal. The actual goal, even more so than with goal 14 (about ocean conservation), is to control the activities of humans on land. What the UN is seeking to do with this goal is to absolutely curtail, criminalize, and surveil human activity upon land in order to ‘save’ the earth. How heroic (or demonic) of the UN to pick up this mantle.

The targets in this goal have failed or are failing. Undeterred by their failures, the UN will only double down on the targets. The UN is going to even more persistently demand that all of their targets be adhered to and they will increasingly turn towards legally binding treaties in order to achieve their intentions. It will not matter if forests are actually shrinking, deserts are actually growing, or if animals are being poached at a higher rate – the UN will claim they are. The UN will demand adherence to the idea that man is causing all of these issues and that man’s activities upon the earth be altered to ‘fix’ the earth. And the UN will demand billions, if not trillions, of dollars to mitigate man’s actions which have afflicted their Gaia.

Genesis 1:26-31 says:

“26 Then God said, “Let us make humankind in our image, in the likeness of ourselves; and let them rule over the fish in the sea, the birds in the air, the animals, and over all the earth, and over every crawling creature that crawls on the earth.”

“27 So God created humankind in his own image; in the image of God he created him: male and female he created them.

“28 God blessed them: God said to them, “Be fruitful, multiply, fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish in the sea, the birds in the air and every living creature that crawls on the earth.” 

“29 Then God said, “Here! Throughout the whole earth I am giving you as food every seed-bearing plant and every tree with seed-bearing fruit. 

“30 And to every wild animal, bird in the air and creature crawling on the earth, in which there is a living soul, I am giving as food every kind of green plant.” And that is how it was. 

“31 God saw everything that he had made, and indeed it was very good. So there was evening, and there was morning, a sixth day.”

The UN is trying to replace God’s desire with their own. Their replacement is Gaia theory, as I have stated multiple times. Science Direct (note the idea of science informing this religion) explains Gaia theory as:

“The Gaia hypothesis supposes Earth to be a planet-scale-integrated entity composed of the nonliving parts of the planet plus its ecological systems – in essence, a superorganism. The entity is viewed as a self-regulatory system in which ecological and biological processes control the values of the many physical parameters of the Earth within certain bounds that are conducive to the continuance of life. The idea has been controversial from its inception in the late 1960s and the first formal statements issued in the early 1970s by its originator J. E. Lovelock and his long-time collaborator L. Margulis. The concept, still controversial, has been attacked as being unscientific and untestable and as being unacceptably teleological. Alternatively, it has been lauded as a new insight into the behavior of large-scale complex systems. A model known as Daisyworld has been developed to illustrate that Gaia can operate in a nonteleological framework. A variety of biogeochemical phenomena have been proposed as suitable tests for Gaian mechanisms. Future investigations of the intrinsic behaviors of complex systems may shed further light on whether the Gaian notions can be applied in nature to the ecological and physical systems of the Earth.”

Appearing in Ethics of Science and Environmental Politics Volume 14: 7-10, 2014, Daniel Pauly wrote of the issue as to what humans are upon earth. His summary reads:

“The question is, therefore, whether it will be possible to turn us humans into benign parasites on the surface of the earth, whose various evolved ecosystems would retain their ability to function, or rather, whether we will continue to be part of the earth’s ecosystem in the same way that a malignant tumor is — never for a long time — part of a person’s body: All bets are off.”

According to Pauly, humans are, at best, a ‘benign parasite’ upon the earth and at worst a cancer which will kill the host. This sums up Gaia theory quite well – humanity is an unwanted and uninvited guest upon the earth – itself a closed biological system. Parasites which infect a host are to be killed as they inevitably weaken or kill a host. Cancer is targeted to be eliminated from the host as well. So, does it really matter if humans are considered a parasite or a cancer upon the earth? Both are suitable to be exterminated from the host in order to preserve the host. And that is exactly the way that the Gaia theory adherents at the UN, NGO’s, and within national governments see all of us. The bottom line is that these groups wish to purge the disease (humanity in general, 7.5 billion of us) from the host (earth).

Environment and Ecology has an article titled Gaia Worship – The New Pagan Religion, which I have included in it’s entirety. The author, Jennifer Rast writes:

“Anyone who has studied the global environmental movement has no doubt heard the term "Gaia".  Gaia is a revival of Paganism that rejects Christianity, considers Christianity its biggest enemy, and views the Christian faith as its only obstacle to a global religion centered on Gaia worship and the uniting of all life forms around the goddess of "Mother Earth".  A cunning mixture of science, paganism, eastern mysticism, and feminism have made this pagan cult a growing threat to the Christian Church.  Gaia worship is at the very heart of today's environmental policy.  The Endangered Species Act, The United Nation's Biodiversity Treaty and the Presidents Council on Sustainable Development are all offspring of the Gaia hypothesis of saving "Mother Earth".  This religious movement, with cult-like qualities, is being promoted by leading figures and organizations such as former Vice President Albert Gore, broadcaster Ted Turner, and the United Nations and it's various NGO's.  Al Gore's book "Earth in the Balance" is just one of many books that unabashedly proclaims the deity of Earth and blames the falling away from this Pagan God on the environmentally unfriendly followers of Jesus Christ.  The United Nations has been extremely successful in infusing the "Green Religion" into an international governmental body that has an increasing affect and control over all of our lives. 

“So, what is this new cult of Gaia?  It is basically a rehashed, modernized version of the paganism condemned by God in the Bible.  Science, evolution theory, and a space age mentality have given it a new face, and made it sound more credible to a modern world, but it is the same paganism in all of its evils.  There have been other religious movements that have presented similar revelations about the deity of a living earth, but Gaia has succeeded in uniting the environmental movement, the new age movement, Eastern religions, and even the leaders of many Christian denominations behind a bastardized version of paganism where the others weren't able to. 

“The Gaia hypothesis can be credited to James Lovelock.  Lovelock worked for NASA during the 1960's as a consultant to the "life on Mars" Viking spacecraft project.  Lovelock's theory claims that the earth's "biota", tightly coupled with its environment, act as a single, self regulating living system in such a way as to maintain the conditions that are suitable for life.  This living system, he believed, was the result of a meta-life form that occupied our planet billions of years ago and began a process of transforming this planet into its own substance.  All of the lifeforms on this planet, according to Lovelock, are a part of Gaia - a part of one spirit goddess that sustains life on earth.  Since this transformation into a living system, he theorizes, the interventions of Gaia have brought about the evolving diversity of living creatures on planet Earth.  From Lovelock's perspective in space he saw not a planet, but a self-evolving and self-regulating living system.  His theory presents earth not as the rock that it is, but as a living being.  He named this being Gaia, after the Greek goddess that was once believed to have drawn the living world forth from Chaos. 

“The idea of Earth as a living, divine spirit is not a new one.  Plato said "We shall affirm that the cosmos, more than anything else, resembles most closely that living Creature of which all other living creatures, severally or genetically, are portion; a living creature which is fairest of all and in ways most perfect."  As today's version of paganism, Gaia is eagerly accepted by the new age movement and fits neatly into eastern mysticism, but science was needed to gather in the evolutionists and science-minded humanists.  For these people, Gaia was made palatable by Lovelock's Daisyworld model, a mathematical and scientific theory designed to refute the criticisms of Darwin's groupies.  Just as evolution eliminates the need for a divine creator, the Daisyworld model provided a theory of evolving life on earth that incorporates natural selection with a world that is interconnected.  It eliminates a personal yet separate God, and makes humans a part of the divine spirit that is Gaia.

“More appealing to the New Agers and the interfaith movement is the mystical side of Gaia.  They can easily relate to the belief that humans can have mystical experiences or a spiritual relationship with Gaia.  A connectedness to nature and the belief that humans are a part of this collective consciousness called Gaia appeals to them.  Gaia teaches that an "Earth spirit", goddess, or planetary brain must be protected.  It is this belief that fuels the environmental movement, sustainable development, and a global push for the return of industrialized nations to a more primitive way of life.  Just as with the evolutionists, the humanists, and the other pagan religions of the world, Gaia has named Christianity as the obstacle to human evolution and our spiritual destiny.  A document mandated by the U.N.-sponsored Convention on Biological Diversity, the Global Biodiversity Assessment, explicitly refers to Christianity as a faith that has set humans apart from nature and stripped nature of its sacred qualities.  The document states:

“Conversion to Christianity has therefore meant an abandonment of an affinity with the natural world for many forest dwellers, peasants, fishers all over the world ...The northeastern hilly states of India bordering China and Myanmar supported small scale, largely autonomous shifting cultivator societies until the 1950's.  These people followed their own religious traditions that included setting apart between 10% and 30% of the landscape as sacred groves and ponds.1 

“While condemning Christianity as the root of all ecological evil, the document goes on to praise Buddhism and Hinduism as they "did not depart as drastically from the perspective of humans as members of a community of beings including other living and non-living elements".  Non-Christian religions are definitely favored by the global government as good stewards of Mother Earth.

“Members of this "Green Religion" will all agree that the Earth is in a crisis state and this ecological emergency is the result of Christian traditions.  They believe that the Judeo Christian belief that God assigned man to rule over the earth has caused us to exploit and abuse it.  Monotheism, they assert, has separated humans from their ancient connection to the earth, and to reverse this trend governments, the media, our education system, artists, and other areas of influence must revive earth-centered myth and reconnect us to Earth's spirit.  Al Gore, in his book Earth in the Balance, expounds on this view:

“‘The richness and diversity of our religious tradition throughout history is a spiritual resource long ignored by people of faith, who are often afraid to open their minds to teachings first offered outside their own systems of belief.  But the emergence of a civilization in which knowledge moves freely and almost instantaneously through the world has spurred a renewed investigation of the wisdom distilled by all faiths.  This panreligious perspective may prove especially important where our global civilization's responsibility for the earth is concerned.’ (pp. 258-259)

“Gore praises the Eastern religions and new age spiritualism, while blaming Christianity for the elimination of the ancient goddess religion, and calls for a new spiritual relationship between man and earth.

“‘The spiritual sense of our place in nature predates Native American cultures; increasingly it can be traced to the origins of human civilization. A growing number of anthropologists and archaeomythologists, such as Marija Gimbutas and Riane Esler argue that the prevailing ideology of belief in prehistoric Europe and much of the world was based on the worship of a single earth goddess, who was assumed to be the fount of all life and who radiated harmony among all living things. Much of the evidence for the existence of this primitive religion comes from the many thousands of artifacts uncovered in ceremonial sites. These sites are so widespread that they seem to confirm the notion that a goddess religion was ubiquitous through much of the world until the antecedents of today's religions, most of which still have a distinctly masculine orientation...swept out of India and the Near East, almost obliterating belief in the goddess. The last vestige of organized goddess worship was eliminated by Christianity as late as the fifteenth century in Lithuania.’

If Gore had read the Bible he would know exactly why Christians will not open their mind to these other beliefs as he suggests.  The Bible very clearly warns us not to.

“‘So then, just as you received Christ Jesus as Lord, continue to live in him, rooted and built up in him, strengthened in the faith as you were taught, and overflowing with thankfulness.  See to it that no one takes you captive through hollow and deceptive philosophy, which depends on human tradition and the basic principles of this world rather than on Christ.  For in Christ all the fullness of the Deity lives in bodily form, and you have been given fullness in Christ, who is the head over every power and authority.’  Colossians 2:6-10

Gore also might want to read Romans 1:18 - 25: 

“‘The wrath of God is being revealed from heaven against all the godlessness and wickedness of men who suppress the truth by their wickedness, since what may be known about God is plain to them, because God has made it plain to them.  For since the creation of the world God's invisible qualities - his eternal power and divine nature - have been clearly seen, being understood from what has been made, so that men are without excuse.  For although they knew God, they neither glorified him as God nor gave thanks to him, but their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened.  Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles.  Therefore God gave them over in the sinful desires of their hearts to sexual impurity for the degrading of their bodies with one another.  They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served created things rather than the creator - who is forever praised. Amen.’

“When men began to worship the creation instead of the Creator, the wrath of God was revealed.  As societies begin again to turn from the truth of the creation and worship nature, "Mother Earth", or any other deceiving spirit, the evil and deception in their new religion will be made evident by God's response. 

“Romans 1:26 - 32

“Because of this, God gave them over to shameful lusts.  Even their women exchanged natural relations for unnatural ones.  In the same way the men also abandoned natural relations with women and were inflamed with lust for one another.  Men committed indecent acts with other men, and received in themselves the due penalty for their perversion.  Furthermore, since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, he gave them over to a depraved mind, to do what ought not to be done.  They have become filled with every kind of wickedness, evil, greed and depravity.  They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit and malice.  They are gossips, slanderers, God-haters, insolent, arrogant and boastful; they invent ways of doing evil; they disobey their parents; they are senseless, faithless, heartless, ruthless.  Although they know God's righteous decree that those who do such things deserve death, they not only continue to do these very things but also approve of those who practice them. 

“Our societies today are becoming a picture of this wickedness, evil, greed and depravity.  As the Christian church is brought into the fold by organizations such as the National Council of Churches and the National Religious Partnership for the Environment, we can be sure the results will be a further decline into immorality and chaos.  There is a drive by these organizations and others to meld Earth worship with Christianity in the name of tolerance, biodiversity, sustainability, and the preservation of Mother Earth.  It is a battle for Christianity and an attack on biblical truth.  When this pagan agenda reaches your church or your community, how will you respond?  Will you speak up for the truth of God or will you exchanged the glory of the immortal God for a global compromise that is leading countless people into spiritual darkness?  As followers of Jesus Christ we know the truth and must boldly proclaim it.   The opposition is fierce and to those who don't know the joy of a relationship with God, it is an appealing proposition.  It is accepting of everything, intolerant of nothing, it deifies the environmentalist, worships the feminist, eliminates all responsibility for sin, and frees you to embrace your sinful nature.  The truth of the Bible must first be taught in our churches, and then shared with the world.  As churches begin to fall away from the faith and corrupt the Word of God, it is left to Bible-believing Christians to stand up for the truth, contend for our faith, and offer to the world an alternative to God's wrath.  If we are ashamed of our faith, if we compromise our beliefs, and if we hide in our churches and ignore what is going on outside of them, we are aiding in our own destruction and countless souls will be lost because of our complacency, selfishness, and inaction.

“‘For this reason I remind you to fan into flame the gift of god, which is in you through the laying on of my hands.  For God did not give us a spirit of timidity, but a spirit of power, of love and of self-discipline.  So do not be ashamed to testify about our Lord, or ashamed of me his prisoner.  But join with me in suffering for the gospel, but the power of god, who has saved us and called us to a holy life - not because of anything we have done but because of his own purpose and grace.’   II Timothy 1:6-8” 

Jennifer Rast is completely correct and accurate here. While Al Gore and his shenanigans may not be known, and Enron and Gore’s involvement in it may be a mystery to most of you – Brad Pitt and John Kerry are very visibly running around on their private jets demanding we adhere to the exact same thing Gore was demanding we adhere to. That ‘thing’ to adhere to is Gaia theory. Behind all the bought and paid for ‘science’, and pseudo-science, and grants, and global welfare schemes is the idea of Gaia theory. And Gaia theory will end up getting all of us murdered by demons dressed up in human clothes.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal15 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 14 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/12/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 14th SDG:

Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development

The Sustainable Development Goals set targets not just for human beings, as we have already seen. They set targets for waste, water, air, and every organism on earth including human beings. The 14th goal sets its sights upon controlling the oceans, lakes, ponds, streams, rivers, and all of the resources and life within them. The 10 targets for goal 14 are:

“14.1 By 2025, prevent and significantly reduce marine pollution of all kinds, in particular from land-based activities, including marine debris and nutrient pollution

“14.2 By 2020, sustainably manage and protect marine and coastal ecosystems to avoid significant adverse impacts, including by strengthening their resilience, and take action for their restoration in order to achieve healthy and productive oceans

“14.3 Minimize and address the impacts of ocean acidification, including through enhanced scientific cooperation at all levels

“14.4 By 2020, effectively regulate harvesting and end overfishing, illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing and destructive fishing practices and implement science-based management plans, in order to restore fish stocks in the shortest time feasible, at least to levels that can produce maximum sustainable yield as determined by their biological characteristics

“14.5 By 2020, conserve at least 10 per cent of coastal and marine areas, consistent with national and international law and based on the best available scientific information

“14.6 By 2020, prohibit certain forms of fisheries subsidies which contribute to overcapacity and overfishing, eliminate subsidies that contribute to illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing and refrain from introducing new such subsidies, recognizing that appropriate and effective special and differential treatment for developing and least developed countries should be an integral part of the World Trade Organization fisheries subsidies negotiation

“14.7 By 2030, increase the economic benefits to Small Island developing States and least developed countries from the sustainable use of marine resources, including through sustainable management of fisheries, aquaculture and tourism

“14.a Increase scientific knowledge, develop research capacity and transfer marine technology, taking into account the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission Criteria and Guidelines on the Transfer of Marine Technology, in order to improve ocean health and to enhance the contribution of marine biodiversity to the development of developing countries, in particular small island developing States and least developed countries

“14.b Provide access for small-scale artisanal fishers to marine resources and markets

“14.c Enhance the conservation and sustainable use of oceans and their resources by implementing international law as reflected in UNCLOS, which provides the legal framework for the conservation and sustainable use of oceans and their resources, as recalled in paragraph 158 of The Future We Want”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“14.1 By 2025, prevent and significantly reduce marine pollution of all kinds, in particular from land-based activities, including marine debris and nutrient pollution[.]”

When I start reading about cleaning up the oceans and preventing them from getting dirty again I always start thinking about Japan’s Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant which had some issues in March 11, 2011. Because of the earthquake and resultant tsunami, the backup generators failed when the power went out and the plant could not properly shut down. The result, over the next several days were multiple explosions caused by extremely hot materials at the reaction site which caused nuclear material to breach it’s containment. Radiation, at times excessively high, was released into the atmosphere as well as into the Pacific Ocean. This radiation has been found in California starting several week after the accident and has had rather profoundly negative effects on the sea life there.

Part of the issue involved the way the Japanese went about preventing a total meltdown at Fukushima. They put massive amounts of water and boric acid to stop the reaction and to cool the reactor cores. Ultimately they did prevent a total meltdown; however, the water and boric acid used to control the situation is highly radioactive and must itself be contained until it can be treated to remove the radioactive particles from it. According to Britannica the original partial meltdown, multiple explosions, and radioactive particle release into the environment was graded 5-7 by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) which is the worst type of nuclear power event. In 2013 about 330 tons of water used for cooling the reactors (there were 4 of them involved) was accidentally released near the Fukushima plant which the IAEA graded a level 3 incident.

In February 2022, the IAEA released a 67 page report titled IAEA Review of Safety Related Aspects of Handling ALPS-Treated Water at TEPCO’s Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Station. Japan’s idea to rectify the situation is to treat the irradiated water and release it back into the ocean. The IAEA report addresses safety concerns regarding the Japanese plan, which is set to begin in 2023, and continuously release batches of treated water for 30 years. So far the IAEA is pleased with the progression the Japanese have made in their endeavors towards this goal. The plan is to treat the water and test a single sample for any of 64 different radioactive particles. If those particles are not found in concentrations above guidelines, the water will be returned to the sea.

To give an example of one of the irradiated particles Japan needs to get out of the water, we will explore Iodine-129 briefly. According to the IAEA, I-129 has an alpha-particle half life of 15,700,000 years. It will need to be completely scoured out of the water set to be released. According to the US Environmental Protection Agency, “[m]ost I-129 in the environment came from nuclear weapons testing. Atmospheric testing in the 1950s and 60s released radioactive iodine to the atmosphere. Iodine-129 has dispersed around the world, and is now found at very low levels in the environment.” Humanity doesn’t need more radioactive iodine in the environment, so the Japanese had better completely eliminate all of these particles.

I share the concerns found in a 2017 article written by Dr. Sircus. I especially share his concerns about the whole incident being covered up. For instance, the World Nuclear Association updated an article in 2018 containing the following quote:

“In 2018 UNSCEAR decided to update the 2013 report to reflect the latest findings. In March 2021, UNSCEAR published its 2020 Report [this link is broken, try this one], which broadly confirms the major findings and conclusions of the 2013 report. The 2020 Report states: ‘No adverse health effects among Fukushima residents have been documented that are directly attributable to radiation exposure from the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant accident. The Committee’s revised estimates of dose are such that future radiation-associated health effects are unlikely to be discernible.’”

The UN is telling everyone that there is nothing to see in Fukushima and that there are no long term consequences which result from the partial meld down in Fukushima. I call bullcrap on the UN.

I wrote a lot of words about Fukushima because cleaning nuclear radiation which was absolutely put there by mankind is not an issue in the halls of the UN. Their focus is upon litter at beaches and chlorophyll within the 200 mile Exclusive Economic Zone of each counties. Landlocked countries shouldn’t have a real big problem with litter on their beaches because they don’t have beaches. From 2015 to 2020 the UN measured the number of pieces of litter per kilometer of beach and the numbers are much improved, 19,618 to 1,248 pieces. There is still a long way to go to get people to throw their garbage into a waste basket. Especially in places like Ghana, Cuba, and Mexico as well as many others.

Worldwide chlorophyll in the oceans contained within the 200 mile EEZ for countries with borders on seas went from 2.75% to 2.91%, respectively between 2000 and 2019. Increased chlorophyll levels can indicate several things such as changes in water temperatures and changes in cloud cover according to globalchange.gov. The concentrations of chlorophyll in the oceans are the result on microscopic organisms called phytoplankton being present which is the backbone of marine life. These tiny creatures serve as meals for a wide variety of sea life which is then eaten by other sea life and the food chain continues on and on. Phytoplankton are able to convert solar energy into organic matter, which truly is amazing, blessed be God for creating this amazing earth and everything on it.

If phytoplankton levels rise, as was mentioned above, there can be several causes, including nothing eating them, which was not mentioned. Why would they not be eaten? One explanation could be that the sea-life dependent upon phytoplankton (the nutrients of the sea mentioned in this target) aren’t able to survive alpha particle radiation from nuclear explosions. Perhaps phytoplankton are able to survive the radiation assault. This scenario would result in a rise in phytoplankton. Depending upon why there was a phytoplankton population boom over this time period needs to be understood, yet it also represents a potential for increased fish populations, bigger fish within those populations, and a wider variety of sea life which thrives in the oceans of the world.

We are right back at the cover-up by asking a few simple questions which every human on earth should be asking. The big question is what did the radiation do to the sea life in the Pacific Ocean? Another question, which I can, have, and will continue to answer is why would the UN track nutrient pollution by correlating that pollution with phytoplankton populations. Oh, because they want you dead. You knew I was going to write that though….

“14.2 By 2020, sustainably manage and protect marine and coastal ecosystems to avoid significant adverse impacts, including by strengthening their resilience, and take action for their restoration in order to achieve healthy and productive oceans[.]”

In 2016, Belize was the only nation on earth using ecosystem-based approaches to manage marine areas, which is the way the UN tracks progress towards this target. In 2021 there were 18 nations doing this.

According to Science Direct, ecosystem-based approaches of management includes 15 principles and is summed up as nations which have incorporated into that endeavor efforts to:

“Consider Ecosystem Connections, Appropriate Spatial & Temporal Scales, Adaptive Management, Use of Scientific Knowledge, Integrated Management, Stakeholder Involvement, Account for Dynamic Nature of Ecosystems, Ecological Integrity & Biodiversity, Sustainability, Recognise Coupled Social-Ecological Systems, Decisions reflect Societal Choice, Distinct Boundaries, Interdisciplinarity, Appropriate Monitoring, and Acknowledge Uncertainty.”

If I wrote about each of these, this article would run over 30,00 words. Suffice it to say, the writers of the paper go on to declare a comprehensive definition of how they think the definition of an ecosystem-based management program should read:

“Ecosystem-based management is an interdisciplinary approach that balances ecological, social and governance principles at appropriate temporal and spatial scales in a distinct geographical area to achieve sustainable resource use. Scientific knowledge and effective monitoring are used to acknowledge the connections, integrity and biodiversity within an ecosystem along with its dynamic nature and associated uncertainties. EBM recognizes coupled social-ecological systems with stakeholders involved in an integrated and adaptive management process where decisions reflect societal choice.”

Ecosystem-based management is not well defined and is expandable. It quickly develops from a system to manage an ecosystem into societal controls dictated by regulatory boards which are unaccountable to the governments they serve. The United Nations loves this approach to governance because legislators can pass the laws and the regulatory bodies created by those laws to monitor, ‘ameliorate’, and enforce not the law, are quickly expanded through regulations to encompass areas in which the law was never intended to include.

There is a reason that most of the places which have adopted this approach are located in eastern Asia and several draconian nations in Oceania – they have no respect for people, individual freedom, nor do any of these nations have qualms with destroying people’s lives. Singapore and China, in particular, are completely totalitarian, the former enforcing totalitarianism through technocracy, and the latter through Communistic technocracy.

Wake up, or that will be all of our futures, even in the United States and Russia, which have, historically, refused and resisted global measures which accomplish such goals. The goal I’m referring to is not the 14th UN goal, its the UN’s goal of enslaving and murdering the vast majority of the people in every nation as well as destroying the national sovereignty of every nation it is able to, the US and Russia included. Why do you think there is talk of a general nuclear war between these two nations and their proxy nations supporting them? There are too many people in the US and Russia which recognize these threats and will respond to it appropriately. This UN target is but one of the minor threats in the grand scheme of things, but a threat nonetheless.

“14.3 Minimize and address the impacts of ocean acidification, including through enhanced scientific cooperation at all levels[.]”

There is a climate station on Aloha, Hawaii (a volcanic region) which monitors, among other things, the pH of the ocean near it. Acids are anything rated 7 and below and bases are anything greater than 7. Seawater has a pH of 8 normally. January 20, 1994 saw the acidity of seawater at a pH of 8.15. On 11/5/2019 it was at 8.03 pH. This value fluctuates quite a bit with the seasons as is seen through the chart.

Being as though the hemispheric waters and air do not really integrate with one another, why are these measurements not also taken in someplace like Madagascar, or Cape Horn to determine legitimacy? I digress from this line of questioning and will instead defer to the idiocy of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) who have declared pH levels which are logarithmic meaning the 0.1% decrease in pH levels represents a 30% decrease. I’m fine with that. What I am not fine with is their demands to curtail CO2 emissions because of carbonates in the oceans.

According to the documents already mentioned, sea water was well above a logarithmic pH of 8. It has since fallen to a lower pH level, still over 8, indicating an acidification process occurring in the oceans for which the causes are not actually known. Atmospheric CO2 is not the only cause of ocean pH changing. Natural process affect this as well; however, since natural processes are not well understood, mankind’s activities as a whole is the one academics, politicians, and environmental whack-jobs blame and all ocean acidification of the oceans is blamed on humanity. I call bs on this claim as well.

The point is that there is more CO2 in the atmosphere, human kind has contributed almost nothing to the total CO2 emitted into the atmosphere, the oceans are absorbing this additional CO2, and the oceans are becoming more acidic at the surface of Aloha, Hawaii as a result. The island nation of Hawaii sits upon the largest mountain on the earth. Mauna Loa, where the monitoring for worldwide pH levels as well as CO2 levels is gathered is a gigantic volcano system which releases all kinds of things from it including CO2 as well as hydrogen which causes ocean acidification. Do you leave near a beach? Please, start taking pH readings from your beach, it cannot be less accurate than the readings taken from Hawaii.

The question remains, why are the oceans acidifying? What are the effects of radiation on pH levels in the ocean. What besides CO2 contributes to acidification and what are the sources of that effect? CO2 is not the only factor and mankind is not the only source of CO2 so why should it be up to man to destroy the way they live? Because the UN wants all of us dead – that’s why. It’s why the ‘science is settled’ even when the science, clearly, is NOT settled. No one is allowed to debate the UN’s ‘scientific’ conclusion (which isn’t science, it’s propaganda) and the narrative that results is mankind is bad and must be mitigated in some way shape or form. Under this scenario, murdering 90% of humanity is as justified as enslaving 100% of humanity – the only difference is the willing acceptance of the outcome by the masses. People are not aware of the level of their subservience, let alone what they are subservient to, but they sure know they don’t want to die despite the plans to destroy us mentally to convince us to do just that by our own hands.

“14.4 By 2020, effectively regulate harvesting and end overfishing, illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing and destructive fishing practices and implement science-based management plans, in order to restore fish stocks in the shortest time feasible, at least to levels that can produce maximum sustainable yield as determined by their biological characteristics[.]”

The United Nations displays a graph to track this target which shows that in 2017, 34.15% of the worlds fish stocks are over-exploited. In 2015 it was 33.33%.

Greenpeace maintains a ‘red list’ of fish to avoid at the store. Albacore tuna, Atlantic cod or scrod, Atlantic halibut, Atlantic salmon, Atlantic sea-scallop, bigeye tuna, bluefin tuna, Chilean sea bass, Greenland halibut, grouper, ocean quahog, orange roughy (my favorite fish ever), pollock, redfish, red snappeer, sharks, skates and rays, swordfish, tropical shrimp, and yellowfin tuna are all on their list. I think that covers about every fish worth eating too, save for flounder and tilapia. Hopefully the populations of these fish can recover and we can go back to eating them again, but it is more than likely the UN and Greenpeace will just expand these types of lists until there is no longer a fish in the sea they will approve of to be eaten. They will tell us – you can eat our 3-D printed impersonation of what these fish are supposed to taste like with no nutritional content and for three-times the price.

The International Union’s Conservation of Nature’s (IUCN) Red List of endangered species lists 1,616 according to howstuffworks in 2021. I did my own search selecting anything with marine life and wetlands and pulled 1,387 results. If I select all of the categories under marine regions I get 14,542 results. I won’t list them all here. It goes to show that until there is no food left which is approved for human consumption, more and more species will be added to gigantic lists like these. We will be told food suppression of this type is to support wild populations of species being able to thrive once more.

This is the same type of logic that resulted in the US Army Corps of Engineers, wishing to reinforce Lake Pontchartrain in New Orleans, to throw their hands up in defeat because there was going to be no pleasing the environmental freaks regarding endangered species in the lake. Katrina came along and ‘broke’ Lake Pontchartrain. Environmentalism did all of that damage to humans in New Orleans.

I will note that in the first search I did, some of the species listed on the IUCN list such as the adder, ranging from Far East Asia to Western Europe, can kill people and pets. Here is how one of these nut job groups describes them; “People’s fear of this secretive and beautiful animal contributes to its vulnerability in the UK, yet with an understanding of the facts, people and adders can co-exist happily.” Great White Sharks are on that list too.

If I were to attempt to fish for my favorite fish (I’d have to travel like 8,000 miles to get there), I’m sure it would constitute a criminal act on my part even for trying to catch an orange roughy, let alone, actually catching one, and taking it home to fry it up. There must be some globalized police force which enforces such nonsense; however, in today’s day and age I’m sure I would be met proptly by the thugs calling themselves Australian authorities demanding I take a COVID-19 test, show proof of vaccination, and mask up (even if I am alone with a fishing pole on a boat at sea) and they will be the ones who criminalize my intentions at the UN’s behest.

The last portion of this target mandates that all fishing be tracked. If you wanted to control the dietary intake of everyone on earth, first you would need to know what resources were on hand. In order to do that, you would need to create a regulatory scheme for all of the oceans in their entirety and calculate the total pounds of each type of catch. That would include the guy who goes fishing to feed himself for the day as well as the fishing vessel going out to haul in specific fish measured by the ton. The UN is demanding in this target that all nations concoct a way to surveil this data, and report it to a central data point. The UN will then determine who gets what, how much, and how often. Anything outside of that will be, of course, criminal.

“14.5 By 2020, conserve at least 10 per cent of coastal and marine areas, consistent with national and international law and based on the best available scientific information[.]”

11.84% of the world’s marine and coastal areas were considered protected by law in 2018. Somehow, Slovenia managed to claim, and the UN bought this claim, that they had protected 213% of their waters under this target. Monaco, New Caledonia, St. Martin (French Part), and Palau ranged from 82.99% to 99.83%. Germany, France, the United States of America, and Australia all had percentages between 40 and 46.

While searching for some of the laws regarding this I bumped into a site which includes curricula for children in 3rd, 4th, and 5th grades. The site is payed for by tax money as it is ran by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

Laws in the United States which control human activity on the waters of the US include the 1976 Magnuson–Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA). The law established a 200 mile zone in which foreign fishing was prohibited or severely curtailed. MSA also established 8 regional fishery management councils which focus on sustainability. Sounds like a really good way to get fishermen out of their boats and to subvert the Constitution of the United States of America.

Another important law sited by these freaks is racist. Titled The Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, (MMPA) the bill made it illegal to “harass, hunt, capture, or kill” protected marine mammals. It’s illegal to kill an attacking polar bear because I am white; however, native Alaskans can do whatever they want to these animals.

The Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (CZMA) involves the federal government giving money to state governments to preserve and restore their coastlines. Having received the money, it allows the states to tell the federal government to butt out if the federal government’s involvements go against the state’s plan. I’m sure that if a state were halfway through their implementation of an expensive project or a project so useless the federal government refuses to fund it, the state would be open to ‘alternative funding sources, including taxing their own citizens as well as taking donations from NGO’s and international organizations. That represents a Constitutional work-around.

The Clean Water Act of 1972 (CWA) is another one of these nefarious laws. The EPA routinely demonizes people with ponds on, or creeks running through, their property. The government can issue fines if water is contaminated by a company (or individual). The Deepwater Horizon oil spill represents the largest fine ever issued – British Petroleum was charged $5.5 billion.

Another law on the books was passed in 1969 and titled the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Any government agency or contractor of the US government is to conduct an environmental impact statement and release it for public comment. People at Sierra Club and Greenpeace love this idea because all the NGO’s can get together on a topic and demand that the project get shut down. If that doesn’t work, they will organize Communistic marches and protests to demand the projects be shut down, like they did during the construction of the Keystone Pipeline. These are the same types of people which have literally committed murder by killing loggers who attempted to cut trees down which had metal spikes inserted into it (the spike rips the blade of a chainsaw apart which seriously maims, dismembers, or kills the user or a person nearby).

“14.6 By 2020, prohibit certain forms of fisheries subsidies which contribute to overcapacity and overfishing, eliminate subsidies that contribute to illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing and refrain from introducing new such subsidies, recognizing that appropriate and effective special and differential treatment for developing and least developed countries should be an integral part of the World Trade Organization fisheries subsidies negotiation[.]”

This target is not going to track any national legislation – only international instruments – which seek to criminalize fishing. The reporting world (about half of countries) stood at a 4 out of 5 in terms of implementing certain international instruments.

Those instruments include The 1982 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), The Agreement for the Implementation of the Provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea of 10 December 1982 Relating to the Conservation and Management of Straddling Fish Stocks and Highly Migratory Fish Stocks (UN Fish Stocks Agreement), The International Plan of Action to Prevent, Deter and Eliminate Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated Fishing (IPOA-IUU), The 2009 FAO Agreement on Port State Measures to Prevent, Deter and Eliminate Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated Fishing (PSMA), The FAO Voluntary Guidelines for Flag State Performance (VG-FSP), and The FAO Agreement to Promote Compliance with International Conservation and Management Measures by Fishing Vessels on the High Seas (Compliance Agreement).

Understand, most of the time I am learning while I write these. One treaty which piqued my interest in particular is the IPOA-IUU. According to unstats;

“The objective of the IPOA is to prevent, deter and eliminate IUU fishing by providing all States with comprehensive, effective and transparent measures by which to act, including through appropriate regional fisheries management organizations established in accordance with international law. This instrument covers all the aspects of a State’s responsibilities including, flag State responsibilities, coastal State measures, port State measures, internationally agreed market-related measures, research and regional fisheries management organizations.”

The United Nations has decided to take on setting the policies on policing the seas. Basically, the treaty serves as a really lengthy demand to use flags on the sea and to have fishing licenses for each vessel. That would include me, apparently, when I save a billion dollars to go fish for a tasty orange roughy. In order to get away with my plan to eat this delicious fish, I would have to eat it while still at sea because this treaty also demands that ports measure each vessel given permission to fish to see what their haul was.

It looks like the United States skipped most of the treaties to pass national laws to effect the same level of compliance. At least, most of the time anyway, in regards to this target and its associated treaties, the United States can maintain its sovereignty at least.

“14.7 By 2030, increase the economic benefits to Small Island developing States and least developed countries from the sustainable use of marine resources, including through sustainable management of fisheries, aquaculture and tourism[.]”

In 2019, there were 3 island developing nations which were able to generate over 10% of their GDP from sustainable fisheries – Faroe Islands, Greenland, and Marshall Island (reported last in 2017). Micronesia was almost there in 2017 with 9.36%. The graph includes all nations which reported, thus the worldwide rate stood at 0.01%. The small island developing nations in particular had a 0.46% rate in 2019 which represents a 0.03 percentage point (6%) decrease from 2011.

I’m slow clapping the United Nations for their stellar performance in achieving this target. And I am also concerned that the UN is involved in fishing at all – because, as I’ve stated over and over, they want us dead because we ‘useless eaters’ are interfering with their Gaia.

“14.a Increase scientific knowledge, develop research capacity and transfer marine technology, taking into account the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission Criteria and Guidelines on the Transfer of Marine Technology, in order to improve ocean health and to enhance the contribution of marine biodiversity to the development of developing countries, in particular small island developing States and least developed countries[.]”

Global welfare is pretty mush a given with anything the UN does. As far as increasing the scientific knowledge in marine technology, that is not going well at all for the UN. The nation which devoted highest percentage of marine research compared to total research in 2017 was Norway – 5.35%. Globally, in 2013 the rate of contribution was 1.6% and in 2017 it was at 0.95%. Russia was the biggest gainer between these time periods with 4%, bringing them to 0.14% of their total research compared to the amount they spent of that total on marine research.

With the promise of technological transfers needing to be given to others, what impetus is there to spend massive amounts of money on research the funders will not benefit from? There aren’t any. That the United Nations fails to recognize that very simple fact of human nature is indicative of their inability to grasp basic human psychology. It also represents the stupidity of Communism, a murderous idea the UN embraces, which in effect stops all technological development not directed by the State’s dictator.

“14.b Provide access for small-scale artisanal fishers to marine resources and markets[.]”

Small scale, traditional, fishermen were able to practice their trade fully by law, regulation, or policy in 2022 around the world fully, at least among countries which were included in the statistics. 78 Nations had these protections in place, fully protecting artisianal fishermen as of 2022. Why would these traditional fishermen need those protections?

In part these protections are needed because of the UN treaties which have already been put in place. The other reason is more sinister on the part of the UN. This would include the licensing fees and/or other operational costs to operate in compliance with UN treaties and national laws. Another sinister aspect would be that. At some point in time, these artisians will be ordered to stay home, if they haven’t already been due to a variety of causes – pandemics, sustainablility issues, regulation non-compliance, etc…. The outcome will be to end the artisian operation because economies of scales are easier to regulate, easier to surveil, and result in more food per energy unit (carbon emitted). Or, it could be the opposite, the big fisheries on their industrial-sized boats could be shut down despite their yield per carbon unit emitted, due to ‘over-fishing’ suspicions. Either scenario causes a man-made constraint placed upon the availability of food. Either way, massive amounts of people starve. Any size of food production is under attack by the UN, thus, it is likely that they, and their friends, will curtail all fishing operations through means already established. They have no need for humans; however, the fish in the sea are completely necessary to them – it shows the primacy of their god Gaia.

“14.c Enhance the conservation and sustainable use of oceans and their resources by implementing international law as reflected in UNCLOS, which provides the legal framework for the conservation and sustainable use of oceans and their resources, as recalled in paragraph 158 of The Future We Want[.]”

The United Nations is siting something they shouldn’t want exposed. Paragraph 158 of The Future We Want reads:

“158. We recognize that oceans, seas and coastal areas form an integrated and essential component of the Earth's ecosystem and are critical to sustaining it, and that international law, as reflected in the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, provides the legal framework for the conservation and sustainable use of the oceans and their resources. We stress the importance of the conservation and sustainable use of the oceans and seas and of their resources for sustainable development, including through their contributions to poverty eradication, sustained economic growth, food security and creation of sustainable livelihoods and decent work, while at the same time protecting biodiversity and the marine environment and addressing the impacts of climate change. We therefore commit to protect, and restore, the health, productivity and resilience of oceans and marine ecosystems, and to maintain their biodiversity, enabling their conservation and sustainable use for present and future generations, and to effectively apply an ecosystem approach and the precautionary approach in the management, in accordance with international law, of activities having an impact on the marine environment, to deliver on all three dimensions of sustainable development.”

This passage is stating that the main thrust of this entire target is not about people being able to fish the seas, but to return the seas to nature. The only thing the UN says they will do in The Future We Want is to protect sea life from humans, conserve those resources, and to use an ecosystem approach towards their efforts. The UN plans on using science, the bought-and-paid for type with already predetermined conclusions while marginalizing and silencing all dissent, to accomplish this. At the same time the UN will be using their own legal documents to justify their position in courts around the world and internationally. Humanity is the entity being left out of the United Nations intentions.

The three dimensions referred to are the economic (100% human), social (100% human), and environmental (at most 4% human), is what is referred to in this tract. I encourage everyone to go read The Future We Want, because it is likely that the writer’s future does not include you, and you are not a part of the ‘WE’ the UN is addressing. If you are not part of the ‘WE’ you are tier one (maybe two) for extinction by these meglomaniacal humanists pushing Gaia theory down all of our throats.

To track this target, the UN has chosen the progress towards ratifying, and another regarding the implementation, of the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea.

There are 27 nations which have ratified not only the UN Convention of the Sea but all subsequent agreements to it. Another 11 have ratified the treaty and at least one argeement. These agreements and the treaty itself destroys those nation’s sovereignty upon the sea.

There are 10 nations which have implemented 100% of the UN Law of the Sea and amendments (agreements). Another 10 have implemented at least 90% of this treaty and its agreements.

Unless this trend is halted, the seas of the world will be controlled by unelected totalitarians who have a humanist/transhumanist view of humanity and a view of the earth as penultimate, spiritual, and very heavy in Gaia religiosity.

Summary

The goal of conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development demands that humans die to facilitate the oceans, seas, and maritime resources. Any mention of the word ‘sustainable’ equates to human death to promote the theories of Gaia.

As a side note, I mentioned humanism several times. Humanism rejects any supernatural power in that it literally states that each human ascribing to it is a god. This relates to Gaia theory because humans cannot entirely eliminate all supernatural power – not even atheists. Those that are working towards Gaia theory being realized (no human population) think that they as humanists, who are gods in their own right, should be able to live symbiotically upon Gaia, their earth unafflicted by human activity – if only they could get rid of almost everyone else. This is where many of the ‘leaders’ at the UN are coming from. Make no mistake, they will find any pretext to murder you and about 90% of humanity along with you.

The seas have been wrested from the nations of the world. They have also died because of, not CO2 from an SUV or a power plant, but because of nuclear radiation and disasters like Valdez and Deepwater Horizon.

The UN will do everything within their power, in coordination with the heads of governments around the world, and the NGO which spout the same nonsense, to blame YOU and ME, and everyone we know for every calamity they can find. Their humanistic/Gaia ideals allow them to unconsciously murder as many humans as they think they need to in order to deliver their neo-pristine earth back to themselves. In this goal, the purpose is to curtail the catching and eating of sea-life while these bastards refuse to acknowledge the real killers of sea-life. Man-made and massive releases of radiation into the atmosphere, water, and soils which run off into the oceans. Some pesticides are likely to blame for this as well. I never had a chance to comment on that because it was never particularly addressed by this United Nations SDG.

Who made the seas? God, our Creator. Who measured them? God, the Creator. Who made the life in them? God, the Creator. If God chooses to decimate the life in the oceans, He will – and humanity as a whole will have no say in that. Should humanity protect the environment and the animal life dependent upon it? Absolutely, but according to BIBLICAL standards, something the United Nations absolutely despises. God promises free-will. The UN promises slavery to them and their friends through technocracy and dictatorial decrees.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal14 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 13 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/10/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 13th SDG:

Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts*

They want us all dead and this goal is the proof in the pudding. It is even creepier that the logo for this goal is the earth in green sitting in the middle of an eye. The 5 targets under this demonic depopulation plan are:

“13.1 Strengthen resilience and adaptive capacity to climate-related hazards and natural disasters in all countries

“13.2 Integrate climate change measures into national policies, strategies and planning

“13.3 Improve education, awareness-raising and human and institutional capacity on climate change mitigation, adaptation, impact reduction and early warning

“13.a Implement the commitment undertaken by developed-country parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to a goal of mobilizing jointly $100 billion annually by 2020 from all sources to address the needs of developing countries in the context of meaningful mitigation actions and transparency on implementation and fully operationalize the Green Climate Fund through its capitalization as soon as possible

“13.b Promote mechanisms for raising capacity for effective climate change-related planning and management in least developed countries and small island developing States, including focusing on women, youth and local and marginalized communities * Acknowledging that the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is the primary international, intergovernmental forum for negotiating the global response to climate change.”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“13.1 Strengthen resilience and adaptive capacity to climate-related hazards and natural disasters in all countries[.]”

There are two indicators for this target. The first indicator is death and injuries caused by natural disasters. The first of four graphics used to measure the indicator is the number of people per 100,000 who died from natural disasters between 1990 and 2019. In 1990 the world rate was 0.94 and in 2019 it was 0.08. The highest year was 2004 in which 3.75 people per 100,000 were killed by natural disasters. Since 2015, the highest rate was 0.21.

The second graph shows deaths and missing persons per 100,000. In 2020 the countries with the highest totals were Slovenia, Armenia, Sweden, Bolivia, and Russia. The lowest totals were in Bulgaria, Cambodia, Jordan, Chile, and Cook Islands (they all had 0.00).

Graph three displays internal displacements caused by natural disasters. In 2008 there were 38.24 million and in 2020 there were 30.69 million. This statistic only accounts for new displacements, and as I noted in a prior analysis, does not incorporate anyone which is able to return home, nor does it accurately reflect the total number of displacements.

The fourth graph is about the number of people directly affected by natural disasters per 100,000 people. Marshall Islands and Togo managed over 100,000 per 100,000 people in 2020. Marshall Islands only had a population of 59,190 in 2020. So, my conclusion is that all of the inhabitants of Marshall Islands are represented 1.8 times in this statistic.

The second indicator is broken into two metrics. The first measurement looks at which countries have adopted and implemented, and how intensely, policies to reduce disaster risk. Overall, there are at least eight nations which have fully implemented the Sendai Framework (covered in 11.b.1).

The second measurement is local disaster risk management. Russia, the nation with the most localities (20,846) which are UN-compliant in this area. There are thousands and thousands of other localities around the globe which the UN has deemed compliant.

I have no problem with trying to mitigate death and economic damage resulting from natural disasters. What I have a problem with is the fact that the United Nations will point at this target every time there is a hurricane, typhoon, major winter storm, tornado swarm, drought, landslide, earthquake, volcanic eruption, flood, or any other natural disaster and immediately do their best to link it to manmade climate change. Their arguments are false and every time they make such an argument they are gas-lighting the world. It would not surprise me at all if the United Nations actually monitors the effectiveness of their lies and how well people are accepting of those lies.

“13.2 Integrate climate change measures into national policies, strategies and planning[.]”

There have been multiple documents, agreements, frameworks, conferences, conventions, and protocols produced, signed, adopted, implemented, and enacted throughout the years. The United Nations tracks a number of these in 2015 and the number of countries which have signed on to each one. The Cartagena Protocol on Biodiversity, Convention on Biological Diversity, Cites Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, World Heritage Convention, Kyoto Protocol, Vienna Convention (Ozone), Ramsar Convention, Rotterdam Convention, Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, UN Convention to Combat Desertification, UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, and the UN Convention on Climate Change are the 13 metrics to see how well the world is cooperating with the United Nations.

The Cartagena Protocol on Biodiversity’s objective reads:

“In accordance with the precautionary approach contained in Principle 15 of the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development, the objective of this Protocol is to contribute to ensuring an adequate level of protection in the field of the safe transfer, handling and use of living modified organisms resulting from modern biotechnology that may have adverse effects on the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity, taking also into account risks to human health, and specifically focusing on transboundary movements.”

Basically the UN set out to ensure that biological diversity is preserved because of the rise of genetically modified organisms. The United Nations set up a Biosafety Clearing-House in order to regulate transnational movements of chimeric materials, including viruses, food, and DNA with this Convention. In order for the UN to do this, they must endorse the creation of chimeras. Anyone creating a chimera or endorsing the creation of a chimera, at their core, holds the idea that God did not make things on earth (including humans) correctly but mankind will fix that. Ending humanity 1.0 (people created in the image of God, and all other life on earth as God created it), is not a good idea, and being inculcated into being a part of humanity 2.0 is an even worse, irreversible, idea.

109 nations have signed onto the Cartagena Protocol, yet another head of the Agenda 21 hydra. The United States is not part of this.

The Convention on Biological Diversity’s objective reads:

“The objectives of this Convention, to be pursued in accordance with its relevant provisions, are the conservation of biological diversity. the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources, including by appropriate access to genetic resources and by appropriate transfer of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to technologies, and by appropriate funding.”

To effect this, the Convention on Biological Diversity orders the parties to it to identify areas in which biological diversity needs to be preserved and create conservation and sustainability plans for those areas (as well as outside of those areas). Restoration projects of these areas are commanded by this Convention. The elimination of alien species, including genetically modified chimeras, in these areas is to be conducted. The Convention also states that there are endangered species which need to be protected through legislation and regulations. In order for this to Convention to work properly, wealth transfers need to occur from the developed world to the developing world. The Convention also demands that in the cases where the natural habitat is not able to carry the life forms in it, pseudo-natural habitats are created until the population grow sufficient enough to be released back into its natural setting – for this, too, developed nations are supposed to pay developing nations to create these pseudo-natural habitats. The Convention also states that technological developments need to seek solutions to preserve biological diversity and kids in schools should be indoctrinated about biological diversity. Environmental Assessments are a condition of parties to this Convention.

This Convention was created on June 5, 1992. Even in 1992, chimeras were being addressed within the text. This Convention is where the Cartanga Protocol stemmed from.

196 countries have signed onto the Convention of Biological Diversity. The United States signed, but never ratified, this thing.

Cites Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora sets out specifications for importing endangered life forms. The United Nations seems to have more worries about the fate of an endangered species than they do about human beings which they leave to starve to death, end up butchered in wars, and end up dead from the vaccines they push.

181 countries have signed onto this Convention. The United States is a party to this stupid thing which places animals in higher regard than human beings – it was ratified on July 1, 1975.

The Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals sets up the basis for the Wildland Project. Any migratory animal will carve paths over the land or through certain corridors through the air. This Convention seeks to protect the animals by protecting their pathways. And that means no human interaction with those corridors in which those animals and insects and birds pass.

122 Nations have signed onto this Convention. The United States is not one of them as far as I can discern. That has not prevented certain groups from pushing this forward outside of the UN.

The World Heritage Convention was created in 1972. While I have already covered the implications of World Heritage Sites, the intent is to carve out as much ‘important’ land as possible and place it under UNESCO protection.

There are 190 nations involved in this. The United States ratified this UN land-grabbing garbage on July 7, 1973.

The Kyoto Protocol is pretty widely known and serves to destroy life by deeming CO2 a pollutant. It also defines five other pollutants to be controlled – methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride. All of the gases are to be tracked and allotments meted out in order to meet reduction targets. Of course, not every nation had to reduce output of these gases, some, like Iceland, were green-lit to increase their production of these gases while the US and EU were slated to reduce emissions by 7% and 8%, respectively.

193 parties have signed the Kyoto Protocol, including the United States on 12/11/1998; however the treaty was never ratified and I do not believe it was ever put to a vote either.

The Vienna Convention (Ozone) spawned the Montreal Protocol. The Vienna Convention demands that parties to it adhere to what the UN has deemed “chemical substances of natural and anthropogenic origin […] thought to have the potential to modify the chemical and physical properties of the ozone layer.” These gases include carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, methane, and non-methane hydrocarbon species, nitrous oxide, nitrogen oxides, fully and partially hydrogenated alkanes (chlorine compounds), bromine substances, and finally, H2 and dihydrogen monoxide, or water. Article 2 section b reads:

“Adopt appropriate legislative or administrative measures and co-operate in harmonizing appropriate policies to control, limit, reduce or prevent human activities under their jurisdiction or control should it be found that these activities have or are likely to have adverse effects resulting from modification or likely modification of the ozone layer;”

It is not really a very big stretch of the imagination to see where this is going to go should there be an authority wishing to control it’s citizens. Washing a car or watering a lawn will be outlawed. Splashing in a pool could release chlorine into the air. We all breathe and we all release traces of methane from time to time and those are also to be controlled. Should some slightly more malevolent actor come upon a leadership role in the world and wish to, this Convention could be the justification for just murdering a billion or three people to reduce CO2 and maybe getting rid of all domesticated animals while they are at it. Oh, wait – these freaks are already doing that (COVID-19 and the vaccines, and the mass slaughter of livestock).

On 8/27/1986 the United States ratified the Vienna Convention (Ozone). In total there are 197 countries which have signed onto it.

The Ramsar Convention deals with wetlands protections. Parties which sign up and ratify this document are to create a list of their wetlands with a special emphasis on the protection of waterfowl. Any changes to the wetlands are to be immediately reported to the UN, especially if those changes are because of “human interference.”

The Ramsar Convention has a funny way of explaining the puddles and ponds which the US EPA has repeatedly abused it’s authority by attempting to regulate. The EPA, with its Water Protection Act has literally gone after US citizens for violating the Act, which apparently takes its definition of bodies of water out of the Ramsar Convention, over puddles.

This Convention also demands that parties to it create “nature reserves” whether the area is included in the list or not. Any so designated area is generally not able to be built on or developed in any way.

The US ratified this on 12/18/1986 as have 169 nations.

The Rotterdam Convention deals with transporting certain pesticides and chemicals across national boundaries. This was covered slightly more in depth in the 12th goal, 4th target.

There are 154 nations on board the Rotterdam Convention. The United States signed this but has not ratified it.

The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants was also covered more in depth in the 12th goal, 4th target.

The United States has signed but not ratified this treaty. There are 172 parties to the Convention.

The UN Convention to Combat Desertification is basically a huge transfer of money from the developed world to the governments in sub-Saharan Africa in particular. The idea is to not allow the desert to grow larger; however, natural systems, especially the hydrological cycle, kind of determine that. But the United Nations know better and have developed this Convention which also suggests that irrigation be ran which is sustainable to areas in jeopardy of desertification and that the inhabitants of those areas are found different lines of work to engage themselves in.

195 countries are a party to this treaty, the United States ratified it on November 17, 2000.

The UN Convention on the Law of the Sea does a lot of things. Exclusive Economic Zones (EEZ) are established in this Convention. EEZ’s extend 200 nautical miles into the ocean. Within this zone, states which have the rights to it are permitted to construct artificial islands, just like China is doing, which will have the effect of expanding their control of the oceans. No military device, fishing by a foreign nation, research activity, survey activity, and propaganda is forbidden in these areas as well.

Landlocked nations are given rights to transit through one or more states to be able to gain access to the sea. While the section regarding the High Seas promises freedom of navigation, overflight, laying cables and pipelines under the sea, artificial island construction, fishing, and scientific research, it also bans any radio or television broadcasts from ships. It also sets up an international court to hear cases when there are disputes.

Truly it is a mammoth document.

The United States is not a party to the UN’s Law of the Sea Convention. 167 countries are; however.

The UN Convention on Climate Change is evil at its core. The UN could have just said, ‘hey guys, ya, we want to kill you and this is how we are going to do it, but, before we get to that point we want you weak, scared, bankrupt financially and spiritually, and sick.’ The UN didn’t say that, but they wrote an objective to this Convention:

“The ultimate objective of this Convention and any related legal instruments that the Conference of the Parties may adopt is to achieve, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Convention, stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. Such a level should be achieved within a time-frame sufficient to allow ecosystems to adapt naturally to climate change, to ensure that food production is not threatened and to enable economic development to proceed in a sustainable manner.”

What does this say concisely? Anything the UN dubs a greenhouse gas is man’s fault for being there and we need to stop making those gases immediately. When those gases start including the building blocks of life, then humanity is in hot water. Speaking of water, that, according to many, is a greenhouse gas and so is CO2.

The Convention continues on to demand that developed nations ‘take the lead’ on this one (pay butt-tons of money to non-developed nations), governments control economic activity to reduce emissions, and individual endeavors be curtailed should those endeavors be outside of this UN Convention. It manifests their idea that man-made climate change is because of you and I driving cars and using our dishwashers and stoves. It also creates a global surveillance network monitoring all so-called greenhouse gases emitting from any human activity in order to curtail them. The result of these efforts by the UN will be a technocratic totalitarian one-world regime dictating allowable quotas and measuring every individual’s carbon release into the atmosphere, exhaling included, down to the microgram. Breathe too much and die will be a mantra of these psychotic murderers and their sycophants.

197 nations have signed onto the Convention. The United States is a signatory to this stupid Convention and ratified it on October 15, 1992.

The United Nations is getting its way with their protocols and conventions for the most part. There are a lot of people who are angry at the United States for not signing the Laws of the Sea Convention. I’m angry at the United States too, because the idiot political class is spending my, and my countryman’s extorted tax dollars to pay the debt the idiot class borrows to send money all over the world on the behalf of the United Nations. The United States should immediately withdraw from all of these protocols and Conventions just to retain its sovereignty.

For instance, there are meetings with all of these treaties every year, or maybe every two or three years. The meetings are usually called Conference of the Parties followewd by the number of times the conference has met. The UN Climate Change Conference in Glasgow (COP26) met in 2021. They discussed how to further curtail human activities to not allow the temperature to rise by 0.4o ever. A lot of the meeting had to do with the Paris Climate Agreement which was stuck straight into the garbage by the United States when Donald Trump took office in 2017. The US, with all of its economic output, is $30 trillion in debt, facing massive amounts of inflation and rises in the consumer price index, and these bastards at the United Nations and in other nations which are a party to it still persist in demanding the United States get on board and pony up a trillion dollars a year. That is, based on 2020 GDP, the United States is being told by the world at large to pony up 4.77% of their entire GDP and hand it to a bunch of criminals.

Implementing treaties such as the Paris Climate Agreement does several things and the other documents referenced above do the same. First of all they curtail sovereignty in nations which are party to them. Additionally, they add cost to doing business because now there is an extra layer of bureaucracy which no one has control over, it’s not elected, and its not able to be held accountable by the representatives from any country represented. If there is one nation on the planet which has concerns, it really does not make a difference – the UN, particularly in the Paris Climate Accords, is promising trillions of dollars of free aid to about 85% of the nations on earth which more solidly cements their dependence upon the UN. It also more solidly reinforces compliance from those welfare nations.

Any environmental document which speaks to man-made climate change is referring to, not only limiting the building blocks of life, but, destroying the energy sector in nations which already have it well under control, such as the United States, Germany, and France. Enron was a preview for what the United Nations is trying to pull off here. How much economic production will be taking place in the midst of brownouts and rolling blackouts? More importantly, how many people will suffer illness and death from lack of access to heating gases, cheap electricity, and an inability to get food (it takes hydrocarbons to produce fertilizer). The goal of the United Nations seems to be the society depicted in Brave New World combined with the Georgia (the US state) Guidestones.

The first step to defeating this is to understand what is going on. The next step is to demand that action be taken to reverse it. This target’s analysis represents a taste of what is going on and it has been going on for far too long.

As of May 23, 2022, should the demons running the various nations follow through with their intentions, a binding treaty will be signed by nations enrolling it in a plan to have all pandemics handled by the WHO and every nation will have to follow suit or face sanctions which will only further damage the people of earth – that vast humanity which needs to wake up now, because it is just about past midnight already.

Think the COVID-19 lock-downs were bad? Wait until the WHO starts in with it’s already designed and ready to be deployed never ending list of pandemics it seeks to end. It ranges from Disease-X, to other ‘unknown’ pathogens (likely developed in labs around the world), to smoking tobacco, to obesity, to gun violence. You haven’t seen anything yet – but you already tasted it with the insanity of the COVID garbage which persists to this day.

“13.3 Improve education, awareness-raising and human and institutional capacity on climate change mitigation, adaptation, impact reduction and early warning[.]”

I covered this in Goal 12, Target 8. To give a brief analysis, again, I will simply state that the UN has been largely successfully in its educational goals because it is working from a top down structure. The UN has gotten nations around the world to buy into this anthropomorphic climate change narrative and the government sticks the Gaia religion right into the schools of the nations which buy into the narrative. The parents of these children don’t understand the Gaia theory or have any intention to learn about it.

The movie Prometheus was made as a science fiction movie but that is not what it is. It is the way the people at the top of the pyramid think humanity arrived on earth. This battle truly is spiritual because I reject that version of humanity coming upon the earth and embrace that God put us here for a reason. If you have a couple of hours to watch a movie, I suggest you go rent this one and find out just how depraved their version of humanity’s very existence actually is. If nothing else the movie will let you see why these bastards have no qualms with exterminating 95% of the planet – after all these entities are doing their level best to make humanity in their image and, indeed, these creatures see themselves as gods in their own right. Not only are these people not gods, they will do everything in their power to assist Satan in his delusion that he will conquer God almighty when He sends his armies back to earth, under the command of Jesus (Yeshua), and ends all of this treachery.

“13.a Implement the commitment undertaken by developed-country parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to a goal of mobilizing jointly $100 billion annually by 2020 from all sources to address the needs of developing countries in the context of meaningful mitigation actions and transparency on implementation and fully operationalize the Green Climate Fund through its capitalization as soon as possible[.]”

The United Nations is openly declaring global welfare payments are to total at least $100 billion a year, indefinitely. The SDG’s were written in 2015 and the price tag has risen by over 10 times since then.

The United Nations tracked this goal to 2018 on their website. It measures how much money has been sent to the Green Climate Fund from all sources from 2011 to 2018. It has nothing to say about who gave this money, how this money was spent, or even if the entity donating was doing so to it’s agreements. In 2011 the world gave $28.75 billion to this fund. In 2015 the world gave $45.4 billion. In 2016 the Fund was still only getting $49.43 billion. In 2018 the halfway point was reached and $51.93 billion was payed in global welfare. The graph makers, Our World in Data, promises in this graph’s description that the entities making the payments will increase those payments to reach the $100 billion goal by 2020.

I sent an e-mail requesting more information about funding to the Green Climate Fund, which is located in South Korea. As of this time I have not received any information back.

What I did see is that in 2021, the contributed amount totaled $9,677,830,000,000 – just under $10 billion. According to a document dated July 31, 2020, 45 countries, 3 regional bodies, and 1 city (Paris) pledged $6.679 billion with another $2.011.7 billion unconfirmed as of that date.

As far as I can tell, this goal is badly out of shape for the United Nations and the Green Climate Fund did not receive $100 billion in funds in 2019, 2020, 2021, and is probably not looking so good in 2022 either.

Trying to find other sources of this data landed me here which indicated goal 13 is not going well and stated: “[l]ockdowns and other COVID-19 response measures resulted a temporary reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in 2020. However, emissions had almost fully rebounded in later 2020 and are expected to rise further unless critical steps are taken to shift economies toward carbon neutrality.”

Those ‘critical steps’ referred to are more lock-downs. Instead of disease, the lock-downs will be environmentally based; however, the public will not tolerate that and uprisings against the ‘authorities’ will occur if they attempted to effected that out in the open at the present time. Pathogens will be released, food will be cut off, nuclear wars will be promoted (and possibly initiated), and then, maybe, a weary public would submit to climate lock-downs but, until then, the pandemics will reign the supreme lock-down cover to achieve this target.

If the science was accurate about man-made climate change then the reduction in emissions should have correlated with a reduction in temperatures. Of course, this did not happen. Maybe the ‘science’ isn’t quite settled and the factors which play major roles in the earth’s environmental and atmospheric realms are not completely understood to be entered into the climate models the freaks use to demand humanity go into austerity and starve to death?

“13.b Promote mechanisms for raising capacity for effective climate change-related planning and management in least developed countries and small island developing States, including focusing on women, youth and local and marginalized communities * Acknowledging that the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is the primary international, intergovernmental forum for negotiating the global response to climate change.[.]”

The UN has tracked this by measuring the number of small island developing nations and least developed nations which have created national adaptation plans to address climate change based on the Framework Convention on Climate Change’s goals. According the UN, there are total of 58 small island developing states and seven of them have accomplished this target for a success rate of 12%. Likewise, six of the 46 Least Developed Nations have accomplished creating climate change adaptation plans for a success rate of 13%.

Some of these small island nations will murder anyone who shows up. There are multiple stories, the most vivid in my mind is the one about a Christian Missionary, John Allen Chau, who was butchered by the inhabitants of North Sentinel Island for even showing up. The place is so dangerous that the Indian government has issued no contact orders with its inhabitants who are armed with bows and arrows and have yet to discover agriculture or fire.

There are many uncontacted people in the world, and most of those people will try to kill anyone who does come into contact with them. Some of them may cannibalize their murder victim. There are groups which work to preserve these murdering peoples because these people have some form of ‘sovereignty.’ Every time the UN mentions indigenous people, they are including these peoples as well.

In most Least Developed Countries, at least in the sub-Saharan African region which makes up the majority of these nations, civil war and the rape of their resources have been at the heart of their troubles, combined with weak, and inefficient governance at any level. Their governments are also corrupt and monies that come to them go into their rulers pockets. Of the seven of the nations given LDC status in eastern Asia, they, also suffered from much the same calamities as their African partners have, and so has Haiti. Most of this violence revolves around tribalism and some of it revolves around Communist revolutions.

Other nations, like Tuvalu and Kiribati, import the majority of the things they have and export almost nothing. Both Island nations have tiny populations, 12,068 and 122,949, respectively. Their ability to grow economically is severely limited., Tuvalu even more so than Kiribati.

What I am getting at here is all of these countries have serious problems which cannot and will not be remedied by climate change mitigation efforts. Could you imagine going to Kiribati and telling the locals – your fishing practices are unsustainable, so you have to stop doing what you are doing and here is your quota on fish per year? The same question applies to Tuvalu. How about the Democratic Republic of the Congo? Could you imagine going there, when the nation is under constant tribal warfare, and demanding the central government build a major infrastructure project, sustainably, in the midst of the warring factions? The people would never get the benefit – the government would ramp up their opposition to the warring tribe and the warring tribe would ramp up their atrocities to protect their perceived asset.

End the wars in the sub-Saharan nations. Then let’s see how they do. End the strife in the Southeast-Asian nation and then lets see how well they do. Those island nations should move to the mainland or figure out what self-sustaining means. If the UN were serious about achieving anything relating to any climate change, man-made or natural, the UN would be seriously stressing over the answers to these problems. Obviously the UN is not doing this. Wars continue, strife continues, self-sustaining economies are not a priority to the UN. The UN shrugs its shoulders while it demand trillions of dollars for environmental justice and has those nations in need of real solutions not trying to solve their domestic problems but waiting for the next infusion of welfare. What a sick idea. This is the world we live in.

Summary

When I say the United Nations has launched a plan to kill you and 7 billion other people I’m not kidding round. That includes me and everyone I love, so I take that threat very seriously. This gola is not going well for the UN, nor the world, which supports this idiotic and murderous goal. Their response will be suppression of speech to combat their ideas, suppression of movement to go to places that matter to protest, and suppression of the right to defend yourself by any means.

Buckle up and read your Bible. Accept Jesus (Yeshua) into your heart. This is going to be a bumpy ride and, if any of us survive this ride, outside of the hive-mind humanity 2.0 these monsters seek to create (those which don’t die from the transformation and are not butchered outright), it will only be due to God’s grace. I encourage all of the readers of this document to do their own research, understand this issue more fully for what it is, and to seek God’s instruction while doing so. Ask God for your calling. Ask Jesus (Yeshua) to enter your life and help you effectively reject this plot. I understand the odds are stacked against all of us, and the effort may be futile in the first place, especially at this late date; however, it is better to try now, even if there is no chance of winning, than to sit idly by and watch humanity be denigrated, altered, alien, and, ultimately damned and dead. All of this is the UN plan. Any government, NGO, or global body which signs up for this plan is just as guilty as the UN is in their aims to murder all of us.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal13 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 12 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/7/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 12th SDG:

Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

In order to find out about how products are used, those products need to be able to be tracked. In order to track certain things, chips connected to the Internet of Things (IoT) will be used. The United Nations and their friends want to track everything and have had success with some of the tracking they desire. Clothes are chipped, water and power are metered by ‘smart’ meters, household appliances are ‘smart,’ and there is a lot of talk about putting nanotech trackers in food. The 11 targets for goal 12 are:

“12.1 Implement the 10-year framework of programmes on sustainable consumption and production, all countries taking action, with developed countries taking the lead, taking into account the development and capabilities of developing countries

“12.2 By 2030, achieve the sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources

“12.3 By 2030, halve per capita global food waste at the retail and consumer levels and reduce food losses along production and supply chains, including post-harvest losses

“12.4 By 2020, achieve the environmentally sound management of chemicals and all wastes throughout their life cycle, in accordance with agreed international frameworks, and significantly reduce their release to air, water and soil in order to minimize their adverse impacts on human health and the environment

“12.5 By 2030, substantially reduce waste generation through prevention, reduction, recycling and reuse

“12.6 Encourage companies, especially large and transnational companies, to adopt sustainable practices and to integrate sustainability information into their reporting cycle

“12.7 Promote public procurement practices that are sustainable, in accordance with national policies and priorities

“12.8 By 2030, ensure that people everywhere have the relevant information and awareness for sustainable development and lifestyles in harmony with nature

“12.a Support developing countries to strengthen their scientific and technological capacity to move towards more sustainable patterns of consumption and production

“12.b Develop and implement tools to monitor sustainable development impacts for sustainable tourism that creates jobs and promotes local culture and products

“12.c Rationalize inefficient fossil-fuel subsidies that encourage wasteful consumption by removing market distortions, in accordance with national circumstances, including by restructuring taxation and phasing out those harmful subsidies, where they exist, to reflect their environmental impacts, taking fully into account the specific needs and conditions of developing countries and minimizing the possible adverse impacts on their development in a manner that protects the poor and the affected communities”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“12.1 Implement the 10-year framework of programmes on sustainable consumption and production, all countries taking action, with developed countries taking the lead, taking into account the development and capabilities of developing countries[.]”

By 2021, 27 countries worldwide have implemented policies which are targeted towards implementing the United Nations vision of sustainable consumption and production. Notable nations which have done so include the United States, India, China, Germany, and the UK.

The 10-year Framework of Programmes on Sustainable Consumption and Production (10YPF) can be found here – go read it. This document was written based on Agenda 21. Within this 10 year plan is contained “developed countries taking the lead” (pony up the welfare payments) to accomplish abolishing whatever is deemed unsustainable. In order to achieve the goals of 10YPF, the globally common vision:

“(i) Supports sustainable, inclusive and equitable global growth, poverty eradication and shared prosperity; (ii) Addresses basic needs and brings a better quality of life; (iii) Enhances the ability to meet the needs of future generations and conserves, protects and restores the health and integrity of the Earth’s ecosystems; (iv) Promotes gender equality and the active participation of groups including, inter alia, women, children and youth, indigenous peoples and those living in the most vulnerable situations; (v) Reduces the use of hazardous materials and toxic chemicals and the generation of wastes, such as non-biodegradable materials and the emission of pollutants; (vi) Protects natural resources and promotes a more efficient use of natural resources, products and recovered materials; (vii) Promotes life cycle approaches, including resource efficiency and sustainable use of resources, as well as science-based and traditional knowledge-based approaches, cradle to cradle and the 3R concept (reduce, reuse and recycle) and other related methodologies, as appropriate; (viii) Promotes the creation of new economic opportunities for all countries, with particular attention to developing countries; (ix) Promotes a competitive, inclusive economy delivering full and productive employment and decent work for all and fostering efficient social protection systems; (x) Serves as a tool to support the implementation of global sustainable development commitments, the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals and the implementation of targets and goals agreed under relevant multilateral environmental agreements [emphasis mine].”

Not only is this calling for the adoption of other goals as one of this document’s goals to make them mutually reinforcing, but, the bold parts show exactly how little the stakeholders of the UN and the UN itself thinks about normal, everyday, people. The first bold passage is the UN stating their desire to enforce Gaia theory.

The second is showing the UN’s proclivity to use gender as whatever social construct (not a biological reality) they deem most fit to meet their needs.

The third bold passage is referring to the UN’s Convention on the Rights of the Child and the destruction of parental rights it entails.

The fourth passage in bold text refers back to the idea that all things consumed; stereos, cellphones, sheets, food, water, electricity, income, and everything else be tracked, monitored, and directed to the appropriate usage for sustainability purposes.

The fifth, and last, passage I highlighted is something that would make Karl Marx blush due to the passage’s intent and the clarity with which it states it – everyone works; everyone’s outcomes will be the same whether they are a specialist in medicine, a telephone representative, a dishwasher, a ‘news’ host at CNN, or a cart corraller at Walmart; and work supports all other work to equalize the outcome of compensation. Guess who gets ahead. The body which collects the ‘taxes’ (confiscation of ‘excess’ income) of the workers in order to equalize the outcomes between them.

The 10YPF plan goes on to repeatedly call on the Marrakech Process (another UN document, which the UN has apparently deleted) to achieve the objectives of this target.

Another, even more demonic plan, will need to be implemented to replace 10YPF in the near future. It was implemented in June, 2012, so the ten years of this garbage will be done in June, 2022. I will look for it, will you help me?

“12.2 By 2030, achieve the sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources[.]”

Once more, in order to achieve this a massive surveillance apparatus must be constructed. It is one thing to understand how much aluminum is used to make all the cans needed for a beverage manufacturer over the course of the year. The manufacturer has to buy those cans and any itemized accounting or receipts payable office should immediately be able to gather that data. It is something else entirely to see if the product is used efficiently once that can of beverage is purchased from the store. Some people may recycle it. The consumer could accidentally drop it and watch it roll into the sewer, unopened. The consumer could drink the beverage and the use the can for target practice. Or it could end up in a landfill. This is what the UN wants to get at. In order to get at it; however, the can will need to be tracked somehow and the magic trick the UN really wants to pull off is being able to track that can to the individual consumer to facilitate a technocracy which relies upon the social-credit score.

Worldwide, the number of tonnes of biomass, ‘fossil’ fuels, metal ores, and non-metal ores used per person known as the footprint) in 2000 was 9.3. In 2015 and 2019 it was 12.44 tonnes per person. When the global footprint is compared to GDP, in 2015 it was 1.26 kg/2015 USD and in 2019 it was 1.14kg/2015 USD. The GDP measurement seems to have gone down; however, this is attributed to increases in global GDP – not a smaller footprint, which is what the UN is after here. I am 100% certain, with absolutely no data to back up my claim that in 2020 the retards that monitor this goal at the UN and various other agencies were patting themselves on the back for the great job they did when the footprint actually shrunk in 2020. The only thing is it cost about 20 million additional people starving to death.

When it comes to per capita material usage by country, Africa is the place where the least use occurred in 2019. Also in 2019, Canada topped the list of highest per capita materials usage at 57.05 tonnes per person, followed by Chile, Norway, Surinam, and Mongolia. The United States was at 23.75 tonnes, India at 5.47 tonnes, and China came in at 22.93 tonnes per person in 2019. The entire continent of Africa came in at 5.36 tonnes per person which is really kind of odd, being as though Africa, as a continent, is rich in literally everything – everything except political and social capital, economic success, and peaceful relations between factions within nations. This allows those African nations suffering from those maladies to have their resources raped by foreign interests – regardless of whether or not those interests are based in London, New York, DC, Moscow, Beijing, Shanghai, Tokyo, Copenhagen, Tel Aviv, Riyadh, Dubai, Berlin, Paris, etc….

When material usage is measured against GDP, a different story emerges. Somalia had the highest usage of materials by this metric in 2019 – 33.21 kg/2015 USD. Somalia used 265% more materials by kg per one 2015 USD than second place Chad, 300% more than Mongolia which found itself in third place, 333% more than fourth place Guinea, and 363% more than fifth place Central African Republic in 2019. None of these places seem to produce a whole lot and their GDP’s are tiny. For example, in my experience, the most notable thing that Somalia produces is pirates and refugees who refuse to assimilate and still wipe their behinds with their right hands (I’m not kidding – do not shake a Somalian’s hand – but they will wash their genitals in a sink after using a restroom). Just to be fair, the World Atlas states that Somalia’s agriculture is its biggest industry, followed by livestock keeping, fishing, mining, telecommunications, and travel.

Personally, I have yet to see a single good thing come out of Somalia – I’ve seen tens of thousands of refugees fleeing violence which the United States will apparently never send back home (the war is over), Ilhan Omar is a completely useless pile of crap who derived from a slave trading empire which persisted even AFTER all western buyers stopped showing up, I’ve seen multiple videos of Somalia ‘fishermen’ attempting to board cargo vessels where it went very poorly for them, and I’ve seen the event in Mogadishu where marines were drug around behind a car, attached to a rope. I’ve yet to see an agricultural product from Somalia in any store I have shopped at, a Somalian meat product, or a Somalian fish – but if I ever did, I would skip it because halal is absolute torture – and Somalia, being over 99% Sunni Islam produces all of their food in Mohammad’s debauched version of food production. Maybe, just maybe, Somalia should allow for anything other than Shariah Law – Iran isn’t doing so hot either.

To prove my original point before I went off on why I completely disfavor Somalia, the UN states:

“Each year, an estimated one third of all food produced – equivalent to 1.3 billion tonnes worth around $1 trillion – ends up rotting in the bins of consumers and retailers, or spoiling due to poor transportation and harvesting practices.

“If people worldwide switched to energy efficient light bulbs the world would save US$120 billion annually.

“Should the global population reach 9.6 billion by 2050, the equivalent of almost three planets could be required to provide the natural resources needed to sustain current lifestyles.”

In the first paragraph, the UN is telling you, and me, and everyone else that the only way to be sustainable is to use food produced within a certain distance – say 1,000 miles. The closest pineapple grown to Sioux Falls outside of a greenhouse is in the tropics and there are only two tropical states in the US, Hawaii and Florida, about 3,650 miles and 1,500 miles, respectively. So no more pineapples in South Dakota and anywhere up north. Actually, and citrus fruit would be severely restricted.

To really drive this point home, ask yourself, where is coffee grown at? On the sides of mountains in tropical zones. No coffee will be had in the northern latitudes should the UN get their way.

‘Energy efficient’ light bulbs blink at you. If this blinking is tuned down to the levels your brain frequencies occur at, you may hear sounds and see images. Likewise, ‘energy efficient’ light bulbs are able to cause seizure activity at certain frequencies.

The third paragraph here deals with population growth and an attempt by the demonic United Nations to scare all of us into thinking that population growth must be avoided at all costs. This dude named Malthus proposed that increased populations would result in massive deaths due to starvation back in the late 1700’s. It never happened, but this other guy, Paul H Ehrlich, wrote a book called The Population Bomb which predicted massive numbers of humans dying of starvation back in the 1970’s and that never happened either. Malthus, Ehrlich, and other have continuously predicted this mass starvation event based on food production during normal years not being adequate to feed humans. The UN, not a finite human being with an expiration, has picked up this line of thinking (titled Malthusian) and written the third paragraph I have quoted.

In the third paragraph here, the UN is promising that everyone is going to die unless they dictate, and unless governments follow those dictates, that no one can have anything, the UN and their friends control all consumption, and everything that is available to be used is public and rented. Everything the UN wants to do by this paragraph means that we are all landless, automobile-less, and possession-less (including, technically, homeless) – but we can rent those things. The UN isn’t telling you that their UBI payments will not pay for any of that, they seek to monitor every usage or any resource in live time by individual, and your participation in this lifestyle will be contingent upon your social-credit score which will determine whether you can live in one of their coffin apartments or in the woods. The only use fear – too many people living at too affluent a lifestyle will end in the death of everyone. This wasn’t the case in Malthus’ time, nor Ehrlich’s, but it is now, somehow.

Not only that, but you won’t even be able to drink coffee. (I love coffee, just so you know).

“12.3 By 2030, halve per capita global food waste at the retail and consumer levels and reduce food losses along production and supply chains, including post-harvest losses[.]”

The United Nations seeks to reduce food waste from any cause – whether it be from bugs living in corn kernels or because people don’t eat it fast enough. I’m all for using what you have. But the important part is being able to replace what you have used. Being able to replace what we have used is not something that is currently amenable to human life – food is up a huge amount and gas is up even more. So it’s even more important that food is used for consumption – it costs too much to replace it.

The UN has a chart which tells us that in 2019 in Nigeria, 511.4 pounds of food was wasted per person. This is equal to 51.4 million tons of wasted food. Per capita, Bahrain wasted 374.8 pounds of food in 2019. 264.6 pounds were wasted per person on earth in 2019 according to the UN. This equates to 1.89 trillion pounds of food – 947 million tons. To put this in a little bit of perspective, in 2020 China, alone, produced 64.865 million metric tons of tomatoes in 2020 – 71.5 million tons.

Should we, the world, do a better job with this – yes. Should the world do it because of the because the UN tells us to – absolutely not. It makes me want to purposefully waste food just to spite the UN’s decrees. But I won’t do that – food is too expensive. Should the people of the world start eating closer to 100% of the food they have available to eat – the world would be able to support a much greater population.

In order to ensure accurate results (I am highly suspicious of the UN numbers) the UN will need to start chipping food. By chipping I mean putting nanotechnology inside of the food to see what happens to it. Does it get eaten, does it rot, or does it get thrown away, is sought after information by the technocrats at the UN, as well as the answers to who eats the food – a child, the buyer, a spouse, a friend, a neighbor, an animal? The UN wants to know. And to know this information, the UN thinks putting tracking chips into food is just fine.

The UN will start really pushing to implement nanotech enabled food as soon as it possibly can to determine rations for each of us. In the meantime, the UN will continue pointing at food waste as the driver of food shortages and unsustainable food usage.

“12.4 By 2020, achieve the environmentally sound management of chemicals and all wastes throughout their life cycle, in accordance with agreed international frameworks, and significantly reduce their release to air, water and soil in order to minimize their adverse impacts on human health and the environment[.]”

To track this one the UN cites four UN documents and the number of countries which have adopted them; the Montreal Protocol (99.8%), the Rotterdam Convention (75.17%), the Basel Convention (60.65%), and the Stockholm Convention (50.27%).

Because of an ominous hole of unknown causes in the ozone layer over Antarctica in the mid-1980’s, the Montreal Protocol was adopted. It was decided that certain refrigerants were the cause and they were banned (chlorofluorocarbons – CFC’s) and halons. In 2016 an amendment was adopted which included CFC replacements like hydrochlorofluorocarbons.

The Rotterdam Convention is one of the monsters which came out of Agenda 21 and deals with chemicals in international trade. 84 chemicals are currently (2019) subjected to this legally binding international agreement. The United States has signed the document; however, the Senate has not ratified it. Regardless of the ratification of it, the President will usually write Executive Orders and issue policy directives to demand compliance anyway.

The Basel Convention allows nations to prohibit other nations from moving hazardous and non-hazardous wastes across their borders. There are provisions which allow the parties to the treaty to decide whether or not environmentally sound waste management policies are in place in the waste destination and to quash the importing nation’s ability to import it. The Convention also makes certain imports and exports of wastes criminal actions. Any nation which is not party to the Convention is forbidden from importing or exporting hazardous wastes (or any other wastes the parties agree should be controlled). The United States signed this one as well and has not ratified it. The US offered some reservations about the treaty in 1996 should the United States ever ratify it.

Persistent Organic Pollutants is covered by the Stockholm Convention. This Convention is another of the monsters which stem from the Hydra known as Agenda 21. Within the Stockholm Convention certain substances are banned from production and their import and export is banned unless the shipment is due to facilitating UN-approved storage procedures. The US signed but has not ratified this treaty either.

As far as the production of these wastes, per capita Kazakhstan produced 9,730.07 kg of hazardous waste in 2019, followed by Kyrgyzstan with 2,043.43 kg, South Africa with 913.47 kg, Russia with 689.64 kg, and Belarus with 218.5 kg. China produced 56.67 kg per person and India 6.32 kg per person in 2019. The United States has no data. The United Nations did this the per capita way to make it seem like Russia and China can take poops that do not stink. In 2019, Russia produced 100.721 billion kilograms of hazardous waste, followed by China with 81.253 billion kg, Kazakhstan (65.5 billion kg), South Africa (53.5 billion kg), Kyrgyzstan (13.7 billion kg), India (8.6 billion kg), and Belarus with 2.1 billion kilograms out of the top five with China and India included.

Wastes which ended up being recycled, included in other waste management, incinerated, or ended up in a landfill in 2020 was reported by some nations. As mentioned, Russia produced over 100 billion kilograms of hazardous waste in 2019. Russia recycled 84,530,000 kg of waste, and had 15,600,000 kg end up in landfills – leaving well over 90% of their waste unaccounted for. China did not report, or I would see how well they did according to the United Nations.

Although the reporting is sparse, the UN also tracks waste sources including agriculture, forestry, and fishing; households; construction; manufacturing; electricity, gas, steam, and air conditioning supply; mining and quarrying, and other. In 2019 Russia was found to have produced 47.66 million metric tonnes of waste from agriculture, forestry, and fishing; 42 million metric tonnes from construction; 296.44 million metric tonnes from manufacturing; 20.18 million metric tonnes from electricity, gas, steam, and air conditioning supply; 7.26 billion metric tonnes from mining and quarrying; and 86.56 million metric tonnes from other sources. This adds up to 7,752.84 million metric tonnes or 7.8 trillion kilograms.

What I am showing you, reader, is that tracking of everything is necessary in order for the UN to get its desires fulfilled. They seek a world in which there is no waste, hazardous or otherwise. To accomplish this, the UN has decided to mark chemicals for non-production because of their toxicity while ignoring other chemicals which are also highly toxic. The UN should not have this ability at all – sovereign states should have the sole discretionary power to determine this. Eventually the UN bodies which hold these Conventions and this Protocol will find its way into food products and run into the World Trade Organization’s Codex Alimentarius which regulates trade in food and food products.

The UN’s goals regarding chemicals and waste are really not going along their lines of meeting their goals and, as such, the UN will seek ways to double down on their objectives, expand their list of banned chemicals, and demand more money to implement their vision.

“12.5 By 2030, substantially reduce waste generation through prevention, reduction, recycling and reuse[.]”

The UN is tracking, through reporting by nations and Our World in Data, municipal recycling rates and electronic recycling rates, respectively. Of nations which reported their recycled municipal waste, Thailand came in number one in 2019 at 8.71 million tonnes followed by Singapore, Malaysia, and Hong Kong (2015). Worldwide 17.5% of electronic waste was recycled in 2019 with 31.81% of electronics being recycled in Europe and Northern Americas.

The idea of tracking waste is to use the data to assume consumption in a nation or region or in the world. It’s not recycling the UN is really so concerned about – it is the amount of waste that is coming out of certain places. Of course they want to limit the waste – the UN doesn’t want anyone to have the resources in the first place. No waste of any type represents no things used in the first place. That is what the UN wants – no things in the first place – people can’t ‘waste’ ‘the UN’s’ resources if they never have them in the first place. These resources include the square footage of retail and residential units, air conditioning, automobiles, electronic devices which do not serve a surveillance purpose, food, water, economic opportunities, and – at the end – the ability to live. Yup, the UN wants you dead – they see you and me as useless eaters, useless consumers, and not worthy of their time.

“12.6 Encourage companies, especially large and transnational companies, to adopt sustainable practices and to integrate sustainability information into their reporting cycle[.]”

This target is how the UN plans to hedge their bets. They encourage and bully companies, especially multinational companies, to partner with UN designs and implement the UN’s new social and environmental accounting measures and other sustainability programmes in order to stay in business at all. Other, non multi-national companies follow suit in a combination of adhering to national policies and as a form of corporate virtue signaling. In my opinion, any business which caves to anything the UN says is unneeded and to be avoided. We need to set up our own business which reject ANYTHING the UN suggests.

One way the UN tracks corporate compliance towards UN demands is to track companies which produce sustainability reports. In 2020 the leading countries with businesses creating these stupid sustainability reports were the US (475), Peru (279), UK (212), South Africa (165), and Germany (155). Those 5 nation’s companies represent 38% of the world total.

Another way the UN tracks this is to monitor how many of these companies produce sustainability reports with stakeholder engagement segments, impact assessments the company is not responsible for, supplier and consumer engagement regarding sustainability, where these companies get their resources from and whether or not those source companies are UN-compliant, and measuring and monitoring environmental-intensive metrics like profit per ton of CO2 produced. There were 1,593 of these garbage companies in 2020. The US had 231 of them and Germany had 112 of them in 2020. These companies grew during 2020 and after, while millions of other businesses were deemed non-essential and went out of business.

This target was designed to demand obedience from the top down. If your biggest purchaser is Apple, Microsoft, and Nokia – guess what – their corporate policies will become that businesses corporate policies! I worked at several such businesses the first of which was Certainteed in Shakopee, MN which is owned by Saint Gobain (France, they got their start creating mirrors with the permission of King Louis XIV in 1665), the largest building supplies manufacturer in the world (I made shingles in Shakopee). The other was Henkel which proved to be completely unable to manufacture its products without it’s corporate customers, including Apple and Audi, from demanding Henkel reflect their corporate policies (Henkel produces several different divisions of product lines and the factory in which I worked produced thermal glues which allow for heat dispersion in electronic components – they also produce laundry and soap products like Purex and Dial; they also produced Henkel aircraft and various chemicals for Nazi Germany during WWII).

“12.7 Promote public procurement practices that are sustainable, in accordance with national policies and priorities[.]”

This target is measured by a criteria of six categories:

“Existence of a SPP [Sustainable Public Procurement] policy or action plan; whether the Public procurement legal framework is conducive to SPP implementation; what are the means undertaken to support public procurement practitioners’ practice of SPP; whether specific criteria have been developed to support SPP; whether SPP is monitored; and whether data on SPP implementation is collected.”

Additionally, there are four levels of classification as to how closely different countries implement these policies.

According to the SDG tracker for this target, there are no level four (advanced implementation) nations. There are several level three countries (medium-high implementation), most notably the USA, as well as Belgium, Bulgaria, France, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, and Portugal. Level two countries (medium-low implementation) include China, Columbia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Germany, Japan, Norway, Philippines, Poland, Slovenia, South Korea, and Sweden. Those at level one (low-level implementation) were Canada, Cote d’Ivorie, Cyprus, Czechia, Finland, Ireland, New Zealand, Panama, Paraguay, and Uruguay.

Going from one to four – it is likely that with each increasing tier, the costs get higher for furnishing and maintaining any national government’s office equipment, supplies, and consumables, military hardware, governmental software development, and everything else. The whole supply chain will, under the fourth category (should a nation achieve advanced implementation status from the UNEP) need to be designated sustainable. And businesses are working towards that goal:

“Sustainable procurement is not only practiced by public authorities. Many different organizations in the private and non-profit sectors are also leveraging procurement processes to focus on sustainability issues. In so doing, they are seeking to reduce their organizations risks, to encourage sustainability in their value chain as part of their social responsibility and citizenship efforts, and, in some cases, to reduce costs.”

It is a top-down approach to forcing all entities to follow this plan. If you are the CEO of a manufacturer, software developer, or service provider (food, catering, event coordinator, etc…) and you want a government contract; you’d better follow these sustainability guidelines and the deeper it goes, the better. If the company a government does business with is not sustainable, then it is not procuring sustainable products. Under this ruse, the company which a government does business with needs to be sustainable and all the businesses it does business with needs to be sustainable – and continue that chain until you get to raw material extraction…. Everyone else is excluded from participating in governmental affairs. And while there are still many businesses which do not seek to be a part of that government combine – the UN wishes to eliminate those businesses which are non-compliant with their decrees.

“12.8 By 2030, ensure that people everywhere have the relevant information and awareness for sustainable development and lifestyles in harmony with nature[.]”

The UN seems to have been doing double duty on this target by making sure that everyone on earth has been indoctrinated by their lies. Teachers, curricula, student assessments, and national educational policies are the indicators for this target, in order for the UN to see how well sustainability and global citizenship is taught to children and those responsible for instructing children. This is called brainwashing. I personally call this child abuse.

Teacher programs include mainstreamed sustainability and global citizenship topics in many nations to different extents. Those with perfect scores (1.00) are South Korea, Myanmar, France, Bahrain, Brazil, and Romania. Embedding sustainability and global citizenship in curricula only has one nation with a perfect score – Cuba – but France is right behind them with a 0.99. There are 26 perfect-score nations which assess their student’s levels of saturation with this brainwashing agenda. There are 27 perfect-score nations with regards to setting sustainability and global citizenship agendas into education at the national level.

Several of these nations, such as Brazil and Ukraine, have all of their scores over 0.90 meaning they are absolutely destroying their nation’s youth. These nations are demanding a religious belief in Gaia at the behest of the United Nations. The 17 sustainability goals combine to do one thing – destroy individual lives in the name of preserving the earth (this is the same as Gaia). Firmly rooted global citizenship beliefs will result in the annihilation of sovereign borders. The UN wants to be the only game in town and they are targeting children around the world to accomplish their aims. This is a massive child abuse scheme.

“12.a Support developing countries to strengthen their scientific and technological capacity to move towards more sustainable patterns of consumption and production[.]”

In 2019 Bahrain, Paraguay, Uruguay, Georgia, and Laos produced over 7,100 Watts of electricity per capita from renewable resources. How they came about this technology is that it was pretty much demanded to be given to those who don’t have it by the developed world which spent (wasted) a lot of time, money, and resources to create them. Why China thinks it needs to receive handouts from anyone is beyond me. Also, being as though China, and other nations like Iran and North Korea, hate every other nation on earth and, in some instances have vowed to destroy other nations upon the earth, specifically Israel and the United States, it is appalling that Israel or the United States would give them anything.

“12.b Develop and implement tools to monitor sustainable development impacts for sustainable tourism that creates jobs and promotes local culture and products[.]”

The scores the UN gives to nations in regards to sustainable tourism is derived from 11 different tables and the highest scores were given to Australia and Mexico (10/11). The UN uses statistics on inbound tourism expenditures, domestic tourism expenditures, outbound tourism expenditures, internal tourism expenditures, production accounts of tourism industries, domestic supply and internal tourism consumption, employment in tourism industries, water flows, energy flows, greenhouse gas emissions, and solid waste. The first 7 of these metrics are from the Tourism Satellite Account, and the final 4 are from an organization called the System or Environmental and Economic Accounts.

Those last four really don’t measure anything related to tourism itself. But, in nations in which tourism is a big part of their economy, not meeting those last four requirements will result in poorer recommendations as a tourist destination. The United Nations is adept at forcing nations into compliance through hidden metrics, and this is a prime example.

“12.c Rationalize inefficient fossil-fuel subsidies that encourage wasteful consumption by removing market distortions, in accordance with national circumstances, including by restructuring taxation and phasing out those harmful subsidies, where they exist, to reflect their environmental impacts, taking fully into account the specific needs and conditions of developing countries and minimizing the possible adverse impacts on their development in a manner that protects the poor and the affected communities[.]”

The United Nations is suggesting two things here – raise the costs of fuel sources the UN disfavors and institute a carbon tax or carbon credit scheme. The SDG tracker for this target presents three maps – all having to do with ‘fossil-fuel’ subsidies in both production and consumption. The first map shows the viewer the 2020 subsidies compared to GDP. China came in at 0.19% and the US came in at 0.05%. Libya had the highest rate of subsidies compared to GDP – 16.65%.

The second map shows subsidies per capita in 2020. China payed $19.50 in subsidies for each person , the US payed $26.99, and the highest subsidies per capita were payed in Singapore with $1,434.91. This equates to $28 billion, $8.9 billion, and $8.4 billion, respectively.

The final map displays pre-tax subsidies by nation. China is reported to have spent $28.07 billion, the US, 8.93 billion, and Iran edged out China for the highest amount of pre-tax subsidized ‘fossil fuels’ with $29.64 billion. Worldwide, the UN states $375.10 billion was spent on pre-tax ‘fossil fuel’ subsidies which was a 31% reduction from 2015.

On June 8, 2015, gas reached it’s highest point in the United States at $2.1211 per gallon. A gallon of gas in the United States cost $3.8151 a gallon on May 8, 2022. For this tremendous feat I would like to thank the United Nations and the governments of the world which have decided to go along with their plan to destroy the common individual. A 180% increase in fuel prices is not helping anyone, anywhere – but it is forcing austerity measures inside of households across the world (the United States is not isolated in facing historically high fuel prices). These fuel prices actually affect everything else as well and food prices are soaring, transportation costs are soaring, heating prices are super high, and so is just about everything else. Without fuel, the world stops and, being as though humanity has become accustomed to living the way we do, and billions of us are now disconnected from the land, there really is no going back without billions of people dying in the process.

Apparently the UN is indicating their willingness to watch billions of us die.

If the United States dropped all of their subsidies for ‘fossil fuels’ tomorrow, the price of gas would immediately go up $26.99 dollars per person. If Singapore decided to do the same and their gas prices were suddenly over $1,400 a gallon, I believe there would be some trouble keeping the people pacified. That is what the UN wants apparently – massive unrest and the shutting down of the global economy. In order to build back better everything needs to be destroyed first, and this is a surefire way to destroy it overnight.

The way I see the UN building back better would be to subsidize alternative fuel sources even more heavily than they already are. On top of that debacle, global carbon credits will be issued and used as currency. The UN will give carbon allowances to every human on earth as well as every business and industry and once those allotments are exceeded, fines, imprisonment, and asset forfeiture will be the consequences.

Summary

Ensuring sustainable production and consumption patterns entails the UN setting up a worldwide prison system. The confirmation of my hypothesis is vividly clear with an analysis of the targets and indicators here. The UN could have just said to the world – we hate each and every one of you and are going to destroy your way of life and if you don’t like that, we will imprison and/or murder you. The entire idea behind this goal represents the utter contempt the UN holds towards humanity and their desire rule us.

The most important thing that humanity can do to fight back is to not let these demonic scumbags get hold of our children’s minds in the first place. Should the educational components of this goal ever reach more than 50% of those 25 and under embracing the UN religion of sustainability and global citizenship, then the world will truly be lost to any type of free speech, self-defense, the Westphalian world with its borders and sovereignty, due process, and republican forms of government. Under this type of system, those resisting the will of this half of humanity will be readily murdered because that is what Marxists do, they murder their opponents. We, as humanity, cannot allow these scumbags and their Gaia-driven religions into our schools in the first place and, should those ideas end up in curriculum being taught to our children, those children need to immediately be removed from that dangerous environment. These people are evil.

The UN is also doing it’s level best to destroy any concept of a supernatural God. They are doing this by their replacement theology – the UN sustainability goals. If you feel up to it, go try to talk to any of these lost people about the God of the Bible and the Gaia of the UN and see how the conversation goes – it won’t take long for most of these people to show their butts. The potential of being assaulted is high as well, so be careful if you choose to do this; however, I do think that these conversations need to be had.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal12 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 11 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

5/2/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 11th SDG:

Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

My city has a sustainable development plan. Does your community have one of these awful things? You should absolutely go check to see. Recently, Sioux Falls, SD wrote an updated version of it. It never ceases to amaze me how little mention these documents get in the press when they are up for comment and how much havoc they will end up wreaking upon communities. On top of that, I’m in the US where we don’t have 5-year plans – but these types of documents are usually 5-10 year plans which are continuously monitored and updated. That’s how Marxist applications operate, and that doesn’t belong in the United States. The 10 targets for goal 11 are:

“11.1 By 2030, ensure access for all to adequate, safe and affordable housing and basic services and upgrade slums

“11.2 By 2030, provide access to safe, affordable, accessible and sustainable transport systems for all, improving road safety, notably by expanding public transport, with special attention to the needs of those in vulnerable situations, women, children, persons with disabilities and older persons

“11.3 By 2030, enhance inclusive and sustainable urbanization and capacity for participatory, integrated and sustainable human settlement planning and management in all countries

“11.4 Strengthen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage

“11.5 By 2030, significantly reduce the number of deaths and the number of people affected and substantially decrease the direct economic losses relative to global gross domestic product caused by disasters, including water-related disasters, with a focus on protecting the poor and people in vulnerable situations

“11.6 Reduce the environmental impacts of cities

“11.7 By 2030, provide universal access to safe, inclusive and accessible, green and public spaces, in particular for women and children, older persons and persons with disabilities

“11.a Support positive economic, social and environmental links between urban, per-urban and rural areas by strengthening national and regional development planning

“11.b By 2020, substantially increase the number of cities and human settlements adopting and implementing integrated policies and plans towards inclusion, resource efficiency, mitigation and adaptation to climate change, resilience to disasters, and develop and implement, in line with the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030, holistic disaster risk management at all levels

“11.c Support least developed countries, including through financial and technical assistance, in building sustainable and resilient buildings utilizing local materials”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“11.1 By 2030, ensure access for all to adequate, safe and affordable housing and basic services and upgrade slums[.]”

The UN tracks this goal by seeing how many people live in slums. Between 2014 and 2018 people living in slums worldwide shrank from 29.63% to 29.24%. This represents a reduction in the progress being made prior to 2014 to get people out of living in slums, which is defined as, “a group of individuals living under the same roof lacking one or more of the following conditions: access to improved water, access to improved sanitation, sufficient living area, and durability of housing.”

I have yet to see a sustainability plan within the United States which does not incorporate affordable housing. The newest draft in Sioux Falls, South Dakota included this and one of the mayoral candidates emphasized this as a central tenet of their campaign. The MET Council’s (Minneapolis, MN and surrounding areas) Thrive 2040 plan included it. Basically, people living in slums are homeless but decided to set up some form of ramshackle semi-permanent residence. In the United States, people very rarely do that.

California has the largest population of homeless people in the US – 151,278. While California has the most homeless, it also has the third highest price of living in the US, exacerbating the issue. California has also taken on such measures as banning wood-fire stoves, water allotments, and will be banning all gasoline engines. California is the UN’s version of what the US should look like – homeless in the streets, slums everywhere, drug use, open defication, and strict environmental policies and laws aimed at prohibiting individuals and families from adequately heating, cooking, and being able to use water. If there is no slum, the places that adopt the UN SDGs will create them, and California is a good example.

In Least Developed Countries 58.88% of people lived in slums in 2018 which is a slight decrease from 2016, but still an untenable situation. If the UN were serious about addressing this they would take their extorted money to make sure that slum residences were transformed into durable structures with water and sanitation accessibility and were large enough for the occupants to dwell in, and, if the UN were really serious, advocate for these structures to be electrified. But the UN is not really all that interested in that – they are much more interested in California’s water allotment schemes, wood-burning stoves ban, and upcoming ban of all gasoline engines. It’s all about the climate (Gaia), not people, with the UN.

“11.2 By 2030, provide access to safe, affordable, accessible and sustainable transport systems for all, improving road safety, notably by expanding public transport, with special attention to the needs of those in vulnerable situations, women, children, persons with disabilities and older persons[.]”

The UN has, thus far, been unable to track people having access to public transportation. So, I will give it my best effort. The types of transportation which are considered sustainable include, electric buses, fuel or diesel and electric hybrid vehicles, electric light rail, rapid-transit and high speed rail, biodiesel, ethanol, compressed natural gas, and biogas, bus rapid transit, and hydrogen fuel cell vehicles.

What is clear, despite any statistics which are available, is that every sustainability plan which comes out to dictate what is going to happen to the local citizens in that town, city, or state, this idea is always included. If you read any of these documents, you will read about the need for expanded capacity for public transportation. You will read about the need for increased usage of public transportation. The draft sustainability plan in Sioux Falls, SD, which is just about to be implemented, actually promises that there will be far fewer individual automobiles in the near future and if any of us, the citizens, don’t like that we can ride a bike. The wind never stops blowing and I’ve personally experienced two blizzards, a couple of very violent thunderstorms, and temperatures ranging from -26oF to 102oF. I certainly don’t want to be out in any of that, and I certainly don’t want to use public transportation – and I won’t.

“11.3 By 2030, enhance inclusive and sustainable urbanization and capacity for participatory, integrated and sustainable human settlement planning and management in all countries[.]”

Once again, the UN cannot be bothered to track their own target. It is beyond the UN to gather the data to figure out “the ‘ratio of land consumption rate to population growth rate,’” nor “the ‘proportion of cities with a direct participation structure of civil society in urban planning and management that operate regularly and democratically.’”

Everywhere, it seems, has one, or multiple organizations which serve to implement this. In Sioux Falls, the city council and mayor have decided that college students, business interests, and five citizens on board with these types of designs, are the civil society they need to listen to. There are 23 people on the steering committee regarding sustainability in Sioux Falls.

Now, if some entity wanted to go around messy elections and oath’s of office how would that entity do that? Convince the elected officials to commission something like an unelected sustainability steering committee which will push out draconian 5-year plans with advice like go ride a bike when it is -10 degrees out with a 40 mph wind. Electing the mayor and the city council out won’t get rid of the cancer, it will only replace those who control the committee. The result is that, citizens are not represented, even at the local level, and the people on these types of unelected boards seem to have taken an oath to the United Nations to effect widespread misery, deprivation, shortage, and death in line with the SDGs.

How do we get rid of unelected boards shoving Communist 5-year plans down the throats of an unsuspecting citizenry? We start putting the question on the ballots whether or not we should continue on with theses types of committees. We call the mayor and city council members and politely demand that these types of committees be disbanded, through ordinance or statute, immediately.

If we, as concerned citizens, fail to take action against the existence of local, unelected, power hungry, committees, boards, councils, etc…, then we will end up with the Wildlands project goals being implemented and a reality. Basically there will be thoroughfares created, called wildlife or environmental corridors, which are completely off limits from any human activity. Maps of this plan indicate that about half of the United States would be deemed off limits due to the institution of the plan.

The United States would quickly become a land of city-states. Permission to travel from one city to another would need to be granted by a governmental authority. There would be no little towns scattered about the country side. There would be intersecting wildlife corridors all over the place. A few generations of doing this would result in fracturing any type of extended families and allow individual city-states to rule their subjects with an iron fist, decreeing whatever they desired whenever they desired it. Non-conformity will not be tolerated in such a society.

“11.4 Strengthen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage[.]”

When target 11.3 is paired with 11.4 the idea that human activity is acceptable in even fewer places. The difference between Wildlife corridors and Cultural Heritage Sites is that humans can visit the Cultural Heritage Sites in most cases.

The Cultural Heritage Sites in the US which are subject to UNESCO’s jurisdiction are architecture designed by Frank Lloyd Wright (8 of them in different locations), Cahokia Mounds State Historic Site (IL), Carlsbad Caverns National Park (NM), Chako Culture National Historical Park (NM), Everglades National Park (FL), Grand Canyon National Park (CO), Great Smoky Mountains National Park (NC and TN), Hawaii Volcanoes National Park (HI), Independence Hall (PA), Kluane/Wrangell–Saint Elias National Park and Preserve/Glacier Bay/Tatshenshini–Alsek Wilderness Provincial Park (AK and BC, Canada), La Fortaleza and San Juan National Historic Site in Puerto Rico (PR), Mammoth Cave National Park (KY), Mesa Verde National Park (CO), Monticello and the University of Virginia in Charlottesville (VA), Monumental Earthworks of Poverty Point (LA), Olympia National Park (WA), Papahānaumokuākea (Near HI in the ocean), Redwood National and State Parks (CA), San Antonia Missions (TX), Statue of Liberty (NY), Taos Pueblo (NM), Waterton Glacer International Peace Park (MT, and Canada), Yellowstone National Park (WY, MT, and ID), and Yosemite National Park (CA).

It is a long list – 24 sites – covering well over 631 square miles. Around the world, there are hundreds of these sites. They are subject to all kinds of various laws, rules, and regulations from not only UNSECO but from park rangers and forestry officials. During COVID-19 many of these sites were completely shut off to the public, for example. A lot of these sites have multiple designations like biodiversity reserves.

This is a sovereignty-busting compact which seeks to grab as much land as possible. If there is no historical or cultural significance at the sites themselves, easements around the boundaries will sought. Additional sites are constantly being explored. Currently, there are 19 more sites which are listed as tentative to be included on the World Heritage List in the United States. Globally, there are a total of 1,154 sites already included and 1,737 tentative sites. These sites will eventually be permanently shut-off to the public and special permissions will be required to enter them. Many of these sites featured fully armed military, paramilitary, and security forces to make sure access to certain portions of these sites remain off limits – such as the caves lying at the base of the Grand Canyon.

“11.5 By 2030, significantly reduce the number of deaths and the number of people affected and substantially decrease the direct economic losses relative to global gross domestic product caused by disasters, including water-related disasters, with a focus on protecting the poor and people in vulnerable situations[.]”

In 2008 there were 38.24 million internal displacements and in 2020 the number had fallen to 30.69 million. Not mentioned here is how many of the displaced were able to return home. And this only covers new displacements those already displaced at an earlier date are not counted.

The Marshall Islands and Togo somehow managed to have a ratio per 100,000 people affected by disasters exceeding 100,000 people; 106,697.02 and 100,599.97, respectively, in 2020. Seven other nations recorded over 12,000 per 100,000 in 2020.

In 2020 Togo reported that 1.03 people per 100,000 died or were missing due to disasters. Also in 2020, the Marshall Islands reported a rate of 1.88 per 100,000 missing or deceased due to disasters. Three countries, Iraq (2018), Slovenia (2020), and Armenia (2020) had over 100 people per 100,000 killed or missing because of disasters; 249.5, 138.7, and 110.96, respectively.

No one at the United Nations, a national government, an international non-governmental-organization, or anyone else can stop natural disasters. Trying to link natural disasters to driving cars and producing electricity by burning gas or coal is, in essence, stating that mankind can overpower the sun’s effects upon the earth. Maybe mankind can geoengineer and terraform the earth. The ways thhis can be accomplished is not because of humanity’s usage of cars or electricity production – it is because of weather modification programs like stratospheric aerosolized injection (SAI), overstimulating the ionosphere and other layers of the atmosphere, and detonating nuclear weapons, especially in the upper atmosphere. Space shuttles exiting to and returning from space actually leave holes in the earth’s atmosphere for a time. Operating gasoline engines isn’t causing earthquakes, but messing with the ionosphere can. Burning coal and then filtering the bad particles out, like lead and sulfur, isn’t going to create acid rain but SAI using sulfur will. Getting nuclear powered electricity isn’t going to spew alpha and beta particles around the world if they are operated correctly, but it is a guarantee that some of the materials released in high-altitude nuclear tests is resting in the soil and waters around the globe.

Those issues are never addressed by the people at the UN. They want global austerity and are disingenuously using disaster mitigation as the vehicle to make it difficult to argue against. That ploy is done on purpose. The whole target is a ruse in which the UN will claim that anyone making arguments along the lines presented here are the ones who are labeled as whack-jobs and pro-death. Well, I’m neither of those labels – I want everyone on earth to be able to live of their own free-will granted to them by God, including being free of being affected by disasters. All I’m saying here is that the UN is lying through their teeth when they claim to care about any of this, being as though the UN and their friends are the same people who have determined that God created a flawed system (He did not) and that they can ‘fix’ it.

In the economic realm, economic losses relative to GDP totaled 0.1% of Cameroon’s GDP in 2019, the highest rate in the world. That number equates to $39,670,000.* The second nation on the list, Vanuatu, lost 0.07% in 2018 which equates to $640,309.54.* Burundi, at 0.05% in 2018, lost $1.335 million.* Over a decade ago, in 2009, Samoa lost 0.05% which means $292,353.01.* Fifth on the list is Sudan which lost 0.04% in 2019, or $1,046,400.* The GDP base in these countries is very low, meaning the statistics are not really that reflective of the real situation. In 2019 the United States reported less than 0.01% losses which totals (at 0.009%) $192,870,000.*

In 2005, a full half of a percent of global GDP was lost due to disasters. $47.78 trillion was the GDP in 2005 and 0.5% equals $238.9 billion.* In 2017, 0.43% was lost, which is $349.246 billion.* 2015 represents the highest point and 2017 represents the most recent, and also the fourth highest percentage since 1995. To put this all in perspective, COVID-19’s disastrous mitigation efforts cost a 3% reduction in overall global GDP equating to trillions of dollars and it was all orchestrated by evil, demonically inspired and demonically sympathetic men and women in positions of trust.

Insurers, reinsurers, and risk-management firms Munich Re (Germany) and Aon Benfield (Britain) point at weather disasters rising. Both firms reported in 2017 that worldwide weather-related disaster losses accounted for 0.40% as a share of GDP.

The UN is trying to state that everyone needs to move to the cities, and that there are major weather events which affect those places. They are taking water-related disasters specifically into account because cities have waterways. Most of the largest cities are arranged around oceans and coastlines. Some are arranged around navigable rivers or lakes which access to the oceans of the world. Humanity is, not surprisingly, organized geographically, in part, due to access to water. Tsunamis, hurricanes, typhoons, and floods have always been a threat in certain areas. As more and more economic value is added in cities in areas which are afflicted by such events, the economic damage and death tolls will reach higher and higher totals when those events present themselves severely.

Tornadoes are an ever-present threat in the US and Canadian plains. While they do not usually directly strike places such as Chicago, St. Louis, or Oklahoma City, the possibility does exist. Taking out even one-tenth of a major metropolitan area in the US or Canada would quickly add up into the hundreds of billions of dollars. Hurricane Sandy caused $62 billion in damage. Hurricane Katrina, which left a still lingering economic impact in Louisiana and Mississippi, is estimated to have cost $100-$150 billion in damages.

Imagine what the consequences will be if and when there is an earthquake in Shanghai, China or a wildfire in Mexico City, Mexico, a flood in Melbourne, Australia, or a drought in Buenos Aries, Argentina. The devastation which will be wrought should the Cascadia Subduction Zone have a massive earthquake and a resultant tsunami would be horrifying as it would have the potential to wipe out the coastline of all of Washington state (Seattle), Vancouver in Canada, Oregon (Portland), and a good chunk of the Northern Californian coast line. If the focal point of the tsunami struck Seattle and Vancouver the costs could be in the millions of lives and in the trillions of dollars. The same holds true for multiple other potential events like the possibility of an ocean-wide tsunami slamming into the east coast of the United States, the UK, Ireland, Spain, and multiple regions in Africa should one, or multiple, Canary Islands be so affected by an earthquake or volcanic event.

In the last 7 days 4/23-4/30 2022 there were 87 earthquakes in the world measuring over 4.5 magnitude according to the USGS, most of which occurred in the Ring of Fire. 566 magnitude 4.5 and greater earthquakes have occurred in the last 30 days, the most potent of which was a magnitude 6.7 just off the coast of Nicaragua. In total the region has experienced 7 earthquakes of 4.5 or greater over the last 30 days including a 5.3M and 5.4M. The Loyalty Islands were hit with 38 4.5M+ quakes over the last 30 days, 6.4 the most violent.

“11.6 Reduce the environmental impacts of cities[.]”

Painting all of the buildings and roads white, using electric cars exclusively, water rationing, electricity rationing, rooftop gardens, smart meters, abolishing individual transportation, and smart cities have all been proposed, and at times implemented to accomplish this demonic target. The UN, in its typical deceptive fashion, has decided to only indicate solid waste disposal and air pollution in the tracking of this target. The UN doesn’t want anyone smelling the rotting fish bucket lurking behind this target – a panoptoconic surveillance state measuring every individuals social credit score in live time. In other words, this target represents a path towards creating an open air prison system.

According to the UN and their friends at Our World In Data in 2017 Australia and New Zealand they dispose of 94% of their solid waste in cities adequately. Europe and North America are at 89.6%, Latin America and the Caribbean 80.4%, Northern Africa and Western Asia 73.5%, Eastern and South Eastern Asia 72%, Central and Southern Asia 66.7%, and Sub-Saharan Africa took adequate care of solid waste coming from cities 43.4% of the time.

Oh boy are there are nut jobs out there. This blog, which I happened to stumble on to, written on July 19, 2021, says several things about solid waste in Africa. In the blog, the author notes that Africa collects only 55% of garbage, 90% of that goes to uncontrolled landfills, is often burnt, and 13% constitutes plastics, while 57% is organic waste. The authors partial solution to this, of course, is to convert organic wastes to fertilizer; however, some of that waste is human feces which, given the rates at which Africans are afflicted by diseases spread by feces makes the suggestion sound like an extremely bad, if not reckless, idea. “The bulk of organic waste is currently being dumped in landfills. However, organic waste could provide significant socio-economic opportunities for African countries.” The author fails to mention the disease spread through human beings through the vector of feces and does not mention the treatment processes needed to get rid of such contaminants as schistosomiasis or anti-depressants.

The author of the blog then goes on to blame plastics and chemicals leeching into water sources as the cause of “autism, asthma, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), obesity, diabetes, and various congenital disabilities.” The author can only make this claim by failing to mention the advent of vaccinations as well as genetically modified food, although the author does point at the endocrine disrupters caused by this leeching and the associated reproductive issues the cause (low sperm count, deformations, genetic abnormalities, sterility).

I used this blog to prove a point. The author wants to rail against the producers of all chemicals, all plastics, and demand the reader ascribe to the idea that those two producers are the only problems. Those two industries, according to the author, are responsible for all of the ailments listed above as well as a decrease in health of humans overall and the cause of environmental degradation. The way to fix this is to stop making plastics and chemicals. Using plastics and chemicals is not the right way to mitigate the potential harmful effects they can produce; however. Disposing of such substances properly is the key here.

Reader, please do not think that I approve of all of the chemicals that exist, because I don’t, and I really do think some of them should be immediately discontinued and cleaned up effectively. Prozac and Ritalin, for example, are something I see as the soma from Brave New World or the mandated cocktail demanded by authorities to be taken in THX-1138. Lets get those out of the water supply. Let’s actually clean the water and get all of the GMO proteins out of it, along with the lead. Let’s get rid of mandated vaccination routines for newborns – particularly the MMR and hepatitis vaccines. Let’s stop using GMO seeds, harsh chemical cocktails on our crops, and increase the CO2 concentrations in the atmosphere so we can increase food production without GMO garbage. Let’s encourage small farms – break up the foreign owned and/or corporate farms and encourage crop rotation, field rotation, and organic foods. If the source is organic the food will be a lot cleaner even if it is processed afterwards. None of that will ever occur – the UN, and all of their friends seek to destroy humanity’s DNA, God’s creation, and move into an age of transhumanism. We are all guinea pigs (Steve Quayle and Doug Hagmann call us lab rats – and they are correct).

Air pollution is made to seem more severe in nations because where there is power generation and industrial activity is usually within cities. There is a concentration of pollutants in those areas, especially if potential pollutants are not scrubbed out of the resultant expulsion of resultant materials. The UN measures this by spreading air pollution in cities across the entire nation. Also, please keep in mind, that CO2 release is usually counted as pollution (it is NOT), and there is a lot of talk, and the possible application of figuring water vapor into air pollution totals – WATER VAPOR.

According the UN, in 2017, the mean annual exposure to air pollutants of particulate matter 2.5 microns or less in size (measured by micrograms per cubic meter) found six nations over 87μg with Nepal at 99.73μg, followed by Niger, Qatar, India, Saudi Arabia, and Eqypt. With the exception of Nepal, which is almost entirely comprised inside of the highest mountain range on earth, the Hymilayas (as is Buhtan), all of these nations are located in or contain within their borders a desert, meaning there is silica dust floating around in the air. Silica can get stuck within a human being’s lungs and cause respiratory problems and deserts are also subject to sandstorms – massive walls of winds which whipped up loose sand particles as they sweep across the desert. For thousands of years the people inhabiting those lands have worn face coverings to protect themselves from the larger particulate matter in the desert, near the desert, and being blown in by sandstorms. It’s not a new thing, it’s a desert life thing – and it won’t stop a virus.

Bio Safety Level-4 (BSL-4) suits stop viruses and so do BSL-3 suits to an extent (not the ones the globalists hope kill the mass of humanity, like Ebola, or a chimeric Ebola-smallpox), proper immune systems stop viruses; and masks stop sand. About four years ago I could find BSL-4 suits for about $1,800 with the mask included. Today I cannot find a price, nor can I find a place to buy one from unless I e-mail the manufacturing company and I even searched it on Google.com just to see what happened – something I almost never resort to – and that search came up with nothing except over -sized suits. The last time I e-mailed a company for a price I ended up ordering a square yard of copper/silver infused fabric which ran $100 per square yard.

The UN will use anything – sand, Ebola, COVID-19, H2O and everything else to justify their position to define pollutants and contain them. They will especially seek to do this by seeking out airborne problems in major urban areas and present them as issues that affect the globe. The air pollution which is released by China is definitely a problem in the areas in which it is produced; however, it disperses in the atmosphere and oceans as it travels over the Pacific Ocean. And if this is a burden to the ecosystem, then, by the ‘laws’ of ‘evolution’ shouldn’t the organisms representing life just adapt to the incrementally changing chemical and mineral balance of the nutrients available in the oceans and atmosphere?

That’s an interesting question that puts transhumanists and evolutionists in between a rock and a hard place. If evolution is a law, and not a theory, which is what both groups present as their argument – shouldn’t whatever pollutants mankind has produced ensure a survival of the fittest of the most agile of all life forms? That would include the virus and the prion (which I would argue against being alive at all), bacteria, and single celled organisms. Shouldn’t those organisms have ‘evolved’? Indeed – some have ‘evolved,’ especially bacteria such as MRSA, drug resistant strains of Tuberculosis, and other bacterial infections with are no longer able to be treated by some classes of antibiotics. The ‘evolution’ of MRSA and other bacteriological-strains actually represents a loss of the bacteria’s genetic structure – they no longer have the receptors which will allow anti-bacteriological drugs to kill them. That isn’t bacterial evolution, its bacterial DE-evolution, and, given enough time, all bacteria which can infect mankind will be without receptors to anything – including the ability to perform both vital (positive) and disease-causing (negative) function within a human, animal, or plant biome. If humans continue to interfere with bacteria in such a way as we have been, bacteria may even lose their abilities outside of the bodies of life and cease to break down organic and inorganic materials, and where would that leave humanity? Dead. Good thing for the few human survivors (500 million, hmm) there are DNA banks to reconstitute the life giving bacteria, huh?

“11.7 By 2030, provide universal access to safe, inclusive and accessible, green and public spaces, in particular for women and children, older persons and persons with disabilities[.]”

So, women WITH children are good to go into a park. So are older people, and disabled people. I’m a 44 year old man, so I guess I don’t qualify. I put groceries on the shelf for these groups, and others to buy – so I guess I’m not qualified to go to a park or green space. I labor so that these groups can infest parks with their stupidity and leave their garbage behind.

The first idiotic indicator the UN didn’t track for this target reads “average share of the built-up area of cities that is open space for public use for all, by sex, age and persons with disabilities.” Generally, parks are open to every single person regardless of sex, age, or disability. Granted, some disabilities may prevent individuals suffering from those debilitates access to the park (like those in mountains, mountain ranges, with steps, which have large groups of people [enochlophobia or agoraphobia], or those that disallow emotional support animals, among others). Park access is pretty much open to everyone except apparently me – because I am a middle-aged white male who works his behind off for far less than I’m worth to provide for service to those in my community. Not only do I not have the time to visit one of these parks because of paid work, or because I started a zero-income ‘business’ which will get me thrown into the Americanized global vision of a gulag for speaking my mind, but I don’t want to. This is going to sound really crass but, why would I want to leave my apartment with neighbors who are legitimately retarded or of foreign-born descent whom I cannot communicate with to go see more people who are retarded or of foreign-born descent whom I cannot communicate with? I can do all of that right here – all I need to do is go walk around my apartment copmlex! I don’t need a waterfall in the background to do that. But, one day I will go see the Sioux Falls attraction. And on that day I hope there are rational people there.

The other UN indicator for being able to access parks is, also not tracked. The indicator seeks, somewhat bizarrely, even though the target includes the term ‘safe,’ to measure the “proportion of persons victim of physical or sexual harassment, by sex, age, disability status and place of occurrence, in the previous 12 months.”

If I call a tranny trying to convert from a man to a women (another Godly abomination) a man, I very well may be included in this statistic if the incident occurred in a public space. It’s one of the reasons why I can go into any public space and not speak a word – for fear of being criminalized for something I muttered at a grocery store, or Target, or Walmart, or a public park. Honestly, I see no people worth speaking to – they are either completely wrapped up in their own world and will refuse to be challenged by the real world, or are retarded – and I don’t mean retarded to be mean, I mean they are retarded to the ideas I would present to them and would not or could not comprehend them.

I’m not going to deny that real violent acts occur in parks, public, and open spaces. Of course they do - look at the open spaces allowed while aboard the NTC subway. Better, go look at the violent attacks by larger stature people against smaller stature people in the NYC subway system. From the incidents I have seen, every victim has been a woman or diminutive male and has been attacked by a larger black male from behind. Why is this? People like the demonic assholes of the galaxy they are – Rachael Maddow, Don Lemmon, Brian Stelter, Al Sharpton, the entire Southern Poverty Law Center, and even entities within the ACLU (and the ACLU itself at times) – push the idea that whites are nothing, blacks are owed something by the whites, and getting that ‘something owed’ is worth any act of violence. In effect, it means that white people are able to be robbed, assaulted, raped, and even murdered with impunity as long as the perpetrator is non-white. The US Government itself has actually identified white, Christian, males as the biggest domestic threat in the US. If I were writing in 1840, my analytics would be no different save for the race perpetrating the crime.

Have you seen the video of the white girl walking with her boyfriend in Indiana telling BLM murderers thugs “All Lives Matter?” If you have not, you can go read about it here, and I will tell you, the BLM murdered her for saying that in 2020, in a park. Where is the UN? Supporting those racists in BLM who murdered this poor girl for uttering that completely truthful phrase, because, social equity? It’s more like the UN is endorsing murder as long as the murder is conducted in order to facilitate their Communist goals.

“11.a Support positive economic, social and environmental links between urban, per-urban and rural areas by strengthening national and regional development planning[.]”

I’ve seen this plan four times. The first time I saw it was in Agenda 21. The second time was in Agenda 2030. The third was the Metropolitan Council’s (MET Council) Thrive 2040 Plan for the seven counties comprising and surrounding Minneapolis/Saint Paul. The last time I ran across one of these documents was about a month ago with the Sioux Falls Sustainability Plan.

The UN indicator for this target, “proportion of population living in cities that implement urban and regional development plans integrating population projections and resource needs, by size of city,” is measured as “countries that have national urban policies or regional development plans that respond to population dynamics; ensure balanced territorial development; and increase local fiscal space.”

156 countries in the world are mapped as having an affirmative to the metric measuring target 11.a. The notable ‘No’s’ to this metric are the United States and Russia. North Macedonia is the only fully European nation which is a no. Azerbaijan and North Korea are the Asian holdouts; however, being as though North Korea is an absolute Communist dictatorship, they have these types of plans but those plans are not meant to enrich anyone but the dictator and the dictator’s friends.

Why would any nation decided to go against such plans? The answer in the United States is that the federal government has no legal ability to enact such plans because of the divisions between state governments and the federal government. In the US, that has not stopped states and cities, acting independently of their state governments, from developing regional plans (MET Council) or city plans (Sioux Falls). While the United States gets a ‘no’ on this metric, the country by and large, has enacted some form of sustainable development plan on a state, regional, or city level. Why would they do this? Because copying and pasting sections of Agenda 21/2030 and SDG’s is very easy, does not require a great deal of thinking because the terminology sounds great on it’s face, and because these mayors, city councils, and governors want to virtue signal their willingness to capitulate to a global government.

If you have never read Agenda 21, I encourage you to do it. The plan is to organize society around mass-transit and to use total surveillance to measure compliance. Who needs snitches when someone idles their car in a parking lot when people have no cars? No snitch is needed if there is a leaky faucet which goes unfixed with a smart meter hooked up to it. Have an old refrigerator in the garage that is used to hold beer but takes too much energy – the technocrat will know that – and the beer drinker will experience brownouts and blackouts regularly. Garages will no longer need to be a thing by 205 though – everything will be ride sharing or public transportation – and each individual will be geo-fenced into the areas in which they are permitted to go. Woe to those leaving their areas. Woe to those mentioning, aloud, their desire to conduct themselves in an unapproved way – like taking a walk to the other side of town to go to their shopping market. I have a bleak outlook. The problem is that my bleak outlook is much rosier than the reality.

The countries which have garnered a no from the metrics of this UN target are still somewhat sovereign. The stupidity of governors and mayors which adopt sustainability schemes which agree with the terms the UN has set forth are criminals and are acting unconstitutionally. In my opinion they are committing treason by aiding and abetting an enemy. The fine folks at the US Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Defense which have decided to push UN SDG’s upon their agents to enforce are acting with treason as their motive and thinking that the world will save them from the likes of those who, correctly, address them as Benedict Arnold's.

“11.b By 2020, substantially increase the number of cities and human settlements adopting and implementing integrated policies and plans towards inclusion, resource efficiency, mitigation and adaptation to climate change, resilience to disasters, and develop and implement, in line with the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030, holistic disaster risk management at all levels[.]”

The Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk was adopted in 2015. In the Preamble, the UNISDR (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction) stated in Article 5, “it is urgent and critical to anticipate, plan for and reduce disaster risk in order to more effectively protect persons, communities and countries, their livelihoods, health, cultural heritage, socioeconomic assets and ecosystems, and thus strengthen their resilience.”

Article 7 of the Preamble reads:

“Enhanced work to reduce exposure and vulnerability, thus preventing the creation of new disaster risks, and accountability for disaster risk creation are needed at all levels. More dedicated action needs to be focused on tackling underlying disaster risk drivers, such as the consequences of poverty and inequality, climate change and variability, unplanned and rapid urbanization, poor land management and compounding factors such as demographic change, weak institutional arrangements, non-risk-informed policies, lack of regulation and incentives for private disaster risk reduction investment, complex supply chains, limited availability of technology, unsustainable uses of natural resources, declining ecosystems, pandemics and epidemics. Moreover, it is necessary to continue strengthening good governance in disaster risk reduction strategies at the national, regional and global levels and improving preparedness and national coordination for disaster response, rehabilitation and reconstruction, and to use post-disaster recovery and reconstruction to “Build Back Better”, supported by strengthened modalities of international cooperation.”

Articles 12 and 13 of the Preamble goes:

“12 It is recalled that the outcome document of the United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development, held in 2012, entitled “The future we want” called for disaster risk reduction and the building of resilience to disasters to be addressed with a renewed sense of urgency in the context of sustainable development and poverty eradication and, as appropriate, to be integrated at all levels. The Conference also reaffirmed all the principles of the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development [the Rio Declaration is Agenda 21].”

“13 Addressing climate change as one of the drivers of disaster risk, while respecting the mandate of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, represents an opportunity to reduce disaster risk in a meaningful and coherent manner throughout the interrelated intergovernmental processes.”

In Section II, Expected Outcome and Goal, is Article 18:

“To support the assessment of global progress in achieving the outcome and goal of the present Framework, seven global targets have been agreed. These targets will be measured at the global level and will be complemented by work to develop appropriate indicators. National targets and indicators will contribute to the achievement of the outcome and goal of the present Framework. The seven global targets are: (a) Substantially reduce global disaster mortality by 2030, aiming to lower the average per 100,000 global mortality rate in the decade 2020–2030 compared to the period 2005– 2015; (b) Substantially reduce the number of affected people globally by 2030, aiming to lower the average global figure per 100,000 in the decade 2020–2030 compared to the period 2005–2015;9 (c) Reduce direct disaster economic loss in relation to global gross domestic product (GDP) by 2030; (d) Substantially reduce disaster damage to critical infrastructure and disruption of basic services, among them health and educational facilities, including through developing their resilience by 2030; (e) Substantially increase the number of countries with national and local disaster risk reduction strategies by 2020; (f) Substantially enhance international cooperation to developing countries through adequate and sustainable support to complement their national actions for implementation of the present Framework by 2030; (g) Substantially increase the availability of and access to multi-hazard.”

All of that sounds great until the reader realizes that acquiring, cataloging, and storing all DNA is one of the chapters of Agenda 21. It sounds good until it is understood that the UN plans to surveil everything every human does in real time. It sounds good until we realize the UN ‘s emphasis upon health and education infrastructure is the most important because in education the UN can brainwash our children, and in healthcare settings the bastards can maim and murder us with impunity. Disasters which cause less economic damage sounds great until people realize that one way to achieve it is to dramatically decrease economic means. It sounds great unless you live in the West and are forced to pay taxes to a government which doesn’t care one whit about its own citizen’s well-being and gives billions, if not trillions, to foreign governments who probably care even less about the well-being of their citizens.

The UN operates just like Greenpeace did when they came upon a huge tract of ocean covered in floating garbage. Greenpeace took out their cameras, but not a net. They took plenty of pictures to bring home but took no garbage out of the ocean. When they returned to land, Greenpeace published the pictures and demanded money and action, yet didn’t go out there to start picking the garbage from the sea. The UN is doing, and continuously does, exactly the same thing as Greenpeace – here is YOUR problem that WE identified as a problem pay billions of dollars, because you ‘have it’ and go fix it by giving that money to ‘us.’ It’s global welfare which serves to embolden the likes of the UN, World Bank, World Economic Forum, and World Health Organization, while leaving those in rich nations poorer, and those in poor nations gazing at the wealth of their own leaders while they starve to death and are forced to drink tainted water.

Did you notice, reader, that Build Back Better is included in this? In order to build back, whatever was there must be ripped down. The term better is highly subjective. What may be better for you may not be better for me. The UN is promising that things will get torn down to be rebuilt in their image; not just buildings, livelihoods, lives, but the people themselves. This is why COVID-19 was endorsed by the UN. They have this demonic notion that God didn’t create humanity correctly because we die and they want to beat death. They will not be able to accomplish that goal because God is real – another aspect of reality these types of people refuse to acknowledge. Even if they did get radical life-extention and could live to 1,000 years old (eww) that technology is not meant for you, it’s meant for them. You and I are merely the means for them to acquire the technology (another increasingly demonically-inspired area) to not only live ‘forever’ but to cull the rest of us.

The UN rated 6 nations in 2021 upon how well they implemented the Sendai Framework. Qatar and the UK both scored 100% implementation. In 2020, 26 nations had at least 90% of the Sendai Framework implemented.

The United States with a 2019 rating of 75% of the Sendai Framwork implemented still has 56 local governments following its disaster preparedness plans. China reported no data but local policies are set in Beijing by whatever load of crap is heading up the politburo. North Korea operates the same way. In 2020, Russia had over 20,000 local governments following it’s national plan and in 2018 Germany had over 11,000 following it’s plan. Over 80% of Russia’s plan, and 50% of Germany’s plan was part of the Sendai Framework.

“11.c Support least developed countries, including through financial and technical assistance, in building sustainable and resilient buildings utilizing local materials[.]”

There is no indicator for this target. In my estimation the reason for that is the UN doesn’t want to see the effect it’s own decrees, suggestions, and policies have done to help swell the slums around major metropolitan areas in Least Developed Nations. Slums are built out of cardboard and scrap wood – hardly sustainable.

The UN also does not want to see how many people end up living in homes constructed of adobe made out of dung. Dung is very sustainable, but also very toxic. Lumber, stone, cement, steel, glass, and a host of other building materials are not locally produced in many LDC’s and are not deemed sustainable by the UN. Exactly how the UN plans on bridging this gap between reality and this target is beyond me.

Summary

The UN wants to, at the very least, find a way to make every single life form on the planet subservient to their goals, starting with human beings. In order to enslave humanity, the monsters at the UN have repeatedly used scaremongering (man-made climate change), fear tactics (COVID-19), promulgation of war and the coexisting crimes coming with war like rape, torture, extortion, bribery, etc... (every single area a UN Peacekeeping mission has been deployed to), and going around any nations leagl system to instill its own values (Paris Climate Accord, UN Agenda 21, etc…). But, the UN doesn’t just want to enslave humanity, it seeks, along with it’s partners, to shut up and shut down anyone not in line with its goals who has the courage to speak up and speak about about their goals. Speaking up and speaking out about the screw job the UN is pulling endangers its stakeholders and they cannot have that, being as though some of their stakeholders are the same people pulling the strings of major world leaders and powers, including the UN, behind the scenes. And the UN wants to do their part by abolishing all private property by destroying the ability for any individual to gain an inheritance or find gainful work (the UN never mentions gainful employment – only meaningful employment).

The UN wants us obedient, poor, compliant, and subservient or dead if we will not bow to them. The UN wants to take control of all of the cities and force every human being within reason to dwell in their planned smart-coffin apartments, ride their smart-transportation, and work in their smart-businesses and smart-factories. That ‘smart’ part ensures humanity’s collective demise through increased idleness, the lack of purpose which attends prolonged idleness, dependence upon the state to provide for basic needs such as food and water and shelter, and eventually death as more and more individuals are deemed obsolete.

But, I contend, we ALL have a purpose – to seek the God of creation and to submit only to His Word. Only to His will. The authorities of the world, especially the politicians and academia and scientists – technocrats and/or transhumanists and/or satanists hate that idea. But it’s why I leave the last line in every one of these articles. If you don’t read it for yourself, how will you know what it says? And if you don’t know what it say, how are you going to know what God wants you to do? And if you don’t know what God wants you to do, well, you are very lost indeed and will be swept away on the current which is the way of the world – and damnation is the way of the world.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

* https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GDP.MKTP.CD?locations=CM-VU-BI-WS-SD-US-1W

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal11 unless otherwise documented.

What in the World is Going on in Chile?

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/28/2022

I was listening to my favorite broadcaster, Alex Jones, very early this morning when he mentioned something about Chile passing a law tailored to protect the rights of genetically altered people – I will refer to them as chimeras from here on out. And I wondered what the need for such a law was. I also wondered how absolutely disgusting is the government of Chile.

Chilean Law Number 21.422 is titled, “PROHÍBE LA DISCRIMINACIÓN LABORAL FRENTE A MUTACIONES O ALTERACIONES DE MATERIAL GENÉTICO O EXÁMENES GENÉTICOS (PROHIBITS EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION AGAINST MUTATIONS OR ALTERATIONS OF GENETIC MATERIAL OR GENETIC TESTS*).”

The full text reads, in Spanish, followed by an english translation:

“Teniendo presente que el H. Congreso Nacional ha dado su aprobación al siguiente proyecto de ley iniciado en una moción del Honorable senador señor Alejandro Navarro Brain,

“Proyecto de ley:

“Artículo 1°.- Ningún empleador podrá condicionar la contratación de trabajadores, su permanencia o la renovación de su contrato, o la promoción o movilidad en su empleo, a la ausencia de mutaciones o alteraciones en su genoma que causen una predisposición o un alto riesgo a una patología que pueda llegar a manifestarse durante el transcurso de la relación laboral, ni exigir para dichos fines certificado o examen alguno que permita verificar que el trabajador no posee en su genoma humano mutaciones o alteraciones de material genético que puedan derivar en el desarrollo o manifestarse en una enfermedad o anomalía física o psíquica en el futuro.

“Artículo 2°.- El trabajador podrá manifestar su consentimiento libre e informado para realizarse un examen genético, de conformidad con lo dispuesto en el artículo 14 de la ley N° 20.584, siempre y cuando esté dirigido a asegurar que reúne las condiciones físicas o psíquicas necesarias e idóneas para desarrollar trabajos o faenas calificados como peligrosos, con la única finalidad de proteger su vida o integridad física o psíquica, como asimismo la vida o la salud física o mental de otros trabajadores. En caso de ser requeridos estos exámenes por el empleador, éste deberá asumir su costo. Asimismo, en caso de existir relación laboral vigente, el tiempo utilizado en la realización de dichos exámenes se entenderá como trabajado para todos los efectos legales.

“Artículo 3°.- Los establecimientos de salud y los laboratorios que realicen este tipo de exámenes, como asimismo los empleadores que accedan a esta información, deberán adoptar todas las medidas de seguridad prescritas en la ley N° 20.584 y en el artículo 12 de ley N° 20.120, con el fin de proteger la intimidad del trabajador y garantizar un manejo reservado de los datos.

“‘El trabajador siempre tendrá derecho a acceder a la información que arroje un examen genético.’.

“Y por cuanto he tenido a bien aprobarlo y sancionarlo; por tanto, promúlguese y llévese a efecto como Ley de la República.

“Santiago, 3 de febrero de 2022.- SEBASTIÁN PIÑERA ECHENIQUE, Presidente de la República.- Pedro Pizarro Cañas, Ministro del Trabajo y Previsión Social (S).- Enrique Paris Mancilla, Ministro de Salud.

“Lo que transcribo a usted para su conocimiento.- Gustavo Rosende Salazar, Subsecretario del Trabajo (S).

“Bearing in mind that the National Congress has given its approval to the following bill initiated in a motion by the Honorable Senator Mr. Alejandro Navarro Brain,

“Bill:

“Article 1°.- No employer may condition the hiring of workers, their permanence or the renewal of their contract, or the promotion or mobility in their employment, to the absence of mutations or alterations in their genome that cause a predisposition or a high risk to a pathology that may manifest itself during the course of the employment relationship, or require for these purposes any certificate or examination that allows to verify that the worker does not have in his human genome mutations or alterations of genetic material that may lead to the development or manifest in a disease or physical or mental anomaly in the future.

“Article 2°.- The worker may express his free and informed consent to perform a genetic examination, in accordance with the provisions of article 14 of Law No. 20,584, as long as it is aimed at ensuring that he meets the necessary and suitable physical or mental conditions to carry out work or tasks classified as dangerous, with the sole purpose of protecting his life or physical or mental integrity, as well as the life or physical or mental health of other workers. If these exams are required by the employer, the employer must bear the cost. Likewise, if there is a current employment relationship, the time used in carrying out these exams will be understood as worked for all legal purposes.

“Article 3°.- Health establishments and laboratories that perform this type of examination, as well as employers who access this information, must adopt all the security measures prescribed in Law No. 20,584 and Article 12 of Law No. 20,120, in order to protect the privacy of the worker and guarantee a confidential handling of the data.

“‘The worker will always have the right to access the information that a genetic test yields.’

“And because I have been kind enough to approve and sanction it; therefore, it shall be supplemented and put into effect as a Law of the Republic.

“Santiago, February 3, 2022.- SEBASTIÁN PIÑERA ECHENIQUE, President of the Republic.- Pedro Pizarro Cañas, Minister of Labor and Social Welfare (S).- Enrique Paris Mancilla, Minister of Health.”)

Law 21.422 was published in the Chilean version of the US Federal Register on February 16, 2022.

While this law was reported on as creating a legal status for non-human entities in what appears to be a human body, it seems that this is not the case. Possibly, Alex Jones was wrong, or at least misled by several articles. The first article I found was at adversereationreport.com. The second article appeared at dariodevalarta.com and was the source for the first article I found. There are similar articles posted on naturalnews.com, gmo.news, orwell.city and several other sites.

It sounds to me like the bill as translated and voted on to become law actually protects the unaltered, real-deal human. But...

The official gazette of Chile’s law can be found here and reads similarly as the bill text above.

“PROHIBITS EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION AGAINST MUTATIONS OR ALTERATIONS OF GENETIC MATERIAL OR GENETIC TESTS

“Bearing in mind that the H. National Congress has given its approval to the following project of law initiated in a motion of the Honorable Senator Mr. Alejandro Navarro Brain,

“Bill:

“Article 1°.- No employer may condition the hiring of workers, their permanence or renewal of your contract, or promotion or mobility in your employment, at the absence of mutations or alterations in your genome that cause a predisposition or a high risk to a pathology that may manifest itself during the course of the relationship labor, nor require for these purposes any certificate or examination that allows to verify that the Worker does not possess in his human genome mutations or alterations of genetic material that may lead to the development or manifest in a disease or physical or mental anomaly in the future.

“Article 2°.- The worker may express his free and informed consent to perform a genetic examination, in accordance with the provisions of article 14 of Law No. 20.584, as long as it is aimed at ensuring that it meets the physical or mental conditions necessary and suitable to carry out work or tasks classified as dangerous, with the only purpose of protecting their life or physical or mental integrity, as well as life or health physical or mental of other workers. If these examinations are required by the employer, it must bear its cost. Also, if there is a current employment relationship, the time used in the performance of these examinations shall be understood as worked for all legal effects.

“Article 3°.- Health establishments and laboratories that carry out this type of examinations, as well as employers who access this information, must adopt all security measures prescribed in Law No. 20,584 and Article 12 of Law No. 20.120, in order to protect the privacy of the worker and guarantee a reserved handling of the data.

“‘The worker will always have the right to access the information that an exam yields genetic.’

“And because I have been kind enough to approve and sanction it; therefore, please supplement and take to effect as Law of the Republic.

“Santiago, February 3, 2022.- SEBASTIÁN PIÑERA ECHENIQUE, President of the Republic.- Pedro Pizarro Cañas, Minister of Labor and Social Welfare (S).- Enrique Paris Mancilla, Minister of Health.

“What I transcribe to you for your knowledge.- Gustavo Rosende Salazar, Undersecretary of Labor (S).”

I cannot personally read Spanish, thus I relied on an online translator to interpret this for me. Maybe the translator is off in this regard; however, a word appears in both version in the Spanish, ‘ausencia’ which, when translated means ‘absence.’

Being un-vaccinated against COVID-19, I guess I have a bias here. Several things could be happening in this bill. The law is barring employers from discriminating against the un-vaccinated (which is the way that I read it). The law is barring employers from getting rid of the vaccinated (which is the way that, apparently, everyone else reads it), or the bill begins the legal segregation and distinction process of real human beings who are unaltered from those who are altered.

In my case, I read the bill version of this as meaning that those who do not have genetic alterations cannot be discriminated against (“No employer may condition the hiring of workers… to the absence of mutations or alterations in their genome...”). The official law in the gazette; however, reads a bit different as translated (“No employer may condition the hiring of workers… at the absence of mutations or alterations in your genome…”). This gets a little bit more vague because of the terminology used. I am going to chalk this up to a translation error because other translations, and the sources documents, match.

I acknowledge that I am definitely in the minority of those reporting on this and that they may be correct – this bill protects the chimeras. I can see it that way as well, but again, as I stated earlier, I am biased. I am a human and those ‘vaccinated’, well, depending on where they decided they had enough pokes, are not necessarily human for all intents and purposes. I’m trying to say that a person who had one ‘vaccine’ and stopped is not the same creature as someone who has five of these jabs. But, under the Chilean law it raises a question.

Statistica.com, in a rare display of allowing searchers to see their data, states that per 100 people in Chile, 271.92 doses of mRNA gene therapy have been administered to Chileans as of April 26, 2022. 92% have taken one dose and 95% have taken two doses, with 95% also taking at least one booster according the New York Times. Being as though a mere 5% of people do not have their heads in their butts at all in Chile and refused all of the mRNA rounds (God Bless you all), it is plausible this law is referring to the 5% who did not vaccinate as being those who are altered. In this scenario, which, the more I think about it, the more I believe it, was that this was intent of the bill and the subsequent law – again, to protect the un-jabbed.

However, the jabbed are predispositioned to illness as it has been scientifically concluded that, with each additional round of this death-jab, the jabbed receive an increasingly weakened immune system. Weakened immune systems lead to increased illness because the immune system cannot any longer fight off existing and new pathogens in the body. So, the Chilean law could be referring to that fact, which is tantamount to admitting that the jabs their citizens have taken (Sinovac, Pfizer, AstraZeneca, CanSino, and Johnson & Johnson) are deadly and debilitating. It would make sense for the absolute idiots running the nation of Chile to decide that the vast majority of their population (18,448,872 of 19,419,865) who took at least one DNA destroying jab, should be ‘protected’ from those actual human beings, as in the about 971,000, refusing to undergo the COVID-19 jab experiment.

So I’m torn between intent.

What I am not torn between, and what I will not argue against, is that, at the very least, this bill and this Law 21.422 distinguishes between humans and non-humans. Of course it is not stated that way; however, that is clearly in the language. Whichever group is not modified, according to the rulers of the nation of Chile, is protected from discrimination barring employment. What this law actually does is say there are a group of humans, who are not actually human because they are chimeras, and we are going to protect that group. And with the last sentence, I declare Alex Jones to be right, yet again, and the articles which I read to be accurate. Expecting the government of Chile to express a desire to marginalize 95% of it’s population is inane on my part, and for that I apologize; however, the questions must be raised, and answered if possible. Chile is going to endorse transhumanism one way or another – it has already been codified into their law.

So maybe, Alex Jones was RIGHT, yet again; time will tell. But I have a hunch that he is right this time, too. And now that I have explored the options, my opinion has changed and this Chilean Law is exactly the worst case scenario – a protection of humans which are not really humans, but genetically altered versions. In other words, a protection of chimeras.

In my opinion, the United States should tell the Chilean embassy to remove itself from the US because of this. All trade, either through intermediaries or directly, should be stopped. All cash flows should be ended. Any economic package Chile receives directly, or through any intermediary, should be immediately voided. But, that isn’t going to happen either, because my country’s ‘government’ has done the same thing here – encouraged millions of people to make themselves non humans.

There is a very smart man who has worked around the globe, especially in China, which describes himself as a Cosmist (not to be confused with a Communist – he is not). There are the Cosmists, which he declares himself to be, one who wants to research and build technology (humans augmented with implants or genetic modifications), the Artilects (the augmented beings which were once human), and the Terrans (actual Homo Sapien Sapien) which reject, and go to war against, the entire Cosmist plot. The result is a genocidal war in which the Cosmists go underground, develop, and unleash the Artilects to destroy the attacking Terrans. The result is that the Artilects destroy all of humanity, Cosmist and Terrans alike, because humanity is, to them, like a human keeping a house fly as a pet. The Artilect War by Hugo de Garis explores this in detail.

As de Garis was reminded of, or possibly informed of for the first time, at the True Legends conference in 2018 in Branson, MO, there is a fourth group – the Biblical Christian/Messianic Jewish groups. And its absolutely high-time these two groups understand the signs of the times, of which this article is only one, and respond to it. God promised such judgment to befall the earth through the works of the Anti-Christ, and they are mightily appearing in this time and age. God also foresaw the reactions of those afflicted and claimed to not worry nor fret. Do not worry, and do not fret, those of yo who read this and are in the Lord! Rejoice that the time is short between the present and the returning of the Messiah! And rejoice in the idea that you did what you could to stop this nonsense. But did you? And is this the time of the coming of the Son of Man? No one knows that time save for God, Himself. If this is not the times in which the Son of Man is expected to return – I pray that you at least take action, PEACEFUL and LAWFUL action, against such developments, even when those actions seem to be ineffective. Let your voice and your will, inspired by God, the Creator, be heard.

If you haven’t read the Bible, I encourage you to do so. If you cannot afford one, e-mail me and I will do my best to get you one – it’s important to have a paper copy, digital copies can easily be changed, altered, and made useless (demonic).

* all translations appearing in this document were performed using translator.eu going from Spanish to English.

My e-mail address is tim.oconnor@centerforthepreservationofhumanity.com

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 10 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/27/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 10th SDG:

Reduce inequality within and among countries

The UN uses code words. Inequality is one such code word. With it the UN is portending their desire for a future in which there is an equality of OUTCOMES. That is, the UN wants Marxism everywhere. The UN’s targets to reduce inequality are:

“10.1 By 2030, progressively achieve and sustain income growth of the bottom 40 per cent of the population at a rate higher than the national average

“10.2 By 2030, empower and promote the social, economic and political inclusion of all, irrespective of age, sex, disability, race, ethnicity, origin, religion or economic or other status

“10.3 Ensure equal opportunity and reduce inequalities of outcome, including by eliminating discriminatory laws, policies and practices and promoting appropriate legislation, policies and action in this regard

“10.4 Adopt policies, especially fiscal, wage and social protection policies, and progressively achieve greater equality

“10.5 Improve the regulation and monitoring of global financial markets and institutions and strengthen the implementation of such regulations

“10.6 Ensure enhanced representation and voice for developing countries in decision-making in global international economic and financial institutions in order to deliver more effective, credible, accountable and legitimate institutions

“10.7 Facilitate orderly, safe, regular and responsible migration and mobility of people, including through the implementation of planned and well-managed migration policies

“10.a Implement the principle of special and differential treatment for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, in accordance with World Trade Organization agreements

“10.b Encourage official development assistance and financial flows, including foreign direct investment, to States where the need is greatest, in particular least developed countries, African countries, small island developing States and landlocked developing countries, in accordance with their national plans and programmes

“10.c By 2030, reduce to less than 3 per cent the transaction costs of migrant remittances and eliminate remittance corridors with costs higher than 5 per cent”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“10.1 By 2030, progressively achieve and sustain income growth of the bottom 40 per cent of the population at a rate higher than the national average[.]”

The United Nations and World Bank have done next to nothing to track this target. I can tell you that the COVID-19 scamdemic had the opposite of the intended result of this target; however. “Forbes, which tracks publicly known fortunes, estimated billionaires had gotten 20 per cent richer in 2020 by mid-December.” In the US the lowest 40% received 8.1% of the income earned in 2020.

This is not a target that is being met. It’s not a target that is even being measured because the ‘responsible’ parties know, just like everyone on earth, that actually tracking and reporting on these numbers would obliterate this target and bring an increased level of suspicion of the United Nations intentions.

Household expenditures are going through the roof; food prices are up, gas prices are up, housing cost are up, insurance prices are up. Living is more expensive. Without an increase in

“10.2 By 2030, empower and promote the social, economic and political inclusion of all, irrespective of age, sex, disability, race, ethnicity, origin, religion or economic or other status[.]”

Again, the UN and their friends have done almost nothing to track this goal since their inception of the Sustainability Development Goals. The UN goes back to way before 2015, when the SDG’s were actuated and go not much further into the future with them.

According to the UN SDG-tracker, the top ten nations (those with the lowest percentages) in which the proportion of people living below 50% median income levels were Azerbaijan (1% - 2005), Pakistan (4% - 2015), Kazakhstan (4% - 2017), Moldova (4% - 2018), Kyrgyzstan (4% - 2018), Egypt 5% -2017), Ukraine (5% - 2018), Czechnia (5% - 2017), Belarus (5% - 2018), and Burkina Faso (5% - 2014). There were 29 nations which had over 20% of their populations living at below 50% of median income standards at the most recent time they reported these numbers.

There are a group of people in Hindu religious areas called the untouchables or Dalit. They are the lowest caste system and are excluded from society as totally as possible. Although the Indian government has outlawed discrimination against the Dalit, the practice persists. The number of Dalit in India are about 200 million according to NBC News. In this particular story a Dalit, Vara Prasad, claimed he was targeted by police for being a Dalit. About two weeks later, Prasad sent a letter to the Indian President, himself a Dalit, in an attempt to join an outlawed Communist insurrectionist group as the solution to the failures of the local government agents in the area in which he resides.

But, does the UN have anything to say about reducing violence against Dalits, including ending the lynchings of those who eat beef? Yes. This has been addressed in an especially weak document created on April 9th 2018 in Osaka, Japan. In 2021 an article was produced by the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) which describes discrimination, violence (including rape), and internet ‘hate speech’ being rampantly employed against the Dalit.

I don’t think that discrimination nor violence against the Dalit should be occurring. The entire idea of ‘hate speech’ is disgusting to me; however, being as though speech, and even more speech, is necessary to get people to change their minds. Banning what is considered hateful speech will not rectify any situation, it will only drive those with perverse ideas into the shadows. As far as discrimination and violence go, history has a lesson which is incredibly instructive in this area:

“Be it so. This burning of widows is your custom; prepare the funeral pile. But my nation has also a custom. When men burn women alive we hang them, and confiscate all their property. My carpenters shall therefore erect gibbets on which to hang all concerned when the widow is consumed. Let us all act according to national customs.[To Hindu priests complaining to him about the prohibition of Sati religious funeral practice of burning widows alive on her husband’s funeral pyre.]” - Charles James Napier

There was no burning of the wife that day. There were gallows constructed to hang the responsible parties. Those parties were not willing to undergo death for their customs.

But, this also brings up a larger issue. Napier here shows that human rights are applicable to all people regardless of their sex. Human rights at times are able to go beyond the customs, traditions, and religious beliefs of a people. In Napier’s time, I believe that he made the right decision, constructed the gallows for the potential murderers of an innocent woman, and adjusted the practices of a religion, at least in that instance, to reflect human rights. But we are very far past that point in time.

What if, and this is not hypothetical (it has already occurred multiple times, in multiple regions), ANY religious practice is outlawed by the state. The Chinese, Venezuelan, and North Korean governments are likely to sentence anyone professing a belief in any higher entity than the state to prison or death. To these types of governments, any belief that there is salvation through any means other than the state represents an intrusion into their totalitarian-control-complex.

Hindu’s do some weird stuff in my opinion, but destroying their entire religion for the cause of Dalit rights would ensure complete chaos. Should the world condemn them for trying to murder inoccent widows? Yes. Should the world condemn the religious for having religious arguments against human augmentation such as introducing nanobots to vaccinate us? Probably not. Imagine a Brahman (the highest Hindu caste) being told there is no more Hindu religion – there are only the Sustainable Development Goals (a religion in its own right). The same thing goes with Christians, Jews, Moslems, Buddhists, and hundreds of lesser practiced religious beliefs. But the Sustainable Development Goals are being introduced in exactly that way which creates a huge problem – follow God or follow the United Nations demands. The way of the world is to follow the demands of the United Nations, unfortunately.

The United Nations, in this target, is stating that it is attempting to convert all of those not on the SDG bandwagon, to get on, because that bandwagon ushers in the future. Any customs, religions, or ideas which contradict the UN’s aims are to be crushed.

“10.3 Ensure equal opportunity and reduce inequalities of outcome, including by eliminating discriminatory laws, policies and practices and promoting appropriate legislation, policies and action in this regard[.]”

In order to reduce inequalities of outcome, one must delve deep into the ideas of the likes of Karl Marx and Fredrich Engels. No two outcomes will ever be the exact same in the human, real world, environment. I have a master’s degree in Criminal Justice and work in a grocery store. Other have the same degree and are running policing agencies. Do I want the compensation that a police chief receives – of course, but do I deserve it – absolutely not.

Every person on earth should be given a basic education – how to read, write, and to do arithmetic. Those who do something with that basic education should be applauded. Those who choose to do nothing with it but raise a family should be applauded too. Those who decide they will go nowhere and use fentanyl on a daily basis should be shunned. There is no equality of outcome in my supposition – it’s about what a person does with what they have.

The United Nations, once more, has not tracked this target adequately by their own indicator. The way they track this target is to see how many people feel discriminated against. The highest rate of feelings of discrimination in which a nation reported occurred in Sweden, which, in 2018 recorded 48% of their population feeling discriminated against, up from 40% in 2015. Kiribati, Central African Republic, Switzerland, and Moldova round out the top five. The UN reports that the lowest incidents of people feeling discriminated against were in Cuba, Georgia, Montenegro, Estonia, and Norway.

“10.4 Adopt policies, especially fiscal, wage and social protection policies, and progressively achieve greater equality[.]”

The percentage of labor which generates GDP is how the UN has chosen to go about tracking this target. Between 2004 and 2019, the world rate went from 54.10% to 52.6%. The lowest rate in the world was in Venezuela which created 10.2% of its GDP from labor in 2019, and Lesotho acheived the highest rate at 69.4%.

COVID-19 came around in 2020 and the entire world experimented with something called universal basic income (UBI). Under the UBI scheme, millions of people began getting stimulus checks which were supposed to assist people with maintaining their households. A whole bunch of price controls were established. And, while UBI in this instance was used to quell the massive numbers of temporarily and permanently unemployed, it is the grand ideal to get the world set up on to reduce and prevent inequality. The US lost 3.49% in 2020 because of the mitigation insanity. The United States spent 12.1% of its GDP on stimulus efforts, while Germany spent 33%, Japan spent 21%, France spent 12.6%, the UK waster 14.5%, Canada came in at 11.8%, India 10%, South Africa 8.6% and Brazil 5.5%. The US spent about 2.5 trillion dollars, while Germany spent just under 1.3 trillion. Not all of this was mailed in checks directly to citizens; however. If I would have relied solely on a UBI payment from the US government I would have gotten under $2,000 for the entire year of 2020. I was in a position which worked, loosely, with petroleum products, and as such the factory I worked in was deemed ‘essential.’ Of course, all of the businesses which I enjoyed going to, for food and such, were closed and deemed ‘non-essential.’

Do you know why that tactic was chosen? You probably do, but let me write it down anyway. Psychological warfare relies on getting people to act on the ideas placed in their heads. Those millions of people who compliantly sat at home because their government overlords told them to, got these compliant people to buy into several ideas. One, other people are dangerous, even family members. Two, government edicts during declared public health emergencies (“Screw your freedom,” thanks Schwarzenegger – go back to Austria and be a Nazi there) can be solved by the government (which created the situation in the first place – especially in the United States). Number three; however, will directly bite the compliant in the behinds – they adopted an ideology in which there are essential and non-essential people with very, very little pushback.

All three of these issues have had, and will continue to have, societal impacts which will achieve one thing – destroying any already weak social cohesion which once existed. Word usage, especially, in matters such as these are especially important. While none of those compliant with lock down measures, and masks, and social distancing, and staying home, and isolating/quarantining themselves, understand that being scared of people will destroy society, nor that once a freedom is lost it is almost impossible to get back, peacefully, anyhow, the compliant will notice the effects of the term ‘essential.’

Essential means “absolutely necessary, indispensable,” according to dictionary.com. Conversely, nonessential means “unnecessary.” Being as though the same small group of people, at organizations such as the UN, and others, have deluded billions of people into thinking the fourth industrial revolution is inevitable and good for them, those compliant sheep are actually leading all of society to the slaughterhouse. They will realize that the term ‘nonessential’ was at some point in time (too late for anyone to reverse the trend) changed to ‘obsolete’ meaning, for our purposes, “of a discarded or outmoded type; out of date.” The only reason that some societies are playing nice at the present time is that there are too many people which, if they figured this all out, will literally rip those enacting this plan into pieces. So, the Satanic cabal is using biological warfare, trauma-based fear tactics, and psychological warfare to not only goad those on the fence about complying with mandates like taking experimental mRNA jabs, but to shun and berate anyone who is non-compliant. This includes employment opportunities, access to insurance, access to banking and financial services, and a host of other services which are complicated if not outright taken away from those non-compliant with such illegal diktats.

I mean this in a very real, physical manner – what the UN is suggesting here will end up getting all of those going along with it culled. The real problem is that these same compliant fools will drag the non-compliant into reeducation camps and, eventually to prison and/or labor camps. The fourth industrial revolution would not survive for very long if that were not the case. And besides, in the next ten years, there will be more people on the planet (save for some other man-made cataclysm like massive food shortages in which billions starve to death, or another man-made highly-lethal global pandemic) all vying for fewer and fewer employment opportunities. Obsolete things are killed off and thrown away. If you are one of the compliant people, please wake up now, the slaughterhouse is visible upon the horizon.

“10.5 Improve the regulation and monitoring of global financial markets and institutions and strengthen the implementation of such regulations[.]”

The indicator for this target relies on something called the Financial Soundness Index. Being as there are 40 different metrics which the IMF and others use to measure the indicator, it gets really messy in a hurry. The first 25 metrics are directed at deposit takers. Market liquidity, real estate markets, and other financial institutions make up another eight metrics. Of the seven remaining, five are dedicated to non-financial corporations and the remaining two are dedicated to households.

The IMF is tracking global corporation’s debt to equity ration, return on equity, earnings to interest and principle expenditures, net foreign exchange to exposure to equity, and number of bankruptcy proceedings initiated. Households are being monitored for debt to gross domestic products and debt service and principle payments to income. The real estate market is something that affects all of us as well, and the IMF tracks residential and commercial prices as well as residential and commercial loans to total gross loans.

The IMF came out with a Financial Stability Report in April 2022 which shows a lot of problems with inflation, commodity prices, and energy costs. All of this, of course, is completely blamed upon the Russian invasion of Ukraine and reflects a less stable global financial system. The IMF’s suggestions for the world going forward are to have central banks prevent inflation in an orderly manner to prevent recovery efforts of the scamdemic-mitigation-efforts from failing; normalizing policy in emerging markets; assessing commodity-market volatility and the effects the volatility will have in managing risk and markets in general; and implement the latest UN Climate Change Conference’s energy recommendations.

Overall, the Executive Summary of the Financial Stability Report (April 2022) states:

“Financial stability risks have risen on several fronts, even though so far, no global systemic event affecting financial institutions or markets has materialized. A sudden repricing of risk resulting from an intensification of the war and associated escalation of sanctions may expose, and interact with, some of the vulnerabilities built up during the pandemic, leading to a sharp decline in asset prices.”

What the IMF is getting at here is that there is a growing potential for worldwide markets to collapse and that central banks need to address the problematic issues to prevent that.

“10.6 Ensure enhanced representation and voice for developing countries in decision-making in global international economic and financial institutions in order to deliver more effective, credible, accountable and legitimate institutions[.]”

There are a lot of developing countries. Those developing countries have received trillions of dollars from the like of the UN and their friends and more is promised. So, it makes perfect sense that the UN would use this carrot to entice developing countries to participate in their designs. In 2020, 75.13 of the developing countries are signed up as members to the International Bank for Developments and Reconstruction and the IMF. 75% are in the International Finance Corporation. 74.09% of them are in the UN General Assembly, 72.56% are in the WTO, 64.81% are involved with UNESCO, 53.33% are in the UN Security Council, and 50% are members of the Financial Stability Board. There are 152 developing countries.

Within those organizations, developing nations combine to hold 50% of the votes on the Financial Stability Board, 46.67% of the UN Security Council, 35.19% of votes in UNESCO, 27.44% of the WTO, 25.91% of the votes in the UN General Assembly, 25% of the International Finance Corporation, and 24.87 in the IMF and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. The only body in which developing nations have gained shares of votes since 2015 is within UNESCO.

“10.7 Facilitate orderly, safe, regular and responsible migration and mobility of people, including through the implementation of planned and well-managed migration policies[.]”

There are four indicators for target 10.7.

10.7.1 – “recruitment cost borne by employee as a proportion of yearly income earned in country of destination.” There is no measurement that has been conducted nor even concocted to measure indicator 10.7.1. As far as I’m concerned, these people, legally or illegally in the host nation, have stolen an opportunity from a citizen of the host nation. As such, they can pay all of the cost of their migration to their host nation.

10.7.2 – “number of countries that have implemented well-managed migration policies.” This indicator includes 30 categories regarding policies which facilitate the safe passage of migrants. There are 5 countries which have fully implemented those categories; Peru, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Jordan, and Turkmenistan.

There are 6 main categories with subcategories under them. The UN’s categories cover migrant rights, government-wide and/or evidence-based migrant policies, cooperation and partnerships, socioeconomic well-being, mobility dimensions of crisis, and safe, orderly, and regular migration.

Quickly, I will point out that there is a need for legitimate migrants and refugees to be protected in their host nation; however, illegal aliens and economic ‘refugees’ are not migrants. Illegal aliens nor economic refugees entering the United States don’t deserve anything from the nation they have invaded. Nor do they deserve anything in the multiple EU nations they have invaded. Over 1.66 - 1.73 million of the illegal alien or economic ‘refugee’ variety of ‘migrant’ have entered the United States since Joe Biden’s successful coup wrested power illegally from the legitimate voters of the United States. The UN, and certainly the US, sees the criminals who have illegally entered the United States as migrants. For the rest of this indicator the term migrant will stand for the illegal kind as well as the legal.

Migrant rights include providing ‘migrants’ with social security, public education, emergency services, equal pay for equal work, and access to the court systems of their host nation. The illegals deserve none of that because, first of all they are criminals, and second of all they pay no taxes into the system for any of those programs.

Government-wide and/or evidence-based migrant policies entails a dedicated government agency which implements immigration policy, setting up regular migrant pathways, policies and strategies to for inclusion and integration of migrants, policies focused on being gender inclusive, and that migration is based on disaggregated data. Government agencies are costly and their budgets are funded by citizens who pay taxes. These taxpayers are not receiving anything in return for their taxes in this area. They are paying for agencies to cater to legal and illegal migrants to figure out the best way to get them here, including them in society, making sure their woke gender ideology is respected, and creating statistical models to see how they are doing.

Cooperation and partnerships includes making sure that immigration coordination is handled by multiple governmental entities, bilateral agreements between nations, regional agreements, agreements for cooperation between host and home nations regarding returning, and formal mechanisms to engage civil society and the private sector in the formulation and implementation of immigration policy. Basically the UN is monitoring nations to make sure they can ramrod their idiotic and dangerous immigration policies down their population’s throats.

Socioeconomic well-being includes aligning migrant policies with labor needs, making social protection benefits portable, allowing accreditation from foreign sources, allowing even-cheaper remittances, and promoting fair and ethical recruitment of foreign workers. If all of these are implemented, the sovereignty of the state in which they are implemented is systemically broken.

Mobility dimensions of crisis entails having a refugee processing system, contingency plans to meet refugees basic needs, handling unaccompanied minors and children separated from their ‘parents,’ national disaster risk-mitigation plans, and to grant permission for temporary stay or temporary protection for those forcibly displaced across international borders and those unable to return. This is how child trafficking in particular, and human trafficking in general gets started. It’s how slaves are recruited. When the term economic is placed before the term refugee both human trafficking and slavery suddenly have an economic basis married to an operationally pliable tactic to effect the criminal enterprises. When an economic refugee, as opposed to those legitimately fleeing a crisis, decides to pick a non-neighboring nation to meet their need for refuge, then human trafficking and slavery absolutely explode. The UN allows all of this and actually promotes it here.

Finally, safe, orderly, and regular migration is referring to a system to monitor visa overstays, per-arrival authorizations, provisions for unaccompanied minors and separated children, migration information and awareness-raising campaigns, and formal strategies to address trafficking in persons and migrant smuggling. The United Nations must think that everyone on earth is completely brain dead. Nowhere in here is the idea that arrest or deportation is a legitimate means to combat any of this.

The United Nations wants completely open borders around the entire world (10 kingdoms, or zones, for the whole earth). This is the operational technique to really get boots on effect that desire. Being as though the UN has the terrible notion of free trade (which dictates the dissolution of sovereign borders) at its core, they are being incredibly disingenuous any time they address migration. In order to dissolve borders and make it so that those borders stay destroyed, massive numbers of foreigners need to have political representation in their host nation – the UN is promoting these migration categories because they will cohesively destroy the nation which adheres to them.

10.7.3 – “number of people who died or disappeared in the process of migration towards an international destination.” According to the International Organization for Migration, 8,084 deaths and disappearances were recorded in 2016 among those migrating internationally. In 2021 the number fell to 5,892. These numbers are collected and reported by a UN agency – the International Organization for Migration. These numbers are not correct, to put it bluntly. Part of this is because the UN doesn’t want to admit their evil free-trade, open-borders plan is a failure and resulting in the death and suffering in not only the host nations, but also among the migrants themselves. But, hey, I’ve never contended that the UN isn’t evil and that it doesn’t promote death and suffering – so this is right in line with their actual goal of creating widespread death, suffering, misery, and sorrow. They just don’t want to let people know just how bad these policies actually are, not yet any way.

10.7.4 – “proportion of the population who are refugees, by country of origin.” The United States in 2014 set a record – 1.56 people per 100,000 people were refugees. This particular chart is telling, in 2014 the White House had a traitor named Barrack Hussein Obama in it, but in 2017, under Donald Trump the number shrank to 0.10 per 100,000 people. In 2021, under Biden’s illegitimate regime, the statistic crept back up to 0.22. The nation with the highest number of refugees fleeing it in 2021 was Syria with 27,005.99 per 100,000. South Sudan (in a civil war), West Sudan (civil war, crime), Central African Republic (civil war, sectarianism), Venezuela (Communism), and Eritrea (civil war, recurring border wars, no civil life) all have over 12,000 per 100,000 people who are refugees.

“10.a Implement the principle of special and differential treatment for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, in accordance with World Trade Organization agreements[.]”

The UN is pushing for zero-tariffs for goods and services made or performed in least developed nations. To the best of my ability (any economics I know have been completely self taught – trade is no different) this target is calling for as many different products (tariff lines) to not be subject to a tariff if those products came from a least developed nation. There are 26 nations with over 80% of products coming from an LDC which are not subjected to tariffs.

Tariffs are meant to protect a nations industries and the labor those industries employ. Tariffs achieve this by rectifying differences between labor costs and material costs between nations. Tariffs, if effectively implemented, will protect workers in a nation, as long as that nation continues to manufacture the good itself. The way of the world is to outsource everything possible to a low-wage nation. The tariffs on the goods coming into the nation are not retarding this flood of foreign goods into the United States, at least. When the prices of, say a microchip, reach a certain point in the US (they are made overseas and imported, unecessarily) an industry may once more grow in the US which produces microchips. If the US government were to decide to first recognize there was a growing domestic industry which was manufacturing microchips they could place an actual tariff on the imported good (more than 0.6%) to protect the industry in the US. After that, there would be no shortage of microprocessors in the US.

The US government doesn’t want to do any of that; however. Look at what they decided to do with oil. The US was self-sustaining with oil and gas production until Biden usurped power. Then as many pipelines and drilling permissions as possible were stopped. The US government, with their over $4.00 for a gallon of gas, is now begging for oil from dangerous rouge nations like Iran and Venezuela. Meanwhile, the US could easily meet the domestic demand themselves, but the Biden regime has decided to keep domestic oil shut off and to stupidly and ineffectively use up reserves as well. There is no US industry left to protect with tariffs in this field being as though the Biden regime has destroyed domestic oil production and subjected the nation to the whims of foreign nations.

The US has a regime in power which is collapsing the US. This is true in France, Germany, the UK, Australia, Austria and multiple other nations around the world. Effecting a tariff on goods a nation is able to produce itself, and the unwillingness of political leaders to implement such measures, is indicative of the collapse of the Western world. This target only exacerbates the trend.

“10.b Encourage official development assistance and financial flows, including foreign direct investment, to States where the need is greatest, in particular least developed countries, African countries, small island developing States and landlocked developing countries, in accordance with their national plans and programmes[.]”

In 2019 China received $42.38 billion for development assistance for absolutely no reason at all besides the fact that the UN refuses to see the nation as anything other than a developing nation. Also in 2019 Philippines, India, Indonesia, Mexico, Malaysia, Brazil, and Syria received over $10 billion each.

The top five donor countries, those wealthy nations which the UN has determined need to pay the rest of the world coughed up $148.08 billion (US), $54.55 billion (Japan), $42.19 billion (Germany), $27.49 billion (Netherlands), and $21.85 billion (France). That totals $294.16 billion from the top five donor.

This is absolutely national welfare, and the trends show that it is increasing. The UN exposes itself as the lying psychopaths they are with these statistics owing to the fact that China, the second largest economy on earth is getting the most assistance, while the UN is proclaiming LDCs, African nations, small island nations, and landlocked developing nations are most in need. The first LDC appearing on the list is Ethiopia at 17th in receiving funds. Nigeria is the first African nation on the list at number 11. Mauritius is the first small island nation at number 14. And the first landlocked nation appearing on the list is, again, Ethiopia at number 17. These three nations received $16.82 billion in development assistance in 2019, or less than 40% of what the Chinese Communists received.

The UN is using assistance to support China because the Chinese way of governance is the way the wishes to govern the world. While the UN pays lip service to assisting developing nations, they are only propping up their favorite totalitarian regime.

“10.c By 2030, reduce to less than 3 per cent the transaction costs of migrant remittances and eliminate remittance corridors with costs higher than 5 per cent”

If you were on the fence about about the Communistic intentions of the UN, you can no longer be. They are demanding price caps and the elimination of those services which cost too much for their liking. Four nations, Bahrain, Cote d’Ivoire, Russia, and Kuwait had less than 3% average costs on a $200 remittance in 2021. 12 nations had averages less that 5% in 2021. We can look forward to seeing multiple news stories condemning any money transferring service which charges more than $10 on a $200 remittance and even more stories about anyone charging more that $599 for a $200 remittance.

The UN shouldn’t be setting price caps, they should be encouraging competition. With competition comes lower costs because if people can do things for cheaper with the same results, they will. The result will be lower costs across the board. In some instances, the service could disappear altogether due to a host of causes. I can only imagine the wail the UN would release should there be a nation which has no service to transfer remittances outside of sticking money in an envelope and writing a destination address on it (and hoping it gets there with the same amount that was in there when it was sent.

Summary

The United Nations is not getting this goal achieved. Because the SDGs are not on track to be met, the UN will demand more money for everything they are trying to do.

Inequality exists in everything. Fish can breathe underwater, humans cannot; but at the same time fish cannot breathe air and humans can. Does that make us unequal? I’m 5’10” and I work with a guy that is 7’1” and a woman who is 5’3”. That’s unequal for sure. If the UN ever came after heights the way they come after economic circumstances, they wouldn’t suggest ladders for the shorter people, they would suggest everyone be the optimal height, say 6’2” tall. The UN is demanding equality of OUTCOME – which is the supposed effect of Marxism.

The UN is failing with food access, water access, energy access, economic opportunities, and everything else they are trying to do so they made this goal because they knew they were going to fail in those areas. The whole point of this goal, in it’s essence, is to destroy prosperous nations through third world invasion-level migration and direct payments from the wealthy nations to the poor nations. The invasion-level migrations will not only strain the economies of where they end up (see Cloward and Piven) but will further divide the already fragile (in some-cases non existent) state of social cohesion existing in the host nation.

Nations derive their money through taxation – the idea is that, okay, if I pay these taxes then the government will provide the services needed for not only me but my community, state, and nation. A nation making direct payments to other nations is doing absolutely nothing for the citizenry which paid the taxes in the first place. The money received by the foreign nation is often diverted in whole or in part to pockets and projects which will not result in providing food, water, electricity, or anything else useful to the poorer segments of the foreign recipient.

What is going on with SDG 10 is a global Cloward and Piven scheme with the intent to destroy the entire world, starting with the wealthy nations. There are only two real results to this idea and both of them will destroy the economic and social functionality of every nation on earth rich or poor. Those outcomes are capitulation to the UN scheme or civil war in nations attempting to capitulate in which there is a sizable population staunchly against it.

If the world were all believers in God’s commands and loved Yeshua, none of this would be an issue. But that is not the world we live in.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal10 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 9 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/23/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 9th SDG:

Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation

By the United Nations own constitution, infrastructure can only be built by governments, inclusive and sustainable are used as euphemisms, industrialization is not what anyone thinks it is, and innovation will only occur with massive amounts of capital transfers to those supporting this and the other SDGs. To rewrite this to reflect what the United Nations is really saying: Collect and distribute trillions of dollars in massive nation to nation welfare schemes, give the money to any entity who thinks carbon is bad, whether that entity is a ruthless dictator of just some gullible peasant who has bought into the decarbonization effort, and, as part of the welfare scheme, buy scientists and research efforts in order to further technologies which will starve vast swathes of the globe to death while at the same time creating an open air prison for those surviving the man-made, UN-directed, famine. If you don’t think it’s that way, I encourage you to read on.

The UN’s targets to build infrastructure, industry, and encourage innovation are:

“9.1 Develop quality, reliable, sustainable and resilient infrastructure, including regional and transborder infrastructure, to support economic development and human well-being, with a focus on affordable and equitable access for all

“9.2 Promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and, by 2030, significantly raise industry’s share of employment and gross domestic product, in line with national circumstances, and double its share in least developed countries

“9.3 Increase the access of small-scale industrial and other enterprises, in particular in developing countries, to financial services, including affordable credit, and their integration into value chains and markets

“9.4 By 2030, upgrade infrastructure and retrofit industries to make them sustainable, with increased resource-use efficiency and greater adoption of clean and environmentally sound technologies and industrial processes, with all countries taking action in accordance with their respective capabilities

“9.5 Enhance scientific research, upgrade the technological capabilities of industrial sectors in all countries, in particular developing countries, including, by 2030, encouraging innovation and substantially increasing the number of research and development workers per 1 million people and public and private research and development spending

“9.a Facilitate sustainable and resilient infrastructure development in developing countries through enhanced financial, technological and technical support to African countries, least developed countries, landlocked developing countries and small island developing States

“9.b Support domestic technology development, research and innovation in developing countries, including by ensuring a conducive policy environment for, inter alia, industrial diversification and value addition to commodities

“9.c Significantly increase access to information and communications technology and strive to provide universal and affordable access to the Internet in least developed countries by 2020”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“9.1 Develop quality, reliable, sustainable and resilient infrastructure, including regional and transborder infrastructure, to support economic development and human well-being, with a focus on affordable and equitable access for all[.]”

The first thing I think about when I hear infrastructure are roads, dams, and telecommunications. All of these are types of infrastructure, but that doesn’t satisfy the definition for infrastructure given by UN Habitat:

“Broadly defined, therefore, infrastructure refers to all basic inputs into and requirements for the proper functioning of the economy. In spite of this, there are two generally accepted categories, namely, economic and social infrastructure.”

With this definition, UN Habitat is taking the traditional elements of what infrastructure actually is (facilitating transport over land, sea, and air, hospital capacity, communications systems, electrical power generation, etc…) and moving into the social sciences. It takes capable people to use traditional infrastructure, but those people are not infrastructure themselves. The workforce is a resource, but it is not infrastructure. But the UN has decided it is, and, thus, has extended a tentacle into all kinds of social realms under the guise of infrastructure, including “health, education and recreation” because they have “a direct and indirect impact on the quality of life.” This UN Habitat document also includes safety as part of social infrastructure.

Safety, of course, comes at the expense of freedom, and, as used by UN Habitat, is a very subjective term. ‘For the safety of yourself and others, make sure you stay 6 feet away from everyone, and wear a mask, and take 6 shots (so far), and test yourself regularly, and the Ebola shot, and the HIV shot, and blah blah blah.’ These interventions could, under this definition, be called infrastructure – but, of course, none of this is infrastructure, and I am positive there are many at the UN who see these mitigation efforts as just that – infrastructure. It’s death. The target I’m writing about actually states the social version of infrastructure is intended and so does the goal itself.

To compound the issues which arise with this target are the blatant demands for the dissolution of national boundaries by calling for regionalization and trans-boundary projects. Not only are commodities like hydroelectric power generation of tariff policies between nations hinted at, but migration of laborers is implied. If there are no boundaries, there are no nations, and with no nations, there is no sovereign rule over a domain. The default sovereigns, the UN hopes, will become the themselves and their friends who hope to institute, and are very close to achieving, a totalitarian technocracy.

The cherry on top is in the last passage which contains the terms affordable and equitable. Is a 33.6% increase over the last 12 months in global food prices affordable? How about a gallon of gas in the US, which went from $2.33 in March 2020 to $4.32 in March 2022? Is the expected increase of £700 a year in the UK affordable? Over four months, December 2021 – March 2022, Brazil’s gas prices rose from $1.17 to $1.52 a liter – $5.76 a gallon from $4.43. In China it rose $0.06 per liter over the last month (23 cents a gallon). In the Netherlands and Germany gas prices per liter rose $0.26 and $0.25, respectively ($0.99 and $0.95 a gallon, respectively). All of these prices are for gasoline save for the statistic out of the UK, which is for heating gas. None of this is affordable.

And then there is equity, defined by the National Association of Colleges and Employers (NACE), as:

“The term ‘equity’ refers to fairness and justice and is distinguished from equality: Whereas equality means providing the same to all, equity means recognizing that we do not all start from the same place and must acknowledge and make adjustments to imbalances. The process is ongoing, requiring us to identify and overcome intentional and unintentional barriers arising from bias or systemic structures.”

Do you hate Critical Race Theory? It is implied in this definition. The premise is being given the ability to read, write, and do math is not enough to get along in this world. Some people are owed something by other people and they teach this in schools to six-year-olds. They teach that one group is the oppressor and the other the victim with the intent of setting the world on fire because UN ‘educational infrastructure’ seeks to instill a victim mentality in one group, that must be remunerated for their ‘victimhood’ and that the ‘oppressors’ must submissively pay the debt. These kids are six and eight, fifteen – they owe no one anything and they are not victims of an oppressor class with one caveat. If anything, ALL of these kids, and their parents, too, are victims of the elite of their respective nations and the world, and international bodies like the United Nations.

The United Nations is telling certain nations that they are oppressors of other nations because of the resources within their national boundaries which the other nation does not possess. Water, petroleum, zinc, bauxite, diamonds – nations rich in these, and many other resources, are being called upon to allow their neighbors to have access to them based on EQUITY.

This target ensures war. It ensures entire nations are subservient to the desires and wills of another nation with a resource the former nation requires. The United Nations has no actual will to promote human well-being as they demand that everything be directed by their protocols (all based on Agenda 21 – go read it).

The indicators for this target are to have every rural person live within 2 kilometers (1.243 miles) of an all season road and to track passengers and freight by means of transport. The poor reporting from nations about the first indicator make it extremely hard to track. The highest percentage out of the 25 countries which have ever reported on the topic is the United Arab Emirates with 99.5% (2021 up from 95.1% in 2019) and the lowest is Madagascar with 11.4% (2017). Other notables with high rates percentages are Lebanon with 92.6 (2018) and Bangladesh at 86.7% (2015). Notable lows include Lesotho at 18% (2016) and Zambia with 17% (2011). 15 of the 25 nations which have reported are under 50%.

The UN reports that the second indicator has risen from 310.44 million air passengers in 1970 to 4.4 billion in 2019. In 1995 there were 2.02 billion train passengers in 2007 there were 2.34 billion train passengers. Air freights went from 15.57 billion tons per kilometer in 1973 to 215.17 billion in 2019. These statistics indicate that people are more able to fly to a destination, people still ride trains, and people send all kinds of stuff to all kinds of places.

The psychopathic United Nations, their psychopathic friends, and many sycophantic national governments around the world have seen the COVID-19 as a crisis which must not be wasted. Apparently, the goal is to obliterate reasonable shipping rates and complete surveillance of any traveler.

There are a multitude of products in the United States which have become increasingly scarce or manipulated by man into scarcity. Petroleum, fertilizer, chicken, resins, and food in general have all leapt in price over the last several months. And we are not the only nation suffering from this, as mentioned above, meaning it is not just an issue of a devaluing dollar.

“9.2 Promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and, by 2030, significantly raise industry’s share of employment and gross domestic product, in line with national circumstances, and double its share in least developed countries[.]”

In 1997 the world rate for value added (adding all the outputs and then subtracting all the intermediate inputs) manufacturing was 17.54% of gross GDP. In 2019 it stood lower at 14.46%. Once again the United Nations target is moving in the wrong direction, although LDCs moved slightly in the right direction for the UN, from 10.84 in 1991 to 11.08% in 2019. In 28 years, this target advanced 0.32 percentage points. Pat yourselves on the back, UN, whatever you are doing is really going gangbusters here.

Another interest of the United Nations is to see how many people are employed in manufacturing compared to total employment. Worldwide, these rates stood at 15% in 2020 and 13.1%, also in 2020. From 1991 to 2017 the rates rose from 20.84% to 21.55%. Fewer people are producing manufactured goods these days, which shows another abject failure of yet another UN target. Three statistics worth noting here is that between 1991 and 2017 high income nations lost over 9 percentage points, low income countries gained 0.05 percentage points, but the BRICS nations (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) gained 1.41, -6.18, 9.04, 4.45, and 0.65 percentage points respectively. Vietnam went up over 13 percentage points, Oman went up over 32 percentage points, and Cambodia and Qatar each went up over 15 percentage points during this time period. Meanwhile, the United States and United Kingdom combined for a loss of over 20.5 percentage points.

Not only did the UN not manage to manipulate these rates, it seems all that happened was a mass exodus of industry leaving wealthier countries to operate in less wealthy ones. It makes sense from a business standpoint because the workers in the destination countries have no labor unions, no workers rights, and will work for what amounts to fractions of what a US, German, or UK employee would cost them. The answer is to recognize this and to never buy a thing from these companies again. All they are doing is depressing the wealthy nations, starving them of employment opportunities, and propping up the least human-friendly regimes on the planet, and the UN ENDORSES the practices and applauds the outcomes. The multinational business which do this have strangled millions of mom-and-pops out of business while at the same time receiving praise from their overlords at the UN.

“9.3 Increase the access of small-scale industrial and other enterprises, in particular in developing countries, to financial services, including affordable credit, and their integration into value chains and markets[.]”

This too, is a poorly reported target. In 2008 Australia reported 20.81% of their industries were small-scale. In 2015 they reported 20.17% Japan reported 11.96% in 2011 and 10.02 in 2015. Bosnia and Herzegovina reported in 2015 and 2019 with rates falling from 15.22% to 11.13%. One of the poorest nations in Europe, Ukraine, reported a rise between 2017 and 2019, from 5.18% to 7.75%. Finally, India, with the second largest population on the planet, reported 3.07% in 2010 and by 2017 had 2.24% of their total industry being operated on a small-scale basis.

As far as small-scale industry’s having access to credit, in 2022 the world was at 29.8%. Bosnia Herzegovina lost 14.93 percentage points between 2009 (59.31%) to 2019 (44.38%). Ukraine also lost a good chunk of small-scale industry with credit – in 2008 it stood at 17.63% and fell to 12.46% in 2019. From 2007 to 2020, South Africa declined; 21.1% to 5.52%. India’s rate was only reported once to date, in 2014, and it stood at 27.98%. In 2022 the United Nations, through the World Bank, finally developed a statistic for this target which covered the Least Developed Countries which were at 17.04%. Russia, Peru, Ethiopia, Chile, Benin, Venezuela, Columbia, and Bulgaria all rose over 20 percentage points from the first to the last time they reported (highest, in descending order). Those losing over 20 percentage points were Moldova, Croatia, Morocco, Niger, Cameroon, Slovakia, Azerbaijan, Suriname, Rwanda, and El Salvador.

In May 2021 the World Economic Forum reported that 34% of US businesses were still closed due to the COVID-19 scamdemic. The vast majority of these businesses will never reopen. In South Africa there were even more business liquidations in 2021 than during the same time period (January to the end of June) in 2020. Thailand has an untold number of business which will never reopen as they have never really ceased their lock-down measures and social restrictions. China, as I have mentioned in previous writings, has at least 14 million people in Shanghai starving to death, not able to leave their homes for grocery runs, let alone going to work. On April 19, 2022, Business Insider reported that there are 400 million Chinese under full or partial lock-down. My point here is that MILLIONS of businesses have been shut down permanently across the world, and many of them small scale businesses, some of which were industrial in nature.

It begs the question, what the Hell is really going on here? What’s going on here is a consolidation of business enterprises. The multinationals will survive and grow. They will buy up the unused manufacturing capacity for pennies on the dollar and give workers a job and pay them at subsistence levels. Certain global conglomerates and multinational corporations will divvy up the now defunct services once offered by entrepreneurs, who are locked up in their homes, as are their now former employees for less than pennies on the dollar. Welcome to the Great Reset, the unnecessary and completely man-made culling and destitution of the useless eater class (which is everyone, according to the entities doing this). If you understand this, you are ahead of the curve and need to work to get EVERY human on earth to understand this.

Go read Memorandum 200 (1974). Or check out this synopsis. And then go read the Hunger Games trilogy. Or go check out this fact – in April of 2020, the head of the UN’s World Food Programme said that 30 million people will die of starvation unless, of course, more money is sent to the organization (oh, and by the way, that is an Alex Jones fact check – Jones and infowars.com reported it, did your news source? #AlexJonesWasRight). At my last check I couldn’t eat the increasingly worthless crap the US calls currency and I’ll bet those 30 million people would rather see a food shipment they can eat rather than the demonic people lurking in the halls of the UN paying their salaries first and then maybe buying some GMO Gates-farmed-and-mutated garbage the UN dumps on them and calls food. We are LIVING the Hunger Games – and that isn’t by accident.

“9.4 By 2030, upgrade infrastructure and retrofit industries to make them sustainable, with increased resource-use efficiency and greater adoption of clean and environmentally sound technologies and industrial processes, with all countries taking action in accordance with their respective capabilities[.]”

The UN SDG-tracker website does a really good job of putting this target into perspective: “Upgrade all industries and infrastructures for sustainability.” And the indicator for this target is even more precise: “CO2 emission per unit of value added[.]” The UN is going to measure carbon intensity for this target’s evaluation.

The way the UN has laid this out is the total amount of CO2 produced by a nation divided by the GDP of that same nation. The UN has their table set up to start at 1820 if that gives any indication of how utterly stupid the whole man-made climate change issue is. Henry Ford did not start producing cars on manufacturing lines until 1908. Prior to that there were cars, but they were not produced en masse. In 1919 paved roads were rare and horse riding for transportation was more common than the horseless carriage.

Because of the way the UN has decided to track this goal, almost every country has risen in CO2 production over the time periods chosen. There seems to be some kind of link between producing things useful to others and carbon production. Mentioning that increased carbon (in a carbon STARVED world, in my opinion) will allow more vegetation, including edible versions of vegetation is immaterial to the UN, they started a war on carbon, picking up from where Malthus (1798) and Paul Ehrlich (author of “Population Bomb” in 1968) left off; using climate change and false science to claim an existential man-made calamity await unless humanity stops producing carbon – whether carbon life forms or carbon dioxide.

Between 2010 and 2018 the results are less skewed towards the UN’s conclusion that carbon dioxide is going to kill all of us; it went from 0.37 to 0.32 kg of carbon dioxide per USD of GDP. Going backwards in time the starting rate in 2000 was 0.42, in 1990 it was 0.53, and in 1980 the starting point would be at 0.61. The most important CO2 monitoring station is located in Mauna Loa, Hawaii (a volcano, dormant or not, it is still a volcano), which began continuously monitoring CO2 levels in 1958. The UN has no data for 1958 but, in 1960, if we go back that far, the kg of CO2 per dollar of GDP was at 0.71.

These metrics show a global correlation between CO2 production and economic prosperity. In 1960 world GDP was $1.35 trillion, and in 2019 it was $87.608 trillion dollars. In 1960 there were 2.89 million kilotons of CO2 produced and in 2018 there were 4.981 million kilotons produced. The highest rate of man-made CO2 production recorded was in 2000 at 5.776 million kilotons, which happens to be the same year the UN’s Millennium Goals, the forerunner to these SDGs, were adopted.

When the power that creates this CO2 is displaced by windmills and solar power it will create unreliable electrical grids and less food for people. What a beautiful thing that God gave to us – the so-called fossil fuels (which are not derived from fossils) – that replenish CO2 in the atmosphere which supports life on earth! And these entities want to destroy that chain, as small as it is.

“9.5 Enhance scientific research, upgrade the technological capabilities of industrial sectors in all countries, in particular developing countries, including, by 2030, encouraging innovation and substantially increasing the number of research and development workers per 1 million people and public and private research and development spending[.]”

The World Economic Forum, always eager to create a situation which enables them to usher in the Great Reset, is excited about nations which spend a high percentage of their GDP on research and development. They note that in 2017, 2018, and 2019 the top spenders were Israel (4.96%), South Korea (4.81%), Switzerland (3.37%), followed by Sweden, Japan, Austria, Germany (3.09%), Denmark, United States (2.84%), and Belgium. China came in at 2.19% (13th) and the UK came in in 21st with 1.72%. The World Economic Forum is almost gleeful in their reporting the UK statistic and suggest that their decision to leave the European Union was part of the reason for their low number.

In 2020 the top five spenders on research and development were the United States, China, Japan, Germany, and India. The percentage of GDP those nations spent on research and development represents is 2.85%, 3.62%, 3.76%, 3.37%, and 3.65%, respectively. All of these percentages, rose in 2020, even in the United States, and the purpose was to create useless ‘green’ crap.

A far as the number of researchers, the United Nations reported in 2015 there were over 4,000 researchers per million people in the US in 2012, over 1,100 per million in China in 2014, 156.64 per million in India in 2010, South Korea had 6,899 researchers per million people in 2014, Finland led the world with 6985.94 per million people in 2014. Science Business reported that, globally there were 8.8 million researchers in the world in 2018.

Those researchers are researching ways to destroy humanity from an engineering, scientific, and technological standpoint. Goda Naujokaityre wrote on June 14, 2021:

“Global R&D spending grew faster than the economy between 2014 and 2018 as countries around the world turned to research to bring on the green and digital transitions, says a new UNESCO report.

“Worldwide, science spending increased by 19% over the four years, while the number of scientists grew by 13.7% to 8.8 million.

“Since the start of 2020, the COVID-19 crisis further boosted this trend.

“The 762-page report covers 193 countries. ‘What struck me with this one is the alignment of development priorities with different income levels, whether they are industrialised or low-income countries,’ Susan Schneegans, editor-in-chief of the report, told Science|Business. Countries around the globe are prioritising digital and green R&I investments to boost competitiveness and future preparedness.

“However, the growth is for the most part, uneven. China and the US together account for 63% of the increase in spending, while the EU countries added a further 11%.

“Taken together, the G20 countries boast 88.8% of the world’s researchers, 93.2% of research spending and 90.6% of scientific publications.

“Private sector spending on science in most cases is relatively low, with the public sector accounting for the majority of investment. Incentivising companies and start-ups to do more research and development is one solution to boosting efforts. ‘But before a company can do R&D, it needs equipment,’ Schneegans said.

“As low and middle income companies strive to catch up, one way to spur private sector investment is R&D tax credits. As one notable example, Indonesia, introduced a 300% tax reduction on research expenditure in 2019.

“Alongside incentives, companies need capital and a solid regulatory environment. ‘In Africa, it costs more than 10 times more to patent than in the UK,’ Schneegans said, pointing to structural inequalities that can deter private sector investments in science.

“Despite this, developing countries are slowly increasing their footprint in the global research landscape. Between 2015 and 2018, high-income countries’ share of scientific publications shrank from 69.3% to 62.9%, as developing countries increased their output. In cross-disciplinary strategic technologies, the share slipped even further, from 60.5% to 52.2%.

“‘Science must become less unequal, more cooperative and more open,’ said Audrey Azoulay, director general of UNESCO. ‘Today’s challenges such as climate change, biodiversity loss, decline of ocean health and pandemics are all global. This is why we must mobilise scientists and researchers from all over the world,’

“Green or digital?

“Green technologies are expected to lead the transition into a carbon neutral future. But for now, most low- and middle-income countries are focusing on digital as a way to boost competitiveness.

“While health research is still king, accounting for 34% of scientific publications in 2019, the share of publications on cross-cutting strategic technologies climbed up to 18% the same year.

“These journal papers were largely dominated by artificial intelligence and robotics research, with almost 150,000 articles published in 2019.

“This is an area where lower middle-income countries have made an impact, contributing over a quarter of publications, up from 12.8% in 2015.

“While AI and robotics are in the ascendency, crucial research into carbon capture and storage remains underfunded, with only 2,500 articles in 2019. Meanwhile, in six of the ten leading countries in the field, Canada, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Norway and the current leader, the US, research is declining.

“Similarly, sustainable energy research looks under-resourced, accounting for 2.5% of global publications, up from 2.1% over 2012–2015.

“The same applies to studies on the impact of climate change and many other green topics, with scientific output increasing by at least 0.02% for only 19 of the 56 research topics between 2012 and 2019.

“‘To succeed in their dual transition, governments will not only need to spend more on R&D; they will also need to invest these funds strategically,’ the report says. ‘This will entail taking the long-term view and aligning their economic, digital, environmental, industrial and agricultural policies, among others, to ensure that these are mutually reinforcing.’”

They are building a prison. I’m sure they will finish it up, too, because too many people are either ignorant of these events, deny these events are real (usually due to normalcy bias), or actually support it. Pinterest is a good example of the stupidity of going along with these goals. On April 22, 2022 they updated their policy to destroy any debate on climate change being caused by mankind so they can maintain their safe space. Pinterest is merely a jail cell in a world being turned, increasingly into a conglomerations of different jail cells in both the digital and physical worlds.

“9.a Facilitate sustainable and resilient infrastructure development in developing countries through enhanced financial, technological and technical support to African countries, least developed countries, landlocked developing countries and small island developing States[.]”

Between 2015 and 2019, China received $12.09 billion for infrastructure projects. During the same time period, India secured $31.87 billion, Chad got $177.9 million, and Ukraine got about $4.38 billion. Least Developed Countries got $48.34 billion between 2015-2019. Being as though there are 46 nations counted as Least Developed that comes out to an average of $210 million a year per country.

In 2019 the LDC’s had a combined GDP of $1.1. trillion while China boasted the second highest GDP in the world at $14.28 trillion. So why is China getting a single cent for any infrastructure project?

The United Nations seems to have a racism problem. They are not giving anything to Africans compared to other nations, such as China. Meanwhile the vast majority of those living in poverty are located in Africa with limited or no access to electricity, food, sanitation, water, nor economic opportunities. And the UN doesn’t seem to really care about it too much. They seem to want to promote Chinese growth and give African nations just enough to subsist on unless there is some kind of shock to the system like, say, the Great Reset.

“9.b Support domestic technology development, research and innovation in developing countries, including by ensuring a conducive policy environment for, inter alia, industrial diversification and value addition to commodities[.]”

Worldwide between 2000 and 2019, the world lost 1.61 percentage points, Least Developed Countries lost 5.73 percentage points, and developing nations gained 0.36 percentage points while measuring the proportion of medium and high-tech industry value added in total value added. Not too slick, in my opinion. The top three outliers in this measurement, Qatar, Oman, and Kuwait, each gained over 30 percentage points, while the top three which lost percentage shares were Niger, Israel, and Egypt.

“9.c Significantly increase access to information and communications technology and strive to provide universal and affordable access to the Internet in least developed countries by 2020[.]”

Now, I enjoy the internet, the streaming, doing my live feeds, and trying to get people to read these articles which are posted on my website. That said, there are dangers inherent in beginning to rely on the internet too much. If it went down, all payment systems would cease to function, gas wouldn’t be able to be pumped, and there would be billions of people around the globe who suddenly would have to find something else to do besides play with their smartphone.

Dangers also lurk when everyone is online. The idea that pinterest, facebook, twitter (for now), google, youtube, or any of a host of social media sites have created propaganda echo chambers and will ban users for saying things like AOC is a Nazi-loving crack whore is unnerving and, honestly, destructive of human communication. On reddit users give up and down votes on posts they like or dislike, which, in a weird way, is representative of the future of the world of social credit scores. Once the internet is used by a certain number of people, social credit scores will ‘go live’ globally and be used to determine credit worthiness, whether an individual can travel, where an individual can work, live, send their kids to school at, and a host of other permissions determined by an individual’s social credit score.

40.9% of the world used the internet in 2015 which substantially grew to 56.73% in 2019. Social credit scores being a reality are getting closer and closer.

Summary

Infrastructure is important to economic development. It would stand to reason that the nations with the lowest incomes lack effective infrastructure to enable productive people to create, goods and resources for domestic use and trading. If the world is supposed to come together to help those with the least, those nations with large populations of people living in poverty should be getting the vast majority of the resources. The United Nations is not doing that. The World Bank is not doing that. They will never actually assist a nation because the UN wishes to enslave the world through their plans, as laid out in these SDGs.

This goal is the key piece to the UN’s entire design. Without the ability to surveil the world, the UN will never be able to effectively institute, monitor, or manipulate the social credit score they wish to enslave humanity with.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal9 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 8 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/18/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 8th SDG:

Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all

Truly, I believe the United Nations is after the evil hearts and demonic spirits embodied by the likes of Hitler and Mussolini. As a matter of fact, this goal was the economic model that each of these monsters used in their nations when they were in power; fascism. The only thing the United Nations did here was to dress the fascist pigs’ platform up with some ‘green’ words like inclusive and sustainable. It is a never-ending source of amazement, astonishment, and amusement that the same people who are anti-Nazi are the same people promoting the UN’s resurrection of Nazi’s ideologies.

The UN’s targets to promote economic growth and employment for everyone are:

“8.1 Sustain per capita economic growth in accordance with national circumstances and, in particular, at least 7 per cent gross domestic product growth per annum in the least developed countries

“8.2 Achieve higher levels of economic productivity through diversification, technological upgrading and innovation, including through a focus on high-value added and labour-intensive sectors

“8.3 Promote development-oriented policies that support productive activities, decent job creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation, and encourage the formalization and growth of micro-, small- and medium-sized enterprises, including through access to financial services

“8.4 Improve progressively, through 2030, global resource efficiency in consumption and production and endeavour to decouple economic growth from environmental degradation, in accordance with the 10-year framework of programmes on sustainable consumption and production, with developed countries taking the lead

“8.5 By 2030, achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all women and men, including for young people and persons with disabilities, and equal pay for work of equal value

“8.6 By 2020, substantially reduce the proportion of youth not in employment, education or training

“8.7 Take immediate and effective measures to eradicate forced labour, end modern slavery and human trafficking and secure the prohibition and elimination of the worst forms of child labour, including recruitment and use of child soldiers, and by 2025 end child labour in all its forms

“8.8 Protect labour rights and promote safe and secure working environments for all workers, including migrant workers, in particular women migrants, and those in precarious employment

“8.9 By 2030, devise and implement policies to promote sustainable tourism that creates jobs and promotes local culture and products

“8.10 Strengthen the capacity of domestic financial institutions to encourage and expand access to banking, insurance and financial services for all

“8.a Increase Aid for Trade support for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, including through the Enhanced Integrated Framework for Trade-Related Technical Assistance to Least Developed Countries

“8.b By 2020, develop and operationalize a global strategy for youth employment and implement the Global Jobs Pact of the International Labour Organization”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“8.1 Sustain per capita economic growth in accordance with national circumstances and, in particular, at least 7 per cent gross domestic product growth per annum in the least developed countries[.]”

The World Health Organization is deeply entangled with the UN, along with many national governments. During COVID-19, it was the WHO, and their Communist leader Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, along with others at institutions like the CDC, who were major proponents of draconian mitigation efforts which absolutely destroyed multiple economies across the globe while desecrating individual rights. Their mitigation efforts, NOT coronavirus, muzzled people, kept them physically distant, and locked down, and also shuttered hundreds of thousands of businesses, created massive universal basic income payments, destroyed over $3 trillion in economic output, caused massive health and sociological issues, and demonized anyone who dared argue against these measures.

The UN stood stalwartly next to their buddy, the WHO, while they took these actions. The UN is still standing with the WHO while they both promote the deadly and debilitating mRNA gene therapies masquerading as vaccines. Is mass global death the goal? I ask because the WHO numbers of deaths from COVID-19 are garbage and they refuse to acknowledge the dangers of the experimental miracle-cures from the murderers at Pfizer, Moderna, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca. If mutating genes destroying human DNA, collecting and cataloging human DNA, introducing graphene oxide into humans, and causing death, disease, and injuries in massive numbers of the people was the UN’s goal (it is – they want almost all of us dead) then they would be doing a great job.

But this target doesn’t state that. It says to maintain economic growth. In 2015, per capita GDP for the earth was $10,251. In 2019 it was $11,417. Because of the non-issue coronavirus and the WHO/UN/CDC/and other’s asinine mitigation efforts against it, there was a 4.3% decline between 2019 and 2020 to $10,926.

In Chad, per capita GDP sank from $660.07 in 2019 to $635.12 in 2020. Per capita GDP in Chad was actually at $776.02 in 2015, when the SDGs were shoved down all of our throats. These people, in general already have nothing and any reduction in their incomes will only further exacerbate their situations. Haiti was doing worse in 2020, partly due to repeated natural disasters and partly due to man-made coronavirus, than they were in 2015. Burundi, with it’s record setting 2015 per capita GDP value of $305.55 has steadily declined until 2019, $228.214 and an increase between 2019-2020 to 238.991. The United States took the China-virus hard, moving from $65,279.529 in 2019 to $63,593.444 in 2020 for per capita GDP. Miraculously, China (the model society which the UN and their globalist conspirators nauseously endorse at all times), managed to increase their per capita GDP between 2019 and 2020; $10,143.838 to $10,434.775.

Let’s not get too far ahead of ourselves; however. China’s per capita GDP did increase between those two years but at the outset of the ‘pandemic’ they were welding apartment doors shut to prevent people from leaving as part of their zero-tolerance policy towards COVID-19. Today, as I write this, the people of Shanghai, China, a city of almost 25 million people, have been under lock-down orders for over a week. People that endeavor to leave their residences have been beaten by rabid packs of ‘medical’ personnel clad in bio-suits. People are reported to be starving to death or have starved to death or have committed suicide so as to not starve to death in numbers in Shanghai. Creepy screaming from caged residents have been captured on film. Apparently, this is progress to the UN.

COVID-19 mitigation efforts also obliterated any progress being made towards elevating the GDP of Least Developed Countries (LDC) between 2019 and 2020. Burundi is an LDC and was doing great from 2003 until 2015, but as mentioned, their increase in GDP between 2019 and 2020 was 0.3% - a far cry from 7%, which this nation has not even approached. Between 2019 and 2020, LDCs, overall, were expected to lose 0.4% of their GDP and 43 of the 47 LDCs were expected to be impacted negatively. Negative 0.04% is also a far cry from the 7% GDP growth the UN seeks to promote.

Global GDP, according to Macro Trends, took a dive in the 2009 recession but bounced back in 2010, the high point of the last decade of available data. Between 2016 and 2017, global GDP jumped 0.67%, the last time it went up, and suffered the greatest loss since the beginning of the metric, 1961, between 2019 and 2020 of -5.93%. People are suffering and have no money to fix it. That’s the gist of this goal, though. Between 2020 and 2021, only two nations, Guyana, and Guinea had over 7% growth.

“8.2 Achieve higher levels of economic productivity through diversification, technological upgrading and innovation, including through a focus on high-value added and labour-intensive sectors[.]”

They really want productivity to increase. Increases in productivity depend on one of two things – each employee plays more roles and is responsible for more work-related issues or workers are replaced by machines. Either you do more for the same pay or you are replaced by a robot as soon as feasible.

Between 1950 and 2000 the “[a]nnual growth rate of real GDP per employed person” (indicator 8.2.1) was 1.82%. From 2000 to 2016 that rate fell to 1.11%. The United States, in 2019, 2020, and 2021 had rates of 0.7%, 2.5% and 2.6%, respectively. Chad’s numbers over the same years were -0.3%, -0.5%, and -3.1%, respectively. China’s command economy (version of Communism) achieved 7.6% in 2021 while Germany achieved 3.1%. Between 2019 and 2020 the world rate slumped to -0.6% but rebounded between 2020 and 2021 to 3.2%. Humans are a very productive species it seems.

Or maybe we are just being goaded into believing that higher efficiencies and productivity rates are better for us, overall. Want to take a peek at stress levels? Stress levels are going ballistic in the US. Stress levels in China were already at 40% of the surveyed population in 2015 and now people are jumping out of windows so they won’t have to starve to death. In Germany and the UK, a study found that there are higher stress levels due to the scamdemic and the mitigation efforts. People cannot stand being fractured so they lower their vibrational frequencies by abusing substances or other socially ostracizing activities, including suicidal behaviors and actual suicide attempts which are successful at times. The whole COVID scam not only wreck economies, it wrecked people.

When a country dramatically lowers the number of workers but that same country still maintains its population and that population’s need for food, water, clothing, and shelter remain the same, productivity rates will rise. If the United Nations actually delivered what it promoted, the numbers for this indicator would be very low.

“8.3 Promote development-oriented policies that support productive activities, decent job creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation, and encourage the formalization and growth of micro-, small- and medium-sized enterprises, including through access to financial services[.]”

To track this goal the UN is looking to track and reduce the number of ‘informal’ jobs. Informal jobs include pretty much any job which is without a contract between the employee and the employer. The International Labor Organization (ILO) suggested that in 2018, 60% of all workers are in the informal economy. The United Nations has not tracked this goal very well – their latest data is five years old and extremely incomplete. The World Bank published an article pimping its podcast suggesting that around 70% of workers in emerging and developing economies are employed informally.

I’m going to include an entire article from The World Bank titled, Widespread Informality Likely to Slow Recovery from COVID-19 in Developing Economies, because it ties several strings together far better than I can;

“WASHINGTON, May 11, 2021—A strikingly large percentage of workers and firms operate outside the line of sight of governments in emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs)—a challenge that is likely to hold back the recovery in these economies unless governments adopt a comprehensive set of policies to address the drawbacks of the informal sector, a new World Bank Group study has found.

“The study, The Long Shadow of Informality: Challenges and Policies, is the first comprehensive Bank analysis examining the extent of informality and its implications for an economic recovery that supports green, resilient and inclusive development in the long-term. It finds that the informal sector accounts for more than 70 percent of total employment—and nearly one-third of GDP—in EMDEs. That scale diminishes these countries’ ability to mobilize the fiscal resources needed to bolster the economy in a crisis, to conduct effective macroeconomic policies, and to build human capital for long-term development.

“In economies with widespread informality, government resources to combat deep recessions and to support subsequent recovery are more limited than in other economies. Government revenues in EMDEs with above-average informality totaled about 20 percent of GDP—five to 12 percentage points below the level in other EMDEs. Government expenditures also were lower by as much as 10 percentage points of GDP. Similarly, central banks’ ability to support economies is constrained by the underdeveloped financial systems associated with widespread informality.

“‘Informal workers are predominantly women and young people who lack skills. Amid the COVID-19 crisis, they are often left behind, with little recourse to social safety nets when they lose their jobs or suffer severe income losses,’ said Mari Pangestu, World Bank Managing Director for Development Policy and Partnerships. ‘This analysis will help to fill knowledge gaps in an understudied area and get policy makers back on track to tackle informality, which will be critical going forward as we work to achieve green, resilient and inclusive development.’”

“High informality undermines policy efforts to slow down the spread of COVID-19 and boost economic growth. Limited access to social safety nets has meant that many participants in the informal sector have neither been able to afford to stay at home nor adhere to social-distancing requirements. In EMDEs, informal enterprises account for 72 percent of firms in the services sector.

“High levels of informality generally means weaker development outcomes. Countries with larger informal sectors have lower per-capita incomes, greater poverty, greater income inequality, less developed financial markets, and weaker investment and are farther away from achieving the goals of sustainable development.

“Informality in EMDEs varies widely across regions and countries—as a percentage of GDP, it is highest in Sub-Saharan Africa, at 36 percent. It is lowest in the Middle East and North Africa, at 22 percent. In South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa, pervasive informality is largely the result of low human capital and large agricultural sectors. In Europe and Central Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean, and the Middle East and North Africa, heavy regulatory and tax burdens and weak institutions have been important factors in driving informality.

“The study shows that informality can be tackled in EMDEs—in fact, while it remains high, it had been on a declining trend for three decades before the COVID-19 pandemic. Between 1990 and 2018, on average, informality fell by about 7 percentage points of GDP to 32 percent of GDP. The decline partly reflected policy reforms: over the past three decades, many EMDE governments implemented policy reforms either to increase the benefits of formal-sector participation or to reduce the costs of such activities. These included tax reforms, reforms to increase access to finance, and stronger governance.

“The study provides five general recommendations for policymakers in EMDEs: first, take a comprehensive approach—because informality reflects broad-based underdevelopment and cannot be tackled in isolation; second, tailor measures to country circumstances because the causes of informality vary widely; third, improve access to education, markets, and finance so that informal workers and firms can become sufficiently productive to move to the formal sector; fourth; improve governance and business climates so the formal sector can flourish; and fifth, streamline tax regulation to lower the cost of operating formally and increase the cost of operating informally.”

EMDE stands for emerging markets and developing economies. I don’t have to be the one to project this time – the World Bank article states that the informal sector is large in a lot of countries, it is difficult, if not impossible to track, and that it needs to be eradicated. The World Bank sees the ending of informal labor as a virtuous objective – I see it as just another mechanism to destroy freedom and any ambition of any individual who even attempts to think about getting out from under the yolk of the formal economy.

Have you ever watched a Black Mirror episode? There is one called ‘Nosedive’ (Series 3, episode 1) in which social interactions are continuously rated by each party interacting. The most well-liked are the ones who get the best homes, jobs, travel arrangements, etc…. What the World Bank, and this UN goal, is really getting at, is that every aspect of every person on earth must be rated. If there are informal jobs, this cannot be incorporated into the social credit score they have designed for us because the employment section will be too volatile to adequately track the metric.

I will grant that not everyone chooses to be in informal employment situations, but there are those of us who do see the positives of being in such an environment. The biggest draw for me would be that taxes are not taken out. If I could do one of those jobs which pays decently in cash, good luck getting those taxes IRS! From the globalist perspective what I just stated is a mortal sin, dodging taxes owed to the state for, I don’t know what for, maybe the idiots extorting money from all of us could explain it. I live in the United States, which has decided to not defend our borders, destroy our military, promote transsexualism, invest in grooming our children, and done their level best to hide child-murdering ‘doctors’ and pedophiles from prosecution. At the same time the same regime is trying to censor, restrict, ban, and jail those wishing to practice freedom of speech, the right to bear arms, the right to raise children, the ability to profess God as the sole creator of all of humanity and everything humanity requires, and the freedom of assembly going so far as to get anyone who does any of these things fired from their job.

The indicator of this UN target is untrackable, probably because the rates have seemingly exploded since they made it. What I can say to this target is that anyone who rejects the UN narrative will be ostracized from polite society, especially in their ability to find gainful employment. The proof is in the terminology the UN used when writing this goal; “development-oriented.” The development they are referring to is their demonic encroachment upon the sensibilities of the world.

“8.4 Improve progressively, through 2030, global resource efficiency in consumption and production and endeavour to decouple economic growth from environmental degradation, in accordance with the 10-year framework of programmes on sustainable consumption and production, with developed countries taking the lead[.]”

Your flesh should crawl at each instance of the term footprint. ‘Footprint’ basically means the amount of pollutants (namely CO2 or ‘carbon’) produced in mining, transporting, refining, and manufacturing of any good or service. The word footprint was used because everyone has one, but the truth of the term, in this context, is the promise of a totalitarian technocracy in which the currency will be CO2 credits.

The abstract of Implementing the material footprint to measure progress towards Sustainable Development Goals 8 and 12 appearing on nature.com, dated 12/9/2021. “We show that the global material footprint has quadrupled since 1970, driven mainly by emerging economies in the Asia-Pacific region, but with an indication of plateauing since 2014.” The population has not risen four times since 1970 and neither has the global GDP. What has risen is the ability to produce more things for more people. The authors of the nature.com paper decided to create a metric to measure material footprints better. What is odd to me is that nature.com figured out how to track this UN target (not that it should be monitored) but the UN hasn’t bothered since 2010.

The UN has tracked consumption trends; however. The United States, having outsourced just about everything (meaning it is not able to produce its own goods for domestic use) still had a per capita rate of consumption of 23.75 tonnes in 2019. As a measure of production compared to units of GDP the US had 0.39 kilograms in 2019. China measured 22.93 tonnes per capita and 2.3 kg compared to GDP. Afghanistan, Bolivia, Chad, Denmark, Estonia, and Fiji, in 2019, measured 1.17 tonnes per capita, and 2.8 kgs per US dollar; 14.99 tonnes, 4.52 kg; 8.85 tonnes, 12.55 kg; 19.51 tonnes, 0.34 kg; 33.9 tonnes, 1.66 kg; and 4.64 tonnes, 0.79 kg, respectively.

Basically, worldwide consumption of materials rose by 32% between 2000 and 2019. World population grew by 1.26% between 2000 and 2019 and global GDP grew by 27.8% over the same time period. There were far more goods being produced for each person on the planet in 2019 compared to 2000 which shows that more people have things they want and decided they need.

The United Nations, as evinced by their response to COVID-19 wishes to destroy any progress made. Further, the UN, and other organizations are attempting to shift mitigation efforts from COVID-19 mitigation to climate change mitigation.

“8.5 By 2030, achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all women and men, including for young people and persons with disabilities, and equal pay for work of equal value[.]”

Women and men are not the same. Because of their biological differences, men and women will never get paid the same. That doesn’t mean that when women are doing a job they are making less than a man – it means that women give birth to children and rear them in many instances. That negates their life-time earning potential as derived from being employed in the economy. This is a fact of life – not a pie in the sky hallucination I am having, but much of the gender inequality in labor stem from this fact, which tends to get completely ignored.

The progressive solution to this fact of biology, history, and inequality is to get women to choose (the male has literally ZERO say over any of this; it is solely a woman's ‘right’ to choose) whether to have a child or to continuously work. The first hurdle the maggot class (‘elites’) needed to jump was to convince women that they should be out of the house working just like men and the next was to convince women they don’t really need men in their lives, especially a husband.

Before I start going off on the destruction of the family because the maggot class which seeks to create a Brave New World reality, I will simply state that I do acknowledge that sometimes there is a difference in pay rates between males and females, and, unless it is due to piece-work, I don’t think it should exist. It should be solved, and the way to solve it is to set entry level rates when anyone (male or female) enters into an employment contract.

Ah, and there is the hook upon which the UN rests its justifications for destroying any operation which refuses to cooperate with the UN – the prevalence of the informal economy dictates that solutions must be met with state actions such as differentiated tax rates, hefty fines, and possible jail time for women not being paid the same in the informal economy as their male counterparts are.

Based of the data presented by payscale.com, there is no gender pay gap. There are two lines of data plotted between the years of 2014-2021. The two lines are measuring the uncontrolled ‘pay gap’ and the controlled ‘pay gap’.

The uncontrolled ‘pay gap’ is a joke because it does not take into account job type, seniority, location, industry, years of experience, nor other metrics which would make the work of men and women the same. It would be like trying to compare the horsepower of a 1969 Chevrolet Chevelle 454 to a 2010 Toyota Prius – they are both automobiles but they are not even close to the same measurements of performance. But, United Nations and their ilk seem to like to pull their numbers from the Prius, not the Chevelle. In 2015, if a male made $1.00, a female made $0.75, in 2021 it was $0.82, in the uncontrolled metric. It seems like a huge gap but….

In the controlled ‘pay gap’, meaning the same jobs are held by men and women with the same qualifications (there is no mention of how long these people have been in their positions, etc...), in 2015 for every dollar a male made the female made $0.97 and in 2021, the female made $0.99.

Between men and women who hold at least a bachelor’s degree, relative to white men (which is completely racist), payscale plotted different races by controlled metrics; female American Indian and Alaskan Natives earned $0.99 compared to white males, Asian women earned $1.03, black or African American women earned $0.98, Hispanic women with the same job and qualifications compared to white men earning a dollar earned $0.99, Native Hawaiians and other Pacific Islander women make the same dollar a white male does, and white women make $0.99 for every $1.00 a white male makes.

Then payscale.com finally get to the crux of the matter by using psychological manipulation: “The Motherhood Penalty [emphasis mine].” They literally dictate that in order to close the perceived gender pay gap, women stop having children. Do your part women! Stop having kids! (Really, don’t stop having those beautiful babies, humanity needs them, and YOU need them – those PEOPLE fulfill all of our lives). When the motherhood penalty is conducted in a controlled way, women who give birth to their children make $0.98 for every dollar a male makes and those women who choose to not have children – either by gruesomely murdering babies, practicing abstinence, or just not getting pregnant – make exactly the same as men.

There is no gender pay gap, there is only a biological difference between men and women. It is not a penalty to have a child. It is a fulfillment of propagating the human race by biological processes set in motion by God.

Unemployment statistics, the other indicator of this UN target, are unable to correctly identify the number of unemployed. As such, those numbers cannot help to identify gender inequalities within the populations of the unemployed. Unemployment only reflects those people who are seeking jobs. The numbers do not reflect who have given up seeking employment – those who have found ‘illegitimate’ employment (some of which is, indeed, illegitimate – ‘illegal’ drug sales, gun running, terrorist activities, pimping, working as a prostitute in a brothel or on the streets, etc…), those working for cash only, or those who have moved to the streets as homeless.

The United Nations has statistics on unemployment between men and women in 2019. 41.14% of females and 21.32% of males were seeking work in Palestine (which is not a country, nor does a single person there have a legitimate right to the land of Israel or anywhere else – see the Bible); Iraq, a legitimate nation, has the biggest percentage of unemployed women seeking employment at 30.59%; males were at 10%. Closely following Iraq in female unemployment was South Africa with 30.5 percent of women seeking work; however, 26.78% of men were also seeking work. Sudan, Lesotho, Gabon, and Yemen all had over 25% of their women seeking work who were not currently working. Throughout he entire world the male and female unemployment rates were at 5.28% for males and 5.52% for females. Hardly a disparity.

The entire target is a joke. But the idiots at the UN added in the disabled, a growing population due to the way disabilities are recognized. To exemplify this, half of the US citizens reporting a disability were 65 years old or older – meaning they qualified for retirement. Those with disabilities were more likely to be unemployed than those without disabilities, even if those with disabilities were ‘educated’ at the same level as those without disabilities. Those with a disability were more likely to be employed part time than those without a disability. Self-employment occurred more often in the disabled group than the non-disabled group.

Why is all of this true? A big part of it is that those who ‘prove’ their disability will get a government check depending upon the condition, severity of the condition, and the number of hours worked and the income of the disabled person. These ‘disabled’ persons (some are actually disabled – many are not) may also receive housing assistance, food stamps, state assistance, and other benefits as the government sees fit. The Social Security Administration, which pays ‘disabled’ people monthly, recognizes bipolar disorder (formerly known as manic depression), anxiety, anorexia and bulimia, and any kind of paranoia with noticeable effects. There are many people with these conditions which are perfectly able to earn a livable income on their own but why would they when the federal government is paying them.

Let’s; however, look at a deaf person who works as a contractor to develop software. Software developers can make a great deal of money each year, even the deaf ones. An individual who is deaf is indeed disabled but at the same time capable of producing a product which is needed and demands a high price. If the deaf person decides to, they could claim a disability, get all the free benefits they can, and develop their software. The year they sell that software to a client, the deaf person could decide to forego the benefits of the proceeds or to live off of them. If the deaf individual were really adept at the system (which many benefit collectors are) they would get the assistance of a buddy or a pal and have them put the proceeds of the sale into a special account in order to continue to get the Social Security benefits as well as access to the proceeds of their labor.

Therein lies the rub. The disabled are not necessarily the stupid. They may be lazy. They may, in certain instances, be thieves. But they are not stupid. And yes, there are people in this world who are truly disabled who won’t ever be able to tie their own shoes, cook a scrambled egg, walk to the store, or have a dialogue with another human being – this is not about them. Those people are disabled and we, as a society, SHOULD protect them – they are some of the most beautiful people on earth.

But many among the ranks of the ‘disabled’ sprained an ankle when they were 50 and decided to play the system until they retired. Some 20-year old’s hide behind a diagnosis of ADHD which Social Security pays them for and, as such, they see no need to figure out a way to work for what they get. All kinds of ‘depressed’ people get paid for doing nothing. I’m regularly depressed but I’d never expect you to pay my way through life, the mere thought makes me more depressed.

And then there are the people that think those suffering from, or those thinking they suffer from, food allergies, drug addictions, fragrance sensitivities, pregnancy, little person-ism, sickle-cell anemia, obesity, and seasonal affective disorder should be covered under welfare programs. Want the solutions to these issues? Don’t eat allergically-reactive substances. Stop using drugs. Don’t go around scents which you cannot handle and if there is a strong odor which affects you, leave the area. Pregnancy is pregnancy, if you can’t handle the work, stay home – actually, I suggest you stay home anyway, work is no place for a baby, it is stress, and bad smells, and exertion – if it’s that much of an issue don’t get pregnant in the first place. If you’re 3’9” tall don’t take positions which require you to reach heights of 6 feet without a ladder. Sickle-cell anemia can be managed through treatment and surgery and can also be reversed through surgery. Obesity is a lifestyle choice, not a disability; if it were a disability those with it would need to park two blocks away from the Piggly-Wiggly to get their 20 2-liters of Diet Coke and 10 bags of pork rinds. If you are suffering from seasonal affective disorder, take some vitamin D and go to a tanning salon. Those are just my takes, of course. But what do I know?

I know that the only thorny issues here are with pregnancy and with sickle-cell anemia. I know that my take on them will get me called a sexist and a racist. But really, if you cannot afford to pause your career while you are pregnant and work in an environment not healthy for a baby, then maybe don’t get pregnant yet. And maybe if you have sickle cell anemia, then work until your health insurance can cover your medical bills so you can manage your issues correctly and/or correct the issue altogether. And both of these are only for the United States.

In other countries, common ‘disabilities’ are a little bit different. Chronic endemic diseases are rife in some areas, pregnancies will place a mother in the home for 15 years with no expectation of doing anything but rearing their child(ren), government welfare is not so generous as the United States’ or other, even more socialist, ‘capitalist’ economies are. The United Nations is Hell-bent on destroying productive nations by demanding that the wealthy pay the non-productive nations of the world. I’m already discontent with having my taxes go to some of the people on welfare roles now, in my own country. I see absolutely no reason whatsoever to have the United States federal government give the United Nations a single dime for any reason, as a matter of fact, let alone to go for their programs to ‘support’ people in other countries.

“8.6 By 2020, substantially reduce the proportion of youth not in employment, education or training[.]”

According to SDG-tracker, the United States had 15.49% of their 15-29 year-olds who were not engaged in education, employment, or training in 2015, and while the figure modestly shrunk until 2019, in 2020 it stood at 17.88%. In 2014, Niger reported 25.2% and by 2017 it was 68.56%. Japan was at 3.61% in 2015, 2.94% in 2018, and 3.11% in 2019. From 2014 to 2017, Afghanistan went from 9.49% to 42.01%. Chile did better in this area than most nations going from 19.7% in 2015 to 16.51% in 2019. There were no substantial reductions recorded between 2015 to 2020 in this area. Any progress made which involved 15-29 year-olds getting ready to enter into the formal economy or already being involved in it disappeared due to the COVID-19 mitigation efforts.

The best case scenario can be found in North Macedonia where in 2015 they had a 24.72% youth involvement rate and by 2019 it fell to 18.14%. In a scenario where there were a million people 15-29 years-old the numbers would have gone from 247,200 to 181,400. They have a population of barely over two million. Those numbers are far smaller, probably a tenth or even a little less of the million I predicated the calculations on.

“8.7 Take immediate and effective measures to eradicate forced labour, end modern slavery and human trafficking and secure the prohibition and elimination of the worst forms of child labour, including recruitment and use of child soldiers, and by 2025 end child labour in all its forms[.]”

I wrote in a previous installment of the SDG evaluations all about how the United States southern border is wide open and is losing what slight modicum of policy sanity remained. That singular border is, itself, a huge failure of this target.

The International Labour Organization (ILO) estimates that there were 21 million forced laborers on the earth as of 2012. In 2014 they estimated that forced labor accounts for about $150 billion worth of global GDP – mostly in the Asian-Pacific and developed nations.

In 2017 Global Citizen wrote that 152 million children are victims of forced labor. Moreover, children only account for 25% of the total – which would mean that 608 million people are victims of being forced to work against their will.

The ILO released a report in 2017 which detailed that 24.9 million were forced to work, and also included the 15.4 million people in a forced marriage. The report takes the term ‘modern slavery’ and uses it as an umbrella term to include forced marriages, forced work, and the 4.1 million in State-backed forced labor, and the 4.3 million forced to prostitute themselves. The total number of people suffering from modern slavery is 40.3 million; of which 71% are female.

I’m going to go ahead and throw out that Global Citizen piece because I cannot, for the life of me, figure out where they got their numbers from. Even using the 2012 and 2017 ILO figures; however, the UN has orchestrated a complete failure in even reducing the target.

In 2020 the ILO estimated that 160 million children (5-17 year-olds) were laboring, which is an increase from 2016 of 8.4 million children. If we look back further, to 2000, the rate has decreased from 245.5 million children. So what happened to decrease this statistic between 2000 and 2016 and why has it risen since the inception of the 17 SDG goals? The recurrence of this trend is profound and I have found it multiple times in a variety of targets. It’s almost like the SDG’s are designed to do the polar opposite of their claims.

Compounding the uptick in child labor statistics are concerns about the effects the COVID-19 mitigation efforts will have. The biggest obstacle to an actual solution the ILO will run into is going to be their suggestion that the international community just gives these countries massive amounts of money for welfare programs to prevent children from having to work. The ILO outright proposes complete nationalization of economies where child laborers are thought to exist.

Child soldiers (people under 18 years-old as defined by the ghastly Rights of the Child document) were estimated to be about 300,000 in number, in 30 arenas, in 2015 by the Council on Foreign Relations. In 2020 it was estimated there were 250,000 child soldiers in 25 arenas. There are lots of articles all about the money being sent to prevent children from being engaged in combat; however, it seems that all of the money in the world will not fix the issue.

“8.8 Protect labour rights and promote safe and secure working environments for all workers, including migrant workers, in particular women migrants, and those in precarious employment[.]”

I’ve jumped right into how freaking stupid the COVID-19 mitigation efforts are and this is why. The ILO writes, “The ILO estimates that some 2.3 million women and men around the world succumb to work-related accidents or diseases every year[.]” Basically, the ILO is now going to play doctor. They go on to state that their estimates are too low because of shoddy reporting. I’d say they need to estimate actual problems a workplace can control and not try to be anyone’s doctor.

The first thing the ILO needs to do is tell the WHO to stay away from them and from workplaces in general. The ILO needs to address the specific dangers inherent in certain workplaces. They should strive to be non-hostile while they conduct this effort and would probably benefit greatly from a partnership with the IEEE, not the WHO. Their mission should be to get workplaces which are hazardous to willingly conduct ongoing safety audits, address issues, and recommend or install safety measures.

In 2016 the ILO reported, globally, there were 363,283 occupational deaths from roadways, poison, falls, fire and heat sources, drowning, mechanical means, animal contact, and other unintentional injuries. The effort has yet to be repeated, thus when the report does appear, any statistic it holds will be dubious because of the COVID-19 scandemic.

Skewing these statistics are any major accident such as an explosion or tornado strike. All it takes is one and the deaths and injuries can skyrocket. Further, not reporting incidents is an issue. Some of the injury statistics include those who claim they were injured on the job when, in fact they were injured away from the work place.

Labor rights, in this context, are determined by the ILO. Unions, such as the Teamster’s Union, then decide to adhere to the ILO version of labor rights. Now, let me explain what this unholy union is going to do. The ILO, along with the United Nations, World Bank, and World Health Organization are going to use the unions to control workers. Those not in a union will not be directly affected, thus not directly controlled. None of these Nazi-organizations can handle any meaningful decisions being made by any independent entity which is why they incessantly push for unionization.

I was working a union job (Teamsters, as a matter of fact) which paid very well and then 2020 came around. I had one boss who literally took a trip to China in late 2019 and came back with even less positivity about the US than he had before he left. The job I did was inside of a factory which produced roofing products. I routinely lifted boxes which weighed between 58 and 66 pounds apiece (120 of them per 30 minutes). It was during this time, in August, mind you, that I was commanded to “put [my] fucking mask on,” by my Sinophile boss. No one was within 20 feet of me and I was covered in sweat as it was over 100 degrees in there. “No,” I said. For several months, I continuously said no to the guy when he decided to play my doctor and demand my mask-compliance.

This time I hurt my boss’s feelings and he took me to HR, which suspended me. I asked the teamster union head about it. His response was, and I quote, “Oh, yeah, they can fire you for not wearing a mask.” As soon as those words came out of his ignorant mouth, I knew I was done working there – it was only a matter of time. I knew that it was only a matter of time before that money-wasting union got their marching orders from on high to demand the right of their workers to work in a place where 100% of the employees are inoculated. That, reader, is what is going to happen with all of this. The WHO will use different labor organizations to mandate collective ‘rights,’ call it freedom, and then demand each and every individual undergo whatever procedure the WHO deems appropriate.

Every single person should have collectively told these unions and these institutions to go to Hell based on principle, regardless of their individual willingness to jack themselves with experimental mRNA gene therapies. Of course, that’s not what happened. The unions are, unfortunately, even stronger, the business they operate in are even stronger, and their dues-payers/employees are dying and becoming maimed because of these Nuremberg Code obliterating decrees.

“8.9 By 2030, devise and implement policies to promote sustainable tourism that creates jobs and promotes local culture and products[.]”

If 9/11/2001 stifled travel, the COVID-19 mitigation efforts eradicated any trust in being able to travel. Not only was it trust; many of the attractions across the world were closed. It was all part of the psychological effort to get everyone to distrust everyone else. Many places on the planet even set up (and still maintains) a snitching system. Go check out what is going on in Shanghai, China where the government has again locked people down – over 13 million of them. People there are jumping from high-rise apartment windows to commit suicide because their only recourse is to sit there and starve to death. Anyone who leaves is beaten in the streets by roving doctors.

The World Travel and Tourism Council estimates that losses in were between $3.4 to $5.5 trillion dollars in tourism and tourism-related enterprises. Their solution is global welfare as well as having this gem as a solution, “[i]n this context, and in light of COVID-19, transformations through technological advances, most notably biometrics and the use of digital identity, show strong opportunities to enable a safe, secure and seamless end-to-end experience, whilst supporting the sector’s recovery.”

Airports in the US are using AI-equipped robots in their facilities for, in part, conducting health screenings, biometrics, and identification. It wasn’t worth the hassle of going through the TSA molestation to go anywhere on a plane. I mean, sure, I’d love to wander around Rome or Paris, but wearing a mask and getting a digital ID isn’t worth it in order to board a ship to get there.

What will happen is the losers who are already dead from this depopulation campaign will go for it and then no one with any common sense will have a choice, or the ability to change, travel requirements, aka, mandates. The whole industry is apparently planning on assisting the unions in destroying the Nuremberg Code – maybe these people should go read up on the consequences for convictions.

Finally, summing up the whole point of COVID-19, the World Travel and Tourism Council writes:

“COVID-19 has disrupted our lives, our sector and the global economy in an unprecedented way; putting things in perspective and challenging us to think about the future. In this context, experts and environmentalists are considering how to create a sense of urgency around the climate crisis to drive efficient and rapid action to avoid facing a similar climate and sustainability-related crisis in the future.”

Did you catch that? COVID-19 mitigation efforts and man-made climate change mitigation efforts are now interchangeable and they always were. If you won’t take your medicine for COVID-19 then maybe these demons can entice your compliance through catastrophic climate change.

“8.10 Strengthen the capacity of domestic financial institutions to encourage and expand access to banking, insurance and financial services for all[.]”

If the UN cannot get people to comply through the unions, or because they want to travel, or convince people to self-isolate to reduce their COVID-19 exposure and/or reduce their environmental footprint, then maybe the likes of bankers will get to them. The problem is the number of the unbanked, uninsured, and the unfinanced. Their solution is expand these services to everyone on earth.

A gigantic problem is and person who works for, or exclusively deals, with cash. In the formal economy, at least that I have noticed, if I want to get paid, I have to have a bank account. That is not a factor in the informal economy. Eventually anyone who wishes to remain pure-blood (un-stabbed), untested, unmasked, or who will not toe the line on a whole host of social issues (paedophilia, abortion, transgenderism, etc…) will suddenly be unbanked as well. Think facebook and twitter bans being applied to checking accounts. The system even has a name, the social-credit system.

“8.a Increase Aid for Trade support for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, including through the Enhanced Integrated Framework for Trade-Related Technical Assistance to Least Developed Countries[.]”

Aid for Trade is a welfare program which is supposed to enable developing countries to build-out their infrastructures and production capacities to facilitate international trade. The Enhanced Integrated Framework (EIF) is the mechanism which Aid for Trade works through. It is operated out of the World Trade Organization. It seems the WTO is giving money to projects in Least Developed Countries (LDCs) it deems worthy, i.e., submitting to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.

They gave beekeeping materials, including suits and hives to people in Zambia. Cambodia was encouraged to export rice despite over a million people have difficulty eating in their own country during certain times of the year. In Samoa the EIF, “[f]ocused on scaling up collaboration between the largest state owned producer and women cooperatives for value-add.”

The EIF used ‘donated’ funds, 100% of which seem to derive from taxpayers in various nations, to fund beekeeping operations in Zambia, get Cambodia to export food while they have hungry and starving people in their own nation, and centralized Samoan production of certain agricultural products.

The rub, of course, is that if any of these newly included people in the New World Order set up by the SDGs ever tell these people to go to Hell for any reason, they will be utterly ruined. It’s all about leaving no one behind (an actual motto of these SDGs) so that ALL are forced to follow the plan, or else.

“8.b By 2020, develop and operationalize a global strategy for youth employment and implement the Global Jobs Pact of the International Labour Organization[.]”

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals repeatedly state that all youth employment needs to be gotten rid of. Their definition of youth is suspect as is their metrics of this target. The SDG- tracker notes that multiple nations had operationalized a youth employment standard including Russia, Australia, Canada, Mexico, Egypt, and Chile by 2021. These measures are built on the idea that ‘youth’ should either continue schooling or go into the workforce.

The Global Jobs Pact of the ILO was adopted in June 2009, just after the world watched the financial markets melt down, and, largely, be bailed out by taxpayers. People were losing their jobs, their homes, and their lives at that time, all thanks to the bankster-created derivative markets (which is measured in QUADrillions of dollars – a thousand trillion).

The main thrust is economic integration (see the ‘economic’ integration developments which occurred in the EU and how that’s working out for them) in this target and the previous target, as well. “The Pact clearly promotes efficient and well-regulated trade and markets, but it also sends a strong message on the need to avoid protectionist solutions. [emphasis mine].” The quote is from, not the ILO, but from a donor organization called the International Organisation of Employyers (IOE).

“As a policy tool, the Pact provides employers with an authoritative pro-business policy pronouncement by the ILO and therefore is a powerful advocacy tool for employers in their lobbying of national governments. [emphasis mine.]”

The main gist of ‘the pact’ itself reads:

“1. The global economic crisis and its aftermath mean the world faces the prospect of a prolonged increase in unemployment, deepening poverty and inequality. Employment has usually only recovered several years after economic recovery. In some countries, the simple recovery of previous employment levels will not be enough to contribute effectively to strong economies, and to achieve decent work for women and men.

“2. Enterprises and employment are being lost. Addressing this situation must be part of any comprehensive response.

“3. The world must do better.

“4. There is a need for coordinated global policy options in order to strengthen national and international efforts centred around jobs, sustainable enterprises, quality public services, protecting people whilst safeguarding rights and promoting voice and participation.

“5. This will contribute to economic revitalization, fair globalization, prosperity and social justice.

“6. The world should look different after the crisis.

“7. Our response should contribute to a fair globalization, a greener economy and development that more effectively creates jobs and sustainable enterprises, respects workers’ rights, promotes gender equality, protects vulnerable people, assists countries in the provision of quality public services and enables countries to achieve the Millennium Development Goals.

“8. Governments and workers’ and employers’ organizations commit to work together to contribute to the success of the Global Jobs Pact. The International Labour Organization’s (ILO’s) Decent Work Agenda forms the framework for this response.”

[Any italics above are mine]

This should sound really familiar to everyone by now with COVID-19 mitigation efforts.

The ILO pact carries on that there should be an effort to increase union membership and collective bargaining arrangements. Welfare for working is included. Welfare for the unemployed to gain new skills is included. Massively increasing the number of workers engaged in public employment is a suggestion the ILO makes in the pact. Increasing public expenditures for infrastructure is included. The ILO also demands that:

“(1) Countries should give consideration, as appropriate, to the following:

“(i) introducing cash transfer schemes for the poor to meet their immediate needs and to alleviate poverty;

“(ii) building adequate social protection for all, drawing on a basic social protection floor including: access to health care, income security for the elderly and persons with disabilities, child benefits and income security combined with public employment guarantee schemes for the unemployed and working poor;

“(iii) extending the duration and coverage of unemployment benefits (hand in hand with relevant measures to create adequate work incentives recognizing the current realities of national labour markets);

“(iv) ensuring that the long-term unemployed stay connected to the labour market through, for example, skills development for employability;

“(v) providing minimum benefit guarantees in countries where pension or health funds may no longer be adequately funded to ensure workers are adequately protected and considering how to better protect workers’ savings in future scheme design; and

“(vi) providing adequate coverage for temporary and nonregular workers.”

And the ILO isn’t done yet! They want countries to give money to those hardest hit by “the crisis,” minimum wage standards to be regularly reviewed and adjusted, and for countries to implement or extend additional resources to promote social protection systems (unemployment benefits, welfare benefits, food stamps, rent assistance, etc…).

The ILO then ties their ‘pact’ into the previously established UN Millennium Goals which, utterly failed and, are the forerunners to what is being reviewed here – the SDGs. The ILO also, again, demands that minimum wages be set, this time, according to their Minimum Wage Fixing Convention, 1970 (No. 131).

Summary

For tyrants operating a totalitarian government, everyone under that tyranny must not only obey all of the tyrant’s decrees but believes in the causes of those decrees as well the validity of those causes. Through the SDGs, the United Nations and their international partners are seeking to install that form of government. In this goal, the target is how people are permitted to make income. I don’t condone or endorse contract killing, or sex trafficking, or kidnapping, but, at the same time the United Nations is committing all of these acts, they are criminalizing wood stoves, banning gasoline engines, and telling me that my God, my speech, and my skin color make me a terrorist.

Make no mistake, under this goal, if you have a job ten years from now it will be a thinnly-vieled forced labor assignment in which the only product produced will be to enhance the hive-mind the UN is trying to instill in each of us. The proof, as far as I see it, is in the utter lack of awareness of what the United Nations is actually doing with these SDGs. Any mention of the SDGs I see on any one of several social media sites is casting the SDGs and the United Nations as great causes and always in a positive light.

I cannot see the UN nor the SDGs in a positive light because they were created to mask a single truth – the UN wants as many of us dead or absolutely compliant with their agenda as possible

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal8 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 7 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/12/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 7th SDG:

Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all

Unless the person lives in a place without electricity or the person lives in the United States or Europe and everyone else too. Having access to something is great but it doesn’t mean the service will actually be provided. The United Nations, and it’s adherents in government at all levels, NGO’s who absolutely detest humanity, and multinational corporations tend to lean towards technocracy and energy is meant to be the new currency under this new world order with its one world government.

The UN’s targets to ensure energy for all are:

“7.1 By 2030, ensure universal access to affordable, reliable and modern energy services

“7.2 By 2030, increase substantially the share of renewable energy in the global energy mix

“7.3 By 2030, double the global rate of improvement in energy efficiency

“7.a By 2030, enhance international cooperation to facilitate access to clean energy research and technology, including renewable energy, energy efficiency and advanced and cleaner fossil-fuel technology, and promote investment in energy infrastructure and clean energy technology

“7.b By 2030, expand infrastructure and upgrade technology for supplying modern and sustainable energy services for all in developing countries, in particular least developed countries, small island developing States, and land-locked developing countries, in accordance with their respective programmes of support”

If you have read any of my previous efforts at evaluating and critiquing SDG’s I don’t usually include the indicators; however, for this article I plan on including all of them.

“7.1 By 2030, ensure universal access to affordable, reliable and modern energy services[.]”

“Indicator 7.1.1 – Proportion of population with access to electricity[.]”

The World Bank indicates that in 2015, 86.579% of the world had access to electricity which grew to 90.097% in 2019. The International Energy Agency (IEA) puts the percentages at 84.5% in 2015 and 89.8% in 2019. The United Nations documents the years 2000 and 2017 to make the rise seem more impressive; 78% in 2000 to 89% in 2017.

The stragglers in the ability access to energy live mostly in sub-Saharan Africa. The World Bank has data reading that 46.75% of sub-Saharan dwellers had access to electricity in 2019. According to the International Energy Agency, 770 million people live without energy, most of whom live in Africa and Asia. IEA also postulates that due to the psychological COVID-19 mitigation experiments there are now more people in Africa with no access to electricity than prior to the ‘pandemic’. The UN page has a bar graph showing that in 2017 only 44% of those in sub-Saharan Africa had access to electricity.

The sub-Saharan Africa electricity problem includes several issues; nomadic lifestyles, poverty, war, inhospitable terrain, and the cost and magnitude of getting electrical power to people literally in the middle of nowhere who may or may not decide to vacate the area tomorrow.

Those without electrical services will rely on traditional sources of cooking fuels, which is a problem for the United Nations because cooking fuels can include anything from firewood, to charcoal, to dung. Those still using traditional cooking fuels (the UN calls it lacking clean cooking-fuel sources) have the highest rates in sub-Saharan Africa and several countries in southern Asia, including India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and a majority of Southeast Asian nations. The UN attributes 4 million premature deaths a year, and increased environmental degradation, health complications, and pollution due to traditional cooking methods due to lack of electricity. The rate of alleviation of the UN problem is 0.5% a year since 2010, which, in 2017, resulted in 61% of the world cooking with clean (UN-approved) fuels.

A 2021 article appearing on nature.com titled, Household cooking fuel estimates at global and country level for 1990 to 2030, considered electricity, gaseous fuels, kerosene, biomass, charcoal, and coal and their effects after being used as a cooking fuel. The article’s authors conclusion notes that by 2030, 31% of the world will still use ‘polluting’ fuels which includes kerosene, coal, charcoal, wood, crop waste, and dung. Dubbed ‘clean’ are electricity, LPG, natural gas, biogas, alcohol, and solar sooking sources. The authors’ research was funded by the British Economic and Social Research Council, the World Bank, the European Union, and the World Health Organization. All of these institutions and organizations are losers, down to each and every individual who works for any of these entities.

The practical thing to do would be to encourage efficient ventilation or outdoor cooking in these areas with an emphasis on staying out of the smoke produced by burning ‘polluting’ cooking fuels. If that were the objective of this goal, that would be fine, but it’s not the objective of this goal, its about banning fuel sources like the criminals in California did when they banned wood-stoves and passed legislation to ban all combustion engines. If you are reading this in Canada or the US, think about how much better that beef frank or chicken breast tastes when it’s grilled over charcoal or wood chunks instead of nuked in the microwaved, baked in the oven, or boiled on the stove. The UN idea, and their acolytes, is to prevent ANYONE from being able to cook that way whether by choice or by necessity.

“Indicator 7.1.2 – Proportion of population with primary reliance on clean fuels and technology[.]”

It’s not good enough for the UN to get people electrical power, they seek to make sure that the methods of electrical production are ‘sustainable’ on top of it. That means hydropower, inefficient wind turbines (modern windmills), inefficient solar panels, and ‘other’ renewable energy sources like biofuels. All of this rests on the idea that petroleum is non-renewable; however, it is well known that petroleum is abiotic – making it independent of its non-fossil fuel classification. These people have a problem with CO2, which is an SDG in and of itself, and which the combustion of oil and it’s products create. It’s why I call these people members of a death cult – they want no carbon released by any man or woman (humans exhale it), and seek to eradicate all plant life through their efforts. The earth is carbon starved, not over-saturated, and the demonic entities seeking to create carbon-neutral solutions are really only saying one thing, ‘humanity, starve to death’.

“7.2 By 2030, increase substantially the share of renewable energy in the global energy mix[.]”

“Indicator 7.2.1 – Renewable energy share in the total final energy consumption[.]”

In 2022, Germany gets 41.1% of their electricity, 16.5% of their heating gas, and 6.8% of their transportation needs met using renewable energy. Uganda, a country which had 43% of their population able to access energy in 2018, got 92% of that energy from renewables, 98% of which was from biofuels. According to China’s National Energy Administration, in 2021, China produced 1.06 billion killowatts of power from renewable sources (44.8% of their total) in 2021. The United States started shuttering coal mines in 2008 with the inauguration of the Obamination in the United States so that by 2020, renewables could take the second place spot in energy production at 21% of total production behind natural gas which has seen a phenomenal rise to 40% of energy production in the US. The chart I am looking at seems to have a pretty direct correlation between the increases in natural gas and the decreases in coal usage.

Renewable energy sources are becoming more integrated into the energy production mix of a lot of countries in various regions around the world. To produce 1 MW of power from wind, it takes “103 tonnes of stainless steel, 402 tonnes of concrete, 6.8 tonnes of fiberglass, 3 tonnes of copper, and 20 tonnes of of cast iron.” Mining requires diesel fuel. Then the raw ore has to be transported by land or sea which requires more diesel fuel. To get cast iron, a lot of heat needs to be created and the fuels used for this process is either coal or natural gas. Carbon monoxide is required to produce cast iron as well. Fiberglass is composed of petroleum products. Creating cement is taking calcium carbonate and chemically converting it into calcium oxide a process which looks like this: CaCO3 → CaO + CO2. CO2, of course is considered a greenhouse gas, but cement cannot be produced without producing a lot of CO2 – to the tune of 5% of the global total. Cast iron represents 7% of the global total of CO2 production.

Solar panel research has yielded that it is possible to achieve a 40% efficiency rating for photovoltaic cells. The best that current installations can do is 22.8% efficiency. The US Energy Information Agency produced a chart, Average Operating Heat Rate for Selected Energy Sources, in 2021 which shows that coal had an efficiency of 32%, petroleum achieved an average of 30%, natural gas led the way with 44% efficiency, and nuclear power came in at 33% (I did the calculating myself as described here). Coal is not all the same, and higher quality coal will yield a cleaner more efficient burn due to the variations in carbon content. Likewise with petroleum products. But all forms of so-called fossil-fuels are still more efficient than current solar panels which also require the mining, transportation, processing, production, and assembly of copper, silica, phosphorous, boron, titanium, and a variety of chemicals, including from petroleum derivatives.

The reliance on ‘renewable fuels’ constitutes about 7,500 terrawatts of power per year. Statista.com graphs a trend of energy usage, less electricity, which in 2019 measured 23,845 terrawatt hours. That is up over 2,500 terrawatt hours since 2015. In total, including electricity production, the worldwide consumption of energy was over 173,340 terrawatts in 2019. ‘Renewables’ constituted less than 4.3% of total energy consumption in 2019. Energy production produces various amounts of CO2 depending upon the source of the production, thus the UN’s and their friends problem with it. Energy production is reported to have fallen by 4% in 2020 due to the evil-doers who enacted and enforced the COVID-19 mitigation efforts which are still ongoing. Despite this, oil and coal sources of energy combined to contribute 27,049 terrawatt hours more energy than energy sources produced from gas, hydropower, nuclear, wind, solar, biomass, and other sources combined in 2020.

Reliance on accepted renewable energy sources which are profitable for power producers will not power the population of the earth, especially with the introduction and mandates of electric transportation systems for public and individual use. Free energy could be done; however, the designs are of Nicola Tesla, and not that monster Thomas Edison who prioritized electrification for profit, which has crippled the entire world for over 100 years now. Tesla’s ideas of creating electricity will continue to be criminalized because it cannot be tracked, which is the main thing these freaks desire. Widespread use of Tesla’s technologies for electrical production would immediately end any of the technocrats’ ambitions to instill a global carbon credit scheme over all of humanity.

“7.3 By 2030, double the global rate of improvement in energy efficiency[.]”

“Indicator 7.3.1 – Energy intensity measured in terms of primary energy and GDP[.]”

The IEA defines energy intensity as “the percentage decrease in the ratio of global total energy supply per unit of gross domestic product (GDP).”  The IEA continues:

“The original target was an annual reduction of 2.6% until 2030 although the world has fallen short of this goal, especially in the most recent years. While early estimates for 2020 point to a substantial decrease in intensity improvement as a result of the Covid-19 crisis, the outlook for 2021 suggests a return to the average rate of improvement during the previous decade. However, this would be well below the 3.2% pace required this decade to achieve SDG targets and the more than 4% pace needed to be on track to reach net-zero emissions by 2050.

“Mandatory policies, such as codes and standards, including minimum energy performance standards, fuel-economy standards, building energy codes and industry targets, continue to form the basis of energy efficiency policy. However, these measures are being complemented by fiscal and financial incentives, such as tax relief on building renovations and electric vehicle purchases, public financing and the use of market-based instruments. Technological change and advances in energy management in the industrial and buildings sectors are also delivering efficiency improvements.”

To unpack that, the goal is not going to be reached and was way off track to be reached before the global medical tyranny of COVID-19 mitigation efforts began in early 2020 and, in many locations, are still in effect. The IEA then tells us their solutions are more mandates in codes and standards which are set by faceless bureaucrats in unmarked offices at state, county, and local municipality levels. The revisions which will be made to reach this insane goal will actually make people physically less safe, especially in areas regarding fuel-economy (lighter vehicles make them less durable, and more injurious to the occupants, if an accident occurs) and building codes (some of which have had catastrophic consequences in emergency events like fires). The IEA caps off their idiotic approval of idiotic ideas to reach this idiotic goal by giving tax breaks (making my taxes higher), subsidies to useless electric car purchases (if you own one, I helped buy that stupid waste of space that may or may not explode on you and came straight out of a strip mine, likely using 8-year-old laborers, and you also helped everyone pay more for electrical generation), and my tax dollars going to back loans to virtue-signaling morons who can’t think for themselves because they have given the little bit of intellectual ability they have to the United Nations. And of course, to put icing this crap-cake, the IEA aims to increase the costs of electrical costs and rents for industrial plants and businesses, which will be passed on to the consumer.

In 2015, when these SDGs were foisted upon the world, the world stood at 5 mega joules (1.39 kWh) per one US dollar in purchase power parity. In 2019 that same metric was 4.7 and the projection for 2030 is estimated to be 3.7. 3.7 is a very far cry from the 2.5 needed to accomplish the goal presented here. Eurasia (including all of Asia and Europe [the highest at 7.8 MJ per USD PPP at 2017 USD values in 2019), the Middle-East, sub-Saharan Africa, and Asia Pacific nations (some of which may be doubled as some of the nations seem to fall within the same areas) are all over the average. North America, North Africa, Central and South America, and Europe (the lowest at 3.0 MJ per USD PPP at 2017 USD values in 2019) all pull this metric down. There are multiple variables here, the most influential being the value of the US dollar which is in grave jeopardy at the present moment. Also, the metric here doesn’t actually track the cost of national energy in relation to the GDP of any nation directly in part because the metric is not taking into consideration any changes in national GDP’s and in part because the USD value is pegged at it’s worth in 2017.

To the best of my ability, what these metrics do show is that unless the dollar gets super weak or energy sources in developing nations get super abundant (either of which will make them less expensive) by 2030, the goal will not be met. The weakening of the USD is a project which is under way. Abundant energy is about to be up for grabs to lower income nations because of the war being waged against Russia by the Western nations of the world, which is a suicide mission for both parties. It’s morbidly interesting to watch the causes of WW I replay in an effort to cause WW III.

“7.a By 2030, enhance international cooperation to facilitate access to clean energy research and technology, including renewable energy, energy efficiency and advanced and cleaner fossil-fuel technology, and promote investment in energy infrastructure and clean energy technology[.]”

“Indicator 7.a.1 – International financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy research and development and renewable energy production, including in hybrid systems[.]”

It’s always welfare payments from the wealthy countries to the ‘developing’ countries with the United Nations. According to this article from Market Watch, 450 investors demanded the nations in the G-7 take action on climate change, or else, in 2021. The ultimatum this conspiratorial consortium laid down of these nations was follow along with their virtue signal regarding welfare to developing nations for ‘clean’ energy or get worse loan rates. That is how the entire United Nations operates right there, actually, do what we say or we will screw you over in resolutions and our financial supporters will stop supporting you. The G-7 is comprised of the US, UK, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and Canada. During the 2021 meeting of this group, Canada vowed to double their monetary support to developing nations to fight climate change over 5 years and Germany vowed to triple their contributions from 2 billion euros to 6 billion euros by 2025. This G-7 round promised to cut CO2 emissions dramatically by 2030 (almost 50%), phase out gas and diesel automobiles, give at least 100 billion to developing nations for renewable energy projects, and end foreign funding of coal-based power generation.

IRENA, the International Renewable Energy Agency, is on record saying that $131 trillion is needed to get the world to carbon neutrality by 2050. To IRENA, there is no difference between developing and developed nations, there is only the amount that those nation’s CO2 emissions need to be reduced. IRENA seems to have no concept of reality being as though global GDP was slightly less than $85 trillion in 2020. The amount IRENA is calling for, $131 trillion, is about every cent the entire globe’s economy earns over the course of 18 months and several weeks. Over 27 years, the IRENA proposal would cost a still astronomical $3.7 trillion a year. This is part of the reason that President Trump discarded the notion that the United States pay $1 trillion a year for 10 years – the US taxpayer should not be on the hook for 27% of the bill.

The developing nations will not be expected to pay any of this, only wealthy nations will. That’s why the Paris Climate Accord was nixed by President Trump and, for the same reason, picked back up by the illegitimate Biden administration – it will obviously destroy the financial stability of the United States for a cause which does not actually exist. I’ve written it over and over again throughout these SDG articles, the UN is deeply rooted in Marxism and this is a prime example of their leanings displaying themselves.

From 2000 – 2009 developing countries received between $1 billion to $4 billion a year for renewable energy projects, mostly for building dams. In 2010, $9.9 billion, and in 2016, 18.6 billion went for green energy, mostly towards solar energy but also for geothermal and wind power installations. Hydroelectricity's share of electrical production actually fell by 20% between 2009 and 2016. The costs of these boondoggles nearly doubled between 2009 and 2016, indicating that the green technologies being installed are not so cost effective, and that there are a lot of them. UN-favored fiberglass manufacturers are making a mint while the people in the countries which are installing these energy production systems are getting an unreliable and potentially dangerous form of electricity.

“7.b By 2030, expand infrastructure and upgrade technology for supplying modern and sustainable energy services for all in developing countries, in particular least developed countries, small island developing States, and land-locked developing countries, in accordance with their respective programmes of support[.]”

“Indicator 7.b.1 – Installed renewable energy-generating capacity in developing countries (in watts per capita)[.]”

In 2010, the total mega Watt capacity on earth was 1,226,853, in 2015, 1,846,060, and in 2019, 2,536,853. That is a 207% increase over nine years. In developing countries where there are millions of people who don’t have electricity now, the technologies can be introduced to produce it without a system that needs to be dismantled before hand.

There are 192 countries in the world. Developing countries, according to World Data, include 152 countries with about 75% of the total population of the earth, excluding all of western Europe, the US, Canada, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, French Polynesia, UAE, and Japan. 47 countries are designated fourth-world nations, which are euphemised as Least Developed Countries (LDCs). Haiti is the only nation in the Americas qualifying as an LDC, with most of sub-Saharan Africa, and several nations in Oceania and southeast Asia also qualifying in which over 1 billion people reside.

In 2019, Haiti was generating 7.15 watts per capita of renewable energy. India was at 93.85, China at 529.11, Brazil at 672.51, and Paraguay came in with a whopping 1,253.75 watts per capita generated from renewable energy. Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, Mali, India, Sudan, Mexico, and Madagascar were generating 31.93, 39.7, 19.07, 93.85, 50.12, 201.04, and 7.31 watts per capita, respectively, in 2019. All of those figures are higher over time.

Summary

I find it all well and good that these green energies are providing electricity to more people in more remote locations even though they are inefficient, expensive, and have shorter lifespans compared to the so-called ‘fossil fuel’ methods of energy production. I find the way that the United Nations is going about this – the picking of winners and losers, the demands that 40 countries in the world foot the bill for the other 152, and literal blackmail being employed against anyone who disagrees – utterly disgusting.

I also find that the United Nations has not really thought this through very well. Solar panels last between 25-30 years (decreasing their efficiency each year), the batteries solar panels charge last 5-15 years (a similar lifespan in automobile technology), wind turbines last 20-25 years, and off-grid products typically have a lifespan of 1-3 years. What happens to all that crap after its useful life is over?

The problems will be never ending with green energies and each time a ‘fix’ to that problem is offered, two new ones will arise. Eventually the problem becomes intractable either due to technological shortcomings, the laws of physics and chemistry, or because of political and activist desires for more power in the case of political bodies and the spreading of misery for the ‘do-gooder’ activists. And this is no different. Solar panels can be recycled and used to manufacture other products; however, it is expensive, has the potential to release toxins into humans and the environment, and is inefficient. Fiberglass is costly to recycle and demand is low, even though it is something that is being done, due to the fact that there are thousands of tons of fiberglass with nowhere else to go. The strip-mined batteries in electric vehicles can have some of their parts recycled, but not all and, being as though the techniques are band new, the efficiency and costs of the recycling process and the addition of new inputs to recreate these batteries is not yet well documented.

People are calling for new frameworks for collaboration between nations to address these issues. Specifically addressing developing nations, RTI International, an ‘independent’ research institute, suggests developing e-waste guidance, make more fascist ties through public-private partnerships, address neighboring nations to assist and for assistance with defining classes of waste, create fees for end-of-life management practices (which will make the stupid things cost even more), and inform (brainwash) the public into order for them to comply. I really have a difficult time believing that there was any real independence in this RTI International article as every suggestion is, itself, a UN indicator of progress towards the overall SDGs.

Didn’t anyone ever sit back and think, no we don’t need to do any of this? Did anyone think ‘none of this is worth it and the man-made climate change theories are easily proven wrong because the models used are not comprehensive and the science which has allowed these frauds to continue their ploy to eradicate humanity is not accurate?’

Don’t get me wrong, I’d love to see cold fusion automobiles. I’d love to see Tesla coils. But those are free, and the UN wouldn’t be able to attempt to pull off it’s global Cloward and Piven scheme. If the UN were serious about this goal they would immediately halt all of their support for battery production, giant windmills, and solar cells and pour the billions of dollars they steer into creating free power sources. Being as though Tesla designed systems which literally suck free electrons out of the atmosphere, the technology would work for as long as the sun continues to spew radiation at the earth, everywhere on earth, and it would be completely independent of banks, power companies, and political figures. But the UN is not serious about ensuring access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all, they are serious about destroying economically successful nations and ruining lives.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal6 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 6 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/10/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 6th SDG:

Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all

In order to make something available to someone, there must be a provider which controls the good(s) or service in the first place. The United Nations is claiming that they own all water and, as such, have the ability to demand it’s management. The same applies to sanitation services. The UN has done an abysmal job of stewardship in the arena of water and water sanitation services.

The UN’s targets to ensure water and sanitation for all are:

“6.1 By 2030, achieve universal and equitable access to safe and affordable drinking water for all

“6.2 By 2030, achieve access to adequate and equitable sanitation and hygiene for all and end open defecation, paying special attention to the needs of women and girls and those in vulnerable situations

“6.3 By 2030, improve water quality by reducing pollution, eliminating dumping and minimizing release of hazardous chemicals and materials, halving the proportion of untreated wastewater and substantially increasing recycling and safe reuse globally

“6.4 By 2030, substantially increase water-use efficiency across all sectors and ensure sustainable withdrawals and supply of freshwater to address water scarcity and substantially reduce the number of people suffering from water scarcity

“6.5 By 2030, implement integrated water resources management at all levels, including through transboundary cooperation as appropriate

“6.6 By 2020, protect and restore water-related ecosystems, including mountains, forests, wetlands, rivers, aquifers and lakes

“6.a By 2030, expand international cooperation and capacity-building support to developing countries in water- and sanitation-related activities and programmes, including water harvesting, desalination, water efficiency, wastewater treatment, recycling and reuse technologies

“6.b Support and strengthen the participation of local communities in improving water and sanitation management”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“6.1 By 2030, achieve universal and equitable access to safe and affordable drinking water for all [.]”

There are five divisions of what access to safe water entails:

“Safely managed drinking water: ‘Safely managed drinking water’ is defined as an ‘Improved source located on premises, available when needed, and free from microbiological and priority chemical contamination.’

“‘Basic’ drinking water source: an ‘Improved source within 30 minutes round trip collection time.’

“‘Limited’ drinking water source: ‘Improved source over 30 minutes round trip collection time.’

“‘Unimproved’ drinking water source: ‘Unimproved source that does not protect against contamination.’

“‘No service’: access to surface water only.”

Access to safe drinking water is very important to human survival. In 2015, 70% of the people in the world had access to ‘safe’ drinking water which rose to 75% by 2020. At that rate of growth, in 2030 only 82% of the world will have access to ‘safe’ drinking water which would fall short of the UN’s goal by 18% or about 1.4 billion people.

I will stop putting the word safe in quotes now but I would like the reader to understand that even though certain sources of water are considered safe, some are actually toxic and require filtering to make them actually safe. See hydrofluorosilicic acid. Also, take note that agricultural runoff, nano-scale particles, and leaching in aging pipe systems is not really addressed in the assessments of ‘safe’ water. But I digress, the UN wants a dumbed-down population and, as such they love many of the Nazi ideologies (they owe the impetus to achieving existence to the Nazi’s actually), including the fluoride additives Hitler introduced into concentration camps.

Basically, I’m saying that water isn’t safe when it is ‘treated’ using fluoride, which was once used as rat poison and is linked to dental streaking, skeletal fluorosis, “thyroid malfunction, kidney disease, diabetes, cancers and neurological disorders.” I’m going down a rabbit hole here, so I will stop, but it behooves you, if you have not already done so, to research fluoridated water and draw your own conclusions and take appropriate precautions.

In general, water is most expensive in nations where safe water is least available. Water is generally most expensive in sub-Saharan Africa, several southern Asia nations and several South American countries, although the highest cost for water in the world according to the data is in Norway with its very high average income ($3.25 - $3.50 per 1.5 liters) with Venezuela in second place at over $2.50 per 1.5 liters with it’s low-average-income. Places like Burundi and the Democratic Republic of Congo are in a terrible position with extremely-low-average-incomes and relatively high (about $2.00 for 1.5 liters of water) water prices.

The UN has a collaborative effort with WHO called Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH). The main idea is to get clean water into homes, schools, hospitals, and in emergency situations to everyone affected. WASH seeks to make soap available to those who don’t use soap on a regular basis. It also has stop open deification practices (pooping in open water supplies, like a river or lake). Interestingly, WASH quickly devolves into disease monitoring and mitigation efforts (think COVID-19), reliance upon the Convention on the Rights of the Child (a truly disgusting document), and it’s biggest issue – sustainability – which they plan on focusing on getting the power to sanitize water through solar power.

If the UN really wanted to help, which they do not, they would encourage governments which have poor access to water and poor sanitation services and practices to create those systems and services. At the same time the United Nations would provide the materials to produce soap, teach heads of households how to make it on their own, teach that same person how to use it, and send them home with some. At the same time the United Nations would promote the construction of outhouses, for the time being, and if water systems are constructed, make the transition from the outhouse to the toilet much easier.

“6.2 By 2030, achieve access to adequate and equitable sanitation and hygiene for all and end open defecation, paying special attention to the needs of women and girls and those in vulnerable situations[.]”

In 2017 there were about 670 million people, about half of the 1.3 billion in 2000, who pooped in the environment (open defecation) instead of on a toilet (street gutters, bushes, etc...). There is a long way to go to ending open defecation which is most widely practiced in India, Nigeria, and Indonesia.

Forbes reported in 2020 that India launched a massive toilet building campaign, funded by the government, which created 110 million toilets to serve 600 million people. The article notes open defecation is most widely practiced in Chad, Benin, Ethiopia, Solomon Islands, Mauritania, Haiti, Timor-Leste, and Malawi.

It’s morbidly interesting to me that several cities in the United States, the most notable of which is San Francisco, CA, have de facto allowed people to crap all over their city streets. It’s illegal but it was not prosecuted because the city of San Francisco decided to steam-clean the streets so normal people would not see piles of human crap anymore and, more importantly, stop calling 911 about them. The problem was so bad that in 2017 applications were developed to track where the human poop is in the city so people could avoid those areas. Steam-cleaning the streets is way easier than addressing the issues causing the problem; unaffordable housing, mental health issues, lack of public restrooms, and a gigantic homeless population.

Women have a monthly unclean time (unless they are pregnant or have gone through menopause) known more commonly to the world as a menstruation period. Women’s use of toilets, in particular, is a topic covered specifically under this target. BMC Public Health conducted a review of 9 research papers on the topic and concluded that more research needs to be conducted, probably so they could get rewarded by international grant money to create a new, definitive, and completely biased project. For instance, BMC Public Health stated in their 2019 review there are 892 million or so (a number cherry-picked from a 2015 UNICEF document) open defecators in the world and 2.3 billion lack access to a flush or pit latrine. Because of the order in which these terms appear, BMC note the problems with girls and women who practice open defecation include, “human dignity, health and well-being.”

Women risk an increase in violence, including sexual violence, because of open defecation practices, limited access to public latrine facilities, and women and girls desire to only use public facilities at night due to their misinterpreted ‘dirtiness’ during their menstrual period and post birth periods. Women ARE dirty at these times, however; there are cleansing techniques in the Bible which restore their cleanliness. Men, too, are unclean in certain circumstances, and, likewise, the Bible (God’s Word) dictates the manner in which to again be clean. The main issue with the uncleanliness of women (and men for that matter) involves separation of the unclean from the community and a forbidding of sexual relations until cleanliness is restored.

Maybe, just maybe, in addition to the solutions I suggested in target 6.1, those countries which are experiencing high rates of violence against females (or high rates of violence, period), including sexual violence, due to any cause, including open defecation, start aggressively prosecuting the perpetrators.

“6.3 By 2030, improve water quality by reducing pollution, eliminating dumping and minimizing release of hazardous chemicals and materials, halving the proportion of untreated wastewater and substantially increasing recycling and safe reuse globally[.]”

That’s a mouthful. The UN wants to reduce water pollution, dumping hazardous things into water, treat more wastewater, and increase water recycling. Let’s see….

UNEP (the environmental agents of the UN) states that pollutants in water stem from, “pathogens (largely from human and animal waste), organic matter (including plant nutrients from agricultural run-off such as nitrogen or phosphorus), chemical pollution and salinity (from irrigation, domestic wastewater and runoff of mines into rivers).” The UNEP continues. “[p]lastic pollution, and emerging pollutants such as pharmaceuticals, also increasingly put our world’s waterways at risk, but the extent and impacts of their presence in our freshwater is largely unknown.”

About half of the worlds wastewater is treated according to a Utrecht University and United Nations University report which is a huge increase from the 20% previously reported. Bodies of water which have good ambient qualities include those in Canada, Madagascar, Sudan, Brazil, France, and Ethiopia. Some of those without good ambient qualities include those bodies of water in United States, Mexico, South Africa, Nigeria, Argentina, and Germany.

Water, in some areas is a major commodity. Los Angeles county, for example does not have adequate water supplies to meet it’s citizen’s needs, much like many African countries. One solution to this is to reclaim wastewater which is a growing industry speeding the wastewater-to-potable-water conversion significantly. Instead of letting wastewater gradually lose the contaminates in it through various natural means, water reuse technologies can clean wastewater to various degrees to make it suitable for agricultural use, industrial use, and even potable uses. The United Nations estimates that 3.7 billion gallons of wastewater goes untreated daily in developing countries.

“6.4 By 2030, substantially increase water-use efficiency across all sectors and ensure sustainable withdrawals and supply of freshwater to address water scarcity and substantially reduce the number of people suffering from water scarcity[.]”

Here is a great example of why I cannot stand the United Nations: “There is not a global water shortage as such, but individual countries and regions need to urgently tackle the critical problems presented by water stress. Water has to be treated as a scarce resource, with a far stronger focus on managing demand. Integrated water resources management provides a broad framework for governments to align water use patterns with the needs and demands of different users, including the environment.”

This says there is no problem but the UN is telling us there are problems. Obviously deserts don’t have water and those living in or near them need water to survive. The world could provide water from water-rich areas to water-poor areas. The capitalist world could do this far cheaper than any hackneyed Communist transfer of resources. Water is scarce in some areas, meanwhile the world has plenty of water overall. But the UN wants to treat all areas as the problem areas and their solution is to tell people, businesses, farms, and industries to stop using water. And then the UN goes and throws in the environment as a water user. Being as though the UN is waging a war on all people, everywhere, all the time favoring, instead, the Gaia ideology, it makes sense for them to target water usage by human beings down to the individual level.

How this works in practice is evinced by wacko California. The demons calling themselves democrats in Sacramento (may God turn the entire city to salt, Amen) passed two bills in 2018 which sets the daily allowable indoor water usage amount at 55 gallons a day per individual starting this year, 2022. In 2030, the rate will decrease to 50 gallons a day. Individual indoor and outdoor water usage rates stood at 90 gallons a day in 2017 but the rates fluctuate depending upon the season. In March 2017, 65 gallons of water were used per day per individual while in July 2017, 120 gallons were used.

“We are experiencing climate change whiplash in real time with extreme swings between wet and dry conditions,” Department of Water Resources Director Karla Nemeth said in a statement. “That means adjusting quickly based on the data and the science.” California is not experiencing climate change, they are experiencing chemtrails, which is a completely different topic. What Nemeth is speaking to is that farms and individuals getting their water from State Water Allocations will only be getting 5% of their normal allocations due to a 3-year drought.

To put this into perspective, a load of laundry uses around 16.5 gallons of water. A 10-minute shower uses about 21 gallons of water. I’m going to estimate that, depending on which method is used, energy-star dishwashers, non energy-star dishwashers, and hand-washing is at about 10 gallons of water which could be as low as 2.7 gallons all the way up to 27 gallons of water. So far, if I, a single guy, did all three of these things in one day, I would use about 47.5 gallons of water. There is an EPA WaterSense initiative which limits faucets to 1.5 gallons a minute (or less). The standard is 2.2 gallons a minute. If I wash my hands six times in one day (for a total of 2 minutes, despite the COVID-Nazi’s who tell us to wash our hands about 60 times a day) and brush my teeth twice a day (for a total of 4 minutes and assume I’m leaving the water on the whole time) that’s another 1.65 gallons per minute for 6 minutes, or 9.9 gallons of water, putting me at a total of 57.4 gallons of water, and I’ve yet to use the toilet! A standard flush of a household toilet is 1.6 gallons of water, and those stupid low-flow toilets, under the WaterSense initiative, use 1.28 gallons per flush. If I use the toilet 6 times in a 24 hour period at an average of 1.44 gallons a flush (and I do flush every time I use it – I even put the seat down!) that is an additional 8.64 gallons of water. Imagine if I wanted to make a lasagna, or manicotti, boil potatoes, or make rice, pie crust, or kool-aid.

Being as though I only wash my clothes once a week and use the dishwasher about twice a week, I could split them up between days, freeing up 10 gallons two days a week and 16.5 gallons another day. The days I do neither of these things adds up to 48.16 gallons of water a day. I still have to eat, and I like to eat fresh food, which require water to wash and to prepare. If I wash my clothes, I will use about 64.66 gallons of water that day. If I wash my dishes I will use about 58.16 gallons of water that day. Even on the non-washing days, if I use the toilet an extra time, or three, that puts my individual water usage at 49.6 to 52.48 gallons of water a day on the days I don’t wash dishes or clothes.

What this relates to is that, if I lived under California’s insanity, I would have to make choices everyday. Will I eat healthy, or will I wash my clothes. Can I flush the toilet after I use it or should I abstain until tomorrow because I need to wash my dishes? I love in South Dakota, which is far away from California and Jerry Brown’s ‘laws’ but what happens when the US government itself signs onto something as asinine as this? What happens when the EPA is given the reigns to such quotas? Will they set water usage at a level in which humans can survive? And mind you, reader, at no time did I even bring up drinkable water which is 0.6875 gallons (11 cups) of water a day for women and a full gallon (16 cups) of water a day for men (weird that since gender is a social construct there is a difference in the amount of water a male and a female should imbibe).

“6.5 By 2030, implement integrated water resources management at all levels, including through transboundary cooperation as appropriate[.]”

Have you watched the news in the last month? Did you hear that Russia invaded Ukraine after about 10 years of provocations from NATO, the EU, the US, and Ukraine? Oh, well, that’s a thing now, in case you were unaware. And how did that work out? Germany lost 70% of their energy resources because they came from Russia. Want to bet that if it was water instead of gas, that there would be a lot of really thirsty people.

Another aspect of this target I take issue with is the disregard of national borders. The United Nations’ disregard of national borders is a disregard for national sovereignty and self-determination. Using a necessity of life to erode and destroy borders, creating inter-dependencies which will, at some point, become a point of contention between the two nations, is not a good idea. As the Germans, and the Western world as a whole, is learning all over again – first through COVID-19 mitigation efforts and now the Russian/Ukrainian civil war and the sanctions against the perceived aggressor state – relying on global networks for the survival of a nation results in terrible things.

The Tigris and Euphrates rivers each start in south-west Turkey, proceed through Syria and Iraq, and empty into the Persian Gulf, in Iraq and Iran. None of these countries have a single dispute resolution system set up if a disagreement arises. And disputes have arisen. According to Save the Tigris, Turkey has been diverting water from the Tigris-Euphrates basin by constructing dams and building irrigation systems which has reduced the water levels of the Tigris-Euphrates basin by 40%. While there are some bipartisan agreements between several of the nations involved, there is a lack of comprehensive and collaborative efforts between the four countries. Iran and Iraq hate each other. None of the leaders in any of these countries are trustworthy. And serious dispute over water could result is a regional war quite easily.

The Mekong river basin starts in the Plateau of Tibet and goes through China, forms the border of Myanmar and Laos, forms part of the border between Laos and Thailand, passes through Cambodia, and empties into the Pacific Ocean in Vietnam. Two of these countries have no dispute resolution mechanisms in their arsenal, China and Myanmar. Even if all five of the smaller nations have grievances against China, China would overrun those military forces quickly. For instance, Vietnam, has suffered recurring droughts since China began massive hydroelectric dam projects and the other four nations have taken note as well. China’s solution to the accusations is to build-up water reuse facilities, desalinization, and dams in the other five nations reliant upon the basin’s water supplies. China has always seen itself as the center of the world and, as such, has demanded tributes from the vassal states near China, like Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand. China’s offer of assistance in the construction of infrastructure projects in these nations will come with strings – namely loans which will reconstitute their ancient tribute system.

Bolivia, Brazil, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela share the massive Amazon river basin in South America. Each of these nations have at least one, and likely multiple, bipartisan, and possibly multilateral dispute resolution mechanisms. Eight nations are party to the Amazon Cooperation Treaty. The six listed above, as well as Guyana and Suriname, constitute the Amazon Cooperation Treaty Organization (ACTO) which serves to ensure a multitude of objectives including, freedom of navigation and coordinated health services, infrastructure, tourism, and research. Various plans have been developed, based on the treaty, including such topics as water usage, potable water, wastewater, and indigenous populations. Specifically, ACTO’s 2004-2012 Strategic Plan contained, “goals for each of the following sectors: water, forests/soils and protected natural areas, biological diversity, bio-technology and biotrade, territory ordering, human settlements and indigenous affairs, social infrastructure, health and education; and transportation, electric power and communication infrastructure.” That is a bit more expansive than water use and reclamation and sanitation so I think it justified to state the obvious; the UN has captured the Amazonian basin. Interestingly, ACTO nations have no dispute resolution mechanism within the treaty itself, despite their being some nations which have agreed to explicit dispute resolution on their own. “The Amazon Cooperation Treaty does not contain any specific provisions on dispute resolution. Instead, the Amazon Cooperation Treaty operates only by consensus for all significant decisions. The Treaty emphasizes the sovereignty of each country, noting that ‘the exclusive use and utilization of natural resources within their respective territories is a right inherent in the sovereignty of each state and that the exercise of this right shall not be subject to any restrictions other than those arising from International Law.’ Therefore, a Member State cannot be obligated to undertake any action that it did not approve.”

Reduced access to water could easily turn into armed conflict in many regions of the world with the aim of those conflicts to return normal flow rates of bodies of water to the water-deprived nation(s). Regional wars can bleed into other nations and proxy wars could be fought among the major powers, so there is always a danger of a regional war wrapping more and more nations up into it. But what would happen if something like ACTO fell apart and was thought to only be able to be solved by war. I don’t think this is likely in the ACTO nations, but it is possible if one nation perceives another of causing water shortages because of their own water-use designs. The result would likely be catastrophic. Gangs in Mexico, Guatemala, and Columbia would likely infringe into the areas. Massive infrastructure projects would be targeted and destroyed by the militarizes of the warring nations. All of the treaty signing nations would be affected, which could cause them to jump in on one side or another. In ACTO’s case that would constitute about all of northern South America.

I don’t have a problem with sharing. What I have a problem with is the dependence being created among nations which will inevitably have disputes. When the water starved countries have water problems, despite the actual cause of it, how easy will it be for one nation to point a finger at another and say you did this and go to war, depending upon the severity of the water crisis. The solution to water is to make sure your people are able to access it without dependence upon any other nation. In other words, sharing is fine until someone doesn’t want to participate, so these nations had better have a backup plan for just in case.

“6.6 By 2020, protect and restore water-related ecosystems, including mountains, forests, wetlands, rivers, aquifers and lakes[.]”

There is a plan, usually called by its general term, ‘Wildlands’ which proposes to place massive swathes of the United States into zones in which humans are not permitted. Wildlands Network phrases their plan to do this as, “[w]e collaborate to identify the underlying issues facing keystone species, and provide resources that promote protection and repatriation to preserve biodiversity.” I am saying what Wildlands Network is saying but far plainer. The results will be just as one would expect, massive forest fires much like the record-setting fires which have ravished California in recent years, an increase in contact between the larger numbers of predatory animals in the wild and domesticated animals and human beings, and a moratorium of development projects which benefit human beings.

A very famous example of this type of human-abuse happened in 2005 when Hurricane Katrina caused a New Orleans dam to break which allowed the lake contained by the dam to flood it. The US Corps of Engineers were ready to change the flood mitigation efforts of Lake Pontchartrain but the plan was nixed. It was nixed, in part, because there was not an adequate list of the effects the project would have on some of the fish in the lake.

To track this goal the UN has put together a chart tracking water body extent (permanent and maybe permanent), percent of total land area. In 2015, that ratio stood at 2.1839622289582 and in 2018, the last recorded year, it stood at 2.1783345138204. The ratio decreased. Whatever the United Nations is trying to accomplish here seems to be having the opposite effect of their intentions.

“6.a By 2030, expand international cooperation and capacity-building support to developing countries in water- and sanitation-related activities and programmes, including water harvesting, desalination, water efficiency, wastewater treatment, recycling and reuse technologies[.]”

I have to admit that I like it when the United Nations gives me reasons to call them Marxists and the indicator for this goal is a perfect example: “Amount of water- and sanitation-related official development assistance that is part of a government-coordinated spending plan.” The UN thinks these projects are only worth tracking if a government confiscated the money from its people in wealthier nations, the wealthy nation sent the loot to a foreign developing nation, and developing nation’s government entered into some kind of Marxist plan to construct and operate the project. Wonderful, the UN is tracking international projects which at best will be fascist and at worst Communist by design.

In 2020, the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) gave $450 million to foreign countries to pay for WASH in 41 countries. USAID is entrenched in the battle against humanity (they send US tax dollars all over the earth to demand gender-equality, see SDG Goal 5) as well as the death cult called man-made climate change and the murderous mitigation actions being waged against God’s creations. For fiscal year 2022, the coup-master Biden and his criminal gang retards which persists in its demand to be called the US administration, gifted USAID with over $600 million in stolen tax loot to fight climate change which is but 2.1% of their $27.7 billion budget. Part of USAID’s task for fiscal year 2022 is, “elevating democracy, human rights, and governance at a time when it is profoundly needed, and broadening support for human rights and rule of law to address democratic backsliding;” which is code for destroying the ability to oppose the stupidity, arrogance, corruption, and criminality of this government, and many others.

“6.b Support and strengthen the participation of local communities in improving water and sanitation management[.]”

This target is included so that retards in local leadership positions who think they know better than everyone else can do an end run around national sovereignty and invite the UN in their locality. The Metropolitan Council did it with Thrive 2040, Sioux Falls, SD did it with their sustainability plan, and thousands of other cities, counties, and states have also signed up for UN interference in their affairs by designing and implementing sustainability goals.

When the MET council, a non-governmental Minnesota council covering the seven most densely populated counties in and around Minneapolis - St. Paul which has continuously attempted to expand the area in which they rule as well as their mandate, opened their Thrive 2040 plan up to public comment in 2014 I showed up to the meeting. I had read Agenda 21, so when I read Thrive 2040 it was a giant case of plagiarism on the MET Council’s part. I spoke against it, as did another man. The rest of the room was populated by massive development companies, city representatives, and social organizations looking to be the boots on the ground to effect all of the deterioration and suffering the plan would cause. All 17 of the disgusting people serving on the MET council stared at me for 2 minutes and 45 seconds wished I would stop spewing venom at them but only three of these treacherous council members understood what I was saying and smiled at me as I said it – the rest of them scowled. And they tried to cut my time short. Besides the other man who spoke against the idea, the rest of the speakers lauded this illegitimate board with praises. When the MET Council posted the public comments results on their website, they mentioned there was no dissent.

All the MET Council does is to subvert any democratic ideal, being as though all of the members are appointed, yet they control the water, sewer, garbage, land use, and transportation issues in the seven counties they dictate to. They are even gloating about their ability to test the crap in their wastewater plants to detect COVID-19 so the lunatic governor, Tim Walz, can implement a new round of mandates, including lock downs. The people serving on the MET Council are complete scum.

In Sioux Falls, SD the purveyors of the sustainability plan and the brand new draft are the city officials themselves. At least Sioux Falls’ residents can elect these creeps out – the only problem is that the other creeps running are even worse. But the effect is the same.

Yet, it’s only a matter of time before places like Sioux Falls (the push for which will be led by some freak-show like CARE-sponsored Taneeza Isalm) end up creating a regional body similar to Minnesota’s MET Council. The proposal will reach far into the countryside by including Moody, Lake, McCook, Turner, and Lincoln counties in South Dakota, Rock and Pipestone counties in MN, and Lyon and Sioux counties in Iowa, with the seat residing in Minnehaha county in South Dakota. It’s the UN plan. The state of South Dakota does not have a political system which will sufficiently endorse UN designs, but cities like Sioux Falls will endorse their designs – and then the goal will be to create regional bodies with the intent of expanding and even being swallowed by larger neighbors. The largest city, by far, in all of South Dakota is Sioux Falls. 184 miles to the south of Sioux Falls is Omaha, Nebraska with a population of 486,000. Going West, Boise, Idaho, 1290 miles away, with a population of about 231,000, is the next city larger than Sioux Falls. The Minnesota city of Minneapolis, with about 430,000 people within its city limits is the biggest city to the east – 237 miles away. To the north, the closest place bigger than Sioux Falls is Winnipeg, Manitoba in Canada, 461 miles away, with 767,000 people. Any regional body set up in Sioux Falls, SD would have an immense potential for territorial expansion.

The fruition of this target will allow a fulfillment of Revelation 13:1; “and I saw a beast come up out of the sea, with ten horns and seven heads. On its horns were ten royal crowns and on its heads blasphemous names.” Revelation 17: 7-14 reads:

“7 Then the angel said to me, ‘Why are you astounded? I will tell you the hidden meaning of the woman and of the beast with seven heads and ten horns that was carrying her. The beast you saw once was, now is not, and will come up from the Abyss; but it is on its way to destruction. The people living on earth whose names have not been written in the Book of Life since the founding of the world will be astounded to see the beast that once was, now is not, but is to appear. 9 This calls for a mind with wisdom: the seven heads are seven hills on which the woman is sitting; also they are seven kings - 10five have fallen, one is living now and the other is yet to come; and when he does come, he must remain only a little while. 11 The beast which once was and now is not is an eighth king; it comes from the seven and is on its way to destruction. 12 The ten horns you saw are ten kings who have not yet begun to rule, but they receive power as kings for one hour, along with the beast. 13 They have one mind, and they hand over their power and authority to the beast. 14 They will go to war against the Lamb, but the Lamb will defeat them, because he is Lord of lords and King of kings, and those who are called, chosen and faithful will overcome along with him.’”

The United Nations is not oblivious to these passages. Their progressive friends, entrenched in humanism, atheism, and satanism, just like the UN itself is, are not oblivious to these passages. As a matter of fact, many of these individuals and groups seek to hasten the rise of Satan – wrongly thinking they will be victorious in the battle of Armageddon.

Summary

Water is only behind air in it’s importance to human survival. Without air, humans die in several minutes. Without water, humans will die in several days…. The UN is running a demonic sham and calling it good and using a necessity of life to achieve it. It’s designed to kill as many people as needed and it’s designed to get every human on earth to accept it so that their death will be their fault for accepting it. If, or more aptly when, the UN, or any UN-like body, is able to control the waters of the world they will control the hydration needs of all of humanity. If one will not submit to the UN’s decrees then one will be forbidden to have a drink of water. Through water, the UN has created goals which will enable a real-life Hunger Games.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal6 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 5 of 17.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 5 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

4/4/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 5th SDG:

Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls

The United Nations is telling the world that they want to destroy the traditional nuclear family around the world. While I agree with some of the targets of this goal, such as ending female genital mutilation, but other targets, like calling for an end to all discrimination is a denial of human experience. After all, discrimination means to note differences and act on them accordingly, but I digress, let’s explore these targets more fully.

The UN’s targets to ensure all of us are well educated from cradle to grave are:

“5.1 End all forms of discrimination against all women and girls everywhere

“5.2 Eliminate all forms of violence against all women and girls in the public and private spheres, including trafficking and sexual and other types of exploitation

“5.3 Eliminate all harmful practices, such as child, early and forced marriage and female genital mutilation

“5.4 Recognize and value unpaid care and domestic work through the provision of public services, infrastructure and social protection policies and the promotion of shared responsibility within the household and the family as nationally appropriate

“5.5 Ensure women’s full and effective participation and equal opportunities for leadership at all levels of decision-making in political, economic and public life

“5.6 Ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health and reproductive rights as agreed in accordance with the Programme of Action of the International Conference on Population and Development and the Beijing Platform for Action and the outcome documents of their review conferences

“5.a Undertake reforms to give women equal rights to economic resources, as well as access to ownership and control over land and other forms of property, financial services, inheritance and natural resources, in accordance with national laws

“5.b Enhance the use of enabling technology, in particular information and communications technology, to promote the empowerment of women

“5.c Adopt and strengthen sound policies and enforceable legislation for the promotion of gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls at all levels”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“5.1 End all forms of discrimination against all women and girls everywhere[.]”

The definition of discrimination from Merriam Webster is: “1a: prejudiced or prejudicial outlook, action, or treatment b: the act, practice, or an instance of discriminating categorically rather than individually 2: the quality or power of finely distinguishing 3a: the act of making or perceiving a difference : the act of discriminating b: psychology : the process by which two stimuli differing in some aspect are responded to differently”

I’m going to assume that the UN is talking about the first definition of discrimination listed here, specifically related towards female human beings. Sounds great. Let’s sign all women up for the United States Selective Service, and set quotas for women who are involved with the labor required to drill oil, work on a fishing boat, and build the stupid new-age windmills the whole world has seemingly fallen in love with. I’m not saying that women cannot do these things. What I am saying is that women (and most men) do not do these things because they are dangerous and require a certain degree of physical capability combined with a technical inclination. Men and women are just built different, and that is a fact.

Girls and boys should both be given access to education. Men and women should both be given the same access to gainful employment. Men and women should both be in safe environments in their work environments and with in their homes. Want to be a female auto-mechanic, welder, oil-rigger? Great! I don’t care, fix that car, weld that joint, or get that oil out of the ground. Want to be a female astronaut, again I don’t care, fulfill your mission. Want to play left defensive end for the Seattle Seahawks? Super! Go get beefed up and ripped and learn to block; male or female DE – I don’t care (nor will I watch the NFL because of you).

Because this target is overly broad, I will note the indicator for this target – “5.1.1: Whether or not legal frameworks are in place to promote, enforce and monitor equality and non‑discrimination on the basis of sex” – which should give us a more solid direction to proceed. But it does not, because the UN seemingly refuses to define sex as male or female. So it leaves us in limbo. “People use a wide variety of words to describe themselves and their identities, and it’s important to respect the terms, names and pronouns people use to refer to themselves,” according to the UN; which also categorically refused to answer any inquiry as to what sex actually means (I phoned them 6 times and was dismissed [hung up on or sent to voicemail] every single time in attempts to gain any insight into their definition of the word ‘sex’).

The World Health Organization (WHO) defines sex as, “sex refers to the biological characteristics that define humans as female or male. While these sets of biological characteristics are not mutually exclusive, as there are individuals who possess both, they tend to differentiate humans as males and females.”

So I will carry on with the WHO definition in mind, even through the authors of the sustainable development goals (the UN) have declined to author and post a definition of ‘sex’ at all because they have chosen to use gender-identity as their goal-post. Their lack of precision makes it impossible to define what a girl or a woman is to them in this ‘modern’ age.

Amnesty International defines the problem; “In many countries, in all regions of the world, laws, policies, customs and beliefs exist that deny women and girls their rights.” They follow with “women cannot dress as they like… work at night… or take out a loan without their husband’s signature.” Amnesty International also notes that women have little or no control over divorce, property ownership, control over their own body, nor protection from harassment.

The Economist noted in 2018 that there are some job women are forbidden, by law, to perform. These jobs include working with chemicals, working with hormones, and producing gas. Some jobs are restricted to women only at night, like transporting goods and/or passengers, installing electrical power, and generating electrical power.

In 2019, 28.8% of girls aged 7-14 worked an average of 20.9 hours a week in Egypt, one of the countries which has forbidden females from working with chemicals and hormones. 48% of Egyptian boys aged 7-14 worked an average of 18.6 hours a week. In 2016, an estimated 17.731% of Egyptian women were employed; however, by 2020 the estimate stood at 11.78%. Also in Egypt 63.42% of males in 2016, and 63.41% of males in 2020 were employed. In 2017 the government of Egypt, led by president Abdel Fattah el-Sisi, set forward a plan called National Strategy for the Empowerment of Egyptian Women 2030. A major stumbling block to achieving greater employment for Egyptian females is the culture in the country. El-Sisi, a Moslem himself, plans on addressing these cultural barriers, including girls being married off at a young age, women’s inability to travel from one state to another, sexual assault, income disparities between sexes, welfare participation, and the time women spend on household and child rearing duties, as well as other issues. The culture of Egypt is formed predominantly by Sunni Moslems with 90% of the nation practicing Islam while between 8-10% claim to practice some sect of Christianity, mostly Coptic. It is also worth noting that el-Sisi is a dictator who will brutalize any opposition to his rule. Neither the cultural environment nor the nature of the government is conductive towards females working in Egypt, and the statistics reflect this fact.

Let’s spend a bit of time in Russia before concluding this target. The Economist article mentioned several paragraphs ago stated that women are forbidden to drive a train along with 455 other restrictions in 2018. In that same year, Russia’s female employment reached it’s highest point since 2000 with 59.811% of them holding a position. In 2020, the number shrunk slightly, to 58.43% of females over 15 and older were employed in Russia. A 2019 Moscow Times article noted that most of the restrictions on female labor were Soviet-era holdovers and goes on to state, “Russia currently prohibits women from holding 456 jobs in dozens of industries that involve physically strenuous tasks or harmful working conditions. Previous media reports suggested that the Labor Ministry had slashed the list of prohibited jobs down to 98 under reforms set to be enacted in 2021.” The end of the article notes, “Women earn on average 30 percent less than men in Russia. Public polling says that gender-based roles and functions still dominate Russian society.”  In RT, “Valery Korzh, a high ranked Labor Ministry official ” said “The authorities will keep reducing this list until only the professions that endanger women’s reproductive abilities remain on it[.]”

Just to point out my bewilderment at trying to assess this goal or even how to go about it, the reduction in the number of jobs Russian females are not permitted to perform is not enough progress for some. These jobs include some that select women could do but are banned from including those positions, “with especially harsh physical load[...]. This includes firefighting, mining, diving as well as repairing steam boilers and stoves, among other things.” A very confused male, ‘Anna,’ which decided to undergo a transition to a female was fired from its job manufacturing printing plates for candy wrappers in 2017. In 2019 the abomination won its court case against its former employer. Human Rights Watch, the author of this Anna article, proves itself an amoral and biologically-inept institution which refuses to recognize reality, finishing the article with, “Instead of misusing the law to keep women out of certain professions, Russian authorities should focus their attention on gender based discrimination like the wage gaps women in Russia face despite being, on average, better educated and healthier than men. Whether prohibiting women from doing 456 jobs, 100, or one, denying women equality in their choice of profession has no place in a legal system.” The Anti-Discrimination Center also rallies their rabid morons to the cause of demanding Russia drops all restrictions on female labor, “There can be no state ban on particular type of work based on sex. ‘The List of hard types of work’ puts a ban on some professions for all women, regardless of their own will.”

I don’t personally think that women should be involved with combat positions in the military unless the same metrics are maintained for females as are for males. But the metrics have been reduced to accommodate the physically weaker sex. I don’t think that trans-sexual people are anything but an abomination towards God, yet, I don’t hate them, I feel pity for them that their most pressing issue is what is in between their legs. They don’t deserve awards, they deserve condemnation; they shouldn’t be given medals in sporting competitions, they should be banned from competing in the other gender’s sporting contests; they should not be accepted for who they are, but reprimanded for the abomination they have chosen to identify as to go against God their Creator. There are roles in the Bible dedicated to men and women – men are to do the fighting and the earning while women are to rear the children and, maintain the household – the way God intended. The invention of ‘women must be given the right to work,’ indeed, prodded, and at times forced, to work, due to economic conditions within the households of virtually every western nation is abomination. The result of the feminist movement and the UN and governmental regulations to embrace feminist ideals has led to nothing but the complete destruction of gender roles and the nuclear family which relies on those gender roles. It is astonishing that women bought this anti-human garbage from third and fourth-wave feminist movements, but even more astonishing are the nuclear families still intact after these attacks. Any woman providing for her children with a working husband – major kudos to your family.

Is there discrimination between the sexes? Absolutely. Is it all unjustified? Not all of it. If I had a wife and she wanted to work in a Round-Up manufacturing plant, I would have to say absolutely not. My reasoning would be that Round-Up isn’t healthy for life and that there is no reason for a woman to expose a child, even potentially, to the crippling effects of Monsanto’s chemicals on the womb. That sounds exactly like what the Russians are going for. It sounds... PRACTICAL. Maybe all of these Western nations should think about the practicalities of fertile women working in environments which can cause all sorts of sterility, child abnormalities, and miscarriages….

“5.2 Eliminate all forms of violence against all women and girls in the public and private spheres, including trafficking and sexual and other types of exploitation[.]”

It is absolutely disturbing that UN only includes females over 15 in this goal’s indicators. I guess they think a 10 year old girl who suffers from this same type of violence is just fine. I’ll come back when I finish puking.

Okay, I brushed my teeth and used mouthwash. UN Women estimated in 2018 that 30% of women, globally, “have been subjected to physical and/or sexual intimate partner violence, non-partner sexual violence, or both at least once in their life (30 per cent of women aged 15 and older).” They estimate that 26% of women 15 and older are victims of current or former husbands, or former sexual partners. An estimated 24% of 15-19 year old girls, “have experienced physical and/or sexual violence from an intimate partner or husband.” In 2018, an estimated 13% of women 15-49 years old suffered physical and/or sexual violence from an “intimate partner or husband” within the year prior which UN Women suspects increased during the COVID scamdemic mitigation efforts. UN Women notes that there is a skewing of their estimates due to their determination that 37% of of these violent events occur to women 15-49 years-old over these women’s lifetimes in Least Developed Countries. UN Women finish their diatribe against men by stating that an estimated 47,000 women and girls were killed by the hand of their lover or a family member in 2020. Family member can be female family members as well as males. However, in many cultures, girls are a burden to the family as they require dowry's to be wed and are looked at as unredeemable, deflowered, and impure if they have had sexual relations, consensual or not, prior to marriage.

Want to fix this? Have prosecutions for men who abuse women. Make the consequences harsh, like convicted rapists whether – anally, vaginally, orally, or by proxy – is met by the death penalty. But also, make rape convictions more that a she-said, he-said ordeal. But in a lot of these cases, the he-said, she-said is all that there is. The only real alternative to he-said, she-said is for police to crack down on reports of domestic violence, especially those involving sexual violence from any intimate partner. Any report, in any any nation, of any type of sexual assault should be legally met with at least restraining orders against the accused, and accusing parties, and either of their their affiliates, from having any contact with the opposing side at a minimum. Also, any woman who obviously claims sexual assault fraudulently should be dealt with harshly, maybe a 10 year prison sentence would suffice.

The Bible offers answers to this, superior to my suggestions, in Deuteronomy 22:23-28 -

“23 “If a girl who is a virgin is engaged to a man, and another man comes upon her in the town and has sexual relations with her; 24 you are to bring them both out to the gate of the city and stone them to death — the girl because she didn’t cry out for help, there in the city, and the man because he has humiliated his neighbor’s wife. In this way you will put an end to such wickedness among you. 25 “But if the man comes upon the engaged girl out in the countryside, and the man grabs her and has sexual relations with her, then only the man who had intercourse with her is to die. 26 You will do nothing to the girl, because she has done nothing deserving of death. The situation is like the case of the man who attacks his neighbor and kills him. 27 For he found her in the countryside, and the engaged girl cried out, but there was no one to save her. 28 “If a man comes upon a girl who is a virgin but who is not engaged, and he grabs her and has sexual relations with her, and they are caught in the act, 29 then the man who had intercourse with her must give to the girl’s father one-and-a-quarter pounds of silver shekels, and she will become his wife, because he humiliated her; he may not divorce her as long as he lives.”

Apart from that is a surveillance camera covering every domicile in the world. That’s the UN/global government goal – total surveillance of every individual on earth.

As far as trafficked girls and women, the American Psychological Association (APA) places the causation squarely on economic concerns. The APA’s proposed policy recommendations include making prostitution legal and attempting to convince justice systems to see prostitutes as victims rather than criminals, supporting the trafficked while they are in transition, supporting collaboration between state and federal officials, collecting data on the trafficked, research efforts, and humanitarian efforts.

Being as I live in the United States, I want to take a look at the open southern border which allowed millions of people into the United States in 2021 alone. Just about all of these people, regardless of their country of origin, have been forced to pay, or promise to pay, one of several Mexican trafficking gangs. The people coming over the border are slaves; sexually, economically, and literally. Being as the UN has no desire to preserve national borders, it’s asinine that they even comment on people moving over national borders, legally or illegally, yet they continuously do.

The United Nations cannot actually be serious when they claim to want to end the trafficking and sexual abuse of women and girls. Very few people cross the Mexico/US border without assistance from a coyote. Illegal immigrants are literally the slaves of these coyotes, and the gangs they work for. If the immigrant doesn’t do as told, they are killed. Some are not given water nor food. Trucks full of trafficked people in the trailer are found days after everyone inside is dead. In 2021, about 2 million illegal aliens from all over the world crossed the southern US border and were arrested. The vast majority of those arrested were released within the United States. The actual number of illegal border crossers in which the individuals ended up in the United States were far higher. If half of these people were women and girls, and the rate of being sexually assaulted was 10%, that’s 100,000 sexual assaults. The incidence of sexual assault has been estimated to be as high as 80% which would equate to 800,000 incidents of sexual assault.

And what do some of these people do when they are in the United States? In 2021 there were 488 criminal convictions of illegal aliens for sexual offenses. By March 15, 2022, there were 116 arrests of illegal aliens for sexual assault. On February 22, 2022 an article by Ben Dutka poked huge holes in the wisdom of New Jersey’s ‘safe harbor’ laws with a story about Francisco Barrera-Capistran. Capistran is facing three criminal charges: 1st degree aggravated sexual assault, second-degree sexual assault by contact, and second degree endangering the welfare of a child. Why was Capistran in the United States? Because he illegally crossed the border and wasn’t sent back home even if he was arrested to be released, illegally, into the United States.

“5.3 Eliminate all harmful practices, such as child, early and forced marriage and female genital mutilation[.]”

The United Nations Population Fund states that 20% of females under 18 are married, and in the least developed countries, 36% of females under 18 and 10% of females under 15 years-old are wedded off. Forced marriages, constitute those marriages in which one, or even both, of the parties do not consent to being married to one another.

UNICEF stated in 2018 that there were over 650 marriages in which the female was married before they reached their 18th birthday despite the rate decreasing to 21% in 2018 from 25% in 2008. They go on to point out that there was no region in the world which was on track to meet this target by 2030. In March 2021 UNICEF released their prediction that an additional 10 million girls will be at increased risk of being married through an arranged or forced marriage due to COVID-19 mitigation efforts (they blame the disease itself, of course).

The only way this goal is going to be reached is if the US kills anyone in a culture which embraces and engages in widespread arranged and/or forced marriages of girls under 18 years-old.

As far as female genital mutilation (FGM) goes, it seems to only really occur among Moslem populations, the higher the percentage of those practicing Islam, the higher the rates of FGM. Despite the stark realities of the FGM, it is overwhelmingly performed by Moslems; however, the UN, always eager to pacify any Satanic cult, attempts to pin the practice on Christians, Ethiopian Jews, and other African tribal groups so as to blame FGM’s causes on culture. I call BS. Anyone who mutilates a human reproductive organ intentionally is not Biblically justified to do so. But they do seem to have mandates under Islamic law.

If the UN wants to eradicate the practice, they will target the largest populations with the highest percentages of women and girls who have been forced to undergo the procedure. Targeting Mali (81%), Guinea (97%), Egypt (91%), and Somalia (98%) would seem prudent and effective, however, since the UN incorrectly attributes FGM to cultural issues, they will never solve the problem.

The UN estimated in February 2018 that there would be an overall global rise of FGM of 4.6 million women and girls by 2030. To show how dubious statistical information can be and how untrustworthy some publications can be, in the Guardian, BMJ Global Health conducted a survey which excluded every single female age group which has traditionally been included in studies of the prevalence of FGM to conclude that the northern African rates went from 57.7% in 1990 to 14.1% in 2015. In east African nations, their lies are even more apparent when BMJ concluded that the 1995 rate of 74.1% fell to 6% in 2016. The overall rates, measured in 15-49 year-olds gives a much clearer picture than the losers and fraudsters at the Guardian and BMJ Global Health are pushing.

But again, if the United Nations wants to actually end FGM, they are going to have to dramatically change the way that Islamic law operates and, because the law of Islam is part of the holy texts of Islam, the task will be left t o a decision over exterminating the ‘cultures’ perpetuating the practice or letting them be.

“5.4 Recognize and value unpaid care and domestic work through the provision of public services, infrastructure and social protection policies and the promotion of shared responsibility within the household and the family as nationally appropriate[.]”

The insane feminists at UN Women, who continuously and consistently decide to be the dumbest voice in the room: “Policies that provide services, social protection and basic infrastructure, promote sharing of domestic and care work between men and women, and create more paid jobs in the care economy, are urgently needed to accelerate progress on women’s economic empowerment.” UN Women is stating that their road map towards the destination of women’s empowerment as an express function of men’s dis-empowerment. They state that unpaid care work (raising children and looking after elderly family members) constitutes 10% of GDP and domestic work performed by women accounts to 39% f GDP.

The United Nation’s has attempted to accomplish this goal, in conjunction with several international bodies, national governments, several key local governments, and tens of thousands of lunatics operation thousands of NGO’s through several waves of feminism. Their collective goal actually appears in this book called The Communist Manifesto by this guy named Karl Marx, and that is the destruction of the nuclear family and religion in favor of acceptance and adherence of the omnipotent state. So, let’s see what the metrics for divorce rates and religious attendance look like.

In Psychology Today appeared an article in 2019 which claims that the divorce rate in the world stood at 2.6 divorces per 1,000 married persons in 1970 and rose to 5.5 divorces per 1,000 married people in 2008.

In the United States in 2000, 8.2 per 1,000 people were getting married, in 2015 it was 6.9 per 1,000, and in 2020 it was 5.1 per 1,000 people. Actually, the highest number of marriages in the United States between 2000 and 2020 was in 2001, at 2,326,000 while the lowest was in 2020 which came in at 1,676,911 marriages. The take away is that people are not getting married nearly as often in the first place in the United States. So, the divorce rate has, obviously fallen in correlation with this from 4 of 1,000 married people in 2000 to 3.1 per 1,000 people in 2015, to 2.3 per 1,000 people in 2020. The lowest number of divorces occurred in 2020 with 6130,505. It is worth noting that in 2020 the whole world lost it’s mind and stopped doing anything, including weddings, and timely court proceedings. These statistics do go to show that the United Nations is aiding in the destruction of the family.

According to Barna, 20% of US adults surveyed said they were non-Christian in 2000 while in 2020 the percentage stood at 32%. Christians who don’t attend services rose from 35% to 43% over the same period of time. Practicing Christians, those who have attended at least one church service within the month prior to being surveyed, declined from 45% in 2000 to 25% in 2018, 2019, and 2020.

Another poll of American’s church attendance put together by statistia.com in 2021 shows that 22% of Americans attend church services weekly; however, those who claim to attend a service at least once a month, almost every week, or weekly totals 42%. Those attending seldomly comes to 25%, while those who never attend total 31%.

More people in the United States are claiming they are atheists. “In the U.S., atheists are mostly men and are relatively young, according to the 2014 Religious Landscape Study. About seven-in-ten U.S. atheists are men (68%). The median age for atheists is 34, compared with 46 for all U.S. adults. Atheists also are more likely to be white (78% vs. 66% of the general public) and highly educated: About four-in-ten atheists (43%) have a college degree, compared with 27% of the general public. Self-identified atheists also tend to be aligned with the Democratic Party and with political liberalism. [italics mine]” This is literally the type of person the UN wants to spit out of colleges.

The United Nations will embrace just about anything which rejects religious ideas, and any belief in Jesus Christ or Yeshua in particularly. Humanism, the most pervasive and evil ideology ever invented by the Adversary (Satan), seeks to reject all objective reality and replace mankind with it. Humanism is the basis of the rationale at the United Nations, and all of their friends. According to Harvard’s Plurality Project; “Enlightenment principles and liberal religious movements shaped the Humanist worldview which prioritizes reason, scientific critique, civil freedoms, compassion, and pragmatic ethics. These non-religious guiding values form the center of a belief system that rejects the supernatural, reaffirms universal human dignity, and places trust in the ability of cooperative human effort to create a better future.” This quickly devolves into Satanism and human depravity towards their fellow man. Keep in mind, Harvard University itself was set up to educate clergy members in 1636, and in 1939 was given its name, after Rev. John Harvard. Yup, it was a Christian school – but no longer.

And it goes to show that the United Nations aim to destroy religion is on track. None of the 17 goals can be completed without destroying any belief that there is anything more important than the global governance system.

“5.5 Ensure women’s full and effective participation and equal opportunities for leadership at all levels of decision-making in political, economic and public life[.]”

The number of women in governmental positions has increased between 2020 and 2021. While this target will not be achieved for several generations, the United Nations and their enablers are progressively making progress towards it’s fulfillment. Women heads of state and women in ministerial positions stood at all time highs in 2021. In the US, Biden’s stupid ass put women in charge of 46% of ministerial positions. Apparently these women are not qualified in their positions as the US has been in a multi-dimensional death spiral since Biden’s coup, which also saw a completely ineligible vice-president occupying the office. and, who happened to get into politics by providing sexual favors to a pervert already in politics.

Women entering into politics and entering predominantly male departments is not a slam dunk, however. On January 1, 2021, there was not a single woman to be found in the governments of Azerbaijan, Armenia, Brunei, North Korea, Papua New Guinea, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Tuvalu, Vanuatu, Vietnam and Yemen. There is slow growth in the inclusion of women into finance and defense. Women dominate environmental, social affairs, women’s affairs, and gender equality positions within many governments.

The idiot feminazi’s at UN Women are, of course, freaking out and declaring the end of the world over these statistics. As UN Women are reaching for gender parity, they note that, globally, getting women to be in parity with men in parliamentary positions will not occur until 2063 at the present rates of increase, and that ministerial parity will not occur before 2077. Their solution of quotas is telling: “More than two-thirds of these countries have applied gender quotas—either legislated candidate quotas or reserved seats—opening space for women’s political participation in national parliaments.” And that, my reader, is the most sexist definition of sexist there is.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) notes that in 2002 there were 7 female CEO’s in the United States top 500 grossing companies. In 2021 the number was 41 and in 2022 the number was 74. The US is moving in the right direction for the UN’s agenda.

In 2020, the Global 500 businesses list had women listed as the CEO of the company only 13 times. The article this statistic was taken from is not about the 2.6% women leading the top 500 businesses in the world; it’s about how none of the 13 women are colored. In 2021, Forbes was ecstatic to report that people with vaginas held 23 of the CEO spots within the Global 500 business lists and that six of these women were women of color. Forbes is super sad in this article because the overall female CEO percentage is a miserable 4.6%.

In public life, it is dangerous. People are beaten for speaking out. They are arrested. They are murdered, sometimes by the government itself (there is a term, Arkancide, for the Clinton’s murder spree, may they burn in Hell forever). Many governments participate in murder due to political disagreement. Women are no different than men whether they are speaking out for legitimate women’s rights or for the ability for pedophiles to rape our children (which is a movement). As the UN and its affiliates condone activists continuously pushing further towards legalized pedophilia, the eating of non-animal proteins (they want you eating insect protein) and, eventually, the acceptance of cannibalism, they will continuously push for the silence of dissent even harder.

The WEF said, among other things: “[World Leaders] should take more measures to prevent and condemn verbal and physical attacks on women human rights defenders or political leaders and their families. [World Leaders] should also carve out greater and safer space for civil society, including women’s groups, to enable them to have a say in government policies affecting their lives.” Notice, only women are to be protected. It’s not the message which is to be protected, its the reduced cost of buying women to promote a choice cause the WEF wants promoted that motivates them.

“5.6 Ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health and reproductive rights as agreed in accordance with the Programme of Action of the International Conference on Population and Development and the Beijing Platform for Action and the outcome documents of their review conferences[.]”

The real goal of the UN is to kill people which is fully represented in this target. The murderous United Nations and NARAL and Planned Parenthood International and a host of others spend their days trying to convince women that their pregnancy should be aborted, I choose to call the procedure murder. The states of California and Maryland are currently trying to pass legislation which will allow medical ‘professionals’ and ‘parents’ to murder a child through neglect without consequence at up to 28 days after birth and potentially up to 365.24 days after birth, depending on the definition of perinatal. The United Nations loves the idea of death OUTSIDE of the womb. They want over 7 BILLION of us dead. The reason for this is that they want all the resources and they want all of us useless eaters to stop using them and the only way to achieve that goal is to sterilize and kill the vast majority of people currently upon this earth.

“5.a Undertake reforms to give women equal rights to economic resources, as well as access to ownership and control over land and other forms of property, financial services, inheritance and natural resources, in accordance with national laws[.]”

The United Nations doesn’t give one crap about any national laws. They HATE sovereign states, look at their treatment of SOVEREIGN Russia recently. They want a forceful removal of economic resources, access and control of land, other property, financial services, inheritance, and natural resources from men, to be given to women. The UN recognizes that men fight. Men will slowly recognize that equal rights, as explained in this target, will not be equal; it will mean that a never ending onslaught against the rights of a person with a penis will be waged for the benefit of those without a penis. What will the result be? Animosity between the sexes and a further reduced birth rate. It’s depopulation by ‘choice’ of the participants.

“5.b Enhance the use of enabling technology, in particular information and communications technology, to promote the empowerment of women[.]”

The indicator for this target is cell phone ownership by sex. It is rare to bump into anyone these days, at least where I have been in the United States, who does not own a cell phone. Most of them are smart phones. In advanced economies in 2020, cell phone ownership was at 94% and smart phones made up 76% of that total; only 6% of the populations in these countries did not own a cell phone. In emerging economies those numbers stood at 78%, 45%, and 17%, respectively.

The differences between men and women whom own smartphones is under 10% in most places included in Pew’s research, and has remained stable. India, however; has a gender disparity which has grown and 19% more men own smartphones than women.

On the United Nation’s SDG Indicator website, the map shows that most countries have not reported data, including the US, Germany, China, India, and just about all of Africa. Of those nations that did, South Korea, Malaysia, Italy, Morocco, Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, and Serbia all reported more than 86.76% of their women own a cell phone. No country which reported had a rate less than 50%.

GSMA released a report in 2019 which stated that 80% of women in low and middle income countries own a cell phone and 48% use the internet. The same report notes that women are 10% less likely than men to own a cell phone, representing 197 million women who don’t own a cell phone. In south Asia, like India and several other nations, the gap between male and female cell phone ownership was 28% and the internet-usage disparity was 58%. GSMA documented that affordability, literacy and skills, safety and security, and relevance are the barriers which prevent women from owning a cell phone in low and middle income countries. Women who know about the internet access included with their mobile phones, according to GSMA, don’t use it for the same reasons. Global System for Mobile Communications (GSMA) then comes out and calls for increased female usage of the internet to reduce the 17% difference in internet spending between men and women. Closing the gap would result in $170 billion in extra revenue to the mobile industry and $700 billion in GDP growth in the nations women don’t sufficiently utilize their phones’ internet capabilities.

This target and indicator is very illuminating. It shows that despite having the technology in their hands, women are not using their devices as the UN wants so more must be done. That thing to be done is to enrich the already rich.

“5.c Adopt and strengthen sound policies and enforceable legislation for the promotion of gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls at all levels[.]”

I have a question and an answer before I try to tackle this one. It kind of goes back to me confusion at the very start of this article. The question is what counts as a woman? Is it a man, penis still intact, who identifies as a women and enters female MMA competitions and causes skull fractures in the biological female he is fighting against? Is the UN referring to only biological females when addressing ‘gender equality’? What is a ‘man’ who was once a female?

My answer is that the United Nations wants to stand with the lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersexed (LGBTQI), so I will use this definition to attempt to answer the progress this target has made. That said, I refuse to accept anyone else’s fantasy land, call them by a pronoun other than he/him if they are males or she/her if they are females. To Hell with anything else, the only way to win at this game of sexual delusion is to not play. If that makes that person angry, oh well.

In the UK, legislation was passed in 2010 addressing disparities between biological males and biological females. It includes civil penalties, including for hurt feelings. Those merely thinking about sexual reassignment, no drugs or surgeries needed, are covered in the UK’s abominable Equality Act of 2010.

In the United States, there is something called the 1964 Civil Rights Act which did a lot of things to further equality in race, color, religion, sex, and national origin. Any official policy at any level of government was supposed to be immediately voided where such policy or legislation created segregation in public areas or barred any protected class from employment. Those with a disability (which has been forever expanded and is actually part of the rationale of including adults wishing to sexually groom a 1st grade class as viable candidates for teaching the class) were legislatively added to the protected class in 1990 with the American’s with Disabilities Act. There is a family shredding and religion dismantling piece of legislation called the Equality Act which is currently proceeding through the US Senate and will no doubt be passed into law by the criminal elements within the national legislative and executive branches of the US. Hopefully the Supreme Court will rule it unconstitutional, but I will not hold my breath.

Part of my problem with the Equality Act is the sheer duplicity upon which it’s anti-God, anti-family, anti-woman, anti-child proponents rely on to build support. From the National Center for Transgender Equality; “Federal nondiscrimination laws covering public accommodations cover only race, color, religion, national origin, and disability. Federal law does not prohibit discrimination based on sex, gender identity or sexual orientation in public accommodations.” While that is true, the real truth is that we do not need a federal public accommodations law for any of these groups, including sex, which is why sex was not included in the 1964 legislation in the first place. What these pedophiles in LGBT clothes want is fully grown men jerking off in the women’s locker room at the local gym. What should be done is a comprehensive ban on males from entering female restrooms and comprehensive ban on biological males from competing against women in sporting events. Make the breaking of these bans felonies. Instead we are all lambasted for suggesting such a thing. The tactic is to make those of us with two brain cells to rub together shut up while the freaks run around demanding we accept them (which will be followed with coerced celebration of them) and their law which is a ‘solution’ to a problem that doesn’t exist which will create problems for every institution which brought the US greatness.

I don’t usually agree with the Politburo in China, but I did on this issue. Transgenders in China, at least in 2017, were treated as suffering from a mental illness according to Amnesty International. China has a problem with the the European Union’s Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity (SOGI) Unit.

Everyone should have a problem with any recommendation the EU’s SOGI Unit makes as it is proud of promoting it’s aims through children. That makes SOGI an official institution which not only condones, but openly promotes, the sexualization of children. My analysis of SOGI is a far harsher indictment, institutionalized pedophilia.

Globally, there are protections against discrimination due to sexual orientation (including gender dysphoria) constitutionally in 11 countries, broadly (but not constitutionally) in 57, against barriers to employment in 81 countries, and 7 countries have uneven or limited protections. Most of the world is not buying this hallucination, however; in 43 countries LGBTQI practitioners are not seen as criminals but have no protections either, in 2 countries it is de facto criminally engaged in, 30 countries will put people in prison for up to 8 years, 27 countries offer 10 years to life for practicing LGBTQI, and there are 11 countries in which the death penalty is a possibility.

The biggest issue facing women being empowered in the West is transsexualism which is something the UN wants the world to protect. The biggest issue in the rest of the world is gender roles (notice I did not use the word stereotype). As with other targets, the only way the UN will achieve this goal is through dictatorial edicts backed by force of arms, i.e. mass murdering those with traditional beliefs in gender-roles and cultural and religious beliefs ‘preventing’ women from ‘empowering’ themselves.

Summary

The UN will never stop trying to destroy the family. The UN will never stop trying to marginalize religious belief, especially if that belief involves Jesus. The UN does not have enough time (less than 8 years) to completely destroy all families and all religious beliefs. The only way they will meet their targets by 2030 with out killing everyone outright would be mass hypnosis which will not work on everyone, but will work on enough people to force compliance from those not hypnotized. If the non-hypnotized still refuse to fall in line, they can just be marginalized to the fringes of polite society. If that doesn’t work, they can be jailed. And if that still doesn’t get the ‘misaligned’ into compliance with the global technocratic elite’s agenda, a few could just be murdered openly. The ‘aligned’ will cheer at these crackdowns on dissent, because of their own technocratically-installed fear.

What better way is there to accomplish this than cause a massive global panic (COVID-19) and introduce a gene-therapy (vaccine) requiring a never-ending addition of booster shots which will eventually kill everyone who takes it? When the aligned start getting this tactic, change the ploy to unabridged nuclear war. When the nuclear war fails to eliminate everyone, claim anthropomorphic climate change demands adherence to the technocratic plot. When the survivors of all of that start to see that climate-mitigation efforts (in a nuclear war, man really may have harmed the climate of earth permanently and irrevocably) are ineffective if not harmful to the earth the technocrats could just decide to get it over with and release something like human-infecting mousepox or Marburg virus upon the world. Maybe they will decide to do end the ‘useless eater’ problem in a regional and cultural way, tainting rice with cyanide, or infusing wheat with anthrax, or making GMO corn include DNA-altering chemicals, nanoparticles, or strychnine.

Wake up now! There is no later.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal5 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 4 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

3/30/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 4th SDG:

Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all

When I think of education I recall a loose interpretation of reading writing and arithmetic. The UN does not see it that way. Fire up the UN indoctrination centers from birth and make them last a lifetime!

The UN’s targets to ensure all of us are well educated from cradle to grave are:

“4.1 By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys complete free, equitable and quality primary and secondary education leading to relevant and effective learning outcomes

“4.2 By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys have access to quality early childhood development, care and pre-primary education so that they are ready for primary education

“4.3 By 2030, ensure equal access for all women and men to affordable and quality technical, vocational and tertiary education, including university

“4.4 By 2030, substantially increase the number of youth and adults who have relevant skills, including technical and vocational skills, for employment, decent jobs and entrepreneurship

“4.5 By 2030, eliminate gender disparities in education and ensure equal access to all levels of education and vocational training for the vulnerable, including persons with disabilities, indigenous peoples and children in vulnerable situations

“4.6 By 2030, ensure that all youth and a substantial proportion of adults, both men and women, achieve literacy and numeracy

“4.7 By 2030, ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development

“4.a Build and upgrade education facilities that are child, disability and gender sensitive and provide safe, non-violent, inclusive and effective learning environments for all

“4.b By 2020, substantially expand globally the number of scholarships available to developing countries, in particular least developed countries, small island developing States and African countries, for enrolment in higher education, including vocational training and information and communications technology, technical, engineering and scientific programmes, in developed countries and other developing countries

“4.c By 2030, substantially increase the supply of qualified teachers, including through international cooperation for teacher training in developing countries, especially least developed countries and small island developing States”

I’m going to cover these one by one.

“4.1 By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys complete free, equitable and quality primary and secondary education leading to relevant and effective learning outcomes [.]”

85.54% of the world was literate in 2015. In 2019 that rate had risen to 86.48%. Illiteracy problems do not really lie in developed nations but almost exclusively in the least developed and developing nations. For example, the nation of Niger had a literacy rate of 19.10% in 2015 which had risen to 35.05% by 2018. In 2016 Chad had a 22.31% literacy rate. These are among the lowest rates of literacy in the world.

The COVID scandemic mitigation efforts, which forced million and millions of children to sit at home watching a computer screen to meet their educational needs, has damaged literacy rates. In Scotland, for instance, the literacy rate fell by 5.4% through the lock-downs and mandates with a reduction of 4.4% in numeric literacy. Globally, the same trends have occurred.

The World Economic Forum’s solution is increased educational philanthropy to teach more people about the world the Great Reset is trying to usher in while failing to educate the learners of the necessity of dying to achieve the Great Reset. In line with Klaus Schwab’s desire to murder 95% of humanity, the Literacy Network has decided to use literacy as a weapon as well. Not only did the Literacy Network in Dane County, WI get subsidized for their efforts, they targeted “community leaders” for vaccination and actually set up their own vaccination sites. How many corpses did they produce? I’m sure the losers at Literacy Network didn’t pay any attention to that.

Humanity, as a whole, has the ability to make the world literate. COVID mitigation efforts destroyed any progress towards that achievement. What is needed is a literate person to take 10-15 people into a class for an hour a day over a course of time, sit down with the illiterate, and teach the written language to those who don’t know it. The United Nation’s acceptance of lock-downs has not assisted in achieving elevated literacy rates.

“4.2 By 2030, ensure that all girls and boys have access to quality early childhood development, care and pre-primary education so that they are ready for primary education [.]”

UNICEF notes some very real issues concerning early childhood development: “health care and nutrition, protection from harm and a sense of security, opportunities for early learning, and responsive caregiving.” Sounds good until you realize what UNICEF is, their track record of pedophilia, support of child rape, and their inclusion of caregiving into the equation. The caregivers UNICEF desires are pedophiles.

This goal is designed to get children away from their parents at as young an age as possible to be given over to those with suspect intentions. As evinced in the United States, those intentions include Marxist teachings, pedophilic grooming efforts, the sexualization of children, and a belief that the State is always benevolent and correct, all while demanding a severance to any religious ties or Biblical truth. The goal is not to enhance a child’s success of being able to learn to read, write and learn arithmetic, the goal is to more firmly place the above types of ideas into kid’s heads at an earlier age, making it harder for these young children to break their social conditioning.

As I see it, the only results of any modicum of successful implementation of this goal would be increases in childhood depression and suicide and increased acts of childhood, adolescent, and adult theft, robbery, sexual abuse, cannibalism, child abuse, single-member households, and dependence upon welfare. That’s a pretty bleak picture, which actually negates anything the UN claims is a childhood right. Childhood rights do not exist in the context the UN claims they do and, as such, only serve to allow pedophiles access to young children to the detriment of parental rights.

“4.3 By 2030, ensure equal access for all women and men to affordable and quality technical, vocational and tertiary education, including university[.]”

Average annual tuition rates to earn a bachelor’s degree in the UK have risen by over $300 between the 2017-18 academic year and the 2019-20 academic year. In the United States, that rate has risen over $200, and in Italy it rose slightly as well. Some of the rates for other countries have not changed and this could reflect either data not being reported for the 2019/2020 academic year or it could be that the rates stayed the same. None of them seem to have gone down.

In Sweden the cost is $0 for any sort of degree as long as the person is Swedish. Residents of Sweden have ‘free’ college. Foreigners have to pay nearly $14,700 a year to attend Swedish universities. I’m sure that the United Nations is not pleased about this fact. Sweden is one of the most homogeneous countries on earth, or they were until they idiotically began accepting ‘refugees’ from cultures in which rape is normal. Because Sweden has such a large, homogeneous, population; however, it is far more tolerable for the citizens to subsidize their younger generations in order to send them to college. But that is not the aim of this goal – the aim of this goal is to have free college for everyone, regardless of their immigration status.

The United States plays that game pretty well, actually. I went to college and have a hefty loan in which I am still working on paying back. Meanwhile there are immigrants, even illegal aliens, which have been afforded the opportunities to attend US colleges and universities largely at taxpayer expense. There are plenty of illegal aliens who do not belong in the US at all, have no legal residency in the country nor any state in the union, yet still receive in-state tuition at colleges and universities. Not only is it a federal crime (8 USC § 1623), it robs actual residents a spot at the university, while subsidizing criminals. It also robs any US citizen, even those in a different state, by reducing the number of available seats and thus, potentially, the ability to attend an out-of-state institution, even at the higher out-of-state tuition costs. 21 states offer this benefit to those who cannot legally be in the country, let alone the state where they ended up in. If the legislatures have not acted, some university systems have taken it upon themselves to offer these illegal benefits to illegal aliens. CA, CT, HI, MD, MN, NJ, NM, NY, OR, TX, WA and possibly more states offer state financial aid to illegal aliens. Only six states have banned illegals from being able to receive in-state tuition.

Except for the six states who acted in their citizen’s best interests, this is what the United Nations is referring to. This situation actually reflects a key reason the UN exists in the first place – to destroy sovereign borders altogether. That most of the states are openly ignoring federal law in an area not covered by the 10th Amendment, they should be held criminally liable for their actions in this arena and all of the legislation which has been passed should immediately and forcefully be repealed by the federal government. But that isn’t what the UN wants and these states operating outside of federal law are in fact embracing the idea of global citizenship to the detriment of their own constituencies.

If anyone would like to see, first-hand, the way this works in practice, I would like to invite you to take a drive on Lake Street in Minneapolis to go see Ilhan Omar’s district. The place is packed full of Somalians who refuse to assimilate and have absolutely ruined that section of the city. You’ll know it as soon as you get to it and if you decided to take this cultural sight-seeing tour at night you will immediately regret it.

“4.4 By 2030, substantially increase the number of youth and adults who have relevant skills, including technical and vocational skills, for employment, decent jobs and entrepreneurship[.]”

Having an education generally relates to an ability to be employed. The global unemployment rate in 2015 stood at 5.62% and in 2019 it stood at 5.39%. Because the entire world lost it’s mind in 2020 unemployment skyrocketed to 6.573%. The global rates do not show the realities in some areas of the world, however. In South Africa the unemployment rate was 25.15% in 2015, in 2019 it was 28.47%, and in 2020 it continued to rise to 29.22%. Rounding out the top 10 nations are, Namibia, Nigeria, Angola, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, the Bahamas, Mozambique, Lesotho, and Montenegro which had unemployment rates of 23.9% or higher. 53 nations and territories have an unemployment rate of 10% or higher.

That leaves a lot of unproductive people in those nations which have no real future for any kind of economic success whether they have skills or not. Each nation has its own set of issues. Some suffered recent economic calamities such as Greece (12.8% unemployment), Spain (13.33%) and Italy (8.8%).

South Africa has continuously had incredibly high unemployment rates due to factors such as poor education, mismatched skill sets to available jobs, and lack of economic opportunity. Part of the reason is the 1994 end of apartheid and its replacement, the ANC, which operates on social and racial Marxism. I didn’t agree with apartheid and I certainly disagree with everything the ANC is doing, but this goes to explain, in part, why South Africa’s unemployment problem seems intractable.

I can conceive of two ways the UN could go about meeting this goal. Allow capitalism in a lightly fettered way to develop all segments of society or implement a fascism similar to what Mussolini initiated in 1922 -1943 Italy. The state of the world, indeed, the very sustainable development goals I am writing about, precludes any individualistic capitalist endeavors. So that leaves the UN with the option of demanding all individuals adhere to the State which will educate, train, and provide a job in an area the State decides is in the best interest of itself. The United Nations has been engaged, since the very first day it opened it’s doors, in being the State in reference here.

“4.5 By 2030, eliminate gender disparities in education and ensure equal access to all levels of education and vocational training for the vulnerable, including persons with disabilities, indigenous peoples and children in vulnerable situations[.]”

Some countries in the world truly have problems with allowing their females to gain an education, including even being able to read. These are cultural issues which are deeply rooted in certain religious beliefs and traditions and will be very difficult to overcome. In order to achieve this goal the UN would need to destroy those portions of the religions which prevent women from being able to be educated. Of course, religious belief is present in every single person on earth, even in atheists. The UN would likely turn to humanism (a form of Satanism) or transhumanism (another form of Satanism) to appeal to those of a faith preventing girls and women from being educated.

And by faith, I am largely speaking about another belief system which is Satanic; radicalized Islam. Afghanistan is a good place to look at first. On August 15, 2021 the Taliban arrived in Kabul, the capitol of Afghanistan, after having been removed for 20 years. By September 17, 2021 the Taliban effectively ended delivering and receiving all educational services for females. Other countries which are over represented by males compared to females in classrooms include Guinea, Niger, Chad, Central African Republic, South Sudan, Yemen, and Pakistan. Every one of the countries are Islamic save one, the Central African Republic, which is largely Christian. Due to the way the map was constructed, it could mean that these countries have far fewer girls than boys; however, that does not appear to be the case.

Interestingly, the Central African Republic has about 8.5% of its population practicing Islam. Some of these Moslem’s have formed a group of terrorists called the anti-balaka who butchered, burnt, and raped their way across the territory they controlled. That is a huge problem, and undoubtedly has an effect upon females attending schools.

If the United Nations was serious about achieving this goal, it would disavow all of Islam and demand a belief system which actually respects human rights. The United Nations will never do this, and will, instead, encourage the complete destruction of all religious belief, peaceful and terroristic alike, through interfaith efforts to synthesize a global religion.

“4.6 By 2030, ensure that all youth and a substantial proportion of adults, both men and women, achieve literacy and numeracy[.]”

This was mentioned in Target 4.1. The United Nations should probably just give up on this one. Remote learning is a joke when it’s being administered to 6 year-olds. It’s even more of a joke in war torn, starving, and poverty stricken populations, many of which are lacking basic sanitation needs, let alone modern communications systems. The scandemic forced illiteracy rates up around the world. Now that the lock down trend has been established through fear and coercion, the United Nations Environmental Programme writes, “the unprecedented scale of COVID-19 economic recovery measures presents the opening for a low-carbon transition that creates the structural changes required for sustained emissions reductions.”

“4.7 By 2030, ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development[.]”

This is the education that matters to the United Nations. They want people to look to the United Nations as their savior for made-up problems with preposterous solutions and astonishingly miserable outcomes. Basically, the United Nations wants to educate people, the younger the better, about their main issues, namely; demanding adherence to the climate change narrative and especially the mitigation efforts; compliance with increasingly asinine public health measures; and holding the United Nations plan to solve those problems through wealth transfers, resource allocations and re-allocations, genetic harvesting, along with general austerity measures. It’s psychological brainwashing based on psychopathic views of the world.

Sustainable development as mentioned here is fully revealed in Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030. Read them if you want to understand this wholly. We are living through the implementation of both of these documents.

Basically, those who are not on board with masks, tests, shots of unknown composition with unknown effects, man-made climate change, global citizenship, banking institutions, digital identification systems, AI, VR, augmented reality, coffin apartments, operating one’s own automobile, or a host of other beliefs the UN and their partners including global institutions, national, state, and local governments, and thousands of non-governmental organizations will not be able to survive. Access to social media will be destroyed. Access to banking services and loans will be rejected, canceled, and the denying person forced to find work for cash, at least while that is still possible. Access to food, water, and shelter will be similarly exclusive to those with the ‘right’ belief system. The number one belief which will get an individual on the wrong side of the United Nations is an earnest belief in biblical Christianity or Messianic Judaism. Belief in Jesus Christ, or Yeshua, respectively is, and will increasingly be, the single most egregious ‘sin’ the UN and it’s pals will increasingly aggressively do everything they can do to silence, marginalize, or otherwise destroy. At the end of it, by the time the 17th or 41st or 57th shot, these same people will just start rounding the non-compliant up and imprison them or outright murder them.

If you think I am being hyperbolic, that’s fine, but you will be finding out the hard way.

When the UN writes about culture and its relationship to sustainability, what they are really saying is they will take each culture and offer arguments to tweak certain cultural norms incrementally. Christianity as a whole has displayed an amazing capacity to be manipulated in this manner. Today there are millions of Christians who go to a church which refuses to preach about Jesus, let alone the Torah (or the laws which Yeshua taught, the ones in the Old Testament). There is a lot of music and a lot of feeling good, but that’s not what Jesus taught. Jesus taught us to reject the world, follow Him, and obey His Father, also known as Adonai, also known as the Creator of the Universe. Jesus did not teach the feel good, do whatever you want, sermons going out on Sundays across the world, He taught that those that follow Him will suffer because of what He did. The world will torment those who follow Christ, just as the world tormented Him. That’s uncomfortable. Read the Bible yourself and see what He preached.

I used that example specifically because people refuse to devote any time to read the book themselves. As such everyone goes and looks up Romans 13:1. What about the rest of Roman’s 13? And what happens when those leaders happen to be because God is fed up with most of the people for living incorrectly, against His law? Do Christians not ask this? Is there not precedent of punishment contained within the Bible? Multiple times. The UN, and others, use this one verse, take it out of context, and being as though they or their auxiliaries or proxies have placed certain people in ruling positions have abrogated the role of God in establishing rulers. The full reading of Romans 13 dictates that Christ needs to be followed and the Torah adhered to. Short of that, the nation as a whole will be under the wrath of God as has happened so many times in the past. In The Complete Jewish Bible Romans 13, as a whole reads:

“1 Everyone is to obey the governing authorities. For there is no authority that is not from God, and the existing authorities have been placed where they are by God. 2 Therefore, whoever resists the authorities is resisting what God has instituted; and those who resist will bring judgment on themselves. 3 For rulers are no terror to good conduct, but to bad. Would you like to be unafraid of the person in authority? Then simply do what is good, and you will win his approval; 4 for he is God's servant, there for your benefit. But if you do what is wrong, be afraid! Because it is not for nothing that he holds the power of the sword; for he is God's servant, there as an avenger to punish wrongdoers. 5 Another reason to obey, besides fear of punishment, is for the sake of conscience. 6 This is also why you pay taxes; for the authorities are God's public officials, constantly attending to these duties. 7 Pay everyone what he is owed: if you owe the tax-collector, pay your taxes; if you owe the revenue-collector, pay revenue; if you owe someone respect, pay him respect; if you owe someone honor, pay him honor. 8 Don't owe anyone anything - except to love one another; for whoever loves his fellow human being has fulfilled Torah. 9 For the commandments, "Don't commit adultery," "Don't murder," "Don't steal," "Don't covet,"g and any others are summed up in this one rule: "Love your neighbor as yourself."h 10 Love does not do harm to a neighbor; therefore love is the fullness of Torah. 11 Besides all this, you know at what point of history we stand; so it is high time for you to rouse yourselves from sleep; for the final deliverance is nearer than when we first came to trust. 12 The night is almost over, the day is almost here. So let us put aside the deeds of darkness and arm ourselves with the weapons of light. 13 Let us live properly, as people do in the daytime - not partying and getting drunk, not engaging in sexual immorality and other excesses, not quarrelling and being jealous. 14 Instead, clothe yourselves with the Lord Yeshua the Messiah; and don't waste your time thinking about how to provide for the sinful desires of your old nature.”

Now, contrast Romans 13 to one of the many evil kings of Israel and Judah, Achaz (Ahaz in KJB) as written in 2 Chronicles 28:

“1 Achaz was twenty years old when he began his reign, and he ruled sixteen years in Yerushalayim. But he did not do what was right from the perspective of ADONAI, as David his ancestor had done. 2 Rather, he lived in the manner of the kings of Isra'el and made cast metal images for the ba'alim. 3 Moreover, he made offerings in the Ben-Hinnom Valley and even burned up his own children as sacrifices, in keeping with the horrible practices of the pagans, whom ADONAI had thrown out ahead of the people of Isra'el. 4 He also sacrificed and offered on the high places, on the hills and under any green tree. 5 Because of this, ADONAI his God handed him over to the king of Aram; they attacked him and carried off from his people a great number of captives, bringing them to Dammesek. In addition, he was handed over to the king of Isra'el, who inflicted on him a great massacre. 6 For Pekach the son of Remalyah killed in Y'hudah 120,000 men in one day, all of them brave men, because they had abandoned ADONAI, the God of their ancestors. 7 And Zikhri, a champion from Efrayim, killed Ma'aseiyah the king's son, 'Azrikam the administrator of the household and Elkanah, who was second only to the king. 8 The people of Isra'el took captive from their kinsmen 200,000 wives, sons and daughters; they also captured from them much spoil, which they brought to Shomron. 9 But a prophet of ADONAI named 'Oded was there; he went out to meet the army coming to Shomron and said to them, "Look, it's because ADONAI the God of your fathers was angry with Y'hudah that he has handed them over to you, and you have slaughtered them in a fury that has reached up to heaven. 10 Now you intend to force the people from Y'hudah and Yerushalayim into subjection as your slaves; but haven't you guilty deeds of your own that you committed against ADONAI your God? 11 Therefore listen to me now; and send the captives back, the people you have taken captive from your kinsmen; because the fierce anger of ADONAI is on you." 12 At this, some of the leaders of the people of Efrayim -'Azaryahu the son of Y'hochanan, Berekhyahu the son of Meshilemot, Y'chizkiyah the son of Shalum and 'Amasa the son of Hadlai - protested against those who were returning from the war, 13 saying to them, "Don't bring the captives here, because you intend to do something that will bring guilt on us against ADONAI. It will only add to our sins and guilt, for our guilt is great, and there is fierce anger against Isra'el." 14 So the armed soldiers left the captives and the spoil there with the leaders and the whole community; 15 while the men named above took charge of the captives and from the spoil clothed those among them who were inadequately clothed, giving them garments and shoes, providing them food and drink and anointing them with oil. After placing all the weak among them on donkeys, they brought them to Yericho, the City of Date-Palms, to their kinsmen; only then did they return to Shomron. 16 It was at that time that King Achaz sent to the kings of Ashur to help him. 17 For again the people from Edom had come, attacking Y'hudah and carrying off captives. 18 The P'lishtim too had invaded the cities in the Sh'felah and in the Negev of Y'hudah; they had captured Beit-Shemesh, Ayalon, G'derot, Sokho with its villages, Timnah with its villages and Gimzo with its villages; and they settled there. 19 For ADONAI brought Y'hudah low because of Achaz king of Isra'el, since he had caused disturbances in Y'hudah and acted very treacherously against ADONAI. 20 Tilgat-Piln'eser king of Ashur attacked and besieged Achaz instead of strengthening him - 21 even though Achaz had stripped the house of ADONAI and the palaces of the king and princes and had given the plunder to the king of Ashur, it didn't help him at all. 22 During his time of distress this same King Achaz added to his treachery against ADONAI 23 by sacrificing to the gods of Dammesek, who had attacked him, reasoning, "The gods of the kings of Aram helped them, so I will sacrifice to them, and then they'll help me." But they became the ruin of him and of all Isra'el. 24 Achaz collected the equipment from the house of God, broke to pieces the equipment from the house of God and sealed the doors of the house of ADONAI; then he made himself altars in every corner of Yerushalayim. 25 In every city of Y'hudah he made high places for offering to other gods, thus provoking ADONAI the God of his ancestors. 26 Other activities of Achaz and his ways [of doing things], from beginning to end, are recorded in the Annals of the Kings of Y'hudah and Isra'el. 27 Achaz slept with his ancestors, and they buried him in the city, in Yerushalayim; because they did not bring him to the tombs of the kings of Isra'el. Then Hizkiyahu his son took his place as king.”

I suggest you open whatever Bible you like reading from and continue on to see what 2 Chronicles 29 has to say about Achaz’s son, Hizkiyahu (Hezekiah). Basically, if you walk right in the Lord’s eyes you will be restored; however, should your leader be making evil manifest, then woe to the people as well as the leader. Romans 13:1 does not replace this principle, yet the UN has gotten millions of Christians to submit to evil through that one single verse. They did this through ignorance, laziness, and complacency of the Christian body. And now, through ignorance, laziness, and complacency, millions of Christians tolerated having their services shut down by the State, social distancing measures, mask mandates, no singing edicts, and readily accepting COVID-19 gene-damaging jabs in order to attend the party they call a church service. If this is you, I hope you are beyond offended, and I hope you are so offended that you go open that Bible and read what you will do to those who did none of those things (hint: you will slaughter those who didn’t do all of these things because you have chosen to follow the way of the world – not the path of Christ nor His Father).

“4.a Build and upgrade education facilities that are child, disability and gender sensitive and provide safe, non-violent, inclusive and effective learning environments for all[.]”

This goal exists to attempt to reinforce the idea that education can only occur in a classroom, which is a logical fallacy as well as a reality-based inconsistency. I, personally, have learned far more after I graduated college than I ever did while I attended any school. Those institutions taught me how to read, how to write, and how to do certain maths (I was really bad at precalculus, but I’ve got algebra and geometry down). The UN is saying they want their curriculum taught inside of undisturbed buildings designated as schools in which they will indoctrinate children (and sometimes adults) into the new world order by convincing them that there are no borders, the individual is a global citizen, and their objectives are the only objectives worth endeavoring to find solutions for. That goal is as apt for the most poverty-stricken, remote, and war-torn populations as they are for the most developed nations.

It is a morbidly funny thing that schools, places where children of both genders (there are only TWO, anything else is an anomaly and an aberration) go to learn to read, write, and learn maths, are the same places that certain military factions like to occupy to attack their enemies. They do this with empty hospitals too. That way, when the stronghold gets taken out by raid or RPG, mortar or missile, the idiots occupying the building can claim a war crime upon the other side. Hamas and Hezbollah are professionals at this tactic and certain units in Ukraine are using this technique as well.

I am of the impression that Russia has absolutely no reason to destroy any civilian target as it will only draw NATO closer to confrontation. Any inferior military force, national or terrorist, defensive or offensive, would take up positions in residential, school, and hospital settings, operational or not, to increase sympathies to their cause from the greater global community. As such, I find the Ukrainian urban guerrilla forces which make such claims to be war crimes of their own for occupying those buildings in the first place. That written, I need to write that I do not agree with Russia either; however, if nuclear missiles were placed in Mexico by North Korea, I could see the United States reacting in exactly the same manner as Russia has after the invitation by Ukraine to arm the nation with nuclear capabilities.

“4.b By 2020, substantially expand globally the number of scholarships available to developing countries, in particular least developed countries, small island developing States and African countries, for enrolment in higher education, including vocational training and information and communications technology, technical, engineering and scientific programmes, in developed countries and other developing countries[.]”

This makes me really angry. I finished a bachelors degree with a GPA of 4.8 and continued to a masters degree which I earned with a 5.0 GPA. I had no scholarships. Not a single one. My education relied on loans which I have yet to pay back and am struggling to do so. But the United States will give scholarships to those in developing nations? Wow. Just WOW. How generous of the US government to tell it’s own citizens to go to Hell while giving free rides (which I also help pay for) to those from foreign nations. W.O.W.

Not only do these scholarships undermine my personal educational expenses, they undermine the nations from which these students come from. Some of those coming to the US for education, stay in the US, because their country sucks and they know it. They get their scholarship, like a leech gets its blood, then stay beyond their visas because leeches don’t let go until they are burnt off the body. These people have taken enough. Send them home. Let them use their knowledge to build the rest of the world, particularly the country they came from originally.

Again, this is what the UN wants. I’m disgusted.

“4.c By 2030, substantially increase the supply of qualified teachers, including through international cooperation for teacher training in developing countries, especially least developed countries and small island developing States”[.]”

In the United States teachers need to have a degree in education. It doesn’t matter if a retired welding administrator wants to teach 16 year-olds how to weld – have the degree or don’t teach. What this equates to is all teachers having a social-sciences degree whether or not they can actually do the math, the grammar, the skill, or have any idea what the history is. They will follow the curriculum, while the administrators will set that curricula. That’s exactly the situation being described by the UN. Qualify teachers on how to manipulate and domesticate their classrooms into group think while at the same time mitigating anyone with any outside views about the curriculum. The United Nations is, again, stating that they wish to create and enforce a hive-mind system in which every individual outlier is peer pressured into conformity or ostracized to a life of exile dominated by digital technologies.

Summary

The UN wishes to brainwash all of humanity. Their brainwashing will entail, primarily, that humans are a disease which need to go away to preserve the health of the earth.

They want to educate all of us that we are better off dead, and until we die, living under severe and strict censorship and austerity.

They have no real desire to promote literacy and numeric literacy outside of being able to read their own propaganda.

At the end of the day they want a much smaller population which adheres to only their edicts and are seeking to do it through fraudulently ‘educating’ our children. Computer science has a term, garbage in, garbage out (GIGO). That’s exactly how the UN intends on meeting it’s educational goals. They want to get their agenda driven garbage into as many as possible. If you happen to be able to think around their indoctrination, rejecting their garbage, then that individual will face death from lack of food, water, and shelter.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal1 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 3 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

3/26/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 3nd SDG:

Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages

Ending hunger, achieving food security, and improving nutrition for every one on earth is a laudable ambition. And that is where the idea stops being laudable. Since 2015 there are more hungry people in more places, food is less secure, and nutrition is completely absent for millions of people. ‘Sustainable agriculture’ is a huge reason for this.

The UN’s targets to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages are:

“3.1 By 2030, reduce the global maternal mortality ratio to less than 70 per 100,000 live births

“3.2 By 2030, end preventable deaths of newborns and children under 5 years of age, with all countries aiming to reduce neonatal mortality to at least as low as 12 per 1,000 live births and under-5 mortality to at least as low as 25 per 1,000 live births

“3.3 By 2030, end the epidemics of AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases

“3.4 By 2030, reduce by one third premature mortality from non-communicable diseases through prevention and treatment and promote mental health and well-being

“3.5 Strengthen the prevention and treatment of substance abuse, including narcotic drug abuse and harmful use of alcohol

“3.6 By 2020, halve the number of global deaths and injuries from road traffic accidents

“3.7 By 2030, ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services, including for family planning, information and education, and the integration of reproductive health into national strategies and programmes

“3.8 Achieve universal health coverage, including financial risk protection, access to quality essential health-care services and access to safe, effective, quality and affordable essential medicines and vaccines for all

“3.9 By 2030, substantially reduce the number of deaths and illnesses from hazardous chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination

“3.a Strengthen the implementation of the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control in all countries, as appropriate

“3.b Support the research and development of vaccines and medicines for the communicable and non-communicable diseases that primarily affect developing countries, provide access to affordable essential medicines and vaccines, in accordance with the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health, which affirms the right of developing countries to use to the full the provisions in the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights regarding flexibilities to protect public health, and, in particular, provide access to medicines for all

“3.c Substantially increase health financing and the recruitment, development, training and retention of the health workforce in developing countries, especially in least developed countries and small island developing States

“3.d Strengthen the capacity of all countries, in particular developing countries, for early warning, risk reduction and management of national and global health risks

I’m going to break these down one-by-one.

“3.1 By 2030, reduce the global maternal mortality ratio to less than 70 per 100,000 live births[.]”

For every 100,00 live births, 152 mothers perished during the event in 2020. Between 139 and 152 mothers are expected to die per 100,000 births in 2022. The chart being referenced here does not reach 70 deaths per 100,000 live births before 2030. The lowest projection is 126 per 100,000. From 2014-2019, 81% of all births were attended to by skilled medical professionals, up from 64% from 2000-2006.

Birth rates can be misleading, however, there has been a decrease in the number of births since 1950 which has carried through until the present. For every 1,000 people in 1950 there were 37.844 births. In 2021 that rate was 17.873.

For a civilization to survive, 2.1 children need to be born to every couple in order to stabilize the population – this is known as the replacement rate. Anything less than 2.1 means the civilization has the potential to die out within a few generations. Anything over 2.1 means that there will be more people in that civilization. In today’s global civilization, counties are the standard. As of 2020, every Western nation has a replacement rate of under 2. The highest rates of replacement are occurring in some of the poorest places on the planet: Niger with a rate of 7, followed by Angola, DRC, Chad, Mali, Uganda, Benin, and Somalia with a rate of 6. These 8 countries have a combined GDP of 211.28 billion dollars meaning there are no viable economic outcomes for these growing populations.

I could write a whole book based on what I just presented. Today isn’t the day for that book. Today is the day to explain that the easiest way for the goal-seekers to meet their goals is to start exterminating people through several means – communicable diseases, sterilization, legalized abortion, war, and division by culture, religion, sexual orientation, and race; aka tribalism. If people stop copulating and creating babies, especially against their will (eugenics experiments such as China’s One-Child policy of bygone days), then a mother cannot die from giving birth because there will be no mother will give birth and there will be no baby in the womb. It is not a coincidence that the death jabs are highly lethal to pregnant women’s babies…. The monsters running the global COVID-19 death-jab campaign have been doing the same thing in the poorer nations for decades.

“3.2 By 2030, end preventable deaths of newborns and children under 5 years of age, with all countries aiming to reduce neonatal mortality to at least as low as 12 per 1,000 live births and under-5 mortality to at least as low as 25 per 1,000 live births[.]”

I wrote about part of this in How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 2 of 17. UNICEF assessed that the number of neonatal deaths in 2021 at 2,372,095. An estimated 139,821,086 children were born in 2021 (please click on this link, it shows the births and deaths which are expected to occur into the future as well – the births are well over-represented and the deaths are a low prediction, but it shows a HUGE rise in death rates). The current neonatal-mortality rate stands at 16.9 deaths per 1,000 births.

2020 saw an under 5 mortality rate of 34.41 per 1,000 live births. In 2015 the rate stood at 40.46 deaths per 1,000 live births. The trend is moving towards the United Nations goal of reducing under 5 years-old death rate to 25 or less children per 1,000 live births.

“3.3 By 2030, end the epidemics of AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases[.]”

This establishes a medical tyranny.

AIDS was promised to kill everyone back in 1984. The idiot who said that was Anthony Fauci. The epidemic has not concluded, however, and HIV/AIDS is still manifesting itself, especially in southern Africa. The disease will not be eradicated unless every person with it, and all sexual contacts with an infected person, are quarantined, until they die, which would represent an unhappy end to a genetically-engineered biological, race-specific, weapon created by some of the same biological laboratories which helped create COVID-19. I don’t advocate for this as there are cheap and effective treatment options to mitigate HIV/AIDS.

Tuberculosis (TB) is a bacterial infection which usually results in a lung infection. Tuberculosis has become, in some cases, antibiotic resistant. Of course, the monsters who decided to create drug resistant TB blame anyone who stopped their antibacterial medication early because of the way that the indiscriminate anti-bacterial medications operate in the body. It’s just like MRSA. Globaly, tuberculosis killed about 1.8 million people in 2020.

Malaria is persistent. Hydroxychloroquine seems to work extremely well to prevent malaria and to end disease caused by malaria. Actually, the Centers for Disease Creation and Promulgation (CDC) recommends hydrychloroquine to prevent and cure malarial infections. (CDC is supposed to mean Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, but, they can all go to Hell for the devastation they have wrought during the COVID-19 scamdemic, among other incidents).

All of the rest of this goal includes any disease. As such, any measure is likely to be taken against anyone who may, or may not, have, or transmit the disease. The UN specifically mentions hepatitis in this list. Hepatitis exists in five strains, A, B, C, D, and E. Hep A is contagious through blood and poop. Hep B is transmittable through “blood, semen, or other bodily fluids.” Hepatitis C is spread through blood. Hep D only occurs in those also affected with Hepatitis B. Hep E is an infection that arises after someone eats or drinks poop. Preventing hepatitis requires, largely, to avoid eating crap (literally – and no, that isn’t the word I want to use), and eating blood (a satanic rite).

Mankind will never end communicable disease. Ever. Vaccines and drugs and social distancing will never end communicable disease. The entire idea of communicable disease is but a theory called ‘germ theory’. All of these ‘germs’ that we can ‘communicate’ are largely made up in our heads by what we hear from the assholes pretending to be journalists and media who are really being paid by Nazi-derived pharmacologists. Allopathic medicine is a fraud. It has murdered both my mother and my father. The idea here is to get those who are doing gain-of-function research into a prison cell.

“3.4 By 2030, reduce by one third premature mortality from non-communicable diseases through prevention and treatment and promote mental health and well-being[.]”

The UN thinks they are going to address cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes, and chronic respiratory disease while they abet the cause. If I promoted your mental health and well-being it would be very different from a sibling or a parent, all of which will be alien to the State’s incentive to promote those attributes.

According the UN itself, the goal will not be reached. Nevertheless, the UN is going to double down on their goal of ending these four non-communicable ailments. And their reason for doubling-down is COVID-19. The UN refuses to address any of the causes of any of these ailments and, as such, will never reach it’s goal unless it enables and abets the murder of about 90% of the world.

Suicide rates are way too high. In the United States, suicides rose to the highest level since 2000 in 2019. US Males were more than three times more likely than females to complete their suicidal ambitions in 2019. Younger people, 25-34 killed themselves at a 5% higher rate even though the overall rate in the US was lower in 2020. I don’t buy that statistic.

When States begin to demand compliance to metal-health and well-being standards, we are all in a truly dystopian land. But the UN is worldwide. We will all be in an alien world. In the United States, speaking about January 6, 2020 and the prisoners being illegally held, the truck rally in DC, the idea that the 2020 election was stolen, or that COVID is a scam will get you banned from pretty much any social media. In Canada they are criminalizing speech, like much of the world has already done. What does the UN say? Nothing – it goes with their narrative. Follow the mainstream news/globalist media to avoid being silenced is the UN’s plan but I, and millions like me, have chosen to say, “Nope, I’ll speak my mind.” Remember me and everyone else who ends up in the UN/Global Gulag.

“3.5 Strengthen the prevention and treatment of substance abuse, including narcotic drug abuse and harmful use of alcohol[.]”

The UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) reported in June 2021 that 275 million people used drugs over the course of the last year. According to the same report, drug usage is rising and treatment is more widely available.

COVID-19 saw a lot of depression in a lot of people. Some of those people started drinking and using drugs. UNODC claims they are not sure what the effects of the scandemic will be. Ummm, increased substance abuse, suicide attempts, depression, other mental disorders, domestic violence…. There are a few of the effects, in case you were wondering, since the UN can’t figure it out.

Overdose death rates rose from 70,630 in 2019 to 91,799 in 2020. most of those deaths are attributable to fentanyl.

It has been proclaimed by multiple sources that between 2019 and 2020 US suicides decreased. Good. Globally, the WHO notes that 700,000 people commit suicide annually. “Given that pesticide poisoning is estimated to cause 20% of all suicides, and national bans of acutely toxic, highly hazardous pesticides have shown to be cost-effective, such bans are recommended by WHO. Other measures include restricting access to firearms, reducing the size of medication packages, and installing barriers at jump sites” (Emphasis mine) The WHO is telling the world their goal is to ban guns and not allow medications to those needing them.

Before the scamdemic the United States of America’s depression rate was 8.5% and in 2020, at the outset of the asinine prison-like social lock-downs it rose to 27.8% and it worsened going into 2021 – 32.8%. Gee, I wonder why.

Throughout the world, and the US as well, at least in the states which implemented lock-down measures, the rates of domestic violence rose significantly.

All the UN can definitively say is that the increased use of tele-medicine services is a great thing. These types of communications are all a precursor to getting people used to living in a virtual world. Doctors, nurses, food, grocery stores, school classes, and lots more are all online, which is fine until humans are mandated to take a port on the back of their heads.

“3.6 By 2020, halve the number of global deaths and injuries from road traffic accidents[.]”

Driving a vehicle is dangerous. I know, I have been involved in several accidents and was actually almost killed in one of them; in another I nearly killed a red-light runner. Driving a car can be dangerous, but I retain my right to transport myself from point A to point B and to do it by operating my own travel by my own means in my own gas-powered vehicle. Of course me driving is supposedly a gigantic contributor to ‘poisoning’ the atmosphere with super dangerous CO2. These maggots will do whatever they can to get people to stop driving.

Because the just about the entire world was shut down for at least a year, one would expect traffic fatalities to decrease. Driving certainly decreased. In the United States, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) said the 10.5% increase in traffic deaths between January, February, and March 2020 and 2021 was attributable to speeding, impaired driving, and not wearing a seat belt.

Australia has seen the same trend.

France blamed any increases in maladies, including traffic accidents and fatalities, on the yellow vest movement, which is disgusting.

While most nations traffic deaths have decreased over the scandemic period, the true reason is to get things shut down. And keep them shut down. Over a billion people will starve to death, but that does not factor into the calculations of devils. Devils at places like green-is-the-new-red rags like the Guardian: Equivalent of Covid emissions drop needed every two years – study, demand the globe stop production to decrease CO2 emissions. They are truly advocating for billions to die by starvation.

“3.7 By 2030, ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services, including for family planning, information and education, and the integration of reproductive health into national strategies and programmes[.]”

The UN wants to murder babies. Period.  42,655,372 abortions resulted in a murdered baby in 2020. That number isn’t high enough for the UN, so they wrote this disgusting goal to murder even more of those not yet born. God is watching, and Moloch is pleased, and never before has God declined to punish the offenders of this decree, and He will not decline on this occasion either.

“3.8 Achieve universal health coverage, including financial risk protection, access to quality essential health-care services and access to safe, effective, quality and affordable essential medicines and vaccines for all[.]”

The percentage of the population which had health insurance between 2015 and 2019, according to the latest data from WHO, for several countries include Angola at 69%, Kiribati with 81%, Israel with 65%, United Kingdom with 65%, China at 68%, Australia with 77%, and the United States at 77%. The United Nations goal is to get all nations over 90%. Indonesia must have pleased the UN with 91% of their people carrying health coverage.

The latest data from the WHO shows that Angola has about 35% of its citizens who spend 10% or more of their household income on healthcare. On the other side of the spectrum is Kiribati with no one in their population spending more than 10% on healthcare (they boast a total population of 119,400). Israel has over 10% of its population paying 10% or more on healthcare, the UK stands at slightly over 2%, China has about 24%, Australia comes in at slightly more than 4%, the United States has slightly over 4% as well, and Indonesia weighs in with 4.5%.

The percentages of the insured are likely lower now, being as though thousands of businesses were shuttered during the scandemic and many of those businesses were the providers of group health insurance for their employees. Likewise, with the loss of employment and reductions in global GDP, more people are likely to have ended up paying more than 10% of their income on healthcare. The answer is not make every working individual pay for everyone’s healthcare, the answer is to get rid of these stupid lock-downs and criminal mandates and let people get back to work.

Universal healthcare exists in some form in all but 43 countries. Basically, universal healthcare, which is different from ‘free’ healthcare, means that 90% or more of the population is covered by health insurance. In order to achieve this, the government needs to mandate levels of health insurance which invites the government and all the meddling bureaucratic idiots which comprise it to dictate healthcare.

Make no mistake about it, universal healthcare is fascist. Under universal healthcare, insurance companies will be guaranteed a stream of revenue with the force of the state behind the collection effort. The prices for services will rise, and the prices for the insurance will rise as well. Eventually it will become untenable and services will be cut back or begin to be of inferior quality.

It is no surprise to me that some of the most brutal COVID mitigation tactics occurred, and in some instances is still occurring, in nations which have universal healthcare systems. Those countries include Australia, Austria, Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Italy, New Zealand, Portugal, Spain, and the United Kingdom. That is most of the Western world.

“3.9 By 2030, substantially reduce the number of deaths and illnesses from hazardous chemicals and air, water and soil pollution and contamination[.]”

The WHO has guidelines on what clean air is and what pollutants are common killers. They, and others, are in the business of regulating airborne particulate 2.5 microns or less, 10 microns or less, ozone (O3), nitrogen dioxide (NO2 ), sulfur dioxide (SO2), and carbon monoxide (CO). Also included is methane, black carbon, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, radon, lead, volatile organic compounds, and moisture build-up, mould, and bacterial growth. That covers pretty much everything on earth.

They estimate that 8 million die each year from poor indoor and outdoor air quality.

The level of the surveillance that would need to be undertaken to mitigate these dangers would turn a typical human lifetime into one featuring totalitarian enslavement from birth until death. Couching such a disturbing system of control in the terms of saving a life is even more disturbing.

“3.a Strengthen the implementation of the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control in all countries, as appropriate[.]”

Look at that! The WHO is meddling in areas of lives it doesn’t belong in. Is smoking tobacco good? No. But since the WHO has less than no respect for any individual freedom, even in the privacy of their own homes, they see meddling as their goal. So what is the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control about?

In their 8th Convention of Parties (COP), they state that their main goal is to reduce tobacco use in 15 year-olds-and-up by 30% by 2025 compared to 2018. They have a call for action in the document on page 4, which, in summary, says that tobacco use kills 7 million annually, increases non-communicable disease rates, poses “serious challenges to sustainable development and undermines social, economic and environmental development,” and is a human rights violation.

Part of their solution is to make as big of a share of tobacco crops as possible illegal. Legal tobacco apparently only includes the tobacco which can be taxed in order to fund more interdiction, education, and control mechanisms.

These goals usually sound really good until it is brought to light the way to get there. It always involves taking individual freedom away normal people and giving a collective freedom to some global cabal working to deprive mankind of any freedom.

“3.b Support the research and development of vaccines and medicines for the communicable and non-communicable diseases that primarily affect developing countries, provide access to affordable essential medicines and vaccines, in accordance with the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and Public Health, which affirms the right of developing countries to use to the full the provisions in the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights regarding flexibilities to protect public health, and, in particular, provide access to medicines for all[.]”

Again, the WHO doesn’t care about anyone’s health. They are using healthcare to dictate what all humans except themselves and their cabal-mates will and will not put into their body. It is called medical tyranny and these monsters know no bounds. When this tyranny is globally accepted and forces any dissenting party into prison, or into undergoing the dictate, who is going to ‘save’ the dissenting parties? There will be no outside party to put a stop to it.

It seems to me that there are already a lot of medications which have proven effective as either a prophylaxis or treatment for a large number of the ailments affecting developing countries already, meaning there is no need to develop vaccines. According to the Borgen Project, in 2019 according to the latest data available at the time, the leading causes of death in developing countries from disease were coronary heart disease (NC* - 7.4 million), lower respiratory infections (C* - 1.5 million), HIV/AIDS (??* - 1 million), perinatal conditions (NC – 2.8), stroke and other cerebrovascular diseases (NC – 5 million), diarrheal diseases (C – 525,000 children under 5), malaria (C – 1 million), tuberculosis (C – 1.7 million), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (NC – 3.8 million), traffic accidents (N/A* - 1.25 million). There are also the so-called neglected diseases which pharmaceutical companies do not develop medications or vaccines for because the companies claim there is no profit in it. Those diseases include four main categories; protozoa – Chagas disease, leishmaniasis, and human African trypanosomiasis; viruses – rabies, dengue, and chikungunya; bacteria – buruli ulcer, leprosy, trachoma, yaws; and helminth – cysticercosis, Guinea worm, echinococcosis, food borne trematodiasis, lymphatic filariasis, soil-transmitted helmithiases, schistosomiasis, and river blindness.

* NC – non-communicable; C – communicable; ?? – no evidence; N/A – not a disease.

For the non-communicable diseases and traffic fatalities (which still are not a disease and never will be) healthier eating habits, avoiding tobacco, alcohol, drug use, and exercising is thought to lead to lower incidents. Clean water and clean air are also important.

Lower respiratory infections have several routes of treatment from ibuprofen to broncodilator inhalers to antibiotics, if appropriate. More severe cases call for more invasive treatments to get air into the lungs – intravenous fluids, humidified oxygen, and ventilators. Flu vaccines and pneumococcal vaccines are available already. The flu shot has never prevented influenza and I have my doubts about the monster’s pneumonia vaccine. I have a gigantic problem with their newest abortion called the mRNA COVID-19 vaccinations.

Diarrhea could largely be solved with clean drinking water, proper hygiene, and proper diet.

Malaria was found to be treatable a very long time ago with quinine in 1820, followed by the 1932 creation of cloroquine. Malarial-causing parasites have become resistant to both of these treatments. Hydroxychloroquine, the off-label drug which is banned due to safety concerns to treat COVID-19 is still available for treating malaria, as well as lupus – a disease that is life-long. There are quite a few other treatment and prophylaxis medications and drugs which are used to treat and prevent malaria and most of them are very affordable. A completed malaria vaccine was endorsed by the WHO on December 2, 2021 and is currently being rolled out to children under 5 in nations where the disease is endemic. Taking all four rounds of the vaccine provides for no more than a 30% efficacy rate at preventing malarial infections. Called RTS,S/AS01, it works as a traditional vaccine in that it helps the immune system to more quickly respond to the real thing. The murderers at BioNTech are developing mRNA-based malarial and tuberculosis ‘vaccines’ which in truth are gene therapies (I apologize for being mean to gene therapies which are generally helpful if done correctly).

Tuberculosis is a huge problem for the entire globe, not just in developing nations. There are strains of tuberculosis which are multi-drug resistant. There is a latent and an active form of tuberculosis (TB). Treatment of latent TB is usually handled with a 6 – 9 month course of antibiotic isoniazid. Active TB is usually treated with a 6 – 12 month four-drug regimen; isoniazid, rifampin, pyrazinamide and ethambutol. If the TB is drug-resistant it can take between 20 – 30 months with multiple drug changes. IN the US, 30 tablets (a month’s supply) of isoniazid is $11.96 at Walmart. Also at Walmart, Rifampin costs, on average, $68.67 for 60 pills. It’s $233.73 for 90 tablets of pyrazinamide at Walmart. And Walmart charges, on average, $65.05 for 60 tablets of ethambutol. For a year course of these drugs, the cost would be, on average, $1,750.46 if the pharmacy chosen is Walmart, which is having a heck of a time getting them in the first place due to supply chain breakdowns. God forbid the TB treatment last for over 2 ½ years with even more expensive drugs. There has been a traditional tuberculosis vaccine, BCG, for over 100 years which was first administered in Paris in 1921. It is reported to have a 50% efficacy rate.

As for the neglected diseases, many of them can be significantly reduced by proper sanitation. Few people have them and even fewer succumb to their ailments. These diseases; however, can cause long-term incapacitation and disability which affects the economic viability of those who suffer from these maladies.

Malaria is an example of a protozoa. Protozoa are single-celled organisms which can act as parasites or completely independently. They can live in the air, soil, and water.

Viral infections in developing countries include rabies, which there is treatment for.

Dengue fever, which there is a vaccine for, called Dengvaxia was approved by the monsters at the FDA on May 1, 2019. To display with clarity how little these murdering scumbags care about those they see as their slaves, the CDC wrote of Dengvaxia on December 17, 2021:

“Dengvaxia is a live-attenuated, chimeric tetravalent dengue vaccine built on a yellow fever 17D backbone. WHO recommends Dengvaxia for persons aged 9–45 years with confirmed previous DENV infection.... Dengvaxia is licensed in 20 countries. The recommendation is only for persons with confirmed previous DENV infection because the vaccine manufacturer, Sanofi Pasteur, announced that persons not previously infected with DENV who receive Dengvaxia might be at risk for developing severe dengue if they are infected with DENV after being vaccinated.... In May 2019, Dengvaxia was approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for use in children and adolescents aged 9–16 years (referred to in this report as children) living in an area where dengue is endemic and having had laboratory-confirmed previous DENV infection. Multiple dengue vaccine candidates are in clinical development. Two live-attenuated, tetravalent vaccine candidates are under evaluation in phase 3 trials.…”

Injecting children with anything chimeric is disgusting and an example of the continued eugenic transhumanist efforts to mutilate human DNA, directed at God, Who made us perfectly. End of story. These entities are doing their level best to pervert and corrupt the hman genome, and this is but one more attempt.

VLA1553 was quietly given breakthrough designation in the United States by the monsters at the FDA to vaccinate against chikungunya. It is morbidly interesting that king-pin monster Anthony Fauci and his NIAID had pretty things to say about this version of death-jab. I’m positive Fauci is looking at dollar signs and mass death – it’s all he’s ever done – the murdering robber. So far in March 2022, there have been ZERO cases of this disease reported in the US. In all of the Americas, ZERO deaths have been reported out of 6,722 reported infections, of which 6,586 were in Brazil (which conformed less than 16% of the cases). All 6,722 of these cases were in South America.

Bacterial infections are treated by antibiotics. Buruli ulcer has a treatment. Leprosy has a treatment. Trachoma has treatment and surgery options. Yaws also has treatments.

Helminth’s are a parasitic worm like a tapeworm or leech. The parasites listed above occur by ingesting bad stuff. Cysticercosis, the stupid science name for tapeworms, is caused by eating crap, literally. Guinea worms live in pond water and are treatable by being pulled out of the infected human. Ingesting dog poop can result in echinococcosis which develops as cysts in the human body which can be removed in several ways, the most common of which is surgery. Food borne trematodiasis occurs when certain infected fish or wild boars are eaten and the treatments are available but, because they involve chemotherapy, hazardous to human health in and of themselves. Lymphatic filariasis is caused by mosquito bites and is treated by Diethylcarbamazine, Ivermectin, or doxycycline. Soil-transmitted helmithiases include several parasites with common characteristics which are spread by the ingestion of human crap and are treated by a multitude of low-cost drugs, including ivermectin. Schistosomiasis can infect humans when they go into waters with snails and can be treated though a drug and would be controlled with better hygiene and clean water sources. Onchocerciasis, or river blindness, is caused by repeated bites by black flies, can cause permanent blindness as well as other issues, and which the WHO recommends to treat with ivermectin at least once a year for up to 15 years.

“3.c Substantially increase health financing and the recruitment, development, training and retention of the health workforce in developing countries, especially in least developed countries and small island developing States[.]”

This whole goal is to establish a global medical tyranny over the entire world – even the most remote portions of it. The UN has always planned on being the global governance body with a one world ruler. All it does is provide further proof of that conspiracy because the UN system will need to be adopted, adhered to, and enforced against anyone disagreeing with those edicts. This is only more proof of that intention. Their health workers will be their spies and informants.

“3.d Strengthen the capacity of all countries, in particular developing countries, for early warning, risk reduction and management of national and global health risks[.]”

This entails surveillance. Global surveillance. And the United Nations continuously updates and expands the ‘health’ risks to be monitored. The COVID-19 nonsense was but a test run of their capacity to surveil every human on earth, collect the DNA of the unaware participating in the scam, and the UN will eventually move the goal posts and further encroach upon every individual on earth. Watch – if you mange to live through the next 5 years, it will be a reality.

Summary

This entire UN goal revolves around creating an open-air panopticonic prison. The United Nations and the World Health Organization have no qualms about permanently decimating individual rights in lieu of promoting dubious and fraudulent collective public health goals. They are telling all of us that their goal is to perform surveillance on each individual in the world more intensively and to use the collected data to target anyone behaving outside of their ‘established’ boundaries. The UN, in conjunction with their pets at the WHO, plans on establishing and cementing a global dictatorship along any lines possible. The most convenient, at this time, is the COVID-19 crappoluzza. The UN completed their initiation plan with COVID-19 and the lock-downs, mandates, and various levels of citizens being told by their UN/WHO/WEF-backed governments demanding compliance or else. These same demonic entities are continuing in their endeavors with the continued national governmental adherence, with the assistance of propagandistic ‘news’ organizations like CNN, MSNBC, and BBC demanding compliance to their national narrative. Well, and get this through the heads of as many people as you can – whether the person is ‘whole’ or ‘woke’ – that they are being domesticated just like cattle, to be culled by a thoughtful and ‘benevolent’ master class that the ‘master’ class may survive through the common slave’s (or do you still consider yourself a citizen) sacrifice. Subservience to this ‘expert’ master class will be victims of murder in reality…. Stop people from being murdered by informing them of the Truth. Only He will save any of us.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal1 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 2 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity

3//2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 2nd SDG:

End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture

Ending hunger, achieving food security, and improving nutrition for every one on earth is a laudable ambition. And that is where the idea stops being laudable. Since 2015 there are more hungry people in more places, food is less secure, and nutrition is completely absent for millions of people. ‘Sustainable agriculture’ is a huge reason for this.

The UN’s targets and indicators to end hunger, achieve food security, improve nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture are:

“2.1 By 2030, end hunger and ensure access by all people, in particular the poor and people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient food all year round

“2.2 By 2030, end all forms of malnutrition, including achieving, by 2025, the internationally agreed targets on stunting and wasting in children under 5 years of age, and address the nutritional needs of adolescent girls, pregnant and lactating women and older persons

“2.3 By 2030, double the agricultural productivity and incomes of small-scale food producers, in particular women, indigenous peoples, family farmers, pastoralists and fishers, including through secure and equal access to land, other productive resources and inputs, knowledge, financial services, markets and opportunities for value addition and non-farm employment

“2.4 By 2030, ensure sustainable food production systems and implement resilient agricultural practices that increase productivity and production, that help maintain ecosystems, that strengthen capacity for adaptation to climate change, extreme weather, drought, flooding and other disasters and that progressively improve land and soil quality

“2.5 By 2020, maintain the genetic diversity of seeds, cultivated plants and farmed and domesticated animals and their related wild species, including through soundly managed and diversified seed and plant banks at the national, regional and international levels, and promote access to and fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge, as internationally agreed

“2.a Increase investment, including through enhanced international cooperation, in rural infrastructure, agricultural research and extension services, technology development and plant and livestock gene banks in order to enhance agricultural productive capacity in developing countries, in particular least developed countries

“2.b Correct and prevent trade restrictions and distortions in world agricultural markets, including through the parallel elimination of all forms of agricultural export subsidies and all export measures with equivalent effect, in accordance with the mandate of the Doha Development Round

“2.c Adopt measures to ensure the proper functioning of food commodity markets and their derivatives and facilitate timely access to market information, including on food reserves, in order to help limit extreme food price volatility”

I’m going to break these down one-by-one.

“2.1 By 2030, end hunger and ensure access by all people, in particular the poor and people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient food all year round[.]”

In 2019, $4.82 billion dollars were given to feed people who cannot feed themselves in a program administered by The United Nations Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) with the assistance of 24 countries called the Development Assistance Committee (DAC). In 2015 that figure stood at $3.28 billion. To try to give perspective on this, in 2015 a pound of rice cost $0.669 and in 2019 a pound of rice went for $0.801. That equates to 4.9 billion pounds of rice in 2015 and 6 billion pounds in 2019. That would be over half a pound of rice for every human on earth.

Of course, this doesn’t cover all 8 billion people on earth, only those who are in places without food. That is, DAC aid addresses about 690 million people or a little over 7.1 pounds of rice a year. Obviously that won’t feed a person for a year. It certainly wouldn’t be nutritious.

As for the percentage of those who are food insecure, meaning those people who are not sure where their next meal will come from, from 2015 to 2019 it grew from 22.766% to 26.576%. In 2020, the first year of the demonic mandates, that figure shot up to 30.382%. Likewise, the number of undernourished people in the world began ticking up between 2017 – 2019 and grew from 8.4% to 9.9% between 2019 and 2020. The money is going somewhere, but it is not ending up buying food to feed people who are starving to death.

Alleviating hunger seems to imply that starvation deaths will dramatically decrease around the globe as well. It’s estimated that about 9 million people, including millions of children, die from starvation each year. That has remained pretty constant throughout the duration of the SDGs being in place. In 2020, that number was projected to double (which is a conservative projection).

If people die of any cause, including starvation, they are no longer hungry. They are dead. The United Nations is designed to initiate a one-world government, and the entities that fund it have no use for any of us, especially those already half-starved to death. So their solution seems to be let them starve to death while making the rest of the world hungrier and hungrier. The UN will use COVID-19 to demand more money for aid to those who are destitute; however, if this first goal is any indicator, no amount of money will be able to put food in hungry bellies as someone is stealing the resources needed to procure it.

“2.2 By 2030, end all forms of malnutrition, including achieving, by 2025, the internationally agreed targets on stunting and wasting in children under 5 years of age, and address the nutritional needs of adolescent girls, pregnant and lactating women and older persons[.]”

Five million children under 5 years-old died in 2020. That is a tragically high number. Between 2015 and 2019 an average of about 73 million abortions a year occurred worldwide. That is an absolute abomination. Taken together, there are FAR too many children dying in this world. The only sliver of good news is that the rate of under 5 years-old children dying has shrunk by nearly one million between 2015 and 2019.

The SDG’s did not produce the decrease. It is clear from the above that the SDGs did nothing to stem hunger. Being as though “almost half” of of the deaths in children under 5 years-old are accredited to malnutrition, the UN cannot claim a victory here. “Diseases, including diarrhea, meningitis, pneumonia, malaria, and tetanus” were the culprit of under 5 years-of-age deaths in 2015. Immediate breast feeding, access to nutrition and micronutrients, parental recognition of problems, and clean water to drink are imperative to decrease child mortality. Hydroxycloroquine, in combination with adequate zinc intake is administered very cheaply and widely to prevent malaria. Ivermectin has been shown to help prevent certain pneumonias. The death rate of children under 5 can be further reduced. The United Nations and it’s friends refuse the very validity of any of this because they want us and our children mutilated, sterilized, and/or dead.

“2.3 By 2030, double the agricultural productivity and incomes of small-scale food producers, in particular women, indigenous peoples, family farmers, pastoralists and fishers, including through secure and equal access to land, other productive resources and inputs, knowledge, financial services, markets and opportunities for value addition and non-farm employment[.]”

According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), agricultural productivity on small-scale farms is significantly lass than on large-scale farms. Small-scale farmers also earn less than their large-scale competitors, and women-owned small-scale farms still earn less than male-owned small-scale farms according to the FAO.

This goal is not being met. And the United Nation’s even attempting to meet this goal only dictates one outcome – food prices must rise. The inputs required to produce twice as much food will dictate a rise in food prices to cover the costs of the inputs. The incomes of these farmers will rise, yet so will their costs, so unless small-scale farmers begin to charge double their prices, they will not double their incomes from farming. Having all farmers growing the same crop deciding to fix the price is one way to achieve this. Another way would be to intentionally produce less of the product which will drive prices higher. Either way – food prices rise, and more people will slowly slip into poverty.

Mao Zedong attempted to give access to land to his favorite ‘farmers’. The result was tens of millions starved to death. Nothing will change under the United Nations’ version of Mao’s Great Leap Forward except the number of those who starve to death. The final phrase of target 2.3 is very telling – stop farming and do something else. That was key in Mao’s Great Leap Forward. Millions of people were displaced from their farms and forced to work in labor intensive industrial capacities, while farmers had backgrounds in such fields as economics, political science, and affiliation with the Communist Party.

I am in no way suggesting that small-scale farmers shouldn’t expand. What I am suggesting is they do this based on their own ability to do so, not because the UN or their government is handing out ‘free’ money.

“2.4 By 2030, ensure sustainable food production systems and implement resilient agricultural practices that increase productivity and production, that help maintain ecosystems, that strengthen capacity for adaptation to climate change, extreme weather, drought, flooding and other disasters and that progressively improve land and soil quality[.]”

UNEP defines sustainable farming as “farming that meets the needs of existing and future generations, while also ensuring profitability, environmental health and social and economic equity. It favours techniques that emulate nature–to preserve soil fertility, prevent water pollution and protect biodiversity.” They continue on to explain that sustainable farming uses 56% less energy, creates 64% less greenhouse gases, and promote biological diversity. And then comes the truth of sustainable farming. “It may be more costly because it is more labour-intensive. It is often certified in a way that requires it to be separated from conventional foods during processing and transport. The costs associated with marketing and distribution of relatively small volumes of product are often comparatively high. And, sometimes, the supply of certain sustainably produced foods is limited.” The UNEP is telling all of us that higher-priced food and limited supplies are just fine with them.

If this target is achieved, people around the world will be hungry in numbers so great there will be massive food riots. Cannibalism will be even more rampant than it already is. Grocery stores and food markets will be robbed at gun point.

The UN isn’t the only organization supporting this outcome. Theresa Ghilarducci writing in Bloomberg News put it much more poignantly and repulsively. Give up meat and eat beans and lentils instead, let your pets die, and ride the bus. Oregon is currently trying to criminalize the slaughter of animals by classifying it as aggravated abuse and artificial insemination as sexual abuse on ballot initiative IP13. A radical nut-job, David Michelson, is behind this, and he really doesn’t care about whether we eat or not, nor whether Oregon ranchers can continue to operate.

In 2015, when the SDGs were implemented, the World Economic Forum (WEF) published and article titled Food: How Much Does the World Need by Tristan Stuart. “But dramatically increasing total global food production isn’t the answer. To sustainably feed a planet of 9 billion, we must waste less food and curb per capita consumption of meat and dairy in those countries that already consume too much.” Specifically, we shouldn’t eat meat anymore, in Tristan’s opinion, supported by the WEF. And the WEF doubled down on this by proclaiming the new diet under the Global Reset will feature insects. “‘Insect farming is set to play a growing role in our lives — especially in our diets,’ the WEF states.” The WEF continues, “‘They are rich in protein, healthy fats, and vitamins, and can be farmed at scale with minimal footprint.’”

And that is exactly what the world will get under SDG target 2.4.

“2.5 By 2020, maintain the genetic diversity of seeds, cultivated plants and farmed and domesticated animals and their related wild species, including through soundly managed and diversified seed and plant banks at the national, regional and international levels, and promote access to and fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge, as internationally agreed[.]”

In Svalbard, an island about midway between Norway and the North Pole, there is a seed bank. It holds 1,081,026 types of seeds. In the rest of the world there are over 1,700 seed banks. The Netherlands’ Certre for Genetic Resources houses sperm, embryos, oocytes, and DNA from multiple varieties of cattle, pig, horse, goat, sheep, dog, duck, goose, rabbit, and poultry. There were thousands of locations of genebanks which existed in even in 2000. What these places have and are accumulating is DNA.

Being as though the UN is entirely devoid of anything resembling Biblical truth, choosing to believe in Humanism, humans are merely an evolution of monkeys. The DNA collected is ours too. The NIH, for example, operates GenBank, which is a collection of annotated publicly available human DNA. GenBank is merely the US part of an international consortium called the International Nucleotide Sequence Database Collaboration which includes the DNA DataBank of Japan and the European Nucleotide Archive.

Did you take a COVID-a9 test? These people have your DNA. 23 And Me? These people have your DNA. It’s stored in a DNA bank. It is internationally shared. This type of stuff is a major part of current events. The illegal biological laboratories in Ukraine were working on race-specific and ethnic-specific weapons to target Russians. Collecting, storing, and researching on DNA can be used to create biological weapons tailored to individuals. Strokes and heart attacks are not generally viewed as homicides, but they should be. If a world leader is executed by a bullet, it’s obvious homicide, if they fall ill and have a stroke, it’s not so obvious.

More ominous than even the threat of execution by a biological weapon is the threat of replacement by a clone. These types of DNA-banks open up the potential to clone any living thing on earth. What will happen when the world-controllers decide to start cloning our leaders? All these monsters would need to do is clone about two dozen children at birth the who the monsters think will rise to prominence, psychologically program the clone from birth, kill the real person, insert the clone, and all of a sudden every single leader anywhere – business, industry, world councils, world leaders, are all of the same mind. All it would take is about 20 years of this. Dolly the sheep was cloned publicly in the middle of 1996…. I’m just saying the potential exists. It wouldn’t take all world leaders, only about 100.

The UN is proposing this as a goal in and of itself. They devoted a whole chapter to this issue in Agenda 21. Destiny Lab wrote a song called Robophobia and sums up the UN’s desires well, “We're seeing an exponential growth in all machines and innovations. As technology surpasses and exceeds our limitations. Implications could be serious….”

“2.a Increase investment, including through enhanced international cooperation, in rural infrastructure, agricultural research and extension services, technology development and plant and livestock gene banks in order to enhance agricultural productive capacity in developing countries, in particular least developed countries[.]”

More people are going hungry. The hungry are hungrier. The hungriest are dying of starvation. It seems like the UN is literally in a race for the hungriest to die so they can be replaced with the hungrier. Those trends are being exacerbated by the scams certain globalists are shoving down our throats. The UN is standing aside, pointing fingers at the numbers, not the culprits, allowing this evil to persist, in effect abetting the evil. All they want to do is spend money that isn’t theirs while giving any money they do get to enhance efforts to erase any middle class and to cull the poorest by not giving them what they need, food and clean water. And they want to include ALL of the nations of the world in this effort.

“2.b Correct and prevent trade restrictions and distortions in world agricultural markets, including through the parallel elimination of all forms of agricultural export subsidies and all export measures with equivalent effect, in accordance with the mandate of the Doha Development Round[.]”

The UN wants free trade for food. They want free trade and all of its implications in every area, however, they limited this suggestion to only food in this target. It is a psychological tactic. It’s a camel sticking it’s nose under the tent.

The Doha Development Round is seriously one of the most hypocritical things I have ever read which serves to show the bias of the UN. Doha trashes on any nation which give subsidies to farmers. At the same time the UN is talking out of the other side of it’s mouth demanding social protections to the poor, which includes farmers in other nations. Would this not be a farmer’s subsidy? The UN is asking for all the money in the world to give to farmers around the world to convert to sustainable methods (as they define). Any nation which is well-to-do which has their agricultural output under control is a target the UN wants to destroy. And that destruction will result in the same systems that were destroyed in other nations which are less well-to-do.

“2.c Adopt measures to ensure the proper functioning of food commodity markets and their derivatives and facilitate timely access to market information, including on food reserves, in order to help limit extreme food price volatility”

Target 2.b explicitly states that food prices will rise, especially in nations which incorporate subsidies for their farmers by removing those subsidies. This target, 2.c, explicitly states that when those food prices go up, the UN is ready and willing to ban derivative markets, set quotas for food reserves, and engage in price fixing. The effects will be treacherous for the first world and murderous for the Lest Developed Countries. Each of these three is a Communist tactic to break a nation. When people are hungry and starving they are far easier to lead around by the nose. The United Nations knows this.

Summary

The UN goal of ending hunger, achieving food security and improved nutrition and promoting sustainable agriculture is failing in all areas except one, sustainable agriculture

The agenda is to murder as many people as possible through ‘natural’ causes as possible, term those deaths as due to hunger, climate change, or disease, and, by 2030 to align these goals with reality. Sustainable Development Goal #2 is no exception. They have thrown billions of dollars at the problem of hunger and it has worsened. The UN has responded by demanding more money and more resources go to people which are not familiar with those specific resources or are unwilling to change their agricultural practices. The entire idea of sustainable farming practices does not deal with feeding the 9 billion people expected to be on earth in 2050, it deals with a concept called Gaia which sustains earth, and only earth.

Gaia is a New Age garbage religion which disregards the life living upon it being as though the earth, itself, is alive and conscious and needs no life upon it to continue on. An ancient belief, however, the Humanists are readily accepting of this delusion. “Quite simply, Gaia is life. She is all, the very soul of the earth. She is a goddess who, by all accounts, inhabits the planet, offering life and nourishment to all her children. In the ancient civilizations, she was revered as mother, nurturer and giver of life. It’s she who created and sustained us, and to whom we returned upon death.”

The Complete Jewish Bible, Genesis 1:1-2 - “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.  The earth was unformed and void, darkness was on the face of the deep, and the Spirit of God hovered over the surface of the water.” There is no Gaia. There is no Humanist. There is only God.

Further, in Genesis 1:24-31, “God said, ‘Let the earth bring forth each kind of living creature -each kind of livestock, crawling animal and wild beast’; and that is how it was. God made each kind of wild beast, each kind of livestock and every kind of animal that crawls along the ground; and God saw that it was good. Then God said, ‘Let us make humankind in our image, in the likeness of ourselves; and let them rule over the fish in the sea, the birds in the air, the animals, and over all the earth, and over every crawling creature that crawls on the earth.’ So God created humankind in his own image; in the image of God he created him: male and female he created them. God blessed them: God said to them, ‘Be fruitful, multiply, fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish in the sea, the birds in the air and every living creature that crawls on the earth.’ Then God said, ‘Here! Throughout the whole earth I am giving you as food every seed-bearing plant and every tree with seed-bearing fruit. And to every wild animal, bird in the air and creature crawling on the earth, in which there is a living soul, I am giving as food every kind of green plant.’ And that is how it was. God saw everything that he had made, and indeed it was very good. So there was evening, and there was morning, a sixth day.

The Humanists and Gaia cults miss or outright reject these points in the Bible. They also reject the very simple to understand commands of God in Leviticus. God command humans to not eat sea creatures which have no fins and scales (Leviticus 11:9), the meat of eagles, vultures, osprey, kites, any buzzard, any raven, ostrich, screech-owl, seagulls, any type of hawk, little owl, cormorant, horned owl, pelican, great owl, storks, any heron, hoopoe, or bat (Leviticus 11:13-19). God establishes edible insects as locusts, grasshoppers, katydids, and crickets (Leviticus 11:22). God establishes edible animals as any that chew cud and have a divided hoof (11:3).

All of these are God-given food sources, in addition to plants. That includes, cows, chickens, and a wide variety of fish and birds. But those food sources are exactly what the UN, WEF, Gaia cultists, and animal rights activists are waging war on. With the billions of dollars the UN has received for food aid and the number of still hungry people on earth the UN claims to be taking care of, something is really wrong somewhere along this pipeline. It is not addressed anywhere because the point is to starve to death as many as they can by 2030 and even after 2030 if necessary, which does not look likely.

The people at the United Nations have a Communistic outlook which will result in a Fascistic compromise with the nations of the world in which the UN will operate a totalitarian technocratic dictatorship over the lot of us. If you take no action, I will see you in the Gulag this system is creating, implementing, and expanding unless I get called home prior to our potential date of meeting.

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/22/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal1 unless otherwise documented.

How are the UN Sustainability Goals Going? Goal 1 of 17.

Tim O’Connor – Center for the Preservation of Humanity 3/20/2022

The seventeen United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are the goals of the Great Reset. The SDGs were adopted in 2015 by United Nations’ Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The cover for the SDGs were that they would provide relief for disabled peoples by 2030 according to Agenda 2030. To fully understand Agenda 2030, a review of Agenda 21 should be undertaken, which I will not do here. In this article I will focus on the 1st SDG:

End poverty in all its forms everywhere.

Sounds pretty noble. How are they doing? By their own estimates, not very well. They predict that by 2030, 600 million people will still be living in extreme poverty without policy interventions. The reason the UN cites for this is COVID-19 which, by their calculations, put between 119-124 million into poverty. The extreme poverty rate went from 8.4% to 9.5 % because of the pandemic. In 2019 the extreme poverty rate was 6.6%. The UN suggests that welfare programs be expanded or altogether created in order to mitigate the poverty rate. They seem to actually celebrate the 1,600 COVID-19 relief payment programs instituted by 209 countries.

The UN’s sub-goals to achieve the eradication of poverty are as follows:

“1.1 By 2030, eradicate extreme poverty for all people everywhere, currently measured as people living on less than $1.25 a day

“1.2 By 2030, reduce at least by half the proportion of men, women and children of all ages living in poverty in all its dimensions according to national definitions

“1.3 Implement nationally appropriate social protection systems and measures for all, including floors, and by 2030 achieve substantial coverage of the poor and the vulnerable

“1.4 By 2030, ensure that all men and women, in particular the poor and the vulnerable, have equal rights to economic resources, as well as access to basic services, ownership and control over land and other forms of property, inheritance, natural resources, appropriate new technology and financial services, including microfinance

“1.5 By 2030, build the resilience of the poor and those in vulnerable situations and reduce their exposure and vulnerability to climate-related extreme events and other economic, social and environmental shocks and disasters

“1.a Ensure significant mobilization of resources from a variety of sources, including through enhanced development cooperation, in order to provide adequate and predictable means for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, to implement programmes and policies to end poverty in all its dimensions

“1.b Create sound policy frameworks at the national, regional and international levels, based on pro-poor and gender-sensitive development strategies, to support accelerated investment in poverty eradication actions”

I’m going to break these down one-by-one.

“1.1 By 2030, eradicate extreme poverty for all people everywhere, currently measured as people living on less than $1.25 a day[.]”

Well, that sounds terrific! How is the United Nations going to get that done? The only vehicle the UN knows to raise people out of poverty is wealth redistribution. In 2018, The United Nations produced a document called Implementation of the Third United Nations Decade for the Eradication of Poverty (2018- 2027). Page 5 of this document concisely sums up the United Nations’ poverty reduction tactics:

“Underscoring that, for all countries, public policies and the mobilization and effective use of domestic resources, underscored by the principle of national ownership, are central to the common pursuit of sustainable development, including achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, and recognizing that domestic resources are first and foremost generated by economic growth, supported by an enabling environment at all levels,” (emphasis mine).

The United Nations is telling us wealth redistribution is what matters most until every single person has the same outcome. Those outcomes will be dictated by the UN or the affiliated country adhering to the UN’s SDGs. That’s Communism pure and simple and it never results in equal outcomes, only suffering and death.

Domestic resources are the people and their talents, the animals, the land, and the resources available in the land (oil, coal, diamonds, lithium, gold, diamonds, etc…). The United Nations has this point completely backwards. The people of these countries need to make something people want from the resources they have and sell those excess goods to foreigners.

By far, the majority of people living in extreme poverty live in sub-Saharan Africa. Their natural resources include copper, oil, gold, diamonds, coal, salt, sulfur, titanium, gypsum, and phosphates. So, if the natural-resource-rich people living in sub-Saharan Africa are so poor why?

It’s because the sub-Saharan nations have governments that HAVE nationalized ownership of their resources. They let foreign nations and their global corporations rape their resources to enrich themselves. These ‘governments’ do this because it makes their tribe more powerful. And by tribe I mean tribe as in tribalism. If you are reading this and are in the West, imagine that the fans of your favorite team are all a tribe and your team wins the championship. In the countries I am writing of that means the ‘government’ will do whatever it takes to promote their team and their brand and their tribe’s culture – including silencing other tribes, marginalizing other tribes, and slaughtering the tribes posing a threat to their tribes dominance. That’s what sports ARE. People ARE tribal but modern Western society has broken that link to tribalism – it only exists in sports teams. In many African nations it is real and in their faces – the barrel of the opposing tribe’s rifle are literally in their faces.

Burundi is a small, landlocked central African nation with a population of over 12 million. Most of the nation is Christian and works in agriculture. Despite producing a lot of food, 40% of the nation is still hungry. It is listed as the poorest nation on earth. The reason is warfare between factions, also called tribes. Burundi sits at an average altitude of 5,600 feet above sea level. They have large reserves of fresh water, peat, nickel, and gold. Being as though Burundi is basically in a permanent civil war, however; they have no ability to develop those resources properly, and have invited outside corporations into their nation to develop the resources. They are being raped. And their people will remain among the poorest in the world for it.

Like Burundi, the Central African Republic (CAR) is torn by warring factions within the nation. CAR is blessed by rich diamond, gold, oil and uranium deposits. The 5 million people there are generally subsistence farmers who export cotton, coffee, and tobacco when they are able, while the government takes most of the profits from trading timber and diamonds.

The Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) is another landlocked African nation that has a GDP per capita of $849.13. Their industry is mining. Over 94 million people have been starved of necessary goods, including food, despite rich deposits of diamonds, gold, cobalt, copper, tin ore, and coltan. Timber, coffee, and oil are also available for enriching the poorest of the poor in the DRC. The United Nations seems to want to ignore their history in this nation by blaming only the companies and rebel groups involved in the illegal exportation of certain resources extracted from the DRC. The United Nations in conjunction with the United States, set this scenario up with their actions in Katanga, where they crushed a democracy-aligned state wishing to be autonomous shortly after the declaration of Congo’s independence. The incident is known as the Katnaga cessation.

It seems to me that all of these countries have violent internal strife and are allowing foreigners to exploit their resources for the government’s gain. Of course the people are poor. Of course they are starving. The warlords shoot at them, the government steals from them, and the foreigners rape their land. A lot of these countries suffer from the same fate.

So is the UN stopping the civil strife? No. Are they telling the multinational companies raping Africa to stop? No. Are they demanding these governments share the wealth from their natural resources? No. So what does the UN do? The UN demands the US, French, UK, German and many other governments to pay the same governments of poor nations. The UN calls it climate reparations. I call it a bunch of bull. If the leader of the DNC is letting multiple civil wars occur and still exporting a good and taking the profits for himself, then get rid of him, allow elections, and strive for peace. Instead the UN sits there, asks for no military assistance, does not demand the leaders take control of their country, and demands that the West is to blame. It’s ludicrous. To bow to the UN’s demands is actually treasonous and places your very soul in jeopardy.

“1.2 By 2030, reduce at least by half the proportion of men, women and children of all ages living in poverty in all its dimensions according to national definitions[.]”

In 2015, when this measure was adopted, there were an estimated 702 million people living in extreme poverty. As mentioned at the top of this article, the UN estimates that there will still be 600 million living in extreme poverty in 2030 without policy interventions. Or a mass death event. The target of this sub-goal is to have only 351 million people still living in extreme poverty. So, either policy interventions in nations with no recognized legitimate authority in vast ares of their countries will reign their people’s in (this is usually done by government-sponsored terror campaigns to quell discontent) or 249 million people will need to be exterminated. Of course, the UN may just have to forego achieving this sub-goal and try again later.

“1.3 Implement nationally appropriate social protection systems and measures for all, including floors, and by 2030 achieve substantial coverage of the poor and the vulnerable[.]”

Any government that does this is taking a page out of the Lenin’s playbook. It will work just like Lenin’s, Stalin’s, and Khrushchev's USSR too. Everyone will be equally poor. Anyone with ambition to do better than their neighbor had better be ‘in’ with the party or they will be imprisoned or killed outright.

Since I live in the United States, I am very familiar with what Social Security is: a huge ponzi scheme. Most people think they are paying taxes to have the government save it for when they retire. But that’s not correct, the government spends it on the people that are already retired. A 25 year-old understanding this will realize that unless there is an increase in the number of able-bodied children able to fill profitable positions they will get nothing. I’m 44, and I have no doubt that there will be no Social Security monies coming to me if I am ever able to retire.

Setting a floor upon income for each individual will accomplish nothing except to raise the taxes confiscated from the working to present it as a gift to the poor. The United Nations is actually expressing a form of Universal Basic Income (UBI) where every single person gets a check each month to maintain a minimum standard of living. The UN’s form of UBI in this case will come with qualifiers. There are some problems with that, however.

Take for instance my desire to turn the Center for the Preservation of Humanity into either a political party or, more preferably, a 501(c)4 non-profit so that the center could hire lobbyists. Why do I do this? I want to better myself, and to better the city, state, nation, and world in which I live. And I believe that my goals are in line with God’s desires for humanity. If everyone is getting a check every month to eradicate poverty, what is the point of me trying to better myself through efforts like this? Any income I would derive from this effort would be taken away. There would be no profit. Since I believe in God, and believe that humanity is, tragically, cutting themselves off from God through cyborgism, AI, chimerism, digital currencies, and a lack of faith in general, I won’t stop doing this until I am arrested or I am unable to continue on due to lack of electricity, or war in the United States, or health issues, etc….

The floor the UN speaks to works the same way as minimum wages. The person earning the minimum wage, even when it is raised, is no better off than before. Increasing minimum wages only accomplishes three things, all goods and services end up being more expensive, there are less jobs available because employees cost employers too much money, and those with a slightly higher than minimum wage are suddenly making the new minimum wage which actually makes the number of working poor larger.

The United Nations is actually telling the nations of the world that the whole world should actually be poor and dependent upon the government for food, shelter, and income. It really is pretty sick as sub-goal 1.3 is literally an attempt to establish a global totalitarian technocracy. Under this suggestion, all free-will would be stripped away from humanity – the global government will determine what we will think, do, when we will do it, how we will do it and make the level of our compliance with their diktats the basis for where we live, what we eat, if we get water or not, and access to electricity.

Unfortunately COVID-19 came along and the world’s government’s lost their freaking minds. It truly was baffling at the time, at least until the Great Reset was brought to light and then it all made perfect sense. The whole Build Back Better movement instigated by evil men and women is still being shoved down all of our throats, despite COVID-19 being over. But the shutdowns, and lock-downs, and mandates, and death-jabs got billions of people stuck into these social programs. So the UN is pleased at their goal here being fulfilled, at least temporarily. The pilot has been completed. The real roll-out of all of the restrictions of the last 26 months will become much more permanent in the very near future.

“1.4 By 2030, ensure that all men and women, in particular the poor and the vulnerable, have equal rights to economic resources, as well as access to basic services, ownership and control over land and other forms of property, inheritance, natural resources, appropriate new technology and financial services, including microfinance[.]”

To address the ‘problem’ of 1.1 billion people who have no bank account, in 2017 the World Bank started the, “ID4D program to expand digital identification programs in ways that can help fight poverty.” The man-made COVID-19 scamdemic allowed ID4D to expand without too much hesitation. In 2017, the number of unbanked was 1.7 billion people.

The United Nations, like most with a Communist mindset, completely fail to recognize human nature because they see humans as social-control experiments. Look at what these monsters did with the COVID-19 responses. Not a single measure they took kept a single person safe but billions of people followed along with the restrictions or they were fined and/or imprisoned. It was a huge psychological warfare campaign being carried out against humanity. And the shots they developed was merely a continuation of that psychological war that resulted in millions dead or injured. Steve Quayle nailed this one, “Shot in the arm? Shot in the head? Either way you wind up dead.”

The only way for the UN to accomplish this sub-goal would be by force. By nature people are selfish, some more-so, some less, but in the world we are living in today it is more likely for people to be selfish more often than not. If I owned land, it would be mine, for me to use, as I felt fit. The same goes for anything else I own. So, what the UN is really telling us is the abolition of private property rights, inheritance, natural resources and natural resource developments, new technologies, and financial services. Communism thrives on a Robin-Hood complex of taking something away from anyone or any group or tribe, if you will, who or which exists outside of the party and giving the control of it to themselves and their party-affiliates. The abolition of such rights would also necessitate force, at times lethal. Of course, not a single person would be willing to lift a finger for anyone else, especially anyone who lacks faith or who is in an outside group. This would require more force to get people to go to work and, eventually all new technologies will be created, and exclusively used, by those in power. The labor camps will swell with dissidents….

A note about banking services, however, is that in the current age of everything going digital, it is becoming increasingly easy for banks to dictate their users societal interactions. It is already occurring. Getting more people involved in banking will only serve to enhance and expand the control the banks, representing economic means, and the governments (which are, coincidentally, betrothed to the banks themselves), which represent the force to mandate subservience to the banksters wishes at an institutional, organizational, and individual level.

“1.5 By 2030, build the resilience of the poor and those in vulnerable situations and reduce their exposure and vulnerability to climate-related extreme events and other economic, social and environmental shocks and disasters[.]”

About 68,000 people a year lost their lives to natural disasters between 1994 and 2013. I’ll use that as the baseline. Between 2015 and 2020 the highest worldwide death toll from natural disasters was 22,874 in 2015. Which is good to report. There have been very few deaths from natural disasters over the last 5 years. In 2021 there were 401 natural disasters. In 2019 there were 396, 2016 saw 342, and the average between 2006-2015 was 376.4. Despite there being a slight uptick in the number of qualifying disasters, deaths have remained very low.

The amount of destruction to property and lives a natural disaster does is dependent upon where it occurs. The measurement of what qualifies as a natural disaster is also subject to change. My answer to why there are increasing numbers of natural disasters, especially for all of you thinking that your humanism and transhumanism and whatever false -ism you are living will save you, comes from Luke 21:6-16:

“6 The time is coming when what you see here will be totally destroyed -- not a single stone will be left standing!" 7 They asked him, "Rabbi, if this is so, when will these events take place? And what sign will show that they are about to happen?" 8 He answered, "Watch out! Don't be fooled! For many will come in my name, saying, `I am he!' and, `The time has come!' Don't go after them. 9 And when you hear of wars and revolutions, don't panic. For these things must happen first, but the end will not follow immediately." 10 Then he told them, "Peoples will fight each other, nations will fight each other, 11 there will be great earthquakes, there will be epidemics and famines in various places, and there will be fearful sights and great signs from Heaven. 12 But before all this, they will arrest you and persecute you, handing you over to the synagogues and prisons; and you will be brought before kings and governors. This will all be on account of me, 13 but it will prove an opportunity for you to bear witness. 14 So make up your minds not to worry, rehearsing your defense beforehand; 15 for I myself will give you an eloquence and a wisdom that no adversary will be able to resist or refute. 16 You will be betrayed even by parents, brothers, relatives and friends; some of you they will have put to death;”

“1.a Ensure significant mobilization of resources from a variety of sources, including through enhanced development cooperation, in order to provide adequate and predictable means for developing countries, in particular least developed countries, to implement programmes and policies to end poverty in all its dimensions[.]”

The United Nations is calling for governments to spend their way out of poverty. The United Nations is proposing that education, healthcare, and social protection are what governments should be doing for their people.

The World Bank puts global education expenditures at 13.923% of GDP in 2015 and 13.828% of GDP in 2018. South Sudan reported education expenditures of 0.9% of their GDP in 2018, down from 3.3% in 2015. In 2020, Sierra Leone is reported as spending 34.3% of their GDP, up from 12.5% in 2016 on education. Heavily indebted poor countries have steadily decreased their education expenditures between 2015 (16.7%) and 2020 (13.3%). The countries classified by the UN as Least Developed Countries (LDCs) saw their education expenditures as a percentage of GPD rise slightly from 13.9% in 2015 to 14.6% in 2018. Overall, the UN’s education expenditure goals are a mixed bag.

The United Nations’ Office of Economic and Cooperation and Development (OECD) members spent 8.7% of their GDP on healthcare in 2015. In 2020, that percentage stood at 9.9%. Two factors to take into account are – global GDP shrank significantly in 2020, and we were in a man-made global pandemic which called every public health administrator cockroach out of their hiding spot to take government money and spend it on measures which would do nothing to prevent any illness. Additionally, in the United States thousands of dollars were given to hospitals for very documented COVID-19 hospitalization and tens of thousands for those murdered with a ventilator. The UN’s part in this disgusting murder spree is not lost on people but it did help them to achieve their healthcare expenditure goal here.

When discussing social spending, like healthcare, it requires the reader to keep in mind that global GDP fell precipitously in 2020. Despite the global decline of 2.821 trillion dollars from 2019 to 2020, social spending rose. The Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs (DESA), Liu Zhenmin stated in February of 2022, “that from December 2020 to May 2021, total spending on social protection rose by almost 270 per cent, to $2.9 trillion.”  Scumbag globalist cockroach Zhenmin then went on to demand the increases become permanent in the same speech.

The numbers are very interesting here, being as though they are almost identical. Also interesting is that billionaires grew richer by $4 trillion. People say follow the money and the truth will be found. These billionaires who profited massively during the ‘pandemic’ hatched the pandemic in the first place and are the reason we are all suffering and going to continue to suffer.

“1.b Create sound policy frameworks at the national, regional and international levels, based on pro-poor and gender-sensitive development strategies, to support accelerated investment in poverty eradication actions”

What the United Nations is suggesting here is confiscatory tax rates for the rich. Maybe it’s not a bad thing; however, the rich are the ones writing these stupid Communist laws so, it will erode the middle class in practice. Take money from Bezos, Soros, Buffett, and Gates, to give to poor women (also suggested by the UN)? No. That’s not the way it works. It will get taken from those earning a decent amount of yearly income – anyone who can afford the costs of getting themselves through a loophole will.

Whatever policies have been crafted have not led anyone out of poverty. Only capitalism has ever lifted people out of poverty. Can certain types of wealth be fairly spread around? Alaska does it with their oil revenues – every citizen in Alaska gets a check for the revenue their oil produces. Those checks are taxed by the thieves at the IRS, of course, but everyone gets something. The example serves as an example that it can be done fairly though. As for lifting people out of poverty, hardly – 9.6% of Alaska’s residents live below the poverty line of the United States.

Summary

Overall, the United Nations is suggesting throughout their suggestions a bunch of economic policies which will increase poverty rates. What they are striving for is communistic but worse. They are striving for a totalitarian technocratic dictatorship.

All of the UN’s demands revolve around an omnipresent and omnipotent State confiscating and redistributing wealth. It is even suggested that private property rights and inheritance be abolished in these articles.

The COVID-19 scamdemic emboldened the United Nations. The last two years (2020 – 2022 and counting) have been hell for just about everyone everywhere. The stay home mandate will kill millions on its own. The ‘disease’ itself has killed hundreds of thousands. The gene-therapy death jabs (commonly referenced as vaccines – which they are NOT) have killed and sterilized hundreds of thousands. Millions will likely die from being mandated, or brainwashed, or just plain scared into taking this experimental Mengele-worthy concoction. If the United Nations did not see their goals met, they now have an official narrative (COVID-19) from which to demand their goals be met.

I’d love to eradicate poverty too. It just cannot be done without developing industries and the jobs that come from those industries. Being as though development is deemed an evil, the only recourse to move towards ending poverty is now off the table. The United Nations, and all of those in on the Sustainable Development Goals death cult don’t care about poverty. They want to eliminate the impoverished as quietly as possible. I won’t be quiet. Will you?

Open a Bible and read it. May God Bless You.

All quotes were found on 3/20/2022 at https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal1 unless otherwise documented.